blankpage€¦ ·...

blankpage

Terms & conditions

Terms and conditions

Disclaimer

This schemedocument is the property of BREGlobal Limited and is made publicly available for informationpurposes only. Anytesting, assessment, certificationor approval activity related to this schemedocument must be conducted in accordancewithBREGlobal Limited's approved processes, and such activitymayonly be undertakenby authorised employees, agents, andassociates of the Building Research Establishment Limited and BREGlobal Limited, or Approved Party(ies). Anypartywishingto use or reproduce this schemedocument to offer testing, assessment, certificationor approvalmust apply to BREGlobalLimited for training, assessment and anassociated licence, in order to qualify as anApproved Party; a feewill normally becharged. BREGlobal Limited will not unreasonably refuse such applications. BREGlobal Limited accepts no responsibility forany unauthorised use or distributionbyothers of this schemedocument and may take legal action to prevent suchunauthorised use or distribution.

Copyright

The information and images contained in this document are the property of BREGlobal Limited unless explicitly stated to thecontrary, and are protected by copyright laws. The information and images contained in this document maybe downloadedand printed without requiring specific permissionbut remains the intellectual property, technical know-howand copyrightedmaterial of BREGlobal Limited. Suchmaterial is not to be used in a derogatorymanner, in a misleading context or forcommercial purposes.Where suchmaterial is being issued to others, the source including theweb address and copyrightstatus must be acknowledged.Wemay require you to register your details before downloading certain informationordocuments.

Trade Marks

BRE, BREGlobal, BREEAM, Smartwaste and theGreenGuide are all trademarks owned byeither BREor BREGlobal Limited andmaynot be used without writtenpermission from BREor BREGlobal Limited.

Acknowledgements

BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016has beenmade possible through the continued efforts of manydedicated BREGroup staff members, the BREGlobal Limited Governing Body, the BREGlobal Limited Standing Panel of Experts, BREEAMAssessors and thosewho have responded to our consultation calls and meetings or provided feedback in other ways.BREGlobal Limited also extends its gratitude to thosewho support BREEAMby continuing to specify and apply themethod andcontribute towards a sustainable built environment.

Uncontrolled copy if printed. Valid ondayof printing only

Copyright ©2015 BREGlobal. All rights reserved.

TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015 i

Contents BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Table of contents

Terms and conditions i

Table of contents ii

List of tables vi

List of figures ix

About BRE Global Limited 1

About this SchemeDocument 2

Introduction to BREEAM 3

Scope of the BREEAM InternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme version 12

2.0 Scope 15

BREEAMrating benchmarks 18

Minimum standards 20

Environmental sectionweightings 22

BREEAMassessment issues and credits 25

Local codes and standards 26

Calculating a building's BREEAMrating 27

4.0 The BREEAM evidential requirements 29

5.0 Management 33

Man01 Project brief and design 34

Man02 Life cycle cost and service life planning 41

Man03 Responsible constructionpractices 46

Man04 Commissioning and handover 55

Man05 Aftercare 63

6.0 Health and wellbeing 69

Hea 01 Visual comfort 71

Hea 02 Indoor air quality 85

Hea 03 Safe containment in laboratories 101

Hea 04 Thermal comfort 104

(all buildings) 105

Hea 05 Acoustic performance 111

Hea 06 Accessibility 124

(all buildings) 125

Hea 07 Hazards 130

Hea 08 Private space 133

ii TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015

Contents

Hea 09Water quality 136

(all buildings) 137

7.0 Energy 141

143

Ene 02a Energymonitoring 155

Ene 02b Energymonitoring 159

Ene 03 External lighting 162

Ene 04 Lowcarbondesign 165

Ene 05 Energy efficient cold storage 173

Ene 06 Energy efficient transport systems 179

Ene 07 Energy efficient laboratory systems 183

Ene 08 Energy efficient equipment 189

Ene 09 Drying space 196

8.0 Transport 199

Tra 01 Public transport accessibility 200

Tra 02 Proximity to amenities 206

Tra 03a Alternativemodes of transport 210

Tra 03b Alternativemodes of transport 219

Tra 04Maximum car parking capacity 225

Tra05 Travel plan 230

(non-residential, residential institutions, and multiple dwellings only) 231

Tra 06 Homeoffice 235

9.0 Water 238

Wat 01 Water consumption 239

Wat 02 Water monitoring 250

Wat 03 Water leakdetection and prevention 254

(all buildings) 255

Wat 04 Water efficient equipment 259

(all buildings) 260

10.0 Materials 263

Mat 01 Life cycle impacts 264

Mat 02 Hard landscaping and boundary protection 269

Mat 03 Responsible sourcing of constructionproducts 270

(all buildings) 271

Mat 04 Insulation 304

TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015 iii

Contents BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Mat 05Designing for durability and resilience 305

Mat 06Material efficiency 310

11.0 Waste 313

Wst 01 Constructionwastemanagement 314

Wst 02 Recycled aggregates 321

Wst 03a Operationalwaste 325

Wst 03b Operationalwaste 330

Wst 04 Speculative finishes 335

Wst 05 Adaptation to climate change 337

(all buildings) 338

Wst 06 Functional adaptability 343

12.0 Land Use and Ecology 346

LE01 Site selection 347

LE02Ecological value of site and protectionof ecological features 352

LE03Minimising impact onexisting site ecology 359

LE04Enhancing site ecology 360

(all buildings) 361

LE05Long term impact onbiodiversity 365

(all buildings) 366

13.0 Pollution 372

Pol 01 Impact of refrigerants 373

Pol 02 NOxemissions 383

Pol 03 Surfacewater run-off 389

Pol 04 Reductionof night time light pollution 404

Pol 05 Reductionof noise pollution 408

(non-residential, residential institutions and multiple dwellings) 409

14.0 Innovation 413

Inn01 Innovation 414

(all buildings) 415

15.0 Appendices 418

AppendixA – National SchemeOperators (NSOs) 419

Appendix B– BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scope and Educationbuildings 420

AppendixC – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scope and Residential institutions 421

AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and core project assessments 422

Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted 425

iv TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015

Contents

Appendix F – Examples of BREEAMNewConstruction certificates 427

AppendixG - Considerate constructor scheme requirements 428

16.0 Checklists 430

Checklist A1 431

Checklist A2 438

Checklist A3 441

Checklist A4 443

Checklist A5 446

Checklist A6 453

Checklist A7 455

Glossary 459

Endnotes 467

TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015 v

List of Tables BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

List of tables

Table 1 BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 environmental sections and assessment issues 6

Table 3:BREEAMrating benchmarks 18

Table 4:BREEAMrating benchmarks 19

Table 5:Minimum BREEAMstandards by rating level 20

Table 6:Minimum BREEAMstandards by rating level 20

Table 7:BREEAMEnvironmental sectionweightings for commonproject types 22

Table 8: Example BREEAMscore and rating calculation 27

Table 9:Minimum standards for a BREEAM'VeryGood' rating 28

Table 10BREEAMEvidence principles 31

Table 11:Checklist of actions to minimise air and water pollutionduring constructionworks 48

Table 12:Minimum values of average daylight factor required 72

Table 13:Daylighting uniformity criteria 73

Table 14: Space type and illuminance requirements - both criteria (average illuminance and minimum point illuminance)should bemet 74

Table 15:Windowor opening size required as a percentage of surrounding wall area depending on the distance of thedeskor workspace to thewindowor opening 75

Table 16:Viewout building specific requirements. 75

Table 17: Internal and external lighting building specific requirements. 76

Table 18:Reflectance for maximum room depths (m) and windowhead heights 77

Table 19: Emission criteria byproduct type 89

Table 20: Exemplary level emission criteria byproduct type 91

Table 21:A selectionof good practice indoor ambient noise level targets in unoccupied spaces 113

Table 22:Guide to reverberation time, T, at 500 Hz in unoccupied rooms for speech and music 114

Table 23:Performance standards for reverberation in teaching and study spaces - mid-frequency reverberation time,Tmf, in finished but unoccupied and unfurnished rooms 114

Table 24:Airborne and impact sound insulationperformance improvement standards for national legislationorstandards 115

Table 25:Airborne and impact sound insulationperformance standards 115

Table 26:Compositionof test set 120

Table 27: Ene 01 EPRINC benchmarkscale 143

Table 28: Innovation credits 144

Table 29:Best practice energy efficient measures in laboratories 184

Table 30: Examples of solutions deemed to complywith the criteria for the reductionof equipment energy load fromsignificantly contributing systems 189

Table 31.Credits available for eachbuilding type relating to the public transport Accessibility Index (AI) score. 201

vi TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015

List of Tables

Table 32Default hours of operationbybuilding type for a typical day 205

Table 33Credits available for Tra02 for different building types 206

Table 34Cycle storage criteria for eachbuilding type 211

Table 35Number of cycle spaces per dwelling and number of credits available 220

Table 36Number of electric recharging stations per dwelling and number of credits available 220

Table 37:Credits available in Tra04Maximum car parking capacity for different building types 225

Table 38:Credits available in Tra 04Maximum car parking capacity for different building types 225

Table 39Default occupancy rates bybuilding type 228

Table 40BREEAMCredits available for percentage improvement over baseline building water consumption 240

Table 41Water efficient consumption levels by component type 243

Table 42 defines for each component type the appropriate data that will need to be collected frommanufacturers'product information to complete the assessment 245

Table 43:Percentage of BREEAMMat 01 calculator points achieved and credits awarded 264

Table 44:The number of BREEAMcredits achieved is determined as follows 271

Table 45:The number of BREEAMcredits achieved is determined as follows 271

Table 46: Scope assessment, commonbuilding element designation and location/ use categories 275

Table 47Material categories 297

Table 48: Example calculation for Route 1 297

Table 49: Example point allocation and award of credits 298

Table 50: Example calculation for route 2 for a singlematerial category 299

Table 51: Example calculation for route 2 300

Table 52:Applicable building elements, environmental factors and material degradation effects to consider 305

Table 53BREEAMtargets for diversion from landfill according to National construction and demolition (C&D)wasterecovery rate 315

Table 54Keywaste group examples 316

Table 55Percentage of proposed development's footprint onpreviously developed land 347

Table 56BREEAMchecklist for defining land of lowecological value 353

Table 57 Additionalmeasures for the improvement of long term biodiversity 367

Table 58 Default system operational design life values 376

Table 59 Average annual leakage rates 377

Table 60 List of some common refrigerant types with lowGWP 380

Table 61 Ozone depleting potential of refrigerants 381

Table 62 Excess oxygen conversion factors 388

Table 63 Definitionof flood zones by country 402

Table 64Recommendations for maximum luminance (CD/m²) 404

Table 65 Environmental lighting zone 405

TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015 vii

List of Tables BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Table 66Checklist A1 - Safe and adequate access requirements 431

Table 67Checklist A1 - Good neighbour requirements 432

Table 68Checklist A1 - Environmentally aware requirements 434

Table 69Checklist A1 - Safe and considerateworking environment requirements 436

Table 70Checklist A2 - Home user guide requirements 438

Table 71 Access strategy checklist Checklist adapted fromDesign& Access Statements, How to write read and usethem, CABE, 2006 441

Table 72Ene 01 Energy efficient features checklist 446

Table 73 Sampling and testing of processed or recovered product 453

Table 74 Requirement for additional testing of processed or recovered aggregate products by end use (note thattests and properties given in brackets are only required where the test is relevant to the end applicationor the localclimate or is considered otherwise essential) 453

Table 75 Checklist A7-1- Likelihood of significant contaminationon site 455

Table 76 Checklist A7-2- Scope of site investigation, riskassessment and appraisal report. 456

Table 77 Checklist A7-3 Previous site uses which can cause significant contamination 458

viii TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015

List of Figures

List of figures

Figure 1 The BREEAMCertificationmark 4

Figure 2 BREEAMassessment and certification stages and the Royal Institute of BritishArchitects (RIBA)Outline PlanofWork2013 9

Figure 3 :World map of Köppen-Geigerclimate classification 24

Figure 4 :World map of BREEAMprecipitation zones 24

Figure 5 World map of BREEAMprecipitation zones 249

Figure 6 InternationalNewConstruction and the International Refurbishment and Fit-out schemes and theassessment options 424

Figure 7 Example of Interim Certificate at Design Stage 427

Figure 8 Example of Final Certificate at Post-construction stage 427

TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015 ix

blankpage

About

About BRE Global Limited

BREGlobal Limited (part of the BRE (Building Research Establishment)Group) is an independent third-party approvals bodyoffering certificationof fire, security and sustainability products and services to an internationalmarket.

BREGlobal Limited's mission is to 'Protect People, Property and the Planet'.

We aim to achieve this by:

1. Researching and writing standards2. Testing and certification in the areas of fire, electronics, security and sustainability3. Developing world-leading sustainability assessment methods4. Undertaking research and consultancy for clients and regulators5. Promulgating standards and knowledge throughout the industry throughpublications and events6. Developing and delivering training.

BREGlobal Limited's product testing and approvals are carried out by recognised experts in our world renowned testinglaboratories.

BREGlobal Limited is custodianof a number of world-leading brands including:

1. Building Research Establishment's Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM) - theworld's leading environmentalassessment method for buildings

2. Loss PreventionCertificationBoard (LPCB) for approval of fire and security products and services.

BREGlobal Limited is a trading subsidiary of the BRETrust, the registered research and education charitywhichowns the BREGroup.

BREGlobal LimitedBucknalls LaneWatfordHertfordshireWD25 9XX

T+44 (0)333 321 8811 F+44 (0)1923 664 910

[email protected]

www.breglobal.comwww.greenbooklive.com

TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015 1

http://www.breglobal.com/

http://www.greenbooklive.com/

This document BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

About this Scheme Document

This document is the technicalmanual for the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 Scheme. It describes anenvironmental performance standard against whichnewbuildings worldwide canbe assessed and achieve a BREEAMNewConstruction rating.

The schemedocument and the informationdetailed within is intended for use by trained, qualified and licensed BREEAMUKAssessors in accordancewith the procedural and operational requirements of BREEAM(as described in the BREEAMOperationsManual, SD5070) under the terms and conditions of a BREEAMlicence. This document should be used bynon-BREEAMAssessors for reference purposes only.

Changes to this BREEAM scheme document

This schemedocument is subject to revision and canbe reissued from time to time byBREGlobal Limited. A schedule of thepublicationdate for each issue of this document is provided below.

Any additions to this document that necessitates its reissuewill be highlighted throughout the text (note:deletions are notidentified in the updated issue). A detailed list of all additions and deletions made to each issue is available separately. BREEAMAssessors candownload this list of changes from the BREEAMprojects website(http://www.breeam.org/projects/documenttoolshome.jsp)t. The list of changes is also available to other parties on request;please [email protected].

Schemedocument Issue number Date of Issue

SDxxxx 0.0 (draft) 23/12/2015

2 TechnicalManual:Version: SD233 – Issue:0.0 (draft) – IssueDate:23/12/2015

mailto:[email protected]

Introduction

Introduction to BREEAM

BREEAM(Building Research Establishment's Environmental Assessment Method) is theworld's first sustainability ratingscheme for the built environment and has contributed much to the strong focus in the UK on sustainability in building design,construction and use. BREEAMis nowan international standard that is locally adapted, operated and applied throughanetworkof international operators, assessors and industry professionals. Through its application and use BREEAMhelpsclients measure and reduce the environmental impacts of their buildings and indoing so create higher value, lower riskassets.

To date, BREEAMhas beenused to certify over 530,000 building assessments across the building life cycle and it is beingapplied in over 70 countries.

Aims of BREEAM

— To mitigate the life cycle impacts of buildings on the environment— To enable buildings to be recognised according to their environmental benefits— To provide a credible, environmental label for buildings— To stimulate demand and create value for sustainable buildings, building products and supply chains.

Objectives of BREEAM

— To providemarket recognitionof buildings with a lowenvironmental impact— To ensure best environmental practice is incorporated in the planning, design, construction and operationof

buildings and thewider built environment.— To define a robust, cost effective performance standard surpassing that required by regulations.— To challenge themarket to provide innovative, cost effective solutions that minimise the environmental impact of

buildings.— To raise awareness amongst owners, occupants, designers and operators of the benefits and value of buildings

with a reduced life cycle impact on the environment.— To alloworganisations to demonstrate progress towards corporate environmental objectives.

BREEAMis developed and operated to meet the following underlying principles:

— Ensure environmental quality throughanaccessible, holistic and balanced measure of environmental impacts.— Use quantified measures for determining environmental quality.— Adopt a flexible approach that encourages and rewards positive outcomes, avoiding prescribed solutions.— Use robust science and best practice as the basis for quantifying and calibrating a cost effective and rigorous

performance standard for defining environmental quality.— Reflect the social and economic benefits of meeting the environmental objectives covered.— Provide a common international framework of assessment that is tailored to meet the 'local' context including

regulation, climate and sector.— Integrate building professionals in the development and operational processes to ensurewide understanding and

accessibility.— Adopt third-party certification to ensure independence, credibility and consistencyof the label.— Adopt existing industry tools, practices and other standards wherever possible to support developments in policy

and technology, build onexisting skills and understanding and minimise costs.— Align technically and operationallywith relevant international standards, including the suite of standards on the

'Sustainability of ConstructionWorks'prepared by the EuropeanCommittee for Standardisation TechnicalCommittee CEN/TC 350.

— Engagewith a representative range of stakeholders to inform ongoing development in accordancewith theunderlying principles and the pace of change inperformance standards (accounting for policy, regulation andmarket capability).


Introduction BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

The aims, objectives and principles of BREEAMare embodied within a Core Technical Standard owned and managed byBREGlobal Limited. This is applied througha suite of BREEAMschemes covering aspects of the built environment life cycle. Theseschemes are locally developed and operated by a number of different organisations, called National SchemeOperators(NSOs), across a range of countries.

For a full list of BREEAMNSOs and Schemes visit www.breeam.com.

The BREEAM Schemes

BREGlobal Limited is theNSOof BREEAMin the UK.We develop and operate a number of BREEAMschemes for the UK andInternationally, eachdesigned to assess the environmental performance of buildings at various stages in the life cycle, andthese include:

— BREEAM Infrastructure for new infrastructure projects— BREEAM Communities for themaster-planning of a larger community of buildings— BREEAM NewConstruction for newbuild non-domestic buildings— HomeQualiftyMark for newbuild domestic buildings (UK only)— BREEAM In-Use for existing non-domestic buildings in-use— BREEAM Refurbishmentfor domestic (UK only) and non-domestic building fit-outs and refurbishments.

Independent BREEAMAssessors, trained, qualified and licensed byBREGlobal Limited canundertake a BREEAMassessmentusing this schemedocument and associated reporting and calculation tools.

Once anassessment is complete and quality assured BREGlobal Limited will issue a BREEAMcertificate. The BREEAMcertificateprovides formal verification that the Assessor has completed anassessment of a building in accordancewith therequirements of the scheme and its quality standards and procedures.

A BREEAMcertificate provides assurance to any interested party that a building's BREEAMrating, at the time of certification,accurately reflects its performance against the BREEAMstandard.

Anyonewishing to verify the BREEAMrating of a building cando so byeither checking its BREEAMcertificate, whichwill containthe certificationmark, (see below)or by searching the BREEAMbuildings listings onwww.breeam.com/projects. Examples of aBREEAMNewConstruction certificate canbe found inAppendix F – Examples of BREEAMNewConstruction certificates onpage 427.

Figure 1 The BREEAMCertificationmark


http://www.breeam.com/

http://www.breeam.com/projects/

Introduction

Ensuring quality and consistency

All BREEAMSchemes are developed and operated byNSOs in accordancewith the Code for a Sustainable Built Environment.The Code for a Sustainable Built Environment is a set of strategic principles and requirements whichdefine an integratedapproach to the design,management, evaluation and certificationof the environmental, social and economic impacts of thebuilt environment.

The Code is interpreted through the BREEAMCore Process and Technical Standards. These linked documents set out therequirements that a compliant schememust meet in order to be affiliated with the Code. The Standards ensure that acommonscientific and performance basis is used by all compliant schemes operated byNSOs, while ensuring that these arerelevant to local demands, standards and practices.

The Code and associated standards are developed and maintained byBREGlobal Limited withdirection from the BREEAMStrategyBoard, under the auspices of the BREGlobalGoverning Board.

To ensure independence, competence and impartiality, all NSOs are required to maintain schemeoperations accredited toInternational Standards. In the UK, BREGlobal Limited is accredited by the United KingdomAccreditation Service (UKAS) to:

— BSEN ISO/IEC 17065:2012 General requirements for bodies operating product certification systems forcertification activities associated with the assessment of environmental performance for newconstructionofbuildings

BREGlobal Limited is also certified to ISO9001 for all its BREEAM-related activities.

As a certificationbody accredited byUKAS, BREGlobal Limited maintains anopenand accountable governance structure. Theoperationof BREEAMis overseenby an independent Governing Body and a Standing Panel for Peer &Market Review.

TheGoverning Body represents stakeholder interests to ensure, amongst other things, that we at BREGlobal Limited areacting independently and impartially, operating our processes correctly, and treating our customers fairly.

The Standing Panel provides BREGlobal Limited with access to a range of experts that can reviewBREGlobal Limited'sstandards and schemes to ensure their robustness from a scientific, technical and market perspective as well as ensuring thedevelopment of the standards and schemes is open to greater external and independent scrutiny.



BREEAM International New Construction 2016

The BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme is a performance based assessment method and certificationscheme for newbuildings.

The primary aim of BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 is to mitigate the life cycle impacts of newbuildings on theenvironment in a robust and cost effectivemanner. This is achieved through integration and use of the schemeby clients andtheir project teams at key stages in the design and constructionprocess.

This enables the client, through the BREEAMAssessor and the BREGlobal certificationprocess, to measure, evaluate andreflect the performance of their newbuilding against best practice in an independent and robust manner.

This performance is quantified by a number of individualmeasures and associated criteria stretching across a range ofenvironmental issues see Table 1 below,which is ultimately expressed as a single certified BREEAMrating, i.e. the label (section3 describes howa BREEAMrating is calculated).

Table 1 BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 environmental sections and assessment issues

Management Health and wellbeing

— Project brief and design— Life cycle cost and service life planning— Responsible constructionpractices— Commissioning and handover— Aftercare.

— Visual comfort— Indoor air quality— Safe containment in laboratories— Thermal comfort— Acoustic performance— Accessibility— Hazards— Private space— Water quality.

Energy Transport

— Reductionof energy use and carbonemissions

— Energymonitoring— External lighting— Lowcarbondesign— Energy efficient cold storage— Energy efficient transport systems— Energy efficient laboratory systems— Energy efficient equipment— Drying space.

— Public transport accessibility— Proximity to amenities— Alternativemodes of transport— Maximum car parking capacity— Travel plan.

Water Materials

— Water consumption— Water monitoring— Water leakdetection— Water efficient equipment.

— Life cycle impacts— Hard landscaping and boundary protection— Responsible sourcing of materials— Insulation— Designing for durability and resilience— Material efficiency.

Waste Land Use and Ecology


Introduction

— Constructionwastemanagement— Recycled aggregates— Operationalwaste— Speculative floor and ceiling finishes— Adaptation to climate change— Functional adaptability.

— Site selection— Ecological value of site and protectionof ecological

features— Minimising impact onexisting site ecology— Enhancing site ecology— Long term impact onbiodiversity.

Pollution Innovation

— Impact of refrigerants— NO

xemissions

— Surfacewater run-off— Reductionof night time light pollution— Reductionof noise pollution.

— Innovation.


Engagement withBREEAM

BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

When and how to engage with the BREEAM New Constructionscheme

Timing the engagement with and use of the BREEAMNewConstruction scheme via the BREEAMAssessor is essential forensuring seamless integrationof themethodology in the newbuild procurement process.Without this, the ability to optimisecost-effectively the building's environmental performance and achieve the desired BREEAMrating will be compromised.Appointing a BREEAMAssessor or Accredited Professional early in the project will help in achieving the target rating withoutundue impacts on the flexibility of designdecisions, budgets and potential solutions.

Figure 2 on the facing page serves to highlight the linkbetween the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016assessment and certification stages and the RIBAOutline Planof Work2013.

This figure can assist clients in timing their engagement with BREEAMand the appointment of a BREEAMAssessor.

Clients can viewup to date listings of licensed BREEAMNewConstructionAssessors and BREEAMAccredited Professionals onBREEAMprojects, www.BREEAM.com/projects.

It is important to recognise that BREEAMprimarily reflects the overall performance of the building rather than just theopportunities or limitations placed on specific stakeholders involved in the procurement process. This means that the client,design team, principal contractor and BREEAMAssessor, as well as other specialist disciplines, have an important role to playthroughout the procurement process, if the desired performance level is to be achieved and reflected through the certifiedBREEAMrating.

The onus of orientating the brief towards sustainability needs to come first and foremost from the client. To facilitate this, BREGlobal recommends that clients and their project teams engagewith a BREEAMAssessor or BREEAMAccredited Professionalno later than the Preparation and Brief stage (RIBA Stage 1 or equivalent) and ideally sooner where practical. This will ensurethat realistic targets are set and canbemet, appropriate responsibilities canbe defined and understood and lowor no costsolutions to environmental impacts canbe sought and applied wherever possible.


http://www.breeam.com/projects/

Engagement withBREEAM

Figure 2 BREEAMassessment and certification stages and the Royal Institute of BritishArchitects (RIBA)Outline Planof Work2013



How to use the BREEAM New Construction Scheme

This BREEAMschemedocument is a technical document whichhas been created to:

1. Enable qualified and licensed BREEAMAssessors to complete BREEAMassessments and determine a rating2. Enable BREglobal Ltd to complete quality assurance reviews of a BREEAMAssessors assessment report, in accordance

with the standards to whichBREGlobal Ltd is accredited3. As an aid for BREEAMAccredited Professionals (AP) to undertake project team facilitation, in terms of defining,

monitoring and successfully achieving the desired BREEAMrating4. As a reference for clients and members of the project teamwhose proposed building is being BREEAM-assessed.

The schemedocument is split into six parts:

1. Introduction to BREEAM2. Scope of the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme versiononpage 123. Scoring and rating BREEAM-assessed buildings, including minimum standards4. 4.0 The BREEAMevidential requirements onpage 295. Assessment criteria6. 15.0 Appendices onpage 418 (A–F).

The Scope sectiondescribes the types of buildings and stages of assessment that this BREEAMScheme canbe applied to.Appendices A to Fprovide additional scoping guidance for specific building and project types. The Scope section canbe usedby clients and BREEAMAssessors to checkwhether this is the correct BREEAMScheme to use for their project.

The Scoring and rating section illustrates howa building's assessed performance is measured and rated. It outlines theBREEAMrating level benchmarks, theminimum BREEAMstandards for each rating level and the BREEAMenvironmental sectionweightings. It also includes a descriptionof the BREEAMassessment issues and 'credits', including BREEAM'innovation credits',and howperformance against these is calculated and expressed as a BREEAMrating.

Please note that, for the purpose of formal assessment and certification,the building's actual BREEAMperformancemust bedetermined by the BREEAMAssessor using the relevant BREEAMreporting and calculation tools.

The BREEAM evidential requirements sectionprovides guidance to assessors and project teams on the various types andforms of evidence required by the BREEAMAssessor to demonstrate compliancewith BREEAMcriteria. This includes adescriptionof whyBREEAMrequires an auditable trail of evidence.

TheAssessment criteria section includes theindividual BREEAMassessment issues, categorised in 10 environmental sections.Each issue defines a level of performance (the assessment criteria) against which the assessed building demonstratescompliance (using appropriate project information, i.e. evidence) in order to achieve a corresponding number of availableBREEAMcredits.

Themajority of BREEAMissues and credits are tradable, meaning that a client and their project team canpickand choosewhich to target in order to build their BREEAMperformance score and achieve the desired BREEAMrating. Several BREEAMissues haveminimum standards,meaning that to achieve a particular BREEAMrating specific credits or criteria must beachieved (BREEAM's minimum standards are outlined in the Scoring and rating BREEAM-assessed buildings section).

EachBREEAMissue is structured as follows:

1. Issue information:This contains the assessment issue reference, title, number of credits available1 and whether the issueforms part of BREEAM's minimum standards.

2. Aim:This outlines the broad objective of the issue and the impact it measures or mitigates.3. Assessment criteria: This outlines the good and best practice performance level benchmarks and criteria.Where the

building complies with the assessment criteria, as determined by the BREEAMAssessor, the relevant number of BREEAMcredits canbe awarded. Some issues have exemplary level criteria;where a building demonstrates that it meetsexemplary level criteria, a BREEAMinnovation credit canbe awarded (refer to the 14.0 Innovationonpage 413 sectionfor more details). Up to amaximum of 10 Innovation credits are available.

4. Checklists and tables: This section contains any checklists and tables referenced in the assessment criteria section. Thiscan include tables of benchmarks or building type specific performance criteria.


Introduction

5. Compliance notes: These notes provide additional guidance that supports the application and interpretationof themain assessment criteria, including how to assess compliance in a particular locationor for a particular building orproject type, e.g. shell only.

6. Methodology:This section includes a descriptionof anymethodologyused to determine the number of BREEAMcredits achieved for a given level of building performance. It includes, for example, calculationprocedures or guidanceonhownon-BREEAMschemes, standards or qualifications referenced in the assessment criteria relate to those criteria.

7. Evidence:This sectiondescribes the types of project information that must be provided by the design team or client andgiven to the BREEAMAssessor to enable verificationof the building's performance against the assessment criteria andso justify the award of the relevant number of BREEAMcredits. The BREEAMevidential requirements sectionprovidesfurther guidance onevidential requirements.

8. Additional information:This section contains any further information relevant to the applicationof the assessmentcriteria, including anydefinitionof terms used in the assessment issue or sources of additional information that maybeof use in addressing the issue.

TheAppendices:provide supporting information relevant to either the scope of the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016schemeor its assessment criteria.


Scope BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Scope of the BREEAM International New Construction

2016 scheme version

The BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme canbe used to assess the environmental life cycle impacts of newbuildings at the design and construction stages. ‘NewConstruction’ is defined as development that results in a newstandalone structure, or newextension to anexisting structure, whichwill come into operationor use for the first time uponcompletionof theworks.

This BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme version is applicable to newbuildings in countries without aBREEAMaffiliated National SchemeOperator (NSO). Note:Where the country has a NSOoffering a country-specific localscheme that is appropriate to the building type, their schememust be used inpreference to BREEAMInternational(informationon countries with local schemes canbe found inAppendixA and also on the BREEAMwebsite,www.breeam.org).

Type of buildings that can be assessed using the BREEAM InternationalNew Construction 2016 scheme version

The building types which canbe assessed and rated using this scheme version are outlined in above. Additional guidance forsome of the building types listed is also provided in the appendices (refer to the footnotes).

Table 2List of building types covered under BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Sector Building type Description

Residential Residential — Individual dwellings— Apartment blocks

Commercial Offices — General office buildings— Offices with research and development areas (i.e. category 1

labs only)

Industrial — Industrial unit – warehouse storage/distribution— Industrial unit – process/manufacturing/vehicle servicing

Retail — Shop/shopping centre— Retail park/warehouse— ‘Over the counter’ service provider e.g. financial, estate and

employment agencies and betting offices— Showroom— Restaurant, café and drinking establishment— Hot food takeaway

Education2 — Preschool— Schools and colleges— Universities— Higher education institutions


Scope

Sector Building type Description

Residentialinstitutions3

Long term stay — Residential care home— Sheltered accommodation— Residential college/school (halls of residence)— Local authority secure residential accommodation— Military barracks

Hotels andResidentialinstitutions

Short term stay — Hotel, hostel, boarding and guest house— Secure training centre— Residential training centre

Non standard (seeguidance below)

Community — Community/visitors centre— Townhall/civic centre— Conference facility— Theatre/concert hall— Sports/leisure facility (with/without a pool)— Library— Cinema— Hospital and other healthcare facilities

Public — Prison— Lawcourt— Police station— Fire station— Transport hub (coach/bus/rail station)— Gallery/museum— Places of worship

Mixed use developments and building types

Developments which consist of a number of separate buildings of differing functional types, or a single building containing anumber of different functions e.g. office and retail or retail and residential, will typically require an assessment and thereforeBREEAMrating and certificate for each individual building or functional usewithin a single building.

This is necessary as BREEAMdefines differing criteria and benchmarks for some assessment issues according to building type,function and use. Therefore to maintain comparability and consistencyof the assessment and BREEAMrating, a separateassessment score and rating are required for eachbuilding type functionor use in the development.

Further guidance onhow to definemixed use developments for the purpose of a BREEAMassessment canbe found on theBREEAMExtranet inGuidanceNoteGN10 –Mixed use developments and similar buildings (or units).

Part new-build, part refurbishment projects

For developments that are amixture of new-build and refurbished areas the choice of schemedepends on the scope of thenewbuild and refurbishment works.

For smaller projects,where the total development area is less than1000m², a single BREEAMassessment canbe undertakento cover both the new-build and refurbished areas. The BREEAMNewConstructionor BREEAMRefurbishment and Fit-outscheme choicewill be based onwhichever (new-build or refurbishment) constitutes themajority of the assessed floor area.

For larger projects a single NewConstruction assessment canbe undertaken, as the refurbished areas would thenhave toreach themore challenging NewConstruction criteria. If the development is predominantly refurbishment with a new-buildextension then the BREEAMRefurbishment and Fit-out scheme contains thresholds under which a single Refurbishment andFit-out assessment canbe completed.



Where the newextension is above these thresholds and a single BREEAMNewConstruction assessment is not appropriate,there are two options as described below:

Option1: Separate BREEAMNewConstruction and BREEAMRefurbishment and Fit-out assessments

Under option1, two separate BREEAMassessments would be conducted with a BREEAMNewConstruction assessmentundertakenon the newextension and a BREEAMRefurbishment and Fit-out assessment undertakenon the existing buildingrefurbishment or fit-out. Two separate certificates and ratings canbe obtained to indicate the performance of both the newextension and existing building refurbishment or fit-out.

Option2: Bespoke BREEAMcombined NewConstruction and Refurbishment and Fit-out assessment

Under option2, BREGlobalwill produce a Bespoke criteria appendix document that will determine, for specific BREEAMissues,which issues and assessment criteria are applicable to the part newbuild-part refurbishment project. It will refer to both theBREEAMRefurbishment and Fit-out manual and the BREEAMNewConstructionmanuals. A bespoke Scoring and Reportingtoolwill also be produced for the project.

As part of the bespoke criteria development for issue Ene 01 we allow the newbuild to be assessed against theNewConstruction scheme and the refurbishment against the RFOscheme. The tool performs anarea-weighted average score. It isalso possible for the extension to be included under the RFOcriteria where following CN6 ‘Extensions to existing buildings andnewly constructed thermal elements’

In determining the appropriate option for a part newbuild part-refurbishment project, the BREEAMAssessor should reviewthe scope of the proposed works and consider in particular the scope of the refurbished elements, i.e. is it majorrefurbishment, will there be a significant change of use and will the building's thermal and structural elements remain ‘asexisting’?Using this information the assessor should advise the client on themost suitable option in terms of whichBREEAMversion/scheme is most appropriate for maximising the building's environmental performance.

BREEAM International New Construction 2016 assessment types

Within the InternationalNewConstruction scheme a number of assessment types are defined and canbe used to assess andrate a newbuilding's performance. These are:

— Non residential— Fully fitted— Shell and Core (seeAppendixD)— Shell only (seeAppendixD)

— — Residential— Fully fitted (seeAppendix E)— Partially fitted (seeAppendix E)

The assessment criteria for these options are clearly identified in this technicalmanual. The assessor in collaborationwith theclient and design team as necessary should determinewhichBREEAMassessment type is relevant for their project.

Similar building types (or units) on the same site

It is possible to assess and rate a number of separate but similar non-residential buildings, or individual units within a largerbuilding development, within one BREEAMassessment report. Further guidance on this type of assessment canbe found onthe BREEAMextranet inGuidanceNoteGN10 –Mixed use developments and similar buildings (or units).

Shell and core/speculative buildings

Non fitted out ‘speculative’ newbuildings, often referred to as shell and core buildings, canbe assessed using the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction scheme. Further details on the applicationof the scheme to these types of newbuilding canbe found inAppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and core project assessments onpage422.


Scope

2.0 Scope

Buildings types not covered under the BREEAM International NewConstruction 2016 scheme version

Building types not listed in this sectionor those listed as non-standard can still be assessed using this scheme. Suchbuildingtypes will require the development of a set of bespoke assessment criteria. In such instances BREEAMAssessors and clientsshould refer to GuidanceNoteGN23 - BREEAMBespoke Process.

Building life cycle stages covered by the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme version

This scheme canbe used to assess and rate the environmental impacts arising from a newly constructed buildingdevelopment (including external site areas), at the following life cycle stages:

1. New-build design stage (DS) - leading to an interim BREEAMrating and certificate of assessment2. New-build post-construction stage (PCS) – leading to a final BREEAMrating and certificate of assessment

Design stage

TheDSassessment and interim BREEAMrating confirms the proposed newbuilding’s performance at the design stage of thelife cycle. Assessment and ideally certificationwill occur prior to the beginning of operations on site. The BREEAMrating at thisstage is labelled as ‘interim’ because it does not represent the building’s final, newconstructionBREEAMperformance.

To complete an assessment at this stage the designmust be advanced to a point where the relevant design information isavailable to enable the BREEAMAssessor to evaluate and verify the building’s performance against the criteria defined in thisschemedocument. The interim DSassessment will therefore be completed and certified at the schemedesignor detaileddesign stages.

Post-construction stage (PCS)

The PCSassessment and BREEAMrating confirms the final as-built performance of the building at the newconstruction stageof the life cycle. A final PCSassessment is completed and certified after practical completionof the building works.

There are two approaches to assessment at the post-construction stage:

1. A post-construction review (PCR) based ona completed interim design stage assessment2. A post-construction assessment (PCA)

A PCR serves to confirm that the building’s as-built performance and rating is in accordancewith the assessment certified atthe interim design stage.Where an interim DSassessment has not been carried out, i.e. certified, and a BREEAMassessmentand rating is required, a full post-construction stage assessment canbe conducted.

Building life cycle stages not covered by the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme version

The BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction scheme is not designed for, and therefore not appropriate to assess theenvironmental impacts of buildings at the following life cycle stages:

1. Infrastructure projects (refer to the BREEAMInfrastructure Pilot scheme)2. Master planning projects (refer to the BREEAMCommunities scheme).3. Existing building refurbishment and fit-out (refer to the BREEAMInternational Refurbishment and Fit-out 2015 scheme).4. Existing building in operationor existing unoccupied building (refer to the BREEAMIn-Use International scheme)5. Existing building deconstruction (no BREEAMscheme for this life cycle stage at present)


http://www.breeam.com/page.jsp?id=372




Buildings types not covered under the BREEAM International NewConstruction 2016 scheme version

Building types not listed in the Scope of the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme version:onpage 12 orthose listed as Non standard.

can still be assessed using BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction. Suchbuilding types will require the development of a setof bespoke assessment criteria. In such instances BREEAMassessors and clients should refer to GuidanceNoteGN23 -BREEAMBespoke Process.


Scope

Building life cycle stages not covered by the BREEAM InternationalNew Construction 2016 scheme version

The BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction scheme is not designed for, and therefore not appropriate to assess theenvironmental impacts of buildings at the following life cycle stages:

1. Infrastructure projects (refer to the BREEAMInfrastructure Pilot scheme)2. Master planning projects (refer to the BREEAMCommunities scheme).3. Existing building refurbishment and fit-out (refer to theBREEAMInternational Refurbishment & Fit-Out scheme ).4. Existing building in operationor existing unoccupied building (refer to the BREEAMIn-UseInternationalscheme)


Scoring and rating BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

BREEAM rating benchmarks

There are a number of elements that determine the overall performance of aproject assessed using BREEAM; these are asfollows:

1. The scope of the assessment2. The BREEAMrating level benchmarks3. Theminimum BREEAMstandards4. The environmental sectionweightings5. The BREEAMassessment issues and credits

6. How these elements combine to produce a BREEAMrating for a project is summarised on the following pages. This isfollowed by a description and example describing themethodology for calculating a rating.

7. The BREEAMrating benchmarks for projects assessed using the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 schemeare as follows:

8. Table 3:BREEAMrating benchmarks

9.

BREEAM Rating % score

OUTSTANDING ≥ 85

EXCELLENT ≥ 70

VERYGOOD ≥ 55

GOOD ≥ 45

PASS ≥ 30

UNCLASSIFIED <30

10. The BREEAMrating benchmarks enable a client and all other stakeholders to compare the performance of a buildingwithother BREEAMrated buildings of the same type, and the typical sustainability performance of a stockof buildings.

In this respect eachBREEAMrating broadly represents performance equivalent to:

a. Outstanding: Less than top 1%of buildings (innovator)b. Excellent: Top 10%of buildings (best practice)c. VeryGood:Top 25%of buildings (advanced good practice)d. Good:Top 50%of buildings (intermediate good practice)e. Pass: Top 75%of buildings (standard good practice)

11. Anunclassified BREEAMrating represents performance that is non-compliant with BREEAM, in terms of failing to meeteither the BREEAMminimum standards of performance for key environmental issues or the overall threshold scorerequired to achieve at least a Pass rating.

BREEAM rating benchmarks

There are a number of elements that determine the overall performance of a newconstructionproject assessed usingBREEAM, these are as follows:


BREEAMrating benchmarks Scoring and rating

1. Scope of the assessment2. The BREEAMrating level benchmarks3. Theminimum BREEAMstandards4. The environmental sectionweightings5. The BREEAMassessment issues and credits

How these elements combine to produce a BREEAMrating for a newbuilding is summarised on the following pages. This isfollowed by a description and example describing themethodology for calculating a rating.

The BREEAMrating benchmarks for projects assessed using BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 are as follows:

Table 4:BREEAMrating benchmarks

BREEAM Rating % score

Outstanding ≥ 85

Excellent ≥ 70

Very good ≥ 55

Good ≥ 45

Pass ≥ 30

Unclassified < 30

The BREEAMrating benchmarks enable a client and all other stakeholders to compare the performance of a building withother BREEAMrated buildings of the same type.buildings in the UK

In this respect eachBREEAMrating broadly represents performance equivalent to:

1. Outstanding: Less than top 1%of buildings (innovator)2. Excellent: Top 10%of buildings (best practice)3. VeryGood:Top 25%of buildings (advanced good practice)4. Good:Top 50%of buildings (intermediate good practice)5. Pass: Top 75%of buildings (standard good practice)

Anunclassified BREEAMrating represents performance that is non-compliant with BREEAM, in terms of failing to meet eitherthe BREEAMminimum standards of performance for key environmental issues or the overall threshold score required toachieve at least a Pass rating.



Minimum standards

To maintain a flexible system BREEAMadopts a 'balanced scorecard' approach to the assessment and rating of a project. Thismeans that to achieve a particular level of performance themajority of BREEAMcredits canbe traded, i.e. non-compliance inone area canbe offset through compliance in another to achieve the target BREEAMrating.

However, to ensure that performance against fundamental environmental issues is not overlooked inpursuit of a particularrating, BREEAMsets minimum standards of performance in key areas, e.g. energy, water, waste etc. It is important to bear inmind that these areminimum acceptable levels of performance and in that respect they should not necessarily be viewed aslevels that are representative of best practice for a BREEAMrating level.

To achieve a particular BREEAMrating, theminimum overall percentage scoremust be achieved and theminimum standards,detailed in Table 6 below , applicable to that rating level complied with.

Table 5:Minimum BREEAMstandards by rating level

Table 6:Minimum BREEAMstandards by rating level

Minimum standards byBREEAM rating level

BREEAMissue Pass Good VeryGood Excellent Outstanding

Man03Responsibleconstructionpractices onpage 46

Criterion2only (Health&Safety)



One credit(Considerateconstruction)

Two credits(Considerateconstruction)

Man04Commissioningand handoveronpage 55

None None None Criterion10(Building or homeuser guide)

Criterion10 (Building orhome user guide)

Man05Aftercare onpage 63

None None None One credit(Seasonalcommissioning)

One credit (Seasonalcommissioning)

Hea 01 Visualcomfort

Criterion6only (Highfrequencyballast)



Criterion6 only(High frequencyballast)

Criterion6 only (Highfrequencyballast)

Hea 02 Indoorair quality

Criterion1only (Noasbestos)



Criterion1 only(No asbestos)

Criterion1 only (Noasbestos)

Hea 06Accessibility

None None None None Two credits (Inclusiveand accessible design -residential buildings andresidential institutionsonly)


Minimum standards Scoring and rating

Minimum standards byBREEAM rating level

BREEAMissue Pass Good VeryGood Excellent Outstanding

Hea 08 PrivateSpace

None None None None One credit

Hea 09 Waterquality

Criterion1only(minimiselegionellosisrisk)



Criterion1 only(minimiselegionellosis risk)

Criterion1 only(minimise legionellosisrisk)

onpage 143 None None None Six credits Ten credits

Ene 02a Energymonitoring

None None One credit(First sub-meteringcredit)

One credit(First sub-metering credit)

One credit(First sub-meteringcredit)

Wat 01 Waterconsumptiononpage 239

None One credit One credit One credit Two credits

Wat 02 Watermonitoring onpage 250

None Criterion1only (mainswater meter)

Criterion1only (mainswater meter)

Criterion1 only(mains watermeter)

Criterion1 only (mainswater meter)

Mat 03Responsiblesourcing ofconstructionproducts onpage 270

Criterion1only (Legaltimber)



Criterion1 only(Legal timber)

Criterion1 only (Legaltimber)

Wst 01Constructionwastemanagementonpage 314

None None None None One credit

Wst 03aOperationalwaste onpage325

None None None One credit One credit



Environmental section weightings

Environmentalweightings are fundamental to anybuilding environmental assessment method as theyprovide ameans ofdefining, and therefore ranking, the relative impact of environmental issues. BREEAMuses anexplicit weighting system derivedfrom a combinationof consensus based weightings and ranking by a panel of experts. The outputs from this exercise arethenused to determine the relative value of the environmental sections used in BREEAMand their contribution to the overallBREEAMscore.

Table 7:BREEAMEnvironmental sectionweightings for commonproject types

Environmentalsection

Weighting

Non-residential Single residentialdwellings

Multiple residentialdwellings

Fully fittedout

Shellonly

Shell andcore

Partiallyfitted

Fullyfitted

Partiallyfitted

Fully fitted

Management 12% 13.5% 13% 11.5% 15% 12.5% 12%

Health andwellbeing

14% 8% 8.5% 14.5% 15% 15% 15%

Hazards 1% 1.5% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%

Energy 19% 19.5% 19% 19.5% 22.5% 18.5% 20%

Transport 8% 11% 8.5% 8% 6.5% 8.5% 8%

Water 6% 3% 6.5% 4.5% 6.5% 4.5% 5.5%

Materials 12.5% 16.5% 13.5% 13.5% 9% 13% 12.5%

Waste 7.5% 8.5% 8% 7% 6% 7% 6.5%

Land Use andEcology

10% 13% 11% 11% 8.5% 10.5% 10%

Pollution 6.5% 1% 7% 5.5% 6% 6% 6%

Surfacewater run-off

3.5% 4.5% 4% 4% 4% 3.5% 3.5%

Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Innovation(additional)

10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%

Eachof the above environmental sections consists of a differing number of assessment issues and BREEAMcredits (asdescribed elsewhere and defined indetail in the technical sections of this schemedocument).


Environmental sectionweightings Scoring and rating

Adaptation of weightings for local conditions

In order to provideweightings that are adapted for local conditions, theweightings are reviewed for the first project thatregisters for assessment in a country or region. Theseweightings are then set as appropriate for that project and all otherprojects thereafter in that country or region for the life of the current BREEAMInternational version. The development of theseweightings is based on robust and independent information forwarded from 'local experts'who have anunderstanding oflocal conditions. This maybe amember of the design team if they candemonstrate sufficient knowledge of theenvironmental conditions of the regionor country, or another individual or organisationwith the relevant expertise.

The required information is compiled by the BREEAMAssessor using the 'BREEAMInternationalWeightings' form (availablefrom the BREEAMAssessor Extranet). It is the assessor's responsibility to correctly complete the 'EnvironmentalWeightings'and submit the form to BREGlobal, who use the information to develop appropriateweightings for that country or region.

Theweightings are tailored based on the ten technical categories, with categories being considered 'Global' or 'Local'. Globalcategories are those defined as having a universal impact, independent of the local context. Local categories are thosedefined as being variable locally, due to social, environmental, political or economic factors. BREGlobalwill take account ofthese factors whendetermining the relative importance of the technical sections.

Influence of hazards

In the case of theHea 07 Hazards onpage 130 and the Flood Risk criteria within Pol 03 Flood riskmanagement and reducingsurfacewater run-off, these issues are separatelyweighted from the remainder of their respective technical sections. BREGlobal considers theHeath&Wellbeing and Pollution sections to be predominantly 'Global' categories; however, given thelocal importance of addressing natural hazards (including flood risk) these issues are 'Local'.

The influence of location

Aswell as having an impact on theweightings attributed to BREEAMsections and assessment issues (seeAdaptationofweightings for local conditions above above), the culture, economy, climate and workpractices can also affect thedevelopment of criteria and themethod of assessing certain BREEAMissues.

One example involves the opportunity for rainwater recycling in BREEAMissue .Wat 01 Water consumption. In this instance thehigher performance benchmarks vary according to amount of precipitation available. The assessor candetermine theprecipitation zone inwhich the building is located using themap inFigure 4 on the next page (and other informationbelow)and consequently use this climatic zone to establish the appropriatewater consumptionbenchmark for a building in thatlocation.

Themap belowhighlights the Earth's climates zones according to the Köppen-Geiger climate classificationmethod. They aredefined according to maximum and minimum temperature ranges, as well as the total and seasonal distributionofprecipitation.

For the purposes of BREEAM, the climatic zones (refer to Figure 3 on the next page) are defined as:

A. Equatorial - tropical climates where temperatures remain above 18°CB. Arid - dry climates (semi-arid and desert climates)C. Warm temperate - mid-latitude climates (warm, dry summers with cool, wet winters)D. Snow - temperate, is generally between -3°C and 10°C (subarctic or temperate alpine areas and lowprecipitation)E. Polar - permafrost or tundra climates

For the purposes of .Wat 01 Water consumption, the precipitation zones (refer to Figure 4 on the next page) are defined as:

1. Precipitation zone 1: corresponds to Appender’s precipitation regions f (fully humid) and m (monsoonal)2. Precipitation zone 2: corresponds to Appender’s precipitation regions s (summer dry) and w (winter dry)3. Precipitation zone 3: corresponds to Appender’s precipitation regions S (steppe) and W (desert)


http://www.breeam.org/extranet/login.jsp


Advice and guidance onhow to carry out a classification canbe found at:http://www.physicalgeography.net/fundamentals/7v.html

Figure 3 :World map of Köppen-Geigerclimate classification

Figure 4 :World map of BREEAMprecipitation zones


http://www.physicalgeography.net/fundamentals/7v.html

BREEAMassessment issues and credits Scoring and rating

BREEAM assessment issues and credits

BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 consists of 57 individual assessment issues spanning the nine environmentalcategories, plus a tenth category called ‘innovation’ (described below). Each issue addresses a specific building relatedenvironmental impact or issue and has a number of credits assigned to it.

BREEAMcredits are awarded where a building demonstrates that it meets the best practice performance levels defined forthat issue, i.e. it has mitigated an impact or, in the case of the health and wellbeing section, addressed a specific buildingoccupant-related issue, e.g. good thermal comfort, daylight or acoustics.

The number of credits available for an individual assessment issuewill vary and generally the higher the number there are for agiven issue, themore important that issue is in terms of mitigating its impact. Inmost cases, where there aremultiple creditsavailable, the number awarded is based ona sliding scale or benchmark, where progressively higher standards of buildingperformance are rewarded with a higher number of credits.

It is worth noting that, in addition to the environmental section and overall score and BREEAMrating, verified performanceagainst individual assessment issues also provides users with a credible set of keybuilding performance indicators for a rangeof embodied, operational and constructionphase building impacts. In this respect, in addition to using BREEAMto defineoverall targets, it is possible to use themethod to define performance levels in support of specific organisational policyobjectives for individual environmental issues. Care should be takenwhen setting design targets using individual issues andcredit levels in this way as it can limit design flexibility and have an impact onproject costs.

Awarding credits for innovation

It is one of the aims of BREEAMto support innovationwithin the construction industry and its supply chain. BREEAMdoes thisbymaking additional credits available for the recognitionof sustainability related benefits or performance levels which arecurrently not recognised by standard BREEAMassessment issues and criteria. By doing this BREEAMis rewarding buildingsthat go beyond best practice in terms of a particular aspect of sustainability, i.e. where the building or its procurement hasdemonstrated innovation.

Awarding credits for innovation enables clients and design teams to boost their building’s BREEAMperformance and, inaddition, helps to support themarket for new innovative technologies, and designor constructionpractices.

There are two ways inwhichBREEAMawards ‘innovation credits’ to recognise innovation in building design and procurement.The first is bymeeting exemplary performance criteria defined within anexisting BREEAMissue, i.e. going beyond the standardBREEAMassessment criteria and therefore best practice. Note, not all assessment issues have exemplary performancecriteria. The second route is where anapplication is made to BREGlobal by the registered project’s BREEAMAssessor to have aparticular building technologyor feature, designor constructionmethod or process recognised as ‘innovative’. If theapplication is successful and subsequently compliance is verified, an ‘innovation credit’ canbe awarded.

Anadditional 1% canbe added to a building’s overall score for each ‘innovation credit’ achieved. Themaximum number of’innovation credits’ that canbe awarded for anyone building is 10; therefore themaximum available additional score for‘innovation’ is 10%. The building's final BREEAMscorewill be capped at 100%. Innovation credits canbe awarded regardlessof the building’s final BREEAMrating, i.e. they canbe awarded at anyBREEAMrating level. Refer to the Inn01 Innovationonpage 414 section for more detail.



Local codes and standards

Use of local codes and standards

Certain criteria in BREEAMrequire compliancewith specified standards or best practice documents. In some countries theremaybe local equivalents of these standards and in these cases BREEAMInternational allows BREstaff, with support fromassessors and the project team, to review the local standards against BREEAMspecified requirements and confirm theirequivalence. The assessors need to send in the local standards to BREGlobal for approval. Ideally the relevant sections of thestandards will be translated into English, however, BREGlobal can also provide this service for a fee.

If BREGlobal approves the standard as equivalent, the local standard will form part of the approved standards for thatcountry, regionor area.

Approved standards and weightings list

The individual requirements for a particular local standard and a list of approved standards are provided in the approvedstandards and weightings list (ASWL).

Every BREEAMInternational assessment must include a versionof the approved standards and weightings list whenanassessment is submitted to inform BREGlobalwhich standards the project team haveworked to and complied with. This mayinvolve the use of a 'Newcountryworksheet'or, where assessments have alreadybeenundertaken in that country, an 'Existingcountry-specific worksheet' that is amended to suit the specific project.

For eachBREEAMcriterion requiring compliancewith specified standards or best practice documents a combinationof thefollowing three situations is likely, as circumstances vary between issues:

1. No specific local standard is specified - when submitting the assessment the project team uses the approved standardsand weightings list to inform BREGlobal that it will beworking to the requirements detailed in the criteria or the defaultInternational standard.

2. Approved local standard is specified - when submitting the assessment the project team uses the approved standardsand weightings list to inform BREGlobal that it will be using the approved local standards detailed in the 'Existingcountry-specific worksheet'. The team also need to confirm that the standards being used are current.

3. Unapproved local standard is proposed - at the earliest opportunity the project team uses the approved standards andweightings list to inform BREGlobal that theywill beworking to (as yet unapproved) local standards. The teamwill needto send the relevant sections of the standard to BREGlobalwith evidence of its robustness.Note: The approvals process for local standards happens at the very early stages of a project assessment, i.e. wellbefore a report is submitted for certification so that:a. Certification is not delayed, andb. The project team or client have certainty over which approved standards against which their building's performance

is being assessed.

If BREGlobal approves the local equivalent, it is added to the 'approved standards' for that country or region. If not, it is addedto the 'rejected standards' for that country - this is included for information and to prevent duplicationof effort.

More details on this process canbe found within theAssessor Operations manual (see BREEAMAssessor extranet).


http://www.breeam.org/extranet/

Calculating a building's BREEAMrating Scoring and rating

Calculating a building's BREEAM rating

A BREEAMAssessor must determine the BREEAMrating using the appropriate assessment tools and calculators. Anindicationof performance against the BREEAMscheme canalso be determined using a BREEAMPre-Assessment Estimator.The Pre-Assessment Estimator is available from the BREEAMwebsitewww.breeam.com. Anypre-assessment estimate of therating a project may achieve should be informed by a licensed BREEAMAssessor who understands the full details of theprocess where this is used to inform business, funding or contractual decisions.

The process of determining a BREEAMrating is outlined belowand anexample calculation included in Table 8 below

1. Firstly, the scope of the project being assessed need to be determined, i.e. Shell Only or Shell and Core. The appropriateBREEAMassessment tool or calculator then adjusts the scoring and weightings to reflect the categories and individualcredits assessed.

2. The BREEAMAssessor will thendetermine for eachof BREEAM's nine environmental sections (as applicable) the numberof 'credits' awarded. This must be determined by the BREEAMAssessor in accordancewith the criteria of eachassessment issue (as detailed in the technical sections of this document).

3. The percentage of 'credits' achieved is then calculated for each section.4. The percentage of 'credits' achieved in each section is thenmultiplied by the corresponding sectionweighting. This gives

the overall environmental section score.5. The section scores are thenadded together to give the overall BREEAMscore.6. The overall score is then compared to the BREEAMrating benchmark levels and, provided allminimum standards have

beenmet, the relevant BREEAMrating is achieved.7. Anadditional 1% canbe added to the final BREEAMscore for each 'innovation credit' achieved (up to amaximum of

10%and with the total BREEAMscore capped at 100%).

Table 8: Example BREEAMscore and rating calculation

BREEAM section Creditsachieved

Creditsavailable

%of Creditsachieved

Sectionweighting (fullyfitted)

Sectionscore

Management 10 20 50.00% 0.12 6.00%

Health andwellbeing

17 21 80.95% 0.14 11.33%

Hazards 1 1 100.00% 0.01 1.00%

Energy 16 34 47.05% 0.19 8.94%

Transport 5 11 45.45% 0.08 3.63%

Water 5 9 55.56% 0.06 3.33%

Materials 10 14 71.43% 0.125 8.92%

Waste 3 13 23.07% 0.075 1.73%


http://www.breeam.org/


BREEAM section Creditsachieved

Creditsavailable

%of Creditsachieved

Sectionweighting (fullyfitted)

Sectionscore

Land Use andEcology

5 5 100.00% 0.10 10.00%

Pollution 5 7 71.42% 0.065 4.64%

SurfaceWaterRun-off

4 5 80.00% 0.035 2.80%

Innovation 2 10 20.00% 0.10 2.00%

Final BREEAMscore 64.32%

BREEAMRating VERYGOOD

Table 9:Minimum standards for a BREEAM'VeryGood' rating

Minimum standards for BREEAM 'VeryGood' rating Achieved?

Man03 Responsible constructionpractices onpage 46 Y

Hea 01 Visual comfort Y

Hea 02 Indoor air quality Y

Hea 09Water quality Y

Ene 02a Energymonitoring Y

Wat 01 Water consumption Y

Wat 02 Water monitoring onpage 250 Y

Mat 03 Responsible sourcing of constructionproducts onpage 270 Y

Producing case studies for BREEAM ‘Outstanding’ rated buildings

Projects certified to the BREEAM‘Outstanding’ rating should act as exemplars for the industry. If they are to do this, casestudies of these projects are needed so that other project teams and clients can refer to them.

Prior to Final Certification the design team and client for BREEAM‘Outstanding’ rated projects are asked to provide either acase studyof the building or information to allowBREGlobal to produce a case study. This informationwill be requested atthe final Post-construction stage and should be provided with the BREEAMAssessor’s Final CertificationReport.

BREGlobalwill publish the case studyon the BREEAMwebsite, GreenBookLivewebsite and inother BREand BREEAM-relatedpublications.


Evidence

4.0 The BREEAM evidential requirements

This sectionprovides guidance to assessors and project teams on the types of evidence required to demonstrate compliancewith BREEAMissues.

Why does BREEAM require evidence?

BREEAMis a third-party assessment and certification schemeoperated in accordancewith international standards. Operatingto international standards ensures that certification schemes such as BREEAMare run in a consistent and reliablemanner. TheBREEAMAssessor's assessment report and the BREGlobal quality assurance process are the fundamental tenets of BREEAM,ensuring consistencyof, and confidence in, the BREEAMrating awarded by the assessor.

To maintain this consistency and credibility, all certificationdecisions must be based on verified and credible projectinformation that is traceable, i.e. evidence based. This is not only important for ensuring compliancewith the internationalstandards to whichBREEAMoperates, but also in terms of managing risk to clients and BREEAMAssessors in the event that acertificationoutcome is challenged.

The assessment report and the BREEAM Assessor role

It is the BREEAMAssessor who determines the BREEAMrating and the assessment report is the formal record of an assessor'saudit against the criteria defined in the TechnicalManual for a BREEAMscheme. The BREEAMcertificate issued byBREGlobalprovides assurance that the service provided by the assessor (that is, the process of producing the assessment report) hasbeen conducted in accordancewith the requirements of the scheme. The purpose of the certificate is therefore to giveconfidence to the client in the assessor's performance and processes in determining a BREEAMrating.

It is the role of the assessor to gather project information and use it to assess performance against the BREEAMscheme in acompetent and impartialmanner. To award a BREEAMcredit, the assessor must be satisfied beyond reasonable doubt thatthe evidence gathered demonstrates unambiguous compliancewith all relevant criteria defined in the BREEAMscheme. Allevidencemust be appropriately referenced in the formal report produced by the assessor and made available on requestfrom BREGlobal Ltd for quality assurance checks.

Clear, ordered and well referenced evidence for eachBREEAMissue and criterion facilitates efficient quality assurance andcertification. BREEAMAssessors can access further guidance onassessment report referencing inAssessor GuidanceNote01, and the 'reporting process'webinar, both available from the BREEAMAssessor Guidance sectionof the BREEAMAssessorextranet.

Evidence

Evidence should not necessarily need to be prepared specifically for the purpose of the BREEAMassessment. Inmanyinstances, the assessor should be able to source readily available and prepared project information for the purpose ofdemonstrating compliance. For this reason, BREEAMaims to avoid being prescriptive on the type of evidence required, whileeach issue does have specific documents listed these are provided as guidance rather than a definite list.

The assessor and project teamwill find that many assessment issues requiremore thanone piece or type of information todemonstrate compliancewithone criterion, or alternatively, one piece of informationmaybe sufficient to demonstratecompliancewithmultiple criteria.


Evidence BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Written commitments at the interim stage of assessment – Designstage

At the interim design stage of assessment it is permissible to use letters or emails to demonstrate intent to complywithBREEAMcriteria (provided theymeet the requirements for the communication records below). Suchevidencemust also makeclear the actions and evidence (or anunderstanding thereof) that will be undertakenand provided to ensure the project'songoing compliance, particularly at the final stage of assessment, i.e. post construction. This is to ensure that the partywhomakes the commitment is clearly aware of the actions and evidence that needs to be supplied to demonstrate compliancewith BREEAMat the final stage of assessment. For example, inmany circumstances it would not be acceptable for the designteam to copy and paste the BREEAMcriteria into a formal commitment. The commitment should specifically detail howcriteriaare to be achieved in the context of the assessment, and often copying and pasting the BREEAMcriteria will not provide thisdetail.

While letters of commitment canplay a role in demonstrating compliance, they are not a replacement for more formal andestablished types of project information. The assessor must not award credits where theyhave a reason to doubt the validityor intent of written commitments, or where it is not unreasonable to expect formal designor specification information to beavailable to confirm compliance.

Written commitments at the final stage of assessment – Post-construction

As stated in the Scope section, there are two types of assessment that canbe carried out at the post construction stage, apost construction reviewof a design stage assessment, or a post construction assessment (where no design stageassessment has been carried out). The 'Final post-construction stage' columnof the evidence table in each issue assumes thata design stage assessment has been completed.Where a design stage assessment has not been completed, the assessor willneed to reviewboth the 'Interim design stage' and 'Final post construction stage'evidence listed in the evidence table andensure sufficient evidence is submitted with the assessment to demonstrate compliancewith the criteria.

Evidence supplied at the post construction stagemust be reflective of the completed building and must thereforedemonstratewhat has actually been implemented. For example, if sub-meters have been specified at the design stage,evidence at the post construction stagewould need to demonstrate that these have actually been installed. Appropriateevidencemaybe a site inspection report with supporting photographs or as-built drawings showing the locationof the sub-meters.

Letters of commitment cannot be used to demonstrate compliance at the final, post construction stage of assessment. Theonly exception to this is where the criteria require an action to take place post construction, i.e. after handover and possiblyduring the building operation. Anexample could be awritten commitment from the building owner or occupier making acommitment to conduct post occupancy evaluation. As withwritten commitments at the design stage, the BREEAMAssessormust not award BREEAMcredits where theyhave a reason to doubt the validity or intent of written commitments or where itis not unreasonable to expect formal documentation, e.g. a schedule of services or professional services contract.

Evidence principles that BREEAM Assessors and the BRE Global LtdQuality Assurance work to

As described above, where specific evidence is stated in the 'evidence' tablewithin each assessment issue, this must besourced and verified by the BREEAMAssessor.


Evidence

In determining the appropriateness of evidence for each issue, the principles outlined in Table 10 belowmust be consideredbyBREEAMAssessors.Where the evidencemeet the principles outlined in Table 10 belowand,where appropriate, theguidance provided in the 'robustness of evidence' section, suchevidence is admissible for the purpose of the assessment andthe BREGlobalQualityAssurance checks.

These principles are not listed in a hierarchical order and are all equally important when considering which evidence type tosubmit to demonstrate compliance for each issue or criterion.

Table 10BREEAMEvidence principles

Summary Principle Objective A question to ask to check

1 Evidenceprovided forall criteria forall creditssought

Evidencemust demonstrate that ALLrelevant* criteria and sub-criteria for eachcredit sought are achieved and whererelevant, is provided to supportcompliance notes, definitions etc.

Completeness Are all criteria and sub-criteria covered?Have allrelevant compliance notesand definitions beenaddressed?

2 Unambiguousassessment

The assessment must demonstrateunambiguous compliance and theevidencemust support this assessment.Evidence (and supporting notes)mustclearly demonstrate to a third-partyreviewer that the criteria have beenmet.

Independentreviewcompatibility

If a third-party (e.g. BREGlobal Ltd) reviewed myreport with the submittedevidence, would theybe ableto confirm compliance andaward the same credits Ihave?

3 Robust 1. When selecting the evidence, alwaysensure it is robust and is relevant tothe stage of assessment.

2. The selected evidence contains allthe relevant basic information, withthe necessary constituent parts tobe deemed robust.

(see 4.0 The BREEAMevidentialrequirements onpage 29 section forfurther details onbothof theseprinciples) .

Proof thatevidence isrobust andfrom a reliablesource.

Is this themost robust formof evidence available todemonstrate compliancewith this criterion?Does theevidence contain all therelevant basic information? Isit fully auditable?

4 Use existingevidence

Use existing project information todemonstrate compliance. Inmost casesevidence should not need to be 'created'for BREEAMcompliance purposes.

Minimisesevidence andreduces timeand cost ofcompliance.

Does robust evidencemeeting the above principlesalready exist that I canuse? IfI need to ask for moreevidence, is the projectseeking credits wherecompliance is notadequately demonstrated?

*Where the assessor or design team deem specific criteria 'not relevant' to the assessment, a full justification should becollated and then submitted as a technical query for reviewbyBREGlobal Ltd.


Evidence BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Robustness of Evidence

Robust evidence provides confirmation that the assessment has been carried out correctly and the building complies with thecriteria for the BREEAMcredits sought. The assessor should consider the following whengathering project information andevaluating whether the evidence provided is as 'robust' as possible:

— Is theremore thanone piece of evidence that could be used to demonstrate compliance?— Is the chosenevidence themost robust and appropriate piece of evidence to demonstrate that a particular

criterionhas beenachieved?

Anyevidence submitted for a BREEAMassessment must be robust in terms of its source and its traceability. Below is a list oftheminimum information the assessor must expect to seewhen certain types of evidence are submitted:

Communication records:Any communication records used as evidencemust provide clear confirmationof the site name,author's identity and role, the date and recipients identity.

Formal letters of correspondence:Must be on companyor organisationheaded note-paper with a signature (electronicsignatures are acceptable). Ideally letters should be a secured document. (Please see sections relating to written commitmentfor further information.)

Meeting minutes:Must include date, location and attendee information (names, organisations and roles), along with a recordof themeeting and agreed actions.

Drawings:All drawingsmust have the building or site name, phase (if applicable), title of drawing, date, revisionnumber and ascale.

Specification:A specificationmust be clear that it relates to the project under assessment, and it must have a date and revisionnumber.Where sections of a specification are provided the assessor should reference the extract and as aminimum submitthe front page of the specificationdetailing the project name, revisionnumber and date.

Site inspection report:A site inspection report must include the building or site name, date, author and summary text to detailwhat was witnessed, confirming compliance. Photographic evidence canbe used to support the text in the report.

For other types of evidence not listed, the assessor should use the above as a guide for the sort of evidence that is suitable. Asaminimum inmost cases the evidence used to assess compliance should always contain key information such as the projectname, the author, date, revisionnumbers etc.


Management

5.0 Management

Summary

This category encourages the adoptionof sustainablemanagement practices in connectionwithdesign, construction,commissioning, handover and aftercare activities to ensure that robust sustainability objectives are set and followed throughinto the operationof the building. Issues in this section focus onembedding sustainability actions through the key stages ofdesign, procurement and initial occupation from the initial project brief stage to the appropriate provisionof aftercare.

Category summary table

Issue Credits Credit summary

Man01 Project brief and design 4 — Stakeholder consultation covering project delivery andrelevant third parties.

— Sustainability championappointed to facilitate the setting,monitoring and achievement of BREEAMperformancetargets for the project.

Man02 Life cycle cost and servicelife planning

4 — Recognising and encouraging the use of life cycle costingand service life planning and the sharing of data to raiseawareness and understanding.

Man03 Responsible constructionpractices

6 — The principal contractor demonstrates soundenvironmentalmanagement practices and considerationfor neighbours across their activities on site.

— Site related energy, water and transport impacts aremonitored and reported to ensure ongoing complianceduring the Construction, Handover and CloseOut stagesand to improve awareness and understanding for futureprojects.

Man04 Commissioning andhandover

4 — Schedule of commissioning including optimal timescales andappropriate testing and commissioning of all buildingservices systems and building fabric in linewithbestpractice.

— Inspecting, testing, identifying and rectifying defects via anappropriatemethod.

— Provisionof a non-technical building user guide and usertraining or operator training timed appropriately aroundhandover and proposed occupation.

Man05 Aftercare 3 — Provisionof the necessary infrastructure and resources toprovide aftercare support to the building occupiers.

— Seasonal commissioning activities will be completed over aminimum 12monthperiod, once the building becomessubstantially occupied.

— The client or building occupier commit to carrying out a postoccupancy evaluation (POE) exercise one year after initialbuilding occupation and to disseminate the findings interms of the building's post occupancyperformance.


Management BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Man 01 Project brief and design

(all buildings)

Number of credits available Minimum standards

4 No

Aim

To recognise and encourage an integrated designprocess that optimises building performance.

Assessment criteria

This issue is split into two parts:

— Stakeholder consultation (2 credits)— Sustainability champion (2 credits)

The following is required to demonstrate compliance:

One credit - Stakeholder consultation (project delivery)

1 A clear sustainability brief is developed prior to completionof the concept designwhich sets out:1.a Client requirements, e.g. internal environmental conditions required1.b Sustainability objectives and targets including target BREEAMrating, business objectives etc.1.c Timescales and budget1.d List of consultees and professional appointments that maybe required, e.g. SuitablyQualified Acoustician (SQA)

etc.1.e Constraints for the project, e.g. technical, legal, physical, environmental.

2 Prior to completionof the concept design , the project delivery stakeholders (see Relevant definitions onpage 37) havemet to identify and define their roles, responsibilities and contributions for eachof the keyphases of project delivery.

3 In defining the roles and responsibilities for each keyphase of the project, the following must be considered:3.a End user requirements3.b Aims of the design and design strategy3.c Particular installation and construction requirements and limitations3.d Design and construction riskassessments, e.g. national health and safety regulations or best practice, legionella

riskassessment3.e Legislative requirements, e.g. local building regulations, heritage requirements3.f Procurement and supply chain3.g Identifying and measuring project success in linewithproject brief objectives3.h Occupiers' budget and technical expertise inmaintaining anyproposed systems3.i Maintainability and adaptability of the proposals3.j Requirements for the productionof project and end user documentation3.k Requirements for commissioning, training and aftercare support.

4 The project team demonstrate how the project delivery stakeholder contributions and the outcomes of the consultationprocess have influenced or changed the initial project brief. This includes, if appropriate, the project executionplan,communication strategy, and the concept design.


Man01 Project brief and design Management

One credit - Stakeholder consultation (third party)

5 Prior to completionof the concept designworkstage, all relevant third party stakeholders have been consulted by thedesign team and this covers theminimum consultation content (see compliance note CN3 on the next page).

6 The project must demonstrate how the stakeholder contributions and outcomes of the consultation exercise haveinfluenced or changed the initial project brief and concept design.

7 Prior to completionof the detailed design, consultation feedbackhas beengiven to, and received by, all relevant parties.

Additionally for Education only:

8 The consultation exercise used amethod carried out by an independent party (see Relevant definitions onpage 37).

One credit - sustainability champion (design)

9 A sustainability championhas beenappointed to facilitate the setting and achievement of BREEAMperformance targetsfor the project. The design stage sustainability champion is appointed to perform this role during the feasibility stage.

10 The defined BREEAMperformance targets have been formally agreed (see Relevant definitions onpage 37) betweenthe client and designor project team no later than the concept designworkstage.

11 To achieve this credit at the interim design stage assessment, the agreed BREEAMperformance targets must bedemonstrably achieved by the project design. This must be demonstrated via the BREEAMAssessor's design stageassessment report.

One credit - sustainability champion (monitoring progress)

12 The credit for sustainability champion (design), criteria 9 aboveto 11 abovehave beenachieved.

13 A sustainability champion is appointed to monitor progress against the agreed BREEAMperformance targetsthroughout the designprocess and formally report progress to the client and design team.

14 The sustainability championmust attend keyproject and design teammeetings during the concept design, developeddesign and technical designworkstages (see Relevant definitions onpage 37). Reporting must be carried out during andprior to completionof each stage, as aminimum.

Checklists and tables

Compliance notes

Ref Terms Description

Shell and core (non-residential and residential institutions only)

CN1 Applicableassessment criteria

Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.

Residential - Partially fitted and fully fitted




CN2 Applicableassessment criteria -Single and multipledwellings

Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

General

CN3 Minimumconsultationcontent. Seecriterion4 onpage34.

Minimum consultation content will be dependent on the building and scope of theproject, but would typically include the following:1. Functionality, build quality and impact (including aesthetics)2. Provisionof appropriate internal and external facilities (for future building

occupants, visitors and users)3. Management and operational implications4. Maintenance resources implications5. Impacts on the local community, e.g. local traffic and transport impacts6. Opportunities for shared use of facilities and infrastructurewith the

community and appropriate stakeholders, if relevant and appropriate to thebuilding type

7. Compliancewith statutory (national or local) consultation requirements8. Inclusive and accessible designIn the case of educational building types,minimum content also includes:9. How the building and grounds could best be designed to facilitate learning10. Where the scope of works involves changes to the internal layout and

function, the consultation considers how the design canbest provide a rangeof social spaces appropriate to the needs of pupils, students and other users.

In the case of building types containing technical areas or functions, e.g.laboratories, workshops etc., minimum content also includes:11. The end users broad requirements for such facilities, including appropriate

sizing, optimisation and integrationof equipment and systems.

CN3.1 Assessing andawarding theavailable credits fora sustainabilitychampion.

There is an additional credit for appointing a sustainability championduring theconstruction and handover phase (see BREEAMissueMan03 Responsibleconstructionpractices onpage 46). The aim of the credit inMan03 Responsibleconstructionpractices onpage 46 is to encourage and reward contractors andproject teams that appoint a sustainability championand therefore ensurecontinuationof the sustainability objectives during the constructionphase, and thatthe constructed building meets the client's target BREEAMrating.

CN3.2 BREEAM-relatedperformancetargets. See criteria9 on the previouspage to 13 on theprevious page.

If the BREEAM-related performance targets set at the end of the Concept Designstage have not beenachieved at the post-construction stage assessment, thecredits awarded at the interim design stage assessment for appointing thesustainability championmust bewithheld in the final assessment (seeMan01Project brief and designonpage 34.

CN3.3 National health andsafety regulationsand best practice

Where there are no national health and safety regulations in the country ofassessment, evidence is required to demonstrate that EITHER:

— The principal contractor has anoccupational health and safetymanagement system compliant withOHSAS18001:2007 OR

— Theworks will be carried out in accordancewith the International LabourAssociation's Safety and health in constructionCode of Practice



Methodology

None.

Evidence

Ref Design stage Post-construction stage

Stakeholder consultation credit

Man01 Project briefand designonpage34–Man01 Projectbrief and designonpage 34

A list of the stakeholders consulted.A consultationplan setting out the processand the scope of the consultation.Agenda or minutes from consultationmeetings.Documentationdemonstrating consultationfeedbackand subsequent actions.

As design stage.

Sustainability champion credits

9 onpage 35–14onpage 35

The sustainability championappointmentletter.Relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.Project programme indicating the dates bywhich the keyworkstages (Preparation anddesign) are to be completed.Meeting notes or minutes, recordedcorrespondence or schedules that candemonstrate BREEAMissues are a regularagenda item and sustainability championattendance.The sustainability championprogress report(for eachworkstage).Design stage BREEAMassessment report.

As design stage, plus the final post-construction assessment report.

Additional information

Relevant definitions

BREEAMAccredited Professional (AP)An individual trained and qualified byBREas a specialist in built environment sustainability, environmental design andassessment. The role of the BREEAMAP is to facilitate the project team's efforts to successfully schedule activities, setpriorities and negotiate the trade-offs required to achieve a target BREEAMrating when the design is formallyassessed. Only qualified individuals who aremembers of BRE's associated membership scheme complywith theBREEAMRequirements. This membership ensures an adequate level of competence is maintained through regularcontinuing professional development (CPD) in key relevant areas. For a list and contact details of BREEAMAPs, visit:www.greenbooklive.com.




BREEAM-related performance targetsBREEAMperformance targets refer specifically to the BREEAMrating and minimum standards required. This does notnecessarily include individual targeted BREEAMissues or credits, whichmaybe traded over the course of the projectas it evolves. In agreeing a BREEAMtarget, it is recommended that individual BREEAMissues, credits and criteria aretargeted or prioritised. This is to ensure that the agreed target is achievable and achieved without potentially costlyalterations to the design at a later stage.

Concept designThe concept designworkstage includes the development of strategies and outline proposals for site planning, builtform, structural design, building services systems, outline specifications and preliminary cost information.

Communication strategyThe communication strategy is defined as a strategy that sets out when the project teamwillmeet, how theywillcommunicate effectively, and the protocols for issuing informationbetween the various parties, both informally andat information exchanges.

Consultation feedbackThis is feedbackwhich focuses on the stakeholder suggestions, comments, recommendations and the consultationoutcomes. This includes how the suggestions and outcomes influenced, or resulted inmodifications to, the proposeddesign and building operation and use.

Developed designThe developed designworkstage includes the coordination and updating of proposals for structural design, buildingservices systems, outline specifications, cost information and project strategies.

Facilities managementEN 15221-1:2006 states that facilities management is the integrationof processes within anorganisation tomaintain and develop the agreed services which support and improve the effectiveness of its primary activities. Forthe purposes of the assessment, the term 'agreed services' is taken to mean those relating to themaintenance andmanagement of the building, its services and surroundings, including the interactionwith related activities within, andusers of, the building.

Formally agreedThe term 'formally agreed' relates to BREEAMperformance targets. Examples of formal agreements include acontract or letters of appointment with the architect and other relevant project teammembers.

Independent partyTo complywith the criterion relating to the use of an independent party, the client or design team needs todemonstrate EITHERof the following options:1. Theyhave used a party independent of the designprocess to conduct the necessary consultation exercise, using a

compliant method OR2. If the consultation is to be carried out by anorganisation involved with the designof the building, e.g. the project

architect, then theymust present the assessor with evidence that robustly demonstrates the independence of theconsultationprocess. BREEAMhas not attempted to definewhat form this evidencemust take. The onus is on thedesign team or relevant individual to clearly demonstrate to the BREEAMAssessor a credible level ofindependence.

Keydesign teammeetingsKeydesign teammeetings canbe defined as thosewhere fundamental decisions that influence or affect thebuilding's proposed design and its construction in accordancewith the design (and therefore the building'ssustainability impacts and BREEAMperformance), are discussed and made. Thesemeetings would typically includerepresentatives from at least three of the parties listed below:1. Representatives of the client or developer2. The principal contractor3. The architect4. Structural engineers



5. Building services engineers6. Cost consultants7. Environmental consultants8. Project management consultants.

KeyphasesThe definitionof keyphases of project delivery includes the following:

— Concept design— Developed design— Construction— Commissioning and handover— In-use occupation.

Project delivery stakeholdersThe purpose of criterion1 onpage 34is to reflect the need to consider the input of all themajor project stakeholdersfrom the earliest practical stage. This is to ensure smooth and successful delivery of the project's sustainabilityobjectives.Project delivery stakeholders therefore include the client, the building occupier (where known), the designteam and the principal contractor.With regards to contractors' involvement, it ensures their input in terms offormulating sustainable design solutions, commenting on the practicality and buildability of (one or more) designsolutions and their impact onprogramming, costs etc. BREEAMrecognises that traditionally for some projects, thecontractor for theworks might not be appointed at the early stages of the project and therefore compliancewithcriterion 1 onpage 34would not be possible. In these instances, criterion1 onpage 34 will bemet provided that asuitably experienced personwith substantial constructionor contracting experience in similar projects is involvedprior to appointment of the contractor. A suitably experienced person could be a contractor appointed as aconsultant for this stage or a constructionproject manager.

Project executionplanThe Project executionplan is defined as a planproduced in collaborationbetween the project lead and lead designer,with contributions from other designers and members of the project team. The project executionplan sets out theprocesses and protocols to be used to develop the design. It is sometimes referred to as a 'project quality plan'.

Relevantthird parties (see criterion5 onpage 35)This includes, but is not limited to the following:1. Actual or intended building users (if known) including facilities management (FM) staff or those responsible for

the day-to-dayoperationof the building and grounds2. A representative consultationgroup from the existing community (if the building is a newdevelopment in an

existing community) or for a community still under construction3. Existing partnerships and networks that have knowledge of, and experience ofworking on, existing buildings of

the same type4. Potential users of any shared facilities, e.g. operators of clubs and community groupsAND the following where relevant:5. In educational buildings, representatives from the Local EducationAuthority, School Board etc.6. Local or national historic or heritage groups (over and above any requirements relating to statutory consultees)7. Specialist service and maintenance contractors and representatives where the building functionhas particular

technical requirements in complex environments, e.g. buildings containing laboratories.

Sustainability champion (design and monitoring progress)Members of formal schemes approved byBREGlobal in connectionwith the provisionof design advice.Providers of schemes or qualifications not listed, who feel their members meet this definition and who would like tobe listed as approved membership schemes, should contact BREGlobal.

At present the following schemes are deemed to satisfy this requirement:— BREEAMAccredited Professional (AP)Membership Scheme.

Sustainability Champions are trained and qualified to provide BREEAM-related advice to the design team. They areable to facilitate timely and successful target setting, scheduling, prioritisation and monitoring of BREEAMcompliancerelating to the designof the building. Theywill be subject to ongoing training and competency requirements to



ensure that their knowledge is maintained.Note: The aim of the sustainability champion credits is to encourage an integrated design and constructionprocessthat uses BREEAMas a framework for establishing, agreeing and achieving the desired level of sustainabilityperformance for the project. The sustainability champion credits in this BREEAMissue focus onachieving this objectivethrough the provisionof appropriate expertise during the preparation, brief, and design stages of the project.

Technical designwork stageThe technical designwork is the stage at which all architectural, structural and building service design information,specialist subcontractor design and specifications are finalised.

Other information

None.


Man02 Life cycle cost and service life planning Management

I

Man 02 Life cycle cost and service life planning

(all buildings)


4 No

Aim

To deliver whole life value by encouraging the use of life cycle costing to improve design, specification, through-lifemaintenance and operation, and through the disseminationof capital cost reporting to promote economic sustainability.

Assessment criteria

This issue is split into three parts:

— Elemental life cycle cost (2 credits)— Component level life cycle cost (1 credit)— Capital cost reporting (1 credit)


Two credits - Elemental life cycle cost (LCC)

1 Anoutline, entire asset elemental LCC planhas been carried out at the Concept Design stage together with anydesignoption appraisals in-linewith 'Buildings and constructed assets – Service life planning – Part 5: Life cycle costing ISO15686-5:20084.

2 The outline LCC plan:2.a Provides an indicationof future replacement costs over a period of analysis as required by the client (e.g. 20, 30,

50 or 60 years)2.b Includes service life, maintenance and operation cost estimates.

3 Demonstrate, using appropriate examples provided by the design team, how the elemental LCC planhas beenused toinfluence building and systems design, and specification to minimise life cycle costs and maximise critical value.

One credit - Component level LCC options appraisal

4 A component level LCC options appraisal has beendeveloped by the end of Process Stage 4 (equivalent to TechnicalDesign Stage) in-linewith ISO15686-5:2008, and includes the following component types (where present):4.a Envelope, e.g. cladding, windows, or roofing4.b Services, e.g. heat source, cooling source or controls4.c Finishes, e.g. walls, floors or ceilings4.d External spaces, e.g. alternative hard landscaping, boundary protection.

5 Demonstrate, using appropriate examples provided by the design team, how the component level LCC optionsappraisal has beenused to influence building and systems design, and specification to minimise life cycle costs andmaximise critical value.



One credit - Capital cost reporting

6 Report the capital cost for the building in pounds per squaremetre (£k/m²), via the BREEAMAssessment Scoring andReporting tool.


None.

Compliance notes



CN1 Applicableassessmentcriteria

Elemental life cycle cost, capital cost reporting and maintenance strategy, criteria1 on the previous page to 3 on the previous page and 6 aboveBothoptions:All assessment criteria relevant to the building type and functionapply.

Component level LCC plan, criteria 4 on the previous page to 3 on the previouspageBothoptions: The planmust include all component types to be installed by thedeveloper.

Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shelland core project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionofthe shell and core assessment options.


CN2 Applicableassessmentcriteria - Singleand multipledwellings


General




CN3 AppropriateexamplesSee criterion3 onpage 41.

The options selected to demonstrate how life cycle costs have beenminimisedand critical valuemaximised must be appropriate in terms of their relative impactonproject costs, future building maintenance burdenand size (volume or area)and the stage of the project.At stage 2,when considering the outputs from the elemental LCC plan,examples could be in the form of elemental appraisals (where appropriate),evolutions in concept design to reducemaintenance or replacement costs orcontracts for further elemental analysis.At stage 4,when considering the outputs from the component level optionsanalysis, examples are likely to be in the form of component specificationscoupled with justifications for their selection (i.e. how they reduce life cycle costsand maximise critical value).

CN3.1 Predefinedspecifications

Where the building is constructed to a predefined standard specification, the LCCelemental plan for this specificationmaybe used to help demonstratecompliance.

CN3.2 Capital costreporting

At the design stage of assessment, where the final information is not available,the credit canbe awarded where the client provides the predicted capital cost,including contingencies, and commits to providing this information for the finalstage of assessment. At the final stage, if the final capital cost is not known, theclient's or cost consultant's best estimate should be provided.This data will be used to inform future BREEAMperformance benchmarking andwill be anonymised.

CN3.3 Independentassessment ofparts

All three parts canbe awarded independently from one another. For example,the project team can still target the one credit for the component level LCCoption appraisal at stage 4 even if they have not beenawarded the first twocredits at stage 2 for developing anelemental life cycle cost plan. The capital costreporting credit can also be awarded independently from the other two parts.

CN3.4 Component levelLCC optionsappraisal –assessing typesonpage 41– onpage 41

The Component level LCC options appraisal should reviewall of the componenttypes listed; onpage 41 to onpage 41 (where present). However not everysingle example cited under each component need be considered;only a selectionof thosemost likely to drawvalued comparisons. This is to ensure that a widerange of options are considered and help focus the analysis on componentswhichwould benefit themost from appraisal.

CN3.5 Elemental LCCplan studyperiod

The studyperiod should ideally be agreed by the client, in linewith the design lifeexpectancyof the building. However, where the life expectancyof the buildinghas not yet been formally agreed (due to the early stages of the designprocess),the default design life of 60 years should be used for modelling purposes.

Methodology

None.



Evidence

Criteria Interim design stage Final post-construction stage

1 onpage 41–3 onpage 41

Elemental LCC plan. As per interim design stage.

4 onpage 41 Component level LCC options appraisal. As per interim design stage.

6 onpage 42 Predicted capital costs via the BREEAMscoringand reporting tool.

Capital costs via the BREEAMscoring andreporting tool.



Life cycle cost (LCC)The cost of an asset, or its parts throughout its life cycle, while fulfilling the performance requirements; amethodology for systematic economic evaluationof life cycle costs over a period of analysis, as defined in the agreedscope.

Elemental LCC planThis is commonly used for developing solutions at project level during option appraisals. Costs are normally atbuilding elemental level on the entire asset. Informationmaybe amix of typical benchmarkcosts for key elements,comparative cost modelling or approximate estimates. It is expressed as cost per squaremetre of gross internalfloor area (GIFA) and presented for elemental analysis, aligned to the level of capital cost plans.

Component level LCC options appraisalA component level LCC plan is commonly used for cost planning specification choices of systems or component levelsduring designdevelopment. Component level LCC appraisal for service life planning requires the environment of thebuilding and other local conditions to be identified, and the fundamental requirements to bemet in planning theservice life of the building. Decisions should bemade on:

— The likely design life of the building (rather than the contractual design life)— Minimum functional performance criteria for each component over the building's design life— Components that must be repairable, maintainable or replaceablewithin the design life of the building.

Only the keydifferentiators between components and systems need to be comparativelymodelled.

Predicted capital costThe capital cost for the building includes the expenses related to the initial constructionof the building:

— Construction, including preparatoryworks, materials, equipment and labour— Sitemanagement— Construction financing— Insurance and taxes during construction— Inspection and testing.

Costs relating to land procurement, clearance, design, statutory approvals and post-occupancy aftercare should notbe included.

Other information

Capital cost reporting



The lackof data relating to capital and life cycle costs and benefits arising frommore sustainable building designpresents a major barrier to take-up of more sustainable solutions. This issue seeks to encourage the sharing of datato breakdown these barriers and ensure that BREEAMcontinues to encourage cost effective and financially beneficialsolutions. This information is collected to assist research into the cost and savings of developing sustainable orBREEAM-assessed buildings. This is used to inform the business case for sustainability and the ongoing developmentof BREEAM. All data submitted will be treated as confidential and will only be used anonymously.

When to undertake life cycle costingLife cycle costing is relevant throughout the building or constructed asset's life cycle, in particular during the projectplanning, design and construction and also during the in-use phases. (For further informationplease refer to ISO15686-5.)

Standardised method for life cycle costing (SMLCC) for constructionISO15686-5:2008 describes the standardised method for life cycle costing (SMLCC) for constructionprocurement.The objectives of this guide are to provide the following:1. LCC practitioners with a standardised method of applying life cycle costing, applicable to the construction

industry and to the key stages of the procurement process.2. Process mapping the LCC stages - to help structure how to plan, generate, and interpret and present the results

for a variety of different purposes and levels of LCC planning.3. Instructions onhow to define the client's specific requirements for life cycle costing and the required outputs and

forms of reporting - and to decide onwhichmethod of economic evaluation to apply.4. Simplification and demystification - byproviding practical guidance, instructions and definitions, together with

informativeworked examples onhow to undertake life cycle costing (for construction).5. An industry accepted methodology to facilitate amore accurate, consistent and robust applicationof LCC

estimation and option appraisals, thereby creating amore effective and robust basis for LCC analysis andbenchmarking. ISO15686-5:2008 also seeks to help eliminate confusionover scoping and terminology and toaddress concerns over the uncertainty and risks that are undermining confidence in life cycle costs used forconstructionprocurement.



Man 03 Responsible construction practices

(all buildings)


6 Yes

Aim

To recognise and encourage construction sites which aremanaged in anenvironmentally and socially considerate, responsibleand accountablemanner.

Assessment criteria

This issue is split in to four parts:

— Environmentalmanagement (1 credit)— Sustainability champion (1 credit)— Considerate construction (up to 2 credits)— Monitoring of construction site impacts (2 credits).


Prerequisite - Legally harvested and traded timber

1 All timber and timber-based products used during the constructionprocess of the project are 'Legally harvested andtraded timber' (see Relevant definitions onpage 53).

Note: For other materials there are no prerequisite requirements at this stage.

Prerequisite - National health and safety legislation

2 All national health and safety legislation and regulations for construction sites are considered and implemented during(refer to CN3.6 onpage 52):2.a The designof the asset; to minimise health and safety risks2.b Pre-constructionworkplanning and organisation; to collate health and safety information from all relevant

stakeholders (refer to Relevant definitions onpage 53)2.c Site set-up; to implement health and safety features2.d Construction; to manage,monitor and report on the health and safety of construction site staff.

One credit - Environmental management

3 The principal contractor operates anenvironmentalmanagement system (EMS) covering their mainoperations. The EMSmust be third-party certified to ISO14001/EMASor anequivalent standard

4 Implement best practice pollutionpreventionpolicies and procedures on-site, demonstrated through the project teamcompleting the checklist outlined in Table 11 onpage 48. To demonstrate compliance, not all actions need to beachieved;however the assessor and project teammust demonstrate that the intent of each section (i.e. air quality) hasbeenmet.


Man03 Responsible constructionpractices Management

One credit - sustainability champion (construction)

5 A sustainability champion is appointed to monitor the project to ensure ongoing compliancewith the relevantsustainability performance and process criteria, and therefore BREEAMtargets, during the construction, handover andclose out workstages.To do this the sustainability championwill ideally be site-based or will visit the site regularly to carryout spot checks, with the relevant authority to do so, and will require action to be taken to address shortcomings incompliance. The sustainability championwillmonitor site activities with sufficient frequency (see compliance noteMan03Responsible constructionpractices onpage 46) to ensure that risks of non-compliance areminimised. Theywill report onprogress at relevant project teammeetings, including identifying potential areas of non-compliance and any actionneeded to mitigate.

6 The defined BREEAMperformance target forms a requirement of the principal contractor's contract (seeMan01 Projectbrief and design:CN3.2 onpage 36 andMan01 Project brief and design– Relevant definitions onpage 37).

7 To achieve this credit at the final post-construction stage of assessment, the BREEAM-related performance target forthe project must be demonstrably achieved by the project. This is demonstrated via the BREEAMAssessor's final post-construction stage assessment report.

Up to two credits - Considerate construction

8 For Single dwellings:8.a One credit canbe awarded where an individual is responsible for implementing and maintaining the following

considerate constructionpractices throughout theworks stage (see Relevant definitions onpage 53):8.a.i Keeping the site clean and tidy8.a.ii Reducing impacts on the community through community and neighbour engagement8.a.iii Continuous improvements in safety8.a.iv Commitments to respect and ensure fair treatment of allworkers8.a.v Suitable site facilities for operatives and visitors.

8.b Two credits canbe awarded where the contractor achieves six items in eachof the four sections withinChecklistA1 onpage 431

9 For all other building types, the BREEAMcredits canbe awarded as follows:9.a One credit where the principal contractor achieves six items in eachof the four sections withinChecklist A1 on

page 4319.b Two credits where the principal contractor achieves all items in eachof the four sections withinChecklist A1 on

page 431 AND the contractor's performance has been confirmed by independent assessment and verification.

Up to two credits -Monitoring ofsite impacts

10 Responsibility has beenassigned to an individual for monitoring, recording and reporting energy use, waterconsumption and transport data (wheremeasured) resulting from all on-siteprocesses (and dedicated off-sitemonitoring) throughout theprogramme.To ensure the robust collectionof information, this individualmust have theappropriate authority and responsibility to request and access the data required.Where appointed, the sustainabilitychampion could perform this role.

First monitoring credit - Utility consumption

Energy consumption

11 Criterion10 above is achieved.

12 Monitor and record data of the site energy consumption in kWh (and where relevant, litres of fuel used) as a result of theuse of constructionplant, equipment (mobile and fixed) and site accommodation (as relevant to the project type).

13 Report the total carbondioxide emissions (total kgCO₂/project value) from the constructionprocess via the BREEAMAssessment Scoring and Reporting tool (for the purposes of potential future BREEAMperformance benchmarking).

Water consumption




15 Monitor and record data on the principal constructor's and subcontractors'potablewater consumption (m³) arisingfrom the use of constructionplant, equipment (mobile and fixed) and site accommodation (as relevant to the projecttype, see Compliance notes .

16 Using the collated data report the total net water consumption (m³), i.e. consumptionminus any recycled water use fromthe constructionprocess via the BREEAMAssessment Scoring and Reporting tool (for the purposes of potential futureBREEAMperformance benchmarking).

Secondmonitoring credit - Transport of constructionmaterials and waste

17 Criterion10 on the previous page is achieved.

18 Monitor and record data on the transport movements and impacts resulting from delivery of themajorityconstructionmaterials to the site andconstructionwaste from the site. As aminimum this must cover:18.a Transport of materials from the factory gate to the building site, including any transport, intermediate storage

and distribution, see Relevant definitions onpage 53.18.b The scope of this monitoring must cover the following as aminimum:

18.b.i Materialsused for major building elements,(i.e. those defined asmandatory in the BREEAMInternationalMat 01 Calculator tool), including insulationmaterials

18.b.ii Wherewithin scope, ground works and landscaping materials.18.c Transport of constructionwaste from the constructiongate to waste disposal processing or the recovery

centre gate. The scope of this monitoring must cover the constructionwaste groups outlined in the project'swastemanagement plan.

19 Using the collated data, report separately for materials and waste, the total transport-related carbondioxide emissions(kgCO₂eq) via the BREEAMAssessment Scoring and Reporting tool (for the purposes of potential future BREEAMperformance benchmarking).

Exemplary level criteria

The following outlines the exemplary level criteria to achieve one innovation credit for this BREEAMissue:

20 Where the principal contractor has achieved compliancewith a BREEAM'compliant' organisational, local or nationalconsiderate construction scheme and their performance against the scheme has been confirmed by independentassessment and verification.


The project team are to complete this checklist. The assessor and project teammust ensure that the intent of each section ismet throughactions appropriate to the site.

Table 11:Checklist of actions to minimise air and water pollutionduring constructionworks

Section Action Completed (Y/N)

Noise andvibration

Intent: To minimise the impact of noise and vibration in the local community.

A Plan the noisiest activities for times that will result in the leastdisturbance to the local community.

B Use noise control devices, e.g. temporary noise.

C Use barriers or deflectors for impact and blasting activities.




D Avoid or minimise transport through community areas.

Air quality Intent: To prevent dust and other air pollutionon site and in the local community.

A Minimise dust frommaterials by using covers, storage, controlequipment, and increasing moisture content.

B Minimise dust from vehiclemovements, using water sprays ifappropriate.

C Avoid burning of materials on-site.

Water run-offmanagement

Intent: To prevent water pollution from on-site activities.

A Prepare a drainage plan and markmanholes or water entry points tohighlight riskareas.Note: this planmay change as theworks progress.

B Where possible or appropriate, scheduleworks to avoid heavy rainfallperiods (i.e. during the dry season) and modify activities during extremerainfall and highwinds.

C Contour and minimise length and steepness of slopes.

D Mulch to stabilise exposed areas or line steep channels or slopes, e.g.using jutematting.

E Revegetate areas promptly.

F Reduce or prevent off-site sediment transport through the use ofsettlement ponds, silt fences, or water treatment.

G Segregate or divert cleanwater run-off to prevent it mixing withwaterwith a high solids content (thereforeminimising the amount of waterrequiring treatment).

H Provide adequate drainage systems to minimise and control infiltration.

I Carry out any activities that could cause pollution in designated, bundedareas away from rivers, boreholes or other water courses.

Hazardousmaterials

Intent: To prevent hazardousmaterials polluting localwater courses.




A Provide adequate secondary containment for fuel storage tanks andfor the temporary storage of other fluids such as lubricating oils andhydraulic fluids.

B Trainworkers on the correct transfer and handling of fuels andchemicals, and the response to spills.

C Use impervious surfaces for refuelling areas and other fluid transferareas.

D Provide portable spill containment and clean-up equipment on-site andtrain staff to use it.

E Provide adequate sanitation facilities serving allworkers.

Compliance notes







Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General




CN3 BREEAMcompliantorganisational,local or nationalconsiderateconstructionschemes

Where a considerate constructionor constructors' scheme exists and is not listed as aBREEAMcompliant scheme, the scheme administrator or operator can apply to BREGlobal for recognition as a compliant scheme. Prior to any application, the operatorshould first review their scheme against the requirements of AppendixG -Considerate constructor scheme requirements onpage 428. If theybelieve theirschemedemonstrates equivalencewithAppendixG - Considerate constructorscheme requirements onpage 428, they should contact BREGlobal. BREGlobalwillreview the scheme and, if appropriate, add it to the list of compliant schemes anddefine appropriate benchmarks of performance for achieving BREEAMcredits usingthe scheme.

CN3.1 Site timber andreusableformworkSee criterion1 onpage 46.

Reusable timber formwork itself does not automatically comply. All timber used in themanufacture of the formworkmust be either initially reclaimed, or 'legally harvestedand traded' (seeMat 03 Responsible sourcing of constructionproducts – Relevantdefinitions onpage 301).

CN3.2 Environmentalmanagementsystem (EMS)

The EMScanbe developed following guidance in theWRAP publication 'Your Guide toEnvironmentalManagement Systems', which canbe downloaded from theWRAPwebsite.While a UK based document, this guide follows the requirements of ISO14001 and EMAS, however certification against ISO14001, EMASor the equivalentstandard will be required to demonstrate compliancewith criterion3 onpage 46.

CN3.3 Frequencyof sitemonitoring Seecriterion5 onpage 47.

In this context, visits should occur at key stages of the constructionprocess, at timeswhere:

— Works canbe observed before they are covered up or newworks or tradesstart;where significant risks of conflicts or errors could occur

— Timing is critical to demonstrating compliance— Keyevidence is required to be produced at specific times including, but not

limited to, photographic, delivery notes and other documentary evidence— Different trades and systems come together and one could harm the

integrity or compliance of another system's performance against BREEAMrequirements.

CN3.4 Independentassessment andverification

Anassessment of the site activities against Checklist A1 onpage 431 which is carriedout by an individualwho candemonstrate their independence from the projectdelivery, i.e. someone not employed by (or working under a contract for) thecontractor's organisation. The individualmust have at least five years experienceworking within the construction industry, either as a contractor or as part of a designteam.Where the assessor meets the criteria above, they can fulfil this role.

CN3.5 CompliancewithConsiderateContractorChecklist

In instances where items inChecklist A1 onpage 431 are not relevant due to the scopeof works on-site, the assessor should seekguidance from BREGlobal on theappropriate number of items required.


http://www.wrap.org.uk/content/your-guide-environmental-management-systems-ems

http://www.wrap.org.uk/content/your-guide-environmental-management-systems-ems



CN3.6 National healthand safetyregulations andbest practice

Where there are no national health and safety regulations in the country ofassessment, evidence is required to demonstrate that EITHER:

— the principal contractor has anoccupational health and safetymanagementsystem compliant withOHSAS18001:2007 OR

— Works will be carried out in accordancewith the International LabourAssociation's Safety and health in constructionCode of Practice

CN4 WaterConsumption

Where there is no water use associated with constructionplant, equipment (mobileand fixed) and site accommodation, the requirements for monitoring waterconsumption is not required.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All Relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract.ORA signed and dated letter ofcommitment to meet the relevantcriteria.

Nameof the individuals responsible for monitoring,recording and reporting data resulting from allconstructionprocesses.Summarydetails of themonitoring and data gatheringmechanism, protocols or system used to collate andprocess the relevant data. Collated constructionphasedata or information as follows:

— Total site energy consumptionby fuel type ortotal carbondioxide emissions

— Total site net water consumption (m³)— For bothmaterials and waste, the total fuel

consumptionby type or total carbondioxideemissions plus total distance travelled (km).

For certified and non-certified site timber, evidence asrequired for BREEAMissueMat 03 Responsible sourcingof constructionproducts onpage 270.A copyof the principal contractors EMS/EMAScertificate.Copies of the documented procedures used on site forworking to best practice pollutionmanagementguidelines.A letter from the principal contractor confirming:

— Procedures for pollutionmanagement andmitigationwere implemented

— Nameor job title of the individual responsiblefor monitoring and managing construction siteimpacts throughout the project





BREEAM Accredited Professional (AP)Refer to Man01 Project brief and designonpage 34.

ConstructionprocessesThe constructionprocess includes the enabling works, assembly, installation and disassembly activities necessary forservicing the construction and completionof a newbuilding.

Dedicated off-sitemanufacturing or fabricationProductionof a component or material carried out in anoff-sitemanufacturing or processing facility specifically setup for a development project.

Factory gateFor the purposes of this issue, the factory gate is defined as being the product manufacturer gate (i.e. wheremanufacture and pre-assembly finishes and thematerial is in its final product form). Examples might include:1. Steel, concrete or glass manufacturers for cladding, windows and beams etc.2. Quarry gate for aggregate and sand3. Concrete plant for concrete4. Sawmill and timber processing plant for timber.

Legally harvested and traded timberRefer to Mat 03 Responsible sourcing of constructionproducts onpage 270.

Principle contractorThe company that has overall responsibility for overseeing the construction stage of the project, whether that is acontractor or managing agent.

Sustainability champion (construction)Members of formal schemes approved byBREGlobal in connectionwith the provisionof design advice. At presentthe following schemes are deemed to satisfy this requirement:

— BREEAMAccredited Professional (AP)Membership Scheme— BRESite SustainabilityManager Membership Scheme.

Sustainability Champions are trained and qualified to provide BREEAM-related advice to the design team to facilitatetimely and successful target setting, scheduling, prioritisation and monitoring of BREEAMcompliance relating to thedesignof the building. Theywill be subject to ongoing training and competency requirements to ensure that theirknowledge is maintained. Providers of schemes or qualifications not listed, who feel their members meet thisdefinition and who would like to be listed as approved membership schemes, should contact BREGlobal.Note: The aim of the sustainability champion credits is to encourage an integrated design and constructionprocessthat uses BREEAMas a framework for establishing, agreeing and achieving the desired level of sustainabilityperformance for the project. The sustainability champion credits in this BREEAMissue focus onachieving this objectivethrough the provisionof appropriate expertise during the Construction, Handover and CloseOut stages of theproject.

BRE Site SustainabilityManagerAn individual qualified byBRE to help ensure quality in project delivery and to minimise the environmentalimpacts of the constructionprocess, as well as achieving the intentions of the building designers. They arebased on-site and ensure that the construction site is managed in anenvironmentally efficient manner andthat the site teams are confident in achieving the exacting regulations and requirements of environmentalcertification schemes, for example BREEAM.Only qualified individuals who aremembers of BRE's associatedmembership scheme and are registered to the scheme throughout the period of construction complywiththe BREEAMrequirements. This membership ensures an adequate level of competence is maintainedthrough regular continuing professional development (CPD) in key relevant areas.



Other information

CO₂reporting protocols

At time of publication, the following guidance is available for CO₂measuring protocols.

1. Encord:http://www.encord.org. Theyhave launched a CO₂reporting protocol.2. GHGProtocol; http://www.ghgprotocol.org.

Tools for monitoring and targeting construction site impacts

SMARTWaste is anonline environmental reporting tool for the construction industry. It enables organisations to efficientlycapture,monitor and report on:

— Waste (including SiteWasteManagement Plans & Pre-DemolitionAudits)— Energy (including conversion to carbondioxide emissions)— Water— Responsibly sourced materials (including timber)— Transport— Considerate Contractors Scheme

Used to meet the criteria of this issue and as a source of evidence for demonstrating compliance, SMARTWaste helpsorganisations to reduce their environmental impacts, making substantial time and cost savings.

More information about SMARTWaste canbe found at:www.smartwaste.co.uk.

The International Finance Corporationwebsite provides information relating to this issue, i.e. the IFCWorld BankGroup -Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS)Guidelines.

Considerate construction practices

The following are examples of considerate constructionpractices that provide possibleways of meeting the criteria forsingledwellings. Further examples canbe found at the Considerate Contractors Schemewebsite under Examples of Good Practices.

1. Keeping the site clean and tidy:a. Ensure no loosematerials or debris lying around the site including the perimeterb. Vehicles are regularly checked for cleanlinessc. Implement a 'Tidy Friday' initiative.

2. Reduce the impacts to the community:a. Schedule the timing of deliveries to the site to avoid disturbance to local residentsb. Ensure that anynoisywork is carried out at agreed times with adjoining neighboursc. Record car registrationnumbers of all operatives in the event that a complaint wasmadewith regard to nuisance

parking.3. A drive for continuous improvements in safety:

a. Toolbox talks on safetymattersb. Passport or helmet stickers for operatives who have successfully completed health and safety trainingc. Near miss reporting procedure.

4. A commitment to respect and provide fair treatment of allworkers:a. A 'Respect for people'wall chart displayed, recording satisfaction levels withwelfare and other relevant topicsb. Questionnaires issued to all operatives to establishwhat canbe done to improveworking conditionsc. Informationondealing with abusive behaviour.

5. Provide suitable site facilities:a. Provide suitable toilet facilities for male and female operativesb. Rest areas for operatives to have breaks away fromworkareasc. Suitable first aid facilities.


http://www.encord.org./

http://www.ghgprotocol.org/

http://www.smartwaste.co.uk/



http://www1.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/3aa0bc8048855992837cd36a6515bb18/4+Construction+and+Decommissioning.pdf?MOD=AJPERES

http://www.ccscheme.org.uk/

Man04 Commissioning and handover Management

Man 04 Commissioning and handover

(all buildings)


4 Yes

Aim

To encourage a properly planned handover and commissioning process that reflects the needs of the building occupants.

Assessment criteria

This issue is split into four parts:

— Commissioning and testing schedule and responsibilities (1 credit)— Commissioning building services (1 credit)— Testing and inspecting building fabric (1 credit)— Handover (1 credit)


One credit - Commissioning and testing schedule and responsibilities

1 There is a schedule of commissioning and testing that identifies the appropriate commissioning required for the scopeof works.The schedule includes a suitable timescale for commissioning and recommissioning of building services andcontrol systems, as well as testing and inspecting the building fabric.

2 The schedulewill identify the appropriate standards that all commissioning activities will be conducted in accordancewith. This will include national best practice commissioning codes or other appropriate standards, where applicable.Where a building management system (BMS) is specified, refer to compliance note CN3.2 onpage 58 onBMScommissioning procedures.

3 Anappropriate project teammember is appointed to monitor and programmepre-commissioning, commissioningand testing.Where necessary, this will include recommissioning activities onbehalf of the client.

4 The principal contractor accounts for the commissioning and testing programme, responsibilities and criteria within theirbudget and themainprogrammeof works. The programme shall allow for the required time to complete allcommissioning and testing activities prior to handover.

One credit - Commissioning building services

5 The commissioning and testing schedule and responsibilities credit is achieved.

6 For buildings with complexbuilding services and systems, a specialist commissioning manager is appointed during thedesign stage (by either the client or the principal contractor)with responsibility for the following:6.a For complexbuilding services and systems, a specialist commissioning manager is appointed during the design

stage (by either the client or contractor)with responsibility for:6.a.i Undertaking design reviews and giving advice on suitability for ease of commissioning6.a.ii Providing commissioning management input to constructionprogramming and during installation

stages6.a.iii Management of commissioning, performance testing and handover or post-handover stages.



6.b For simple building services, this role canbe carried out by anappropriate project teammember (see criterion3on the previous page), provided they are not involved in the general installationworks for the building servicessystems.

One credit - Testing and inspecting building fabric

7 The commissioning and testing schedule and responsibilities credit is achieved.

8 The integrity of the building fabric, including continuity of insulation, avoidance of thermal bridging and air leakage pathsis quality assured through completionof post-construction testing and inspection. Dependent on the building type orconstruction, this canbe demonstrated through the completionof a thermographic survey, as well as an airtightness testand inspection (see compliance notes CN3.3 onpage 58 and CN3.4 onpage 59. The survey and testing is undertakenbya suitably qualified professional (see Relevant definitions onpage 60) in accordancewith the appropriate standard.

9 Anydefects identified in the site inspection, thermographic survey and the airtightness testing reports are rectified priorto building handover and close out. Any remedialworkmust meet the required performance characteristics for thebuilding or element as defined at the design stage.

One credit - Handover

10 A building or home user guide (HUG) is developed, prior to handover for distribution to the building occupiers andpremises managers (seeMan04 Commissioning and handover onpage 55). A draft copy is developed and discussedwith users first (where the building occupants are known) to ensure the guide is most appropriate and useful to potentialusers.

11 A training schedule is prepared for building occupiers or premises managers, timed appropriately around handover andproposed occupationplans, which includes the following content as aminimum:11.a The design intent of the building11.b The available aftercare provision and aftercare teammain contacts, including any scheduled seasonal

commissioning and post-occupancy evaluation11.c Introduction to, and demonstrationof, installed systems and key features, particularly BMSs, controls and their

interfaces, to ensure they are fully conversant with the detailed operationof the building11.d Introduction to the building user guide and other relevant building documentation, e.g. designdata, technical

guides,maintenance strategy, operations and maintenance (O&M)manual, commissioning records, log booketc.

11.e Maintenance requirements, including anymaintenance contracts and regimes in place.


None.

Compliance notes







Commissioning and testing schedule and responsibilities, commissioning buildingservices, criteria 1 onpage 55 to 6 onpage 55Shell only: These criteria are not applicable.Shell and core:With regard to the scope of services being specified or installed, allcriteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Testing and inspecting building fabric, criteria 7 on the previous page to 9 on theprevious pageShell only: criteria 8 on the previous page and 9 on the previous page9 on the previouspageShell and core: criteria 7 on the previous page to 9 on the previous page

Handover, criteria 10 on the previous page and 11 on the previous pageShell only: These criteria are not applicable.Shell and core:Criterion10 on the previous page only is applicable. The guide includes,as far as possible, all relevant sections regarding the services and fabric installed. Oncompletionof works the building owner, agent or user hands it over to the fit-outcontractor, who can then complete the relevant sections based on the fit-out strategy.

Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.


CN2 Applicableassessmentcriteria - Singledwellings

Commissioning and testing schedule and responsibilities, commissioning buildingservices, criteria 1 onpage 55to 6 onpage 55Bothoptions: These criteria do not apply.

Testing and inspecting building fabric, criteria 7 on the previous page to 9 on theprevious pageBothoptions: These criteria do not apply.

Handover, criteria 10 on the previous page and 11 on the previous pageBothoptions:Criterion10 on the previous page only is applicable.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.




CN2.1 Applicableassessmentcriteria - Multipledwellings

Commissioning and testing schedule and responsibilities, commissioning buildingservices, criteria 1 onpage 55 to 6 onpage 55Partially fitted:With regard to the scope of services being specified or installed, allcriteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Testing and inspecting building fabric , criteria 7 onpage 56 to 9 onpage 56Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Handover, criteria 10 onpage 56 and 11 onpage 56Partially fitted:TheHUG includes, as far as possible, all relevant sections regarding theservices and fabric installed.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General

CN3 National bestpracticecommissioningcodes

Please refer to the country-specific reference sheet to locate the appropriate nationalbuilding regulations and best practice commissioning codes in the county ofassessment. Alternatively, please demonstrate that theminimum requirements as setout in theApproved standards and weightings list are covered by the proposeddocuments.Where appropriate commissioning codes do not exist for a country, the design teamshould demonstrate compliancewith the UK or European standards as listed in eachrelevant country reference sheet.

CN3.1 Process-relatedequipment. Seecriterion2 onpage 55.

Anyprocess or manufacture-related equipment specified as part of the project maybe excluded from the assessment of the commissioning credits, except where theyform an integral part of the building HVAC services, such as some heat recoverysystems.

CN3.2 BMScommissioningprocedures Seecriterion2 onpage 55.

Where a BMS is specified, the following commissioning procedures must be carriedout:1. Commissioning of air and water systems is carried out whenall control devices

are installed, wired and functional2. In addition to air and water flow results, commissioning results include physical

measurements of room temperatures, off-coil temperatures and other keyparameters, as appropriate

3. The BMSor controls installation should be running in auto with satisfactoryinternal conditions prior to handover

4. All BMSschematics and graphics (if BMS is present) are fully installed andfunctional to user interface before handover

5. The occupier or facilities team is fully trained in the operationof the system.




CN3.3 Scope of thethermographicsurvey

The thermographic surveymust cover 100%of the treated spaces, unless it is a largecomplexbuilding (see CN3.4 on the facing page),thereby ensuring that all elements ofthe building fabric that enclose an internal heated or conditioned (treated) zone of thebuilding will be tested. This includes internalwalls separating treated and untreatedzones.

CN3.4 Thermographicsurveyof largecomplexbuildings

In the case of large and complexbuildings, it maybe impractical for the thermographicsurvey and air tightness testing to cover 100%of the building.Where a completethermographic survey is deemed impractical by a Category II thermographic surveyor,the guidance in air tightness standard ISO9972:20155 should be followed on theextent of the survey and testing. This could include airports, large hospitals and high-rise buildings.

CN3.5 Appropriatestandards forthermal imagingand air leakagetesting (whereapplicable)

ISO18436-7:2014 Conditionmonitoring and diagnostics of machines - Requirementsfor qualification and assessment of personnel Part 7: Thermography6.ISO6781:1983 Thermal performance of buildings - Qualitative detectionof thermalirregularities in building envelopes - Infrared method7.ISO9972:2015 Thermal performance of buildings - Determinationof air permeabilityof buildings - Fanpressurisationmethod.

CN3.6 Remediationwork Any remediationworkundertaken, resulting from a thermographic survey and airtightness test of the building, should be robust and durable, i.e. the remedialworkmust have the same performance characteristics and life expectancyof thesurrounding elements.Where anydefects are identified that relate to aspects that areoutside of the scope of refurbishment works, these do not need to be remediated,e.g. where testing highlights that glazing has defects, but was not included in thescope of refurbishment works.

CN3.7 Thermographerqualification

The thermographic survey is normally undertakenby a SuitablyQualified Professionalclassified and qualified as a Category II in thermography (see Relevant definitions onthe next page).Where a Category II thermographer is not available at the site, thesurveymaybe undertakenby a Category I thermographer and then the imagesinterpreted by a Category II thermographer.

CN4 DistributionofHUG forresidentialbuildings

TheHUGmust be supplied to all dwellings in a development.Where the developmentis divided into multiple dwellings and whenever there are communal systems andfeatures in place, one central building user guide should be provided covering thescope of the building owner or manager controlled areas and responsibilities. Aseparate building user guide should be provided for each individual dwelling withcontent appropriate to the residents and their interactionwith the building and itssystems.

Methodology

None.



Evidence


Commissioning and testing schedule and responsibilities, commissioning building services

1 onpage55–6 onpage 55

Project budget.Programmeof works.Appointment letter orcommissioning responsibilitiesschedule.Relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract.Main contractor's programme.Commissioning schedule.

Commissioning records or reports.Main contractor's programme.Commissioning schedule.

Testing and inspecting building fabric


Drawings clearlymarked with theline of the thermal insulationbarrier.ANDConfirmation that these detailshave been checked to verify thecontinuity of the thermal barrier.

Thermographic surveyor air leakage report.Level 2 thermography certificate (if applicable).OREvidence of inspection to confirm continuity of the thermal barrierduring the constructionprocess.Confirmationof remedied defects.

Handover

10 onpage56–11onpage56

Relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract.ORA letter of commitment from theclient or developer.

A copyof the building or home user guide.Written confirmation from the design team or client that the guidehas been, or will be, distributed to the building’s owner, tenants orfit-out contractor (for completion), as appropriate.Details of howbuilding, site and local amenity related information isto bemade accessible to building users.



Building user guide (BUG)Dedicated building or site-specific guidance for the non-technical building user. The purpose of the guide is to helpbuilding users access, understand and operate the building efficiently and in amanner in keeping with the originaldesign intent. A building user guide should bewritten so that it will provide easily accessible and understandableinformation relevant to the following stakeholders:

— The building's staff (or where relevant, residents)— The non-technical facilities management team or building manager— Other building users, e.g. visitors, community users.

The content of the guidewill be specific to the building type and end users, but broadly. should include informationonthe following:



— Overviewof the building and its environmental strategy, e.g. energyor water or waste efficiencypolicy orstrategy and howusers should engagewith and deliver the policy or strategy

— Building services overviewand access to controls, e.g. where to find them,what they control, how tooperate them effectively and efficiently etc.

— Pre-arrival information for visitors, e.g. access and security procedures and provisions— Provisionof, and access to, shared facilities— Safety and emergency information and instructions— Building related operational procedures specific to the building type or operation, e.g. laboratories— Building related incident reporting and feedbackarrangements— Provisionof, and access to, transport facilities, e.g. public transport, cyclist facilities, pedestrian routes etc.— Provisionof, and access to, local amenities— Re-fit, refurbishment and maintenance arrangements and considerations— Links, references and relevant contact details.

There is no requirement on the format the building user guide should take.

Complex systemsThese include, but are not limited to, air-conditioning, comfort cooling,mechanical ventilation, displacementventilation, complexpassive ventilation, BMS, renewable energy sources, microbiological safety cabinets and fumecupboards, cold storage enclosures and refrigerationplant.

Home user guide (HUG)The aim of theHUG is to ensure the appropriate provisionof guidance for the non-technical building user, so they canaccess, understand and operate the building efficiently and in amanner in keeping with the original design intent.The guide should provide information relevant to the following stakeholders:1. The building’s residents2. The non-technical facilities management team or building manager3. Other building users, e.g. visitors or community users.The section titles of the HUGare provided below. For further details on the scope or content of the guide refer toChecklist A2 onpage 438.

Part 1 – Operational issues1. Environmental strategy, design and features2. Energy3. Water use4. Recycling and waste5. Links, references and further information6. Provisionof information in alternative formats.

Part 2 – Site and surroundings1. Recycling and waste2. Sustainable (urban) drainage systems (SuDS)3. Public transport4. Local amenities5. Responsible purchasing6. Emergency information7. Links, references and further information

Suitably qualified professionals - thermographic survey and airtightness testingThermography surveys and airtightness testing are to be undertakenby suitably qualified professionals inaccordancewith the appropriate standards as follows:Airtightness testing byprofessionals withmembership ofATTMA (Air Tightness Testing andMeasurement Association) attained at organisational levelmaintainingaccreditationby the relevant NationalAccreditationBody (as air tightness testing laboratories to ISO17025).Thermographic survey:by a professional holding a valid Category II in thermography, as defined by ISO18436-7:2014 or Class II in infrared thermography as defined by ISO6781:1983.

Other information

Thermal bridging assessments


http://www.ukta.org/


It is good practice to carry out thermal bridging assessments at the design stage. This is encouraged throughbuildingregulations for energy conservationby allowing the use of actual values in the energy calculation, which could make asignificant improvement over using the default values in theNational CalculationMethodology. This is reflected in theonpage 143 issue, so no additional credit is offered within this issue for thermal bridging assessments. However,good thermal bridging design and assessment will contribute to successful building fabric testing results and theassociated credit.


Man05 Aftercare Management

Man 05 Aftercare

(all buildings)


3 Yes

Aim

To provide post-handover aftercare to the building owner or occupants during the first year of occupation to ensure thebuilding operates and adapts, where relevant, in accordancewith the design intent and operational demands.

Assessment criteria


— Aftercare support (1 credit)— Seasonal commissioning (1 credit)— Post occupancy evaluation (1 credit)


One credit - Aftercare support

1 There is (or will be) operational infrastructure and resources in place to provide aftercare support to the buildingoccupiers, which includes the following as aminimum:1.a Ameeting programmed to occur between the aftercare team or individual and the building occupier or

management (prior to initial occupation, or as soonas possible thereafter) to:1.a.i Introduce the aftercare team or individual to the aftercare support available, including the building

user guide (where existing) and training schedule and content1.a.ii Present key information about the building, including the design intent and how to use the building to

ensure it operates as efficiently and effectively as possible.1.b On-site facilities management training, to include awalkabout of the building and introduction to and

familiarisationwith the building systems, their controls and how to operate them in accordancewith the designintent and operational demands

1.c Initial aftercare support provision for at least the first monthof building occupation, e.g. on-site attendance onaweekly basis to support building users and management (this could bemore or less frequent depending on thecomplexity of the building and building operations)

1.d Longer term aftercare support provision for occupants for at least the first 12 months from occupation, e.g. ahelpline, nominated individual or other appropriate system to support building users and management.

2 There is (or will be) operational infrastructure and resources in place to coordinate the collection and monitoring ofenergy and water consumptiondata for a minimum of 12 months, once the building is occupied. This is done to facilitateanalysis of discrepancies betweenactual and predicted performance, with a view to adjusting systems or userbehaviours accordingly.

One credit - Seasonal commissioning

3 The following seasonal commissioning activities will be completed over a minimum 12-monthperiod, once the buildingbecomes substantially occupied:



3.a Complex systems - Specialist Commissioning Manager:3.a.i Testing of all building services under full load conditions, i.e. heating equipment inmidwinter, cooling

and ventilation equipment inmidsummer, and under part load conditions (spring and autumn)3.a.ii Where applicable, testing should also be carried out during periods of extreme (highor low)

occupancy3.a.iii Interviewswithbuilding occupants (where they are affected by the complex services) to identify

problems or concerns regarding the effectiveness of the systems3.a.iv Recommissioning of systems (following anyworkneeded to serve revised loads), and incorporating

any revisions in operating procedures into the operations and maintenance (O&M)manuals.3.b Simple systems (naturally ventilated) - external consultant or aftercare team or facilities manager:

3.b.i Review thermal comfort, ventilation, and lighting, at three, six and ninemonth intervals after initialoccupation, either bymeasurement or occupant feedback

3.b.ii Take all reasonable steps to recommission systems following the review to take account ofdeficiencies identified and incorporate any relevant revisions in operating procedures into theO&Mmanuals.

One credit - Post occupancy evaluation (POE)

4 The client or building occupier makes a commitment to carry out a POEexercise one year after initial building occupation.This is done to gain in-use performance feedback from building users to inform operational processes. This includesrecommissioning activities, and to maintain or improve productivity, health, safety and comfort. The POE is carried out byan independent third party (seeMan01 Project brief and design– Relevant definitions onpage 37) and needs to cover:4.a A reviewof the design intent and constructionprocess (reviewof design, procurement, construction and

handover processes)4.b Feedbackfrom awide range of building users including facilities management on the design and environmental

conditions of the building covering:4.b.i Internal environmental conditions (light, noise, temperature, air quality)4.b.ii Control, operation and maintenance4.b.iii Facilities and amenities4.b.iv Access and layout4.b.v Other relevant issues.

4.c Sustainability performance (energy consumption, water consumption, performance of any sustainable featuresor technologies, e.g. materials, renewable energy, rainwater harvesting etc.).

5 The client or building occupier makes a commitment to carry out the appropriate disseminationof informationon thebuilding's post occupancyperformance. This is done to share good practice and lessons learned, inform changes in userbehaviour, building operational processes and procedures, and system controls.Refer to compliance notes CN4 onpage66 and CN5 onpage 66 for a definitionof appropriate dissemination. This also provides advice onappropriatedisseminationwhere the building or building information is commercially or security sensitive.



6 There are, or will be, operational infrastructure and resources in place to coordinate the following activities at quarterlyintervals for the first three years of building occupation:6.a Collectionof occupant satisfaction, energy consumption and (where available)water consumptiondata6.b Analysis of the data to check the building is performing as expected,make anynecessary adjustments to

systems controls or to inform building user behaviours6.c Setting targets or appropriate actions for reducing water and energy consumption and monitor progress

towards these6.d Feedbackany 'lessons learned' to the design team and developer for use in future projects6.e Provisionof the actual annual building energy, water consumption and occupant satisfactiondata to BRE.


None.



Compliance notes




Bothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.


CN2 Applicableassessmentcriteria -Singledwellings

Criteria 1 onpage 63to 3.b on the previous page - Aftercare and seasonal commissioning,Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Criteria 4 on the previous pageand 5 on the previous page- Post occupancy evaluationBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

CN2.1 Applicableassessmentcriteria -Multipledwellings


General

CN3 Collectionandmonitoring ofenergy andwaterconsumptiondata.See criteriaonpage 63and 4 on thepreviouspage.

This function canbe coordinated or carried out by a dedicated aftercare team or, where thebuilding occupier is knownand able to confirm compliance based on their existing orproposed operations for the building, the building owner or occupier's estates or facilitiesmanagement team.




CN4 Appropriatedisseminationof POEinformationSee criterion5onpage 64.

1. Appropriate dissemination includes communication to immediate stakeholders suchas building occupants, managers and owners. In addition information should becommunicated externally.

2. Appropriate dissemination inmost cases will be the production and publicationof abuilding case study throughone of the following means:a. The client's or building owner's ownwebsite, publicly available literature or press

releaseb. Industry, sector,Government or local authority sponsored website or information

portals.Where there is a demonstrably justifiable reasonwhypublic dissemination is not possible,for example the information is commercially or security sensitive, compliance canbedemonstrated by a commitment to produce and disseminate the relevant information atanorganisational level or to appropriate internal or external stakeholders. Alternatively, thesensitive parts of the relevant information for dissemination canbe omitted from thepublication.

CN5 RelevantinformationfordisseminationSee criterion5onpage 64.

This includes the following information about the building and its performance:1. A basic descriptionof the project and building2. BREEAMrating and score3. The key innovative and low-impact design features of the building4. Project cost5. Project size: floor area, site area6. Facilities available for community use (where relevant)7. Any steps takenduring the constructionprocess to reduce environmental impacts, i.e.

innovative constructionmanagement techniques8. Predicted and actual carbondioxide emissions or Energy Performance Certificate

rating9. Outcomes of the POEstudy, to share lessons learned from the project including:

a. Occupant feedbackb. Energy and water consumption including renewable energygeneration, level of

rainwater or greywater provision.

Methodology

None.

Evidence

criteria Interim design stage Final post-construction stage

Aftercare support

2 onpage 63 Evidence of a commitment or contract toprovide compliant aftercare support andtraining.

Evidence of a contract to provide compliantaftercare support and training.




Seasonal commissioning

3 onpage 63 Appointment letters or commissioningresponsibilities schedule.Evidence of either existing procedures or acommitment or contract to put in place amechanism to:1. Collect, compare and analyse

relevant data2. Undertake suitable adjustments if

necessary.

Seasonal commissioning records, reports or aletter of appointment and commissioningresponsibilities schedule.Records of occupant interviews.

Post-occupancy evaluation (POE)


A signed and dated commitment by theclient or developer or future buildingoccupier.

As design stage.

Exemplary level requirements

6 onpage 64 Evidence as above (for data collection andaftercare support credit), but from theend user.

Evidence as above (for data collection andaftercare support credit), but from the end user.



Complex systemsThese include, but are not limited to, air-conditioning,mechanical ventilation, displacement ventilation, complexpassive ventilation, building management systems (BMS), renewable energy sources, microbiological safety cabinetsand fume cupboards, cold storage enclosures and refrigerationplant.

Specialist commissioning managerThe specialist commissioning manager is a specialist subcontractor rather than a general subcontractor.

Independent third partyTo complywith criterion4 onpage 64 relating to the use of an independent third party, the client or design teamneeds to demonstrate either of the following options:1. Theyhave used a third party independent of the designprocess to conduct the necessary POEexercise using a

compliant method. OR2. If the POE is to be carried out by anorganisation involved with the designof the building, e.g. the project architect,

theymust present the assessor with the evidence that demonstrates the independence of the POEprocess fromthe designprocess. BREEAMhas not attempted to definewhat form this exercisemust take; the onus is on thedesign team or relevant individual to clearly demonstrate to the BREEAMAssessor a credible level ofindependence.

Actual vs predicted performanceInmost cases it is not feasible to accurately compare predicted vs actual performance due to variances in theassumptions used in themodels. Figures reported via the UK's CarbonBuzzwebsite show that onaverage, buildings



consumebetween1.5 and 2.5 times the predicted values.When comparing predicted with actual values, an analysisshould be carried out to understand why theremaybe discrepancies in performance. These discrepancies canbe fora number of reasons including:

— Predicted energy consumption is normally based uponbuilding regulation compliancemodels whichonly focus on 'regulated'energy use. Additional unrelated energy usemaynot have beenmodelled in thedesignpredictionmodel

— Theymaybe extended use due to extra occupancy and operating hours, not accounted for in thepredicted models

— Inefficiencies from poor control, bad commissioning or poor maintenance— Additional special functions such as a cafeteria, server rooms etc. not accounted for in the predicted

model— Variances in actual occupant behaviour that vary from predicted, such as use of small power and lighting.

CIBSETM54, Evaluating Operational Energy Performance of Buildings at the Design Stage, CIBSE, 2013 providesguidance onhow to improve the accuracy of themodel for operational energy use of buildings at the design stage.The CarbonTrust guidance, 'Closing the gap: Lessons learned on realising the potential of lowcarbonbuildingdesign', also provides additional guidance on this issue.

Absence of predicted performance dataWhere building occupiers do not have predicted performancemodels, it maybemore appropriate to benchmarkactual building performance data withother sources of Building Performance EvaluationData and benchmarks. Thefollowing sources of benchmarking information are from theUK and are internationally recognised. Buildingperformance benchmarks canbe found inCIBSEGuidance including:

— Guide F: Energy Efficiency in Buildings— CIBSETM46:Energy Benchmarks— CIBSETM47:Operational Ratings and Display EnergyCertificates.

Additional informationof building performance and benchmarking canbe found at Buildings Performance InstituteEurope (BPIE):www.bpie.eu/ and ASHRAE- www.ashrae.org/.

POE MethodologiesThemost relevant POEmethodology that fulfills the criteria should be used. For example, in the UK, the building usestudies (BUS)methodologywas developed following a series of Government funded 'PROBE'building performanceevaluation studies in 1995. The BUSmethodology is used by independent licensed partners following a four partprocess. Further information canbe found at:www.busmethodology.org.uk/.BRE's DesignQualityMethod (DQM) is a tried and tested, independent, POEmethod used by all UK auditingauthorities, and many funding bodies. Further information canbe found at:www.bre.co.uk/dqm. Further guidance onPOE:

— The BCOguide to Post Occupancy Evaluation (POE), BritishCouncil for Offices, 2007— BREDigest 478, Building performance feedback:getting started, Building Research Establishment, 2003— Guide to Post Occupancy EvaluationReport and Toolkit, HEFCE, AUDE& University of Westminster, 2006.

Other information

Soft Landings Framework8

Aframeworkwritten and produced by the Usable Buildings Trust (UBT) and the Building Services Research and InformationAssociation (BSRIA) that seeks to promote improved briefing, design, handover and building performance in-use. Embeddingthe principles of this frameworkwithin a project should ensure that the evidence is available to demonstrate compliancewithparticular aspects of the criteria under this BREEAMissue. Please also note that BSRIA has produced a BREEAMNewConstruction Soft landings interpretationnote9 for clients and design teams.

TheGovernment Soft Landings (GSL) is a versionof the Soft Landings concept tailored for use onpublic sector related projectsto link inwith theworkof theGovernment's Building InformationModelling TaskGroup. It is to bemandated in2016alongside Building InformationModelling (BIM) Level 2 and is to be implemented by centralGovernment departments. Itshould be noted that theGSLprogrammewill become compulsory for localGovernment developments after 2016. Furtherinformation is available from:www.bimtaskgroup.org/Government Soft Landings.


http://www.bpie.eu/

https://www.ashrae.org/home

http://www.busmethodology.org.uk/

http://www.bre.co.uk/dqm

http://www.bimtaskgroup.org/Government Soft Landings

Health and wellbeing

6.0 Health and wellbeing

Summary

This category encourages the increased comfort, health and safety of building occupants, visitors and others within thevicinity. Issues in this section aim to enhance the quality of life in buildings by recognising those that encourage a healthy andsafe internal and external environment for occupants.



Hea 01 Visual comfort Up to 6 — The potential for disabling glare has beendesigned out of allrelevant building areas.

— Good practice daylighting levels have beenmet.— Floor space in the relevant building areas has an adequate view

out to reduce eye strain and provide a link to the outside.— Internal and external lighting systems are designed to avoid

flicker and provide appropriate illuminance (lux) levels.— Internal lighting is zoned to allow for occupant control.

Hea 02 Indoor air quality 5 — Minimising sources of air pollution through careful designspecification and planning.

— Building ventilation strategy is designed to be flexible andadaptable to potential future building occupant needs andclimatic scenarios.

Hea 03 Safe containment inlaboratories

2 — Productionof anobjective riskassessment of the proposedlaboratory facilities.

— Containment devices such as fume cupboards meet bestpractice safety and performance requirements and objectives.

— Containment level 2 and 3 laboratory facilities to meet bestpractice safety and performance criteria where specified.

Hea 04 Thermal comfort 3 — Thermalmodelling carried out to appropriate standards.— Projected climate change scenarios considered as part of the

thermalmodel.— The thermalmodelling analysis has informed the temperature

control strategy for the building and its users.

Hea 05 Acoustic performance up to 4credits

— The building meets appropriate acoustic performancestandards and testing requirements in terms of:

— Sound insulation— Indoor ambient noise levels— Reverberation times.

Hea 06 Accessibility 2 — Provisionof effectivemeasures which support safe access toand from the building.

— Security needs are understood and taken into account in thedesign and specification.


Health and wellbeing BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016


Hea 07 Hazards 1 — Riskassessment for natural hazards that may affect the buildingand the implementationof measures to mitigate any risks.

Hea 08 Private space 1 — Provisionof outdoor spaces whichgives privacy and a sense ofwellbeing.

Hea 09 Water quality 1 — Reductionof water contamination riskand provisionof cleanfresh sources of water.


Hea 01 Visual comfort Health and wellbeing

Hea 01 Visual comfort

(all buildings)


Building type dependent No

Aim

To ensure daylighting, artificial lighting and occupant controls are considered at the design stage to ensure best practice invisual performance and comfort for building occupants.

Assessment criteria

This issue is split into four parts:

— Glare control (1 credit)— Daylighting (up to 4 credits - building type dependent)— Viewout (1 credit)— Internal and external lighting (1 credit)


One credit - Glare control

1 The potential for disabling glare has beendesigned out of all relevant building areas using a glare control strategy, eitherthroughbuilding form and layout or building designmeasures (see compliance note CN3.1 onpage 79).

2 The glare control strategy avoids increasing lighting energy consumptionby ensuring that:2.a The glare control system is designed to maximise daylight levels under all conditions while avoiding disabling

glare in theworkplace or other sensitive areas. The system should not inhibit daylight from entering the spaceunder cloudy conditions, or when sunlight is not on the façade

AND

2.b The use or locationof shading does not conflict with the operationof lighting control systems.

Up to four credits - Daylighting (building type dependent)

3 Daylighting criteria have beenmet using either of the following options:3.a The relevant building areas meet good practice daylight factors and other criteria as outlined in Table 12 on the

next page and Table 13 onpage 73.

OR

3.b The relevant building areas meet good practice average and minimum point daylight illuminance criteria asoutlined in Table 14 onpage 74.



Table 12:Minimum values of average daylight factor required

Building or area type Average daylight factor required by latitude (degrees) Minimum area ( m²) to comply

Otherrequirements

≤ 40 40-45

45-50

50-55

55-60

≥ 60 1Credit

2Credits

Educationbuildings (up to 2 credits available)

Preschools,schoolsfurther -occupied spaces

1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% - 80% EITHER (a)OR{(b) and (c)} inTable 13 onthe facingpageUniversities, colleges

and highereducation-occupied spaces

1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% 60% 80%

Residential institutions (1 credit available)

Kitchen 1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% 80% - EITHER (a)OR(c) in Table 13on the facingpage

Living rooms, diningrooms, studies

1.2% 1.3% 1.4% 1.5% 1.6% 1.6% -

Non-residential orcommunal occupiedspaces

1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% -

Residential dwellings (4 credits available)

Kitchen 1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% - 80% Either (a)OR (c)in Table 13 onthe facingpage

Living rooms, diningrooms, studies(including homeoffice)

1.2% 1.3% 1.4% 1.5% 1.6% 1.6% - 80%

Retail buildings (2 credits available)

Sales areas 1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% 35% - Point daylightfactors of 2%or more

Other occupiedareas

1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% 80% - EITHER (a)OR{(b) and (c)} inTable 13 onthe facingpage



Building or area type Average daylight factor required by latitude (degrees) Minimum area ( m²) to comply

Otherrequirements

≤ 40 40-45

45-50

50-55

55-60

≥ 60 1Credit

2Credits

Industrial, office, and all other building types (1 credit available)

Internal associationor atrium area

2.3% 2.5% 2.8% 3.0% 3.1% 3.2% 80% -

Teaching, lecture andseminar spaces

1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% - EITHER (a)OR{(b) and (c)} inTable 13belowAll occupied spaces,

unless indicated inRelevant definitionsonpage 82

1.5% 1.7% 1.8% 2.0% 2.1% 2.2% -

Table 13:Daylighting uniformity criteria

Ref Criteria

(a) A uniformity ratio of at least 0.3 or a minimum point daylight factor of at least 0.3 times the relevant averagedaylight factor value in Table 12 on the previous page. Spaces withglazed roofs, such as atria, must achieve auniformity ratio of at least 0.7 or a minimum point daylight factor of at least 0.7 times the relevant averagedaylight factor value in Table 12 on the previous page.

(b) At least 80%of the room has a viewof sky from deskor table top height (0.85m in residential buildings andresidential institutions , 0.7m inother buildings).

(c) The room depth criteriond/w+d/HW<2/(1-RB) is satisfied.Where:d = room depth,w= roomwidth,HW=windowhead height from floor level,RB= average reflectance of surfaces in the rear half of the room,

Note:Table 18 onpage 77 gives maximum room depths inmetres for different roomwidths andwindowhead heights of side-lit rooms.



Table 14: Space type and illuminance requirements - both criteria (average illuminance and minimum point illuminance) shouldbemet

Area type Minimum area tocomply

Average daylightilluminance(averaged over entirespace)

Minimum daylightilluminance at worstlit point

1credit

2credits

Educationbuildings

Preschools, schools - occupied spaces - 80% At least 300 lux for2000 hours per yearor more

At least 90 lux for2000 hours per yearor moreUniversites, colleges and higher education -

occupied spaces60% 80%

Residential dwellings and residential institutions

Kitchens 100% - At least 100 lux for3450 hours per yearor more

At least 30 lux for3450 hours per yearor more

Living rooms, dining rooms, studies (includinghomeoffice)

- At least 100 lux for3450 hours per yearor more


Non-residential or communal occupied spaces 80% - At least 200 lux for2650 hours per yearor more


Retail buildings

Sales areas 35% - At least 200 luxpoint daylight illuminances for2650 hours per year or more

Other occupied areas 80% - At least 200 lux for2650 hours per yearor more


Industrial and Office, and all Other building types

Internal associationor atrium area 80% - At least 300 lux for2650 hours per yearor more


Teaching, lecture and seminar spaces 80% - At least 300 lux for2000 hours per yearor more




Area type Minimum area tocomply

Average daylightilluminance(averaged over entirespace)

Minimum daylightilluminance at worstlit point

1credit

2credits

All occupied spaces, unless indicated inHea 01Visual comfort onpage 71

80% - At least 300 lux for2000 hours per yearor more


One credit - View out

4 Where 80%of the floor area spacewithin relevant building areas arewithinXmetres of a windowor permanentopening that provides an adequate viewout, as outlined in Table 15 below

5 In addition, the building type criteria in Table 16 beloware applicable to viewout criteria.

Table 15:Windowor opening size required as a percentage of surrounding wall area depending on the distance of the deskor workspace to thewindowor opening

Distance (inm) fromwindow to workspace ordesk (X)

Windowor opening size (as %of surrounding wall area)

7m or less 20%

8m–11m 25%

11m–14m 30%

14m or more 35%

Table 16:Viewout building specific requirements.

Building type Viewout requirements

Residential buildings andresidential institutions

Self-contained flats - living roomsSheltered housing - communal lounges, individual bedrooms and bedsitsAll positions within relevant areas are to bewithin 5m of a wallwhichhas a windoworpermanent opening providing anadequate viewout. Thewindowor opening must be ≥20%of the surrounding wall area.

One credit - Internal and external lighting levels, zoning and control

Internal lighting

6 All fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps are fitted with high frequencyballasts.

7 Internal lighting in all relevant areas of the building is designed to provide an illuminance (lux) level appropriate to thetasks undertaken, accounting for building user concentration and comfort levels. This canbe demonstrated throughalighting design strategy that provides illuminance levels in accordancewith national best practice lighting guides (seeCompliance notes onpage 77).



8 For areas where computer screens are regularly used, confirmation is required that the lighting has beendesigned tolimit the potential for glare in accordancewith a numerical glare limit specified within national best practice lightingguides (see CN3.11 onpage 80). These should include:8.a Limits to the luminance of the luminaires to avoid screen reflections.Manufacturers'data for the luminaires

should be sought to confirm this.8.b For uplighting, the recommendations refer to the luminance of the lit ceiling rather than the luminaire; a design

team calculation is usually required to demonstrate this.8.c Recommendations for direct lighting, ceiling illuminance, and averagewall illuminance.

External lighting

9 All external lighting located within the construction zone is designed to provide illuminance levels that enable users toperform outdoor visual tasks efficiently and accurately, especially during the night. To demonstrate this, external lightingprovided is specified in accordancewith EN 13201 series Road Lighting and EN12464-2:2014 Light and lighting -Lighting of workplaces - Part 2:Outdoor workplaces.

Zoning and occupant control

10 Internal lighting is zoned to allow for occupant control (see Relevant definitions onpage 82) in accordancewith thecriteria below for relevant areas present within the building:10.a In office areas, zones of no more than four workplaces10.b Workstations adjacent to windows or atria and other building areas separately zoned and controlled10.c Seminar and lecture rooms: zoned for presentation and audience areas10.d Library spaces: separate zoning of stacks, reading and counter areas10.e Teaching space or demonstration area10.f Whiteboard or display screen10.g Auditoria: zoning of seating areas, circulation space and lectern area10.h Dining, restaurant, café areas: separate zoning of servery and seating or dining areas10.i Retail: separate zoning of display and counter areas10.j Bar areas: separate zoning of bar and seating areas10.k Day rooms,waiting areas: zoning of seating and activity areas and circulation spacewith controls accessible to

staff10.l Hotel bedrooms: separate zoning of hallway, bathroom, deskand sleeping area (where present in the room).

11 Areas used for teaching, seminar or lecture purposes have lighting controls specified in accordancewith the size and useof the space, but a typical auditorium or lecture theatrewith stepped seating and a formal lecternor demonstrationorperformance area would typically be expected to have lighting controls as follows:11.a Full normal lighting (to allow for entry and exit, cleaning etc.)11.b Demonstration area lighting off and audience area lighting reduced to a low level (for the purpose of line slide

projection, but allowing enough light for the audience to take notes)11.c All lighting off (for the projectionof tone slides, colour slides, and for the purposes of visual demonstrations or

performances)11.d Separate localised lectern lighting.

12 In addition the building type criteria in Table 17 below (where relevant).

Table 17: Internal and external lighting building specific requirements.

Building type Internal and external lighting requirements

Educationbuildings Manual lighting controls are easily accessible for the teacher while teaching and onenteringor leaving the teaching space.




Reflectance for maximum room depths andwindow head heights

The table belowgives maximum room depths inmetres for different roomwidths and windowhead heights of side-litrooms.

Table 18:Reflectance for maximum room depths (m) and windowhead heights

Reflectance (RB) 0.4 0.5 0.6

Roomwidth (m) 3 10 3 10 3 10

Windowhead height (m)

2.5 4.5 6.7 5.4 8.0 6.8 10.0

3.0 5.0 7.7 6.0 9.2 7.5 11.5

3.5 5.4 8.6 6.5 10.4 8.1 13.0

Compliance notes




Glare control, criteria 1 onpage 71 and 2 onpage 71Bothoptions : These criteria are not applicable

Daylighting, criterion3 onpage 71Bothoptions :All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Viewout, criteria 4 onpage 75 and 5 onpage 75Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Internal lighting, zoning and occupant control, criteria 6 onpage 75 to 8 on theprevious page, 10 on the previous page to 12 on the previous pageBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.

External lighting, criteria 9 on the previous pageand 12 on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.




CN1.1 Viewout BothoptionsWhere it is not possible to confirmwhich areas of the building will containworkstations or benches or desks, then all areas of the building designed for or likelyto be occupied byworkstations or benches or desks must complywith the relevantcriteria.


CN2 Applicableassessmentcriteria - Single andmultiple dwellings

Glare control, criteria 1 onpage 71and 2 onpage 71Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Daylighting, criterion3 onpage 71Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Viewout, criteria 4 onpage 75and 5 onpage 75Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Internal lighting, zoning and occupant control, criteria 6 onpage 75 to 8 onpage 7610 onpage 76 to 12 onpage 76Partially fitted:These criteria are not applicable.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

External lighting, criteria 9 onpage 76and 12 onpage 76Partially fitted:These criteria are not applicable.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

General

CN3 Building location(choosing themost appropriatedaylight factors)

The average daylight factor and uniformity criteria Table 12 onpage 72and Table 13onpage 73.For hot or sunny locations withpredominantly clear skies, especially those at latitudesmuch less than40 degrees, it is better to use the daylight illuminance criteria in Table14 onpage 74 instead. The daylight illuminance calculation should include theadditional light available from clear and partly cloudy skies and reflected sunlight. Inthese locations, using the criteria in Table 12 onpage 72 and Table 13 onpage 73may result in excessive solar heat gain.

Glare control




CN3.1 Compliant formsof glare control -curtains as glarecontrol

Compliant shading measures for meeting glare control criteria include:— Building integrated measures (e.g. loweaves)— Occupant controlled devices such as blinds (where transmittance value is less

than0.1 (10%)— Bioclimatic design— External shading or brise soleil.

Glare controlmust provide shading from bothhigh level summer and low levelwintersunwhere relevant to the country of assessment (for example, latitudes of 40degrees or more).Where using fixed systems, design studies canbe used todemonstrate that sunlight is prevented from reaching building occupants duringoccupied hours.Curtains (where used without other forms of shading) do not meet the criteria for theglare control criteria, as theydo not provide sufficient control to optimise daylight intothe space. Furthermore, the use of curtains to control glare is likely to cause occupantsto relymore onartificial lighting.

Daylighting

CN3.2 Nationaldaylighting bestpractice guides

Please refer to the country-specific reference sheet to find the appropriatedaylighting best practice guides in the country of assessment.Where daylighting bestpractice guides are not outlined in the country-specific reference sheet, or where thedesign teamwishes to use analternative reference document, please use theapproved standards and weightings list to determine its acceptability.Where no appropriate reference document exists for a country, the design teamshould demonstrate compliance using the criteria in EITHERTable 12 onpage 72and Table 13 onpage 73 ORTable 14 onpage 74.

CN3.3 Percentage ofassessed areaSee criterion3 onpage 71.

Where the criteria specify that a percentage of floor areamust be adequatelyilluminated bydaylight, this refers to the percentage of the total floor area of all therooms that must be assessed, i.e. the compliant area. If for example, a developmenthas six rooms that must be assessed, each150m²(total area 900m²) and 80%of thisfloor areamust meet the criterion, then720m²must complywith the criterion; this isequal to 4.8 rooms. The number of rooms that must complymust always be roundedup; therefore in this example, five roomsmust have anaverage daylight factor of 2%or more (plus meet the other criteria) to achieve the credit.

CN3.4 Externalobstructions

In calculating minimum and average daylight factors and daylight illuminances,external obstructions should be taken into account. For illuminance calculations, thereflectance of external obstructions should be takenas 0.2 unless on-sitemeasurements of external reflectance have beenmade.

CN3.5 Dirt factors whencalculatingdaylight

Daylight calculations should include amaintenance factor for dirt on thewindows, asgiven in British Standard Code of Practice for daylighting, BS8206 Part 2, appendixA1.3.




CN3.6 Borrowed light For areas where borrowed light is used to demonstrate compliancewithdaylightingcriteria, calculations or results from appropriate lighting design softwaremust beprovided to demonstrate that such areas meet the BREEAMcriteria (if the light fromthese sources is required in order for the room to comply). Examples of borrowedlight include: light shelves, clerestory glazing, sunpipes or internal translucent ortransparent partitions (such as those using frosted glass).

CN3.7 Room depthcriterion - roomslit from twoopposite sides

For rooms lit bywindows on two opposite sides, themaximum room depth that canbe satisfactorily illuminated bydaylight is twice the limiting room depth (d) (measuredfromwindowwall to windowwall; CIBSELighting Guide LG1010. The reflectance ofthe imaginary internalwall should be takenas 1.

CN3.8 Uniformitywithrooflights

The room depth criteria cannot be used where the lighting strategy relies onrooflights. In such areas either appropriate software has to be used to calculate theuniformity ratio or, in the case of a regular array of rooflights across thewhole of thespace, figure 2.36 (page 37)withinCIBSELighting Guide LG10 canbe used todetermine the uniformity ratio.

CN3.9 Daylighting -uniformity ratioCalculation

The uniformity ratio calculation,minimum point daylight factor and minimum daylightilluminance canexclude areas within 0.5m of walls. Areas within 0.5m are notregarded as part of theworking plane for this purpose, although they are included inthe average daylight factor and average daylight illuminance calculations.

CN3.10 Viewof skyrequirementSee criterion3.

To complywith the viewof sky criteria (ref (b)) in Table 13 onpage 73, at least 80%ofthe room that complies with the average daylight factor requirement must receivedirect light from the sky, i.e. it is permissible for up to 20%of the room not to meetthe viewof sky requirement and still achieve a compliant room.

Internal and external lighting levels or zoning and control

CN3.11 National bestpractice lightingguides

Please refer to the country-specific reference sheet to locate the appropriate bestpractice lighting guidance in the country of assessment. Alternatively theminimumrequirements as set out in the approved standards and weightings list are covered bythe proposed documents.Where appropriate lighting guides do not exist for a country, the design team shoulddemonstrate compliancewith the European standards EN 12464-1 Light and lighting- Lighting of workspaces, 2011 and EN12464-2 Lighting of workplaces - Part 2:Outdoor workplaces, 2007.

CN3.12 Occupancy andworkstationlayout unknown

Where occupancyor workstation layout is not known, lighting control canbe zonedon the basis of 40m²grids, i.e. an assumptionof 1 personor workspace per 10m².

CN3.13 Small spaces Buildings consisting entirely of small rooms or spaces (less than40m²)whichdo notrequire any subdivisionof lighting zones or controlwillmeet the zoning criteria bydefault.




CN3.14 Zones of fourworkspaces

The limit of four workspaces is indicative of the required standard but is not a fixedrequirement.Where there is justification for this to be increased to fit with theadopted lighting strategy, this maybe accepted provided that the assessor issatisfied that the aim of this criterion is upheld, i.e. that there is suitable zoning orcontrol of lighting to enable a reasonable degree of occupant control over lighting intheir personableworkarea. The relevant design teammember, e.g. lightingconsultant, should set out how this is to be achieved in such an instance.

CN3.15 Lighting zoningand control -auditoria spaces

The controls specified will depend on the size and use of the space but a typicalauditorium or lecture theatrewith stepped seating and a formal lecternordemonstrationor performance area would typically be expected to have lightingcontrols as follows:1. Full normal lighting (to allow for entry and exit, cleaning etc.)2. Demonstration area lighting off and audience area lighting reduced to a low

level (for the purpose of line slide projection, but allowing enough light for theaudience to take notes)

3. All lighting off (for the projectionof tone slides, colour slides, and for thepurposes of visual demonstrations or performances)

4. Separate localised lectern lighting.

CN3.16 No externallighting

Where no external light fittings are specified (either separate from or mounted on theexternal building façade or roof), the criteria relating to external lighting do not applyand the credit canbe awarded on the basis of compliancewith the internal lightingcriteria. The following internal areas are excluded from the lighting zone requirements:1. Media and arts production spaces2. Sports facilities (exercise spaces only, including hydrotherapy and physiotherapy

areas).

CN3.17 Zoning rooms notlisted

For zoning rooms or spaces not listed within criteria 10 onpage 76and 11 onpage76, the assessor canexercise anelement of judgement whendetermining whetherwhat is specified is appropriate for the space, given its end use and the aim andcriteria of this BREEAMissue.

Building type specific

CN4 Education(preschools) andacute specialeducational needscontrols forchildren

Where child care or acute special educational needs spaces are included within thescope of the assessment, controls should be provided for the teacher or member ofstaff, i.e. it is not a necessity for the controls to be accessible to the children.Where nursery spaces are included within the scope of the assessment, controlsshould be provided for themember of staff, not the nursery school children.

CN4.1 Hotels - lightinglevels in hotelbedrooms

Internal lighting levels in hotel bedroomswill not usually need to conform to nationalbest practice levels for offices as these spaces are not generally used as a workspace.However, if hotel bedrooms are intended to be used as workspaces, similar to a smalloffice, the lighting levels should conform to national best practice levels for this typeof space.



Methodology

None.

Evidence

Criteria Interim design stage Final Post-construction stage

Daylighting

All Designdrawings and daylight calculationsORRelevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract confirmingnational best practice daylightingguidelines or BREEAMrequirements.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidenceORAs-built drawings and calculations ORConfirmation from the design team daylighting isin accordancewith national best practicedaylighting guidelines or BREEAMrequirements.

Viewout and glare requirements

All Designdrawings.Relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.Windowschedule.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence.As-built drawings.Formal confirmationof compliance from thecontractor or design team.

Internal and external lighting

All Designdrawings or room data sheets orschedules.Relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract ORA letter of formal confirmationofcompliance from the relevant designteammember.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence.As-built drawings.Formal confirmationof compliance from thecontractor or design team.



Adequate viewoutBREEAMdefines an adequate viewout as a viewof a landscape or buildings (rather than just the sky) at seated eyelevel (1.2–1.3m)within the relevant building areas and should ideally be throughanexternalwindow. A view into aninternal courtyard or atriumwill comply provided the distance from the opening to the backwall of the courtyard oratrium is at least 10m (therefore allowing enoughdistance for the eyes to refocus). The viewcannot be an internalviewacross the room, as this is likely to becomeobstructed bypartitions, filing cabinets etc.

Average daylight factor



The average daylight factor is the average indoor illuminance (from daylight) on theworking planewithin a room,expressed as a percentage of the simultaneous outdoor illuminance ona horizontal plane under anunobstructed CIEStandard Overcast Sky.

Computer simulationSoftware tools that canbe used to modelmore complex room geometries for daylighting.

Construction zoneFor the purpose of this BREEAMissue, the construction zone is defined as the sitewhich is being developed for theBREEAM-assessed building, and the external site areas that fallwithin the scope of the newworks.

IlluminanceThe amount of light falling ona surface per unit area,measured in lux.

Occupied spaceA room or spacewithin the assessed building that is likely to be occupied for 30 minutes or more by a building user.Please note there is a specific, unrelated, definitionof 'unoccupied'with reference to acoustic testing andmeasurement and this should not be confused with the definitionused here.

Point daylight factorA point daylight factor is the ratio between the illuminance (from daylight) at a specific point on theworking planewithin a room, expressed as a percentage of the illuminance received onanoutdoor unobstructed horizontal plane.This is based onanassumed overcast sky, approximated by the 'CIE (Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage)overcast sky'. Theminimum point daylight factor is the lowest value of the daylight factor on theworking plane at apoint that is not within 0.5m of a wall. Similarly theminimum illuminance is calculated at theworst lit point on theworking plane that is not within 0.5m of a wall. These points will usually be close to a rear corner of the room.Computer simulations are themost appropriate tools to allow for point daylight factors and illuminances to becalculated.

Relevant building areas:

DaylightingFor the purpose of BREEAMthis is defined as areas within the building where good daylighting is considered to be ofbenefit to the building users (typically those areas occupied continuously for 30 minutes or more). This includes thefollowing (where occupied continuously for 30 minutes or more) specifically stated because they are oftenomitted;1. Sports hall exercise spaces2. Laboratory areas unless the type of research that will be carried out requires strictly controlled environmental

conditions, such as the exclusionof natural light at all times.3. Self-contained flats4. Kitchenand catering areas5. General communal areas6. Small offices (including thosewithin residential buildings and residential institutions)7. Meeting rooms (including thosewithin residential buildings and residential institutions)8. Leisure areas9. Any area that may involve close up work.However, this excludes the following (where present):1. Media, arts production, SEN sensory spaces, x-ray rooms and other areas requiring strictly controlled acoustic or

lighting conditions

Glare controlFor glare control include areas of the building where lighting and resultant glare could be problematic for users, e.g.those areas that have beendesigned to contain or useworkstations, projector screens etc. and sports halls. Spaces inthe categories described above, for whichdaylight and viewout are excluded, should not be assessed against theglare control criteria.

Internal and external lighting



Where no external light fittings are specified (either separate from or mounted on the external building façade orroof), the criteria relating to external lighting do not apply and the credit canbe awarded on the basis of compliancewith the internal lighting criteria. The following internal areas are excluded from the lighting zone requirements:1. Media and arts production spaces2. Sports facilities (exercise spaces only, including hydrotherapy and physiotherapy areas).

ReflectanceThe ratio of the luminous flux reflected from a surface to the luminous flux incident on it.

Separate zoning controlLight switches or controls for a particular area or zone of the building that canbe accessed and operated by theindividuals occupying that area or zone. Such controls will be located within, or within the vicinity of, the zone or areathey control.

Surrounding wall areaSurrounding wall area refers to the area (inm²) of the internalwall onwhich thewindowor opening is located,including the area of thewindowor opening itself.

UniformityThe uniformity is the ratio between theminimum illuminance (from daylight) on theworking planewithin a room (orminimum daylight factor) and the average illuminance (from daylight) on the sameworking plane (or average daylightfactor).

Viewof skyAreas of theworking plane have a viewof skywhen they receive direct light from the sky, i.e. when the sky canbe seenfromworking plane height.

ViewoutBREEAMdefines relevant building areas requiring a viewout to include areas of the building where:1. There are or will beworkstations or benches or desks for building users.2. Closeworkwill be undertakenor visual aids will be used.3. A viewout is deemed to be of benefit to the building occupants, e.g. in spaces where occupants are likely to

spend a significant amount of time.Excluded areas for eachof thesemight include:

Conference rooms, lecture theatres, sports halls, acute SEN and also any spaces where the exclusionor limitationof natural light is a functional requirement, e.g. laboratories, media spaces, etc.

Working planeCIBSELG10 defines theworking plane as the horizontal, vertical or inclined plane inwhich a visual task lies. Theworkingplane is normally takenas 0.7m above the floor for offices and 0.85m for industry.

Other information

None.


Hea 02 Indoor air quality Health and wellbeing

Hea 02 Indoor air quality

(all buildings)


Building type dependent Yes (criterion1 below)

Aim

To recognise and encourage a healthy internal environment through the specification and installationof appropriateventilation, equipment and finishes.

Assessment criteria


— Prerequisite - avoidance of asbestos— Minimising sources of air pollution (4 credits)— Adaptability - potential for natural ventilation (1 credit)


Prerequisite

1 Materials containing asbestos are prohibited from being specified and used within the building.

Minimising sources of air pollution

One credit - Indoor air quality (IAQ) plan

2 An indoor air quality planhas beenproduced and implemented, with the objective of facilitating a process that leads todesign, specification and installationdecisions and actions that minimise indoor air pollutionduring the design,construction and occupationof the building. The indoor air quality planmust consider the following:2.a Removal of contaminant sources2.b Dilution and control of contaminant sources2.c Procedures for pre-occupancy flushout2.d Third party testing and analysis2.e Maintaining indoor air quality in-use

One credit- Ventilation

The building has beendesigned to minimise the concentration and recirculationof pollutants in the building as follows:

3 Criterion2 has beenachieved.

4 Provide fresh air into the building in accordancewith the criteria of the national best practice standard for ventilation.

5 The locationof fresh air intakes are designed to minimise the entry of air pollutants into the building, as follows:5.a In air-conditioned and mixed-mode buildings or spaces:

5.a.i The locationof the building's air intakes and exhausts, in relation to eachother and external sources ofpollution, is designed in accordancewith EN 13779:2007 AnnexA2 (see CN7.1 for Alternativemethods of compliance ).

OR



5.a.ii Where EN 13779:2007 AnnexA2 is not followed, the building’s air intakes and exhausts are over 10mof horizontal distance apart and intakes are over 10m of horizontal distance from sources of externalpollution.

5.b In naturally ventilated buildings or spaces:openablewindows or ventilators are at least 10m of horizontaldistance from sources of external pollution (including the locationof anybuilding related air exhausts).

6 Where present, HVAC systemsmust incorporate suitable filtration to minimise external air pollution, as defined in EN13779:2007 AnnexA3.

7 Areas of the building subject to large and unpredictable or variable occupancypatterns have carbondioxide (CO₂) or airquality sensors specified and:7.a Inmechanical ventilated buildings or spaces: sensors are linked to themechanical ventilation system and provide

demand-controlled ventilation to the space.7.b In naturally ventilated buildings or spaces: sensors either have the ability to alert the building owner or manager

whenCO₂levels exceed the recommended set point, or are linked to controls with the ability to adjust thequantity of fresh air, i.e. automatic opening windows or roof vents.

8 In countries where smoking within buildings is not prohibited by law, one of the following is specified:8.a A smoking ban covering all public and staff areas of the building is implemented, and 'No Smoking' signs are

located in appropriate areas clearly visible to all occupants (i.e. commonareas, offices and building entrances)OR8.b Where smoking is permitted in dedicated smoking rooms only and smoking is banned in all other areas with 'No

Smoking' signs located in appropriate areas clearly visible to all occupants and where:8.b.i Ventilation rates in the dedicated smoking room are in accordancewith national best practice

standards for ventilation8.b.ii A separate ventilation system prevents recirculationwithin the room and the smoking room is

separated from all other occupied areas by a lobby8.b.iii Air intakes or exhausts or openablewindows or ventilators are positioned to minimise recirculationof

smoke (see criteria on the previous page and on the previous page).

One credit - Emissions from building products

9 Criterion2 has beenachieved. on the previous page

10 At least four of the five product types listed in Table 19 onpage 89 meet the emission limits, testing requirements andany additional requirements listed inTable 19 onpage 89..

One credit - post-construction indoor air quality measurement

11 Criterion2 has beenachieved. on the previous page

12 The formaldehyde concentration in indoor air is measured post-construction (but pre-occupancy) and does not exceed100 µg/m³, averaged over 30 minutes11.

13 The formaldehyde sampling and analysis is performed in accordancewith ISO16000-212 and ISO16000-313 .

14 The total volatile organic compound (TVOC) concentration in indoor air is measured post-construction (but pre-occupancy) and does not exceed 300 µg/m³, averaged over 8 hours, with no individual compound exceeding 30 µg/m³14.

15 The TVOC sampling and analysis is performed in accordancewith ISO16000-515 and ISO16000-616 or ISO16017-117

.

16 Where levels are found to exceed these limits, the project team confirms themeasures that have, or will be undertaken inaccordancewith the IAQplan, to reduce the TVOC and formaldehyde levels to within the above limits.

17 Themeasured concentration levels of formaldehyde (µg/m³) and TVOC (µg/m³) are reported, via the BREEAMscoringand reporting tool, for the purpose of confirming criteria12 above to 15 above.



Adaptability - Potential for natural ventilation

One credit

18 The building ventilation strategy is designed to be flexible and adaptable to potential building occupant needs andclimatic scenarios. This canbe demonstrated as follows:18.a Occupied spaces of the building are designed to be capable of providing fresh air entirely via a natural ventilation

strategy. The following aremethods deemed to satisfy this criteriondependent upon the complexity of theproposed system:18.a.i The openablewindowarea in eachoccupied space is equivalent to 5%of the gross internal floor area

of that room or floor plate. For room or floor plates between7m-15m depth, the openablewindowareamust be onopposite sides and evenly distributed across the area to promote adequate cross-ventilation;OR

18.a.ii The designdemonstrates that the natural ventilation strategyprovides an adequate cross flowof airto maintain the required thermal comfort conditions and ventilation rates.

For a strategywhichdoes not rely onopenablewindows, or whichhas occupied spaces with a plandepthgreater than15m, the designmust demonstrate that the ventilation strategy canprovide adequate cross flowof air to maintain the required thermal comfort conditions and ventilation rates.

19 The natural ventilation strategy is capable of providing at least two levels of user control on the supply of fresh air to theoccupied space (see CN3.11 onpage 97 for further details).

Note:Anyopening mechanismsmust be easily accessible and provide adequate user control over air flowrates to avoid draughts. Relevant industry standards for ventilation canbe used to define 'adequate levels offresh air' sufficient for occupancy and internal air pollution loads relevant to the building type.

Note:Residential buildings and residential institutions with self-contained flats and individual bedroomsmust have a degree of openablewindow function. This does not need to provide two levels of user control(as required in criteria 18 above and 19 above), but must be occupant controlled.


One credit

20 Criterion2 has beenachieved. onpage 85

21 At least four of the five product types listed in Table 20 onpage 91 meet the emission limits, testing requirements andany additional requirements listed in Table 20 onpage 91.

Two credits

22 Criterion2 has beenachieved. onpage 85

23 All product typesmeet the emission limits, testing requirements and any additional requirements listed inTable 20 onpage 91.



Table 19: Emission criteria byproduct type



Producttype (seeCN3.2 onpage 95)

Emission limit* Testingrequirement(seeCN3.3 onpage 96 andCN3.4 onpage96)

Additional requirements

Formaldehyde Totalvolatileorganiccompounds(TVOC)

Category1A and 1Bcarcinogens

Interiorpaintsandvarnishes

0.06 mg/m³ 1.0 mg/m³ 0.001mg/m³

EN 16402 [18]orISO16000-9 [19]orCEN/TS16516[20]orCDPH StandardMethod v1.1 [21]

Paints used inwet areas (e.g.bathrooms, kitchens, utilityrooms) should protect againstmould growth (see CN3.5 onpage 96).

Wood-basedproducts

0.06 mg/m³

(Non-MDF)0.08 mg/m³

(MDF)

ISO16000-9 [IX]orCEN/TS16516[X]orCDPH StandardMethod v1.1 [XI]orEN 717-1(formaldehydeemissions only)[22]

N/A

Flooringmaterials

0.06 mg/m³ ISO16000-9 [IX]orCEN/TS16516[X]orCDPH StandardMethod v1.1 [XI]

Ceiling,wall andinsulationmaterials

Interioradhesivesandsealants

EN 13999 (Parts1-4) [23] [24] [25][26]orISO16000-9 [IX]orCEN/TS16516[X]orCDPH StandardMethod v1.1 [XI]

* Compliancewith emission limits shall be demonstrated after 28 days in anemission test chamber or earlier as stipulatedby the relevant testing requirements standard



Table 20: Exemplary level emission criteria byproduct type




Emission limit Additionalrequirement


Total semi-volatileorganiccompounds(TSVOC)


Testingrequirement(see CN3.3 onpage 96 andCN3.4 onpage 96)

Interiorpaintsandvarnishes

0.01 mg/m³ 0.3 mg/m³ 0.1 mg/m³ 0.001mg/m³

EN 16402 [VIII]orISO16000-9[IX]orCEN/TS16516[X]orCDPHStandardMethod v1.1[XI]

Paints used inwetareas (e.g.bathrooms,kitchens, utilityrooms) shouldprotect againstmould growth(see CN3.5 onpage 96).




Emission limit Additionalrequirement


Total semi-volatileorganiccompounds(TSVOC)


Testingrequirement(see CN3.3 onpage 96 andCN3.4 onpage 96)

Wood-basedproducts

ISO16000-9[IX]orCEN/TS16516[X]orCDPHStandardMethod v1.1[XI]orEN 717-1(formaldehydeemissions only)[XII]

N/A

Flooringmaterials

ISO16000-9[IX]orCEN/TS16516[X]orCDPHStandardMethod v1.1[XI]

Ceiling,wall andinsulationmaterials

Interioradhesivesandsealants

EN 13999(Parts 1-4) [XIII][XIV] [XV] [XVI]orISO16000-9[IX]orCEN/TS16516[X]orCDPHStandardMethod v1.1[XI]

* Compliancewith emission limits shall be demonstrated after 28 days in anemission test chamber or earlier as stipulatedby the relevant testing requirements standard



Compliance notes




Prerequisite, criterion1 onpage 85Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Indoor air quality, criterion2 onpage 85Bothoptions: This criterion is not applicable.

Ventilation criteria 3 onpage 85to 8 onpage 86Option1 - Shell only: These criteria are not applicable.Option2 - Shell and core:Criteria 3 onpage 85 and5 onpage 85 are applicable. Criteria 6onpage 86 and 8 onpage 86 do not apply.

Emissions levels criteria 9 onpage 86 to 17 onpage 86 and 20 onpage 87 to 23 onpage 87Bothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.

Adaptability - Potential for natural ventilation, criteria 18 onpage 87 to 19 onpage 87Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.

CN1.1 VentilationsystemsSee criteria 3onpage 85 to5 onpage 85

Option2 - Shell and core:Where ventilation systems are not within the remit of the shell and core developer,compliance canbe demonstrated through the building servicing strategywhere this ispredetermined by the built form or core services provision as appropriate to the shelland core optionbeing followed.






Prerequisite, criterion1 onpage 85Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Indoor air quality, criterion2 onpage 85Bothoptions: This criterion is not applicable.

Ventilation, criteria 3 onpage 85 to 8 onpage 86Bothoptions:Criteria 4 onpage 85to 6 onpage 86 only apply.

Emissions from building products, criteria 9 onpage 86 to 10 onpage 86Bothoptions:Criterion10 onpage 86 only applies.

Post-construction indoor air qualitymeasurement, criteria 11 onpage 86to 17 onpage86Bothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.

Adaptability - Potential for natural ventilation, criteria 18 onpage 87 to 19 onpage 87BothOptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Exemplary, criteria 20 onpage 87to 23 onpage 87Bothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General

Minimising sources of air pollution

CN3 National bestpracticestandards orrelevantindustrystandards

Please refer to the country specific reference sheet to locate the appropriate nationalbest practice standards in the country of assessment.Alternatively, theminimum requirements as set out in the approved standards andweightings list are covered by the proposed documentsWhere appropriate standards do not exist for a country, the design team shoulddemonstrate compliancewith the British or European standards as listed in each relevantcountry reference sheet.

CN3.1 Alternativemethods fordemonstratingcompliancewith the airintake andexhaust criteria

Compliancewith the criteria canbe demonstrated using alternativemethods (e.g. windtunnel studies, computational fluid dynamics (CFD)modelling), if suchmethodsdemonstrate that the proposed locationof intakes and exhausts prevents significantrecirculationof exhaust air under typicalwind conditions.

CN3.2 Non-VOCemittingproducts

Inherently non-VOC emitting products such as brick, natural stone, concrete, ceramic tile,glass, metal surfaces, etc. do not need to be assessed and canbe deemed fully compliantwith the criteria, unless organic-based coatings, binders, or sealants are used in theirproductionor finishes.




CN3.3 Testingrequirementsfor emissionlimits

The testing requirements for emission limits are based on the use of standardisedemission test chamber methods. Perforator, flask, desiccator and other extractionbasedtest methods are specifically excluded. Compliancewith these requirements maybemetusing alternative standards, where these stipulate emission test chamber methodssimilar to those in the standards listed in Table 19 onpage 89 and Table 20 onpage 91.BREEAMAssessors must submit details of any alternative standards to BREGlobal forapproval prior to awarding any credits for this issue.

CN3.4 Accreditationoforganisationsperformingsampling orlaboratoryanalysis

All organisations used for sampling and analysis of indoor air or for analysis of emissionsfrom building products must be accredited to ISO/IEC 1702527with specificaccreditation covering:

— Sampling: Pumped sampling for formaldehyde in air; Pumped sampling forVOCs in air

— Chemical analysis:Determinationof formaldehyde;Determinationof VOCsSampling and chemical analysis of indoor air canbe performed by separateorganisations, but bothmust be accredited.

CN3.5 Paints used inwet areas

Evidencemust be provided to show that paints used inwet areas protect against mouldgrowth. Evidence could include appropriate test results (e.g. fungal or algal resistancetesting) or manufacturer’s product informationor declaration. There are Europeanstandard tests which could be used: EN 1545728 and EN1545829.

CN3.6 Third partycertificationschemes foremission levelsfrom buildingproducts

Third party certification schemes for emission levels from building products canbe usedas evidence to demonstrate compliancewith the criteria. BREEAMGuidanceNote ‘GN22:BREEAMRecognised Schemes for VOC Emissions from Building Products’ lists a numberof such schemes that have beenassessed to showequivalent or better performancethan the criteria. If assessors, clients or schemeoperators wish to seek recognitionofother schemes not currently listed, full details of the scheme including the relevantperformance and testing requirements should be submitted to [email protected] forapproval through the technical query process.

CN3.7 Products usedin smallquantities forad hocpurposes

All products specified for a project that fallwithin one of the product types listed in Table19 onpage 89 and Table 20 onpage 91 must be assessed under this issue. However, itis accepted that it maybe difficult to control the specificationof someproducts (e.g.sealants) that are used in small quantities for ad hoc purposes such as ‘making good’. Assuch, anyproducts used in this waydo not need to be assessed for this issue.

CN3.8 Self-declarationofemission levelsfrom buildingproducts

Self-declarationbymanufacturers of emission levels from building products is acceptableif testing has beenperformed by anaccredited laboratory in accordancewithCN3 orwhere themanufacturer declares that the product contains no formaldehyde or VOCemitting substances.

CN3.9 Number ofproduct typesrequired tocomply

Where four or fewer product types are specified within the building, the number ofproduct types that need to be assessed for the emissions criteria reduces proportionallyas follows:

— Where four products are present, threemust comply— Where three products are present, two must comply— Where two or fewer products are present, allmust comply




Adaptability - Potential for natural ventilation

CN3.10 Mechanicallyventilated orcooledbuildingsSee criteria18onpage87and 19 onpage 87.

Buildings that employ amechanically ventilated or cooled strategy are still able to achievethis credit provided it canbe demonstrated that the features required by the criteria canbemade easily available to the building user, e.g. windows fixed shut for an air-conditioned strategy canbemodified to be opening windows. The aim of the potentialfor natural ventilation criteria is to ensure that a building is capable of providing fresh airusing a natural ventilation strategy.Where the building is predominantly naturally ventilated, but mechanical ventilation isnecessary to boost ventilationduring peakconditions, (i.e. either maximum occupancy,peak temperature conditions or both) due to the functionor specific usage patterns ofthe building, the potential for the natural ventilation credit can still be awarded providedcalculations or modelling demonstrate that themechanical ventilation systemwill berequired for ≤ 5%of the annual occupied hours in the occupied spaces for the adoptedbuilding designor layout.

CN3.11 Levels ofventilation Seecriterion19 onpage 87.

The two levels of ventilationmust be able to achieve the following:— Higher level: higher rates of ventilation achievable to remove short term odours

or prevent summertime overheating— Lower level: adequate levels of draught-free fresh air to meet the need for good

indoor air quality throughout the year, sufficient for the occupancy load and theinternal pollution loads of the space.

CN3.12 Industrialareas: airpollutionorventilation raterequirements

For industrial buildings, theminimising sources of air pollution and adaptability (potentialfor natural ventilation) criteria and credits apply only to office areas and not tooperational areas. If the building does not contain anyoffice areas, this issue is notapplicable.

Methodology

None.



Evidence


Prerequisite

1 onpage 85 The relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract orappropriate legislation.Designdrawings.

Manufacturers' literature.BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or ‘as-built’ drawings,specification and calculationsORA formal letter from the design team or principalcontractor confirming no changes have occurredsince design stage.

Minimising indoor air pollution


Copyof the indoor air quality plan.Relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract.Designdrawings.

A copyof the indoor air quality plan.BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or ‘as-built’ drawings.For a naturally ventilated building, a letter from thedesign team or principal contractor confirming thebuilding has beenbuilt in accordancewith a designcompliant with the BREEAMcriteria.For a mechanically ventilated building, thecommissioning manager’s performance testingreport confirming the required fresh air rates areachieved.

onpage 85–10onpage 86

A copyof the indoor air quality plan.Relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract.

A copyof the indoor air quality plan.Letter from or copies of themanufacturer’sliterature confirming testing standards andemissions achieved.

onpage 85–17onpage 86

A copyof the indoor air quality plan.Commitment to carry out necessarytesting post-construction.

A copyof the indoor air quality plan.Confirmation from the project team that therecommendations are still relevant and have beenimplemented testing results for formaldehyde andTVOCs.

Potential for natural ventilation





Relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract.A formal letter from the design teamwithdetails of the ventilation strategyand calculations or results fromappropriate softwaremodelling tools.

Manufacturers’ or suppliers’ literature. BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report and photographicevidence* or ‘as-built’ drawings, specification andcalculationsORA formal letter from the design team or principalcontractor confirming no changes have occurredsince design stage.* A random spot checkof a selectionof occupiedspaces is sufficient. The assessor is not required tocheckeachopening in all spaces or rooms.



Areas with a large and unpredictable occupancyThe following are examples of these types of space:

— Auditoria— Gyms— Retail stores or malls— Cinemas— Waiting rooms.

Where the assessed building does not have any areas deemed to be largewith anunpredictable patternofoccupancy, the criteriondoes not apply.

Category 1A and 1B carcinogensCarcinogenic compounds detectable by the VOC emission testing requirements in Table 1 and Table 2 and that areclassified as category 1A or 1B carcinogens inAnnexVI to Regulation (EC)No. 1272/2008 on classification, labellingand packaging of substances and mixtures30,which are listed as Carcinogenic VOCs inAnnexG.2 of prEN 16516(draft)31.

Habitable or occupied roomA room used for dwelling purposes or a room in a non-dwelling occupied bypeople (e.g. office, hotel bedroom,classroom)but which is not used solely as a kitchen, bathroom, cellar, utility room or for storing plant or equipment.32

Occupied spacesSee relevant definitionprovided in issueHea 01 Visual comfort. The following building areas, where relevant to thebuilding type, canbe excluded from the definitionof occupied spaces for the potential for natural ventilation criteria:1. Ancillary building areas, e.g.WCs, corridors, stairwells, store rooms, plant rooms2. Swimming or hydrotherapypools3. Sauna, steam room or hammam (for hotel building type only)4. Catering and small staff kitchens5. Washrooms or changing areas6. Laboratory or other areas where strictly controlled environmental conditions are a functional requirement of the

space7. Operational, shop floors or ancillary areas in industrial buildingsOccupied spaces requiring local exhaust ventilation, e.g. laboratories, workshops and food technology rooms,muststill demonstrate that theymeet the criteria for potential for natural ventilation (unless listed as anexempted area inthis definition).

Openablewindowarea



The openablewindowarea is defined as the geometric free ventilation area created whena ventilationopening, e.g.window, is open to its normal operational fully designed extent for ventilationpurposes (i.e. this excludes openareascreated when reversiblewindows are opened for cleaning etc). It is not the glazed area of a façade or the glazed areaof the part of thewindow that is openable (unless it opens fully).

Sources of external pollutionThis includes, but is not limited to the following:

1. Highways and themain access roads on the assessed site2. Car parks, delivery areas and vehiclewaiting bays3. Other building exhausts, including from building services plant industrial or agricultural processes

Service and access roads with restricted and infrequent access (for example roads used only for waste collection) areunlikely to represent a significant source of external pollution. These roads can therefore be excluded from the criteriaof this issue. This does not include vehicle pick-up or drop-off or waiting bays.

Total semi-volatile organic compound (TSVOC)

Sum of the concentrations of identified and unidentified volatile organic compounds eluting betweenn-hexadecane(excluded) and n-docosane (included) ona gas chromatographic column.

Total volatile organic compound (TVOC)

Sum of the concentrations of identified and unidentified volatile organic compounds eluting betweenand including n-hexane and n-hexadecane ona gas chromatographic column.

Volatile organic compound (VOC)Anyorganic liquid or solid that evaporates spontaneously at the prevailing temperature and pressure of theatmospherewithwhich it is in contact (Source: EN ISO11890).

Other information

post-construction indoor air quality measurement

Themeasurement of formaldehyde and TVOCmust bemade in accordancewith the relevant standards (as listed in thecriteria). ISO16000-2 [III] and ISO16000-5 [V] provide guidance on sampling strategies for formaldehyde and VOCsrespectively. Sampling should be performed in rooms that will be occupied for long periods of time such as bedrooms, livingrooms, classrooms, offices, etc. A representative number of rooms should be sampled, rather thanevery room in the building.For example, in anoffice building, sampling of one cellular or single occupancyoffice should suffice to assess the indoor airquality for that type of habitable space in the building (assuming the other cellular offices have the samematerialsspecification and ventilation strategy). In larger rooms, such as open-planoffice areas, additional sampling locations mayberequired in order to understand the homogeneity of the indoor environment. Uncertainties in sampling and analysis areinevitable and unavoidable, therefore it is recommended that replicate samples are takenat each sampling location (ideally aminimum of three samples for eachmeasurement parameter). Before sampling, naturally ventilated rooms should beintensively ventilated for 15 minutes and thenouter doors and windows closed for at least 8 hours (e.g. overnight) beforesampling begins with the room still closed off. For mechanically ventilated rooms, the ventilation system should be runningunder standard operating conditions for at least for 3 hours before sampling begins. Sampling locations should be at least 1m to 2 m from awall and at a height of between1 m to 1.5 m.

This information is provided to assist project teams and BREEAMAssessors on the appropriate scope of post-constructionindoor air qualitymeasurement, and, as such, is intended as guidance only and not a compliance requirement. The samplingstrategy should be determined based on the advice of the appropriate personappointed to conduct the testing.


Hea 03 Safe containment in laboratories Health and wellbeing

Hea 03 Safe containment in laboratories

(non-residential buildings only)



Aim

To recognise and encourage a healthy internal environment through the safe containment and removal of pollutants.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Laboratory containment devices and containment areas

1 Anobjective riskassessment of the proposed laboratory facilities has been carried out prior to completionof theDeveloped design to ensure potential risks are considered in the designof the laboratory.

2 Where containment devices such as fume cupboards are specified, their manufacture and installation is carried out inaccordancewith national best practice standards for safety and performance requirements in laboratory containmentdevices or aremanufactured and installed in accordancewith the following standards:2.a General purpose fume cupboards: EN 14175 Parts 1-7 (as appropriate)33

2.b Recirculatory filtration fume cupboards.2.c Microbiological safety cabinets: EN 12469:200034 (for manufacture)2.d Clean air hoods, glove boxes, isolators and mini-environments: EN ISO14644-7:200435

2.e Articulated extension arms: PD CEN/TR1658936

Or, for schools, universities and higher educationbuildings with laboratories and fume cupboards:

2.f Where laboratory containment devices that are ducted to discharge externally are specified, the guidance in theNationalAnnexof EN 14175-2 must be followed to ensure an appropriate discharge velocity is achieved.

One credit - Buildings with containment level 2 and 3 laboratory facilities

3 Where containment level 2 and 3 laboratory facilities are specified or present theymust meet best practice safety andperformance criteria and objectives. This is demonstrated as follows:3.a Criterion1 aboveahs beenachived.3.b Ventilation systems complywith national best practice guidance.Where there isno national best practice

guidance, it shall follow the best practice guidance set out in 'DRAFTHSEBiological Agents and GeneticallyModified Organisms (Contained Use) Regulations 2010'37 in relation to ventilation systems.

3.c Filters for all areas designated as containment level 2 and 3 are located outside themain laboratory space forease of cleaning or replacement, and the filters are easily accessible bymaintenance staff or technicians.

4 The design team demonstrate that the individual fume cupboard location and stackheights have been considered inaccordancewith national best practice guidance.Where national best practice guidelines do not exist then the stackheight shall be calculated following theHMIP TechnicalGuidanceNote (Dispersion)D138.




None.

Compliance notes




Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.



Bothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

General

CN3 National bestpractice standardsand relevant industrystandards

Please refer to the country specific reference sheet to locate the appropriatenational best practice standards in the country of assessment.Alternatively, theminimum requirements as set out in the approved standards andweightings list are covered by the proposed documents

Where appropriate standards do not exist for a country, the design team shoulddemonstrate compliancewith the British or European standards as listed in eachrelevant country reference sheet.

CN3.1 Building contains nolaboratorycontainment devices

Please note that the laboratory and containment device criteria and credits onlyapplywhere laboratory space, fume cupboards or other containment devices arepresent within the assessed building.

Methodology

None.


Hea 03 Safe containment in laboratories Health and wellbeing

Evidence


All A copyof the proposed laboratoryfacilities riskassessment.The relevant sectionor clauses ofthe building specificationorcontract or a formal letter from thedesign team.Designdrawings.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or as-built drawings.Correspondence from the design team confirminginstallationof a compliant systems.A copyof themanufacturers’ or suppliers’ literature or aletter from these parties confirming their cupboardsand cabinets aremanufactured and installed inaccordancewith the relevant standards.


Relevant definitionsContainment Levels

Containment Levels 2 and 3 are defined in TheManagement, Design and Operationof Microbiological ContainmentLaboratories 2001, ACDP.

Fume cupboard or safety cabinetScientific equipment designed to limit a person's exposure to hazardous fumes or biologicalmaterial. Air is drawnthrough the enclosure of the cupboard conducting the contaminated air away from the experimental area and thoseusing the equipment.

Risk assessmentFor the purpose of the relevant laboratory criteria in this issue, a riskassessment is a systematic considerationof anyactivity inwhich there is a hazard, followed bydecisions on the substances, equipment and procedures used, and onthe restrictions and precautions needed to make the riskacceptably low. Below is a list of useful resources:1. ISO15189:2012,Medical laboratories - requirements for quality and competence2. CWA 15793:2011 (Management system for laboratory biosafety and biosecurity).

Other information

EN 14175 Fume cupboard discharge velocity: Part 2 states that the discharge velocity from fume cupboard extracts shouldbe at least 7m/s, but that a figure of 10m/s is preferable to ensure that the dischargewill not be trapped in the aerodynamicwake of the stack. Higher discharge velocities maybe required, especially inwindy locations, but higher rates may cause noiseproblems.

Compliance in the EUwould be demonstrated bymeeting the following directives depending on the type of laboratory:

— EC directives 2000/54/EC— Directive 98/81/EC— Directive 2005/83/EC



Hea 04 Thermal comfort


(all buildings) Health and wellbeing

(all buildings)


3 No

Aim

To ensure that appropriate thermal comfort levels are achieved throughdesign, and controls are selected to maintain athermally comfortable environment for occupants within the building.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Thermal modelling

1 Thermalmodelling (or an analyticalmeasurement or evaluationof the thermal comfort levels of the building) has beencarried out using the predicted mean vote (PMV) and predicted percentage of dissatisfied (PPD) indices in accordancewith ISO7730:200539 taking full account of seasonal variations.

2 Local thermal comfort criteria have beenused to determine the level of thermal comfort in the building, in particularinternalwinter and summer temperature ranges will be in linewith the recommended comfort criteria within ISO7730:2005,with no areas falling within the levels defined as representing local dissatisfaction.

3 Thermal comfort levels in occupied spaces meet the Category B requirements set out in Table A.1 of AnnexA of ISO7730:2005.

4 For air-conditioned buildings, the PMVand PPD indices based on the abovemodelling are reported via the BREEAMassessment scoring and reporting tool.

One credit - Adaptability - for a projected climate change scenario

5 Criteria 1 above to 4 above are achieved.

6 The thermalmodelling demonstrates that the relevant requirements set out in criterion3 above are achieved for aprojected climate change environment (seeHea 04 Thermal comfort onpage 104).

7 Where thermal comfort criteria are not met for the projected climate change environment, the project teamdemonstrates how the building has beenadapted, or designed to be easily adapted in the future using passive designsolutions in order to subsequentlymeet the requirements under criterion6 above

8 For air-conditioned buildings, the PMVand PPD indices based on the abovemodelling are reported via the BREEAMassessment scoring and reporting tool.

One credit - Thermal zoning and controls

9 Criteria 1 above to 4 above4 above on the previous page are achieved.

10 The thermalmodelling analysis (undertaken for compliancewith criteria1 above to 4 above4 above) has informed thetemperature control strategy for the building and its users.

11 The strategy for proposed heating or cooling systems demonstrates that it has addressed the following:11.a Zones within the building and how the building services could efficiently and appropriately heat or cool these

areas. For example, consider the different requirements for the central core of a building compared with theexternal perimeter adjacent to thewindows



11.b The degree of occupant control required for these zones, based ondiscussions with the end user (oralternatively the building type or use specific designguidance, case studies, feedback) considers:11.b.i User knowledge of building services11.b.ii Occupancy type, patterns and room functions (and therefore the appropriate level of control

required)11.b.iii How the user is likely to operate or interact with the systems, e.g. are they likely to openwindows,

access thermostatic radiator valves (TRVs) on radiators, change air-conditioning settings etc.11.b.iv The user expectations (this maydiffer in the summer and winter) and degree of individual control (i.e.

obtaining the balance betweenoccupant preferences, for example someoccupants like fresh air andothers dislike drafts).

11.c How the proposed systemswill interact with eachother (where there is more thanone system) and how thismay affect the thermal comfort of the building occupants

11.d The need or otherwise for an accessible building user actuated manual override for any automatic systems.


None.

Compliance notes




Thermalmodelling, criteria 1 on the previous pageto 4 on the previous pageShell only: This issue is not applicable.Shell and core:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Adaptability - for projected climate changes, criteria 5 on the previous page to 8 onthe previous pageShell only: These criteria are not applicable.Shell and core:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Thermal zoning and controls criteria9 on the previous page to11 on the previouspageBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.

CN1.1 Thermalmodel -thermalmodellingSee criteria1 onthe previouspageto 4 on theprevious page.

Shell and core:Where assumptions are required for the purpose of the thermalmodel, thesemust bereasonable and represent typical use patterns and loads given the parameters andfunctionof the building. Note that thermalmodelling mayneed to be completed onthe basis of a typical notional layout.




CN1.2 Thermalmodel -adaptabilitySee criteria 5 onpage 105to8 onpage 105.

Shell and core:Where assumptions are required for the purpose of the thermalmodel, thesemust bereasonable and represent typical use patterns and loads given the parameters andfunctionof the building. Note that thermalmodelling mayneed to be completed onthe basis of a typical notional layout.



Bothoptions :All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General

CN3 Typical occupancyand use patterns

If it is not possible to confirm the number of building occupants using the building, e.g.speculative developments, then the default occupancy rates given in Tra 04Maximumcar parking capacity: Table 37 onpage 225canbe used to determine a defaultnumber of users.Where the typical use patterns are also unknown, Tra 01 Publictransport accessibility: Table 32 onpage 205canbe used to determine the typicalopening hours of different building types. The design team need to justify or validatethe occupancy number and use patterns applied in the thermalmodel.

CN3.1 Alternative tocriterion3 onpage 105

In some cases it maybemore straightforward to demonstrate compliancewith theCategory Bdesign criteria in Table A.5 inAnnexA of ISO7730:2005. BREEAMconsiders this an appropriate equivalent to Table A.1;however, the example designcriteria included in Table A.5 must be applicable to the building or space type andactivity levels for the project.Criterion onpage 1044 onpage 1054 onpage 105 still requires PMVand PPD to bereported and AnnexD of ISO7730:2005 includes the code of a BASIC program thatconverts these designparameters into PMVand PPD. By using this program it ispossible to obtain the PMVand PPD figures and showdirect compliancewith TableA.1.

CN3.2 National or localalternative to ISOstandard

It is possible to use a national or local equivalent to ISO7730:2005;however this mustbe approved by BREGlobal. The approved standards and weightings list canbe usedto check for previously approved standards or to propose a newnational or localstandard.




CN3.3 Buildings with lesscomplex heatingor coolingsystemsSee criterion11 onpage 105.

For buildings with less complex heating or cooling systems the thermal comfortstrategyneed only complywith criteria 11.a onpage 105.and 11.b onpage 106Compliance canbe demonstrated where zoning allows separate occupant control(within the occupied space) of eachperimeter area (i.e. within 7m of eachexternalwall)and the central zone (i.e. over 7m from the externalwalls). For example, adequate TRVsplaced in zones around the building perimeter, and the provisionof local occupantcontrols to internal areas, such as fan coil units.Note: The distance requirement for smaller buildings is approximate;however, theassessor must use sound judgement considering fully the aims of this issue, beforeaccepting solutions that do not strictlymeet the above criteria.Examples of potentially compliant heating controlmeasures canbe found inTechnologyGuide CTG065 Heating control40.


CN4 Industrial:Industrial unit withno office space

Where an industrial unit contains no office space and only anoperational or storagearea, this BREEAMissue does not apply.

CN4.1 Education:Occupant controlsSee criterion11 onpage 105.

In this issue, occupant controls are intended to be for staff use only.

Methodology

None.

Evidence



The relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecification, or contract or correspondence(e.g. letter, email or meeting minutes) fromthe design team.Thermalmodelling,measurements andevaluation results with confirmation thatthese arewithin the required limits.PMV/PPD data from the design team.

Thermalmodelling,measurement andevaluation results reflecting any changes tothe design and resultant PMV/PPD data withconfirmation that these arewithin therequired limits.


Thermalmodelling and evaluation results withconfirmation that these arewithin therequired limits.PMV/PPD data from the design team.

Thermalmodelling and evaluation resultsreflecting any changes to the design andresultant PMV/PPD data with confirmationthat these arewithin the required limits.





Thermal comfort strategy and softwareresults highlighting the points that have beenconsidered and decisions takenaccordingly.Confirmation that themodelling software isBREEAMcompliant.The relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract. Designdrawings.

As design stage. BREEAMAssessor’s siteinspection report and photographicevidence.**For large buildings it would not be expectedthat the assessor checkevery individualoccupied space, but a random selectionofspaces that confirm compliance.


Occupied spaceRefer to Hea 01 Visual comfort onpage 71, however for the purpose of BREEAMissueHea 04 the definition excludesthe following:1. Atria or concourses2. Entrance halls or reception areas3. Ancillary space, e.g. circulation areas, storerooms and plant rooms.

Passive designPassive designuses layout, fabric and form to reduce or removemechanical cooling, heating, ventilation and lightingdemand. Examples of passive design include optimising spatial planning and orientation to control solar gains andmaximise daylighting,manipulating the building form and fabric to facilitate natural ventilation strategies and makingeffective use of thermalmass to help reduce peak internal temperatures.

Predicted mean vote (PMV)The PMV is an index that predicts themean votes of a large group of persons on the seven-point thermal sensationscale based on the heat balance of the humanbody. Thermal balance is obtained when the internal heat productionin the body is equal to the loss of heat to the environment. SeeOther informationon the next page for the seven-point thermal sensation scale.

Predicted percentage dissatisfied (PPD)The PPD is an index that establishes a quantitative predictionof the percentage of thermally dissatisfied peoplewhofeel too cool or too warm. For the purposes of ISO7730, thermally dissatisfied people are thosewho will feel hot,warm, cool or cold. See the seven-point thermal sensation scale inOther informationon the next page.

Projected climate change environmentDynamic thermal simulation software packages currently provide the facility for building designs to be assessedunder external climatic conditions specific to geographic location. Industry standard weather data should be soughtfrom anappropriate local or national best practice standard in the form of Test Reference Years (TRYs) and DesignSummer Years (DSYs). Reference is provided inCIBSEguideA,which is internationally recognised. Theweather datatypically used, enable thermal analysis of building designs under current climatic conditions, yet no account is normallytakenof the projected variations inweather data that will occur during the building's life cycle as a result of climatechange. To demonstrate compliance, weather data should be used based upona projected climate change scenario.This should be sought from a recognised local or national best practice standard or organisation. Verification shouldbe sought from BREGlobal prior to using any such standards in an assessment.

Separate occupant controlResponsive heating or cooling controls for a particular area or zone of the building that canbe accessed andoperated by the individuals occupying that area or zone. Such controls will be located within, or within the vicinity of,the zone or area they control.

Thermal comfort



In EN ISO7730:2005: Ergonomics of the thermal environment. Analytical determination and interpretationof thermalcomfort, 'thermal comfort' is defined using the calculationof PMVand PPD indices and local thermal comfort criteriaand is 'that conditionof mind which expresses satisfactionwith the thermal environment.' The term 'thermal comfort'describes a person's psychological state of mind and is usually referred to in terms of whether someone is feeling toohot or too cold. Thermal comfort is difficult to define because it needs to account for a range of environmental andpersonal factors in order to establishwhat makes people feel comfortable. The purpose of this issue is to encourageappropriate and robust considerationof thermal comfort issues and specificationof appropriate occupant controlsto ensure bothmaximum flexibility of the space and thermal comfort for themajority of building occupants.

Thermal dynamic analysisThermal comfort analysis tools canbe subdivided into a number of methods of increasing complexity. Themostcomplexof these and the one that provides greatest confidence in results, is the full dynamicmodel. This type ofmodel enables annual heating or cooling loads, overheating risks and control strategies to be assessed.

Other information

Projected climate change weather data

A range of alternative probabilistic weather data produced based upon future climate change scenarios using data from theIntergovernmental Panel onClimate Change (IPCC) 5thAssessment Report. Theseweather data should be used to evaluatethe impact of varying climate change scenarios for the country to influence building designperformance for the buildingthroughout its life cycle. Projected climate changeweather data should be should be sourced in TRYs and DSYs and accordingto three projected time periods;2030s, 2050s and 2080s.

While not suitable for International, reference canbemade to the UK PROMETHEUSproject at Exeter Universitywhichproduced a number of futureweather files specific to different locations across the UK, created using the UKCP09 weathergenerator.Weather files produced under the PROMETHEUSproject are available at the following location:

emps.exeter.ac.uk/research/energy-environment/cee/projects/prometheus/


http://emps.exeter.ac.uk/research/energy-environment/cee/projects/prometheus/

Hea 05 Acoustic performance Health and wellbeing

Hea 05 Acoustic performance

(all buildings)



Aim

To ensure the building's acoustic performance, including sound insulationmeets the appropriate standards for its purpose.

Assessment criteria


— Prerequisite— Acoustic performance standards (up to 4 credits)

The following is required to demonstrate compliance for:

Prerequisite

1 A suitably qualified acoustician (SQA) (see Relevant definitions onpage 121) is appointed by the client at the appropriatestage in the procurement process (but no later than completionof outline design) to provide early design advice on:1.a External sources of noise impacting the chosen site1.b Site layout and zoning of the building for good acoustics1.c Acoustic requirements for users with special hearing and communicationneeds1.d Acoustic treatment of different zones and façades.

Acoustic performance standards for all building types except residential buildings and residentialinstitutions

One credit - indoor ambient noise and sound insulation

2 All unoccupied spaces complywith the indoor ambient noise level targets as detailed in themore rigorous of criteria 2.abelowor 2.b below:2.a Indoor ambient noise level targets within national building regulations or other appropriate good practice

standards2.b Where national building begulations or good practice standards do not exist for the building type or do not

provide indoor ambient noise targets, the indoor ambient noise levels complywith 'good practice' criteria levelsoutlined in Table 21 onpage 113

3 A SQA carries out ambient noisemeasurements to ensure that the relevant spaces achieve the required levels.Where themeasurements identify that spaces do not meet the standards, remedialworks are carried out and themeasurementsrepeated to confirm that the levels are achieved prior to handover and occupation.

4 The sound insulationbetweenacoustically sensitive rooms and other occupied areas complywith the privacy index, asdetailed in themore rigorous of criteria 4.a on the next page or 4.b on the next page:



4.a Sound insulationbetweenacoustically sensitive rooms and other occupied areas complywith targets withinnational regulations or other appropriate good practice standards

4.b Where relevant national regulations or good practice standards do not exist for the building type or do notprovide sound insulationperformance targets, the sound insulationbetweenacoustically sensitive rooms andother occupied areas complies with the following privacy index:Dw+L

AeqT>75.Where privacy is viewed to be

critical by the client or design team (e.g. doctor's consulting room, consulting roomwithin a bank) or where theroom is adjacent to a noisy space such as amusic room, the area should complywith anenhanced privacy index:Dw+L

AeqT>85.

— Dw is theweighted sound level difference between the two spaces— L

AeqTis themeasured indoor ambient noise level in the acoustically sensitive room (for the purposes of awarding

design stage credits, the design ambient noise level canbe used).

5 The source and receive room sound pressure levels fromwhichDw is determined aremeasured in accordancewith (EN)ISO140-4:1998 and rated in accordancewith (EN) ISO717-1:1996.Measurements must be based on finished, butunfurnished rooms, accounting for, and to include the effect of, any carpets and acoustically absorbent ceilings specified.

One credit - reverberation times

6 Rooms or areas used for speech (including meeting rooms and rooms for public speaking) or rooms used for musicperformance and rehearsal, achieve reverberation times as detailed in themore rigorous of criteria 6.a or 6.b and 6.c:6.a Demonstrate that the reverberation time or equivalent absorption area for relevant spaces complies with

targets within relevant national regulations or other appropriate good practice standards6.b Where relevant national regulations or good practice standards do not require the control of reverberation

time, achieve reverberation times compliant with Table 22 onpage 1146.c In addition, if relevant to the assessed building, all areas used for teaching, training and educational purposes

achieve reverberation times compliant with Table 23 onpage 114

Up to four credits - Acoustic performance standards for residential buildings and residentialinstitutions

7 The building meets the acoustic performance standards and testing requirements as detailed in themore rigorous ofEITHER:7.a Airborne and impact sound insulation values complywith the performance improvement standards, as

compared to the relevant national regulations outlined in Table 24 onpage 1157.b Airborne and impact sound insulation levels complywith the performance standards outlined in Table 25 on

page 115 unless otherwise stated within these criteria.

8 A programmeof pre-completion testing is carried out by a compliant test body EITHER:8.a Based on the normal programmeof testing described in the relevant national regulations for every group or

sub-group of rooms for residential purposes; this must demonstrate that the performance standards detailedwithin this issue are achieved OR

8.b Where there are no relevant national regulations in place, or they require laboratorymeasurements todemonstrate compliance, the programmeof on-site pre-completion testing must be carried out based on the'Frequencyof testing required'guidance (see Calculationprocedures in theMethodologyonpage 119) for everygroup or sub-group of rooms.

9 The number of credits awarded will depend on improvement to the national regulations determined according to Table24 onpage 115 or Table 25 onpage 115.Where commercial space is below the residential space, only airborne soundinsulation tests will be required.




Table 21:A selectionof good practice indoor ambient noise level targets in unoccupied spaces

Functionof area Indoor ambient noise level*

General spaces (staffrooms, restrooms) ≤ 40 dBLAeqT

Single occupancyoffices ≤ 40 dBLAeqT

Multiple occupancyoffices 40-50 dBLAeqT

Meeting rooms 35-40 dBLAeqT

Receptions 40-50 dBLAeqT

Spaces designed for speech, e.g. seminar or lecture rooms ≤ 35 dBLAeqT

Concert hall, theatre or auditoria ≤ 30 dBLAeqT

Informal café or canteenareas ≤ 50 dBLAeqT

Catering kitchens ≤ 50 dBLAeqT

Restaurant areas 40-55 dBLAeqT

Bars 40-45 dBLAeqT

Retail areas 50-55 dBLAeqT

Manualworkshops ≤ 55 dBLAeqT

Sound recording studios ≤ 30 dBLAeqT

Laboratories ≤ 40 dBLAeqT

Sports halls or swimming pools ≤ 55 dBLAeqT

Library areas 40-50 dBLAeqT

Hotel bedrooms <35 dBLAeqT

*Where ranges of noise levels are specified and privacy is not deemed by the final occupier to be an issue, it is acceptableto disregard the lower limit of the range and consider the noise level criteria to be lower thanor equal to the upper limitof the range41.



Table 22:Guide to reverberation time, T, at 500 Hz in unoccupied rooms for speech and music

Roomvolumem³

Reverberation time T*s

Speech Music

50 0.4 1.0

100 0.5 1.1

200 0.6 1.2

500 0.7 1.3

1000 0.9 1.5

2000 1.0 1.6

*Where the reverberation times stated above or in the referenced documents are not appropriate for the type of spaceor building being assessed, the acousticianmust confirmwhy this is the case. In addition, the acousticianmust setalternative appropriate reverberation times at the design stage and provide these to demonstrate compliance.

Table 23:Performance standards for reverberation in teaching and study spaces - mid-frequency reverberation time, Tmf, infinished but unoccupied and unfurnished rooms

Type of room(receiving room)

Tmf (seconds)*

OpenplanTeaching areasResource areas

< 0.8< 1.0

Lecture roomsSmall (fewer than50 people)Large (more than50 people)

< 0.8< 1.0

Recording studio 0.6-1.2

Control room for recording <0.5

Libraries < 1.0

Audio-visual, video conference rooms <0.8

*Tmf is the arithmetic average of the reverberation times in the 500 Hz, 1 kHz and 2 kHzoctave bands42.



Table 24:Airborne and impact sound insulationperformance improvement standards for national legislationor standards

Credits Credits awarded according to improvement over national legislation, standard or other definedbaseline

Airborne sound insulationdB

Impact sound insulationdB

Individual bedrooms & self-contained dwellings

1 Insulation values are at least 3dBhigher Insulation values are at least 3dB lower*



*The indexused to express impact sound insulation is usually based on the level of transmitted impact sound, such that alower measured value indicates greater resistance to impact sound transmission. If the converse for the locally definednational index is true, the credit award will be based on the same performance increase as detailed for the airbornesound insulation and anaccompanying statement from a SQA.

Table 25:Airborne and impact sound insulationperformance standards

Credits Credits awarded according to sound insulationperformance standards

Airborne sound insulationDnT,w+Ctr dB (minimum values)

Impact sound insulationL'nT,wdB (maximum values)

Individual bedrooms & self-contained dwellings

1 48 59

3 50 57

4 53 54

Compliance notes







Indoor ambient noise criteria:Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply (an alternativemethod to demonstrate compliance applies in this instance, refer to CN1.1 below forfurther information).

Sound insulation and reverberation criteria:Bothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.

CN1.1 Alternativemeansof demonstratingcompliance

The basic built form has a large impact on the acoustic performance of the building,and in the case of a shell only or shell and core development, this aspect of the buildwould be outside the control of the tenant. A SQAmust carry out a quantifiableassessment of the specificationof the build form, construction and any externalfactors that are likely to affect the indoor ambient noise levels. From this assessment,the SQAmust confirm that given a typical arrangement and fit-out specification for thebuilding type, the development is likely to meet the levels required to demonstratecompliancewith the BREEAMcriteria.Where the specific room functions and areas within the building are yet to be defined,the acousticianmust base their assessment on themost sensitive room type likely tobe present in the building, as a worst case. For example, in a retail assessment, wherethere are likely to be offices, the acoustician should make anassessment based on thisscenario.One credit canbe awarded where this has beenachieved.


CN2 Applicableassessment criteria- Single andmultiple dwellings

Bothoptions:Criteria 1 onpage 111, 6 onpage 112, 7 onpage 1128 onpage112and 9 onpage 112only apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

CN2.1 Single dwellingdefault case -Applies todetacheddwellings

Four credits are availablewhere there are no attached dwellings.

CN2.2 Attached multipledwellings whereseparating walls orfloors occur onlybetweennon-habitable rooms

Three credits are available.

Note: these criteria apply only to walls, floors and staircases that perform a dwelling todwelling separating function. Internal partitions are beyond the scope of this issue.

Country-specific




CN3 Other appropriategood practicestandards orregulations,

As detailed in the assessment criteria it is possible to use a national or local equivalentto the BREEAMrequirements stated;however this must be approved by BREGlobal.The approved standards and weightings list canbe used to check for previouslyapproved standards or to propose a newnational or local standard.

CN3.1 Building typeswithout areas'used for speech'

Where a building type does not have areas 'used for speech', it does not need tocomplywith the relevant 'reverberation times' criteria. In these instances, the creditavailable for reverberation canbe awarded bydefault where the building complieswith the indoor ambient noise level and sound insulation criteria.

CN3.2 Acousticallysensitive rooms

Where the term 'acoustically sensitive rooms' is referenced in this BREEAMissue, itrefers to any room or space the design team or client deems to be acousticallysensitive for the purposes of privacy, whichmay include the following types of spacesor rooms (where specified):1. Single and multiple occupancyoffices.2. Meeting, interview, consulting or treatment rooms.3. Rooms used for public speaking or seminars.4. Anyother room or space the design team or client deems to be acoustically

sensitive for the purposes of privacy.

CN3.3 Remedialworks Where a programmeof pre-completion testing identifies that spaces do not meet thestandards, remedialworks must be carried out prior to handover and occupation, andthe spaces retested to ensure compliance. Remedialworks must be carried out to allaffected and potentially affected areas, including rooms or spaces previouslyuntested of a similar construction and performance requirement. The test report, orcovering correspondence, should include a clear statement that the testing is inaccordancewith the required standard (where specified) or the BREEAMcriteria (Hea05 Acoustic performance onpage 111 and Hea 05 Acoustic performance onpage111 section), and include the relevant pass or fail criteria.

CN3.4 Privacy To increase the ambient noise level, where privacy is required or the ambient targetsinclude aminimum aswell as maximum limit, an artificial sound source or soundmasking systemmaybe required. Any artificial sound source or sound masking systemshould be installed and inoperation at the time of the acoustic testing to demonstratecompliance.

CN3.5 Reverberationtimes

Where the reverberation time required by the relevant standard is not appropriate forthe type of space or building being assessed, the SQAmust confirmwhy this is thecase. In addition the SQAmust set alternative appropriate reverberation times at thedesign stage and provide these to demonstrate compliance.

CN3.6 Programmeoftesting

It is not acceptable to undertake a shorter test programmedue to site readiness onthe dayof testing. If this issue arises additional testing should be scheduled. It maybethat testing at less than the typical regime identified would be acceptable in someinstances.Where this is the case, clear reasoning must be provided by the complianttest bodyprior to awarding the credits.





CN4 Multi-residential orother, residentialinstitutions.Rooms notcovered byresidential criteria.

Multi-residential and other residential institutions often contain amixture of 'non-residential' areas such as offices, small retail outlets, meeting rooms etc. and residentialareas, e.g. self-contained dwellings or rooms for residential purposes.Where less than5%of the floor area of the assessed building includes 'non-residential'areas, these areas do not need to be assessed, hence only the residential spaces needto be assessed against the residential criteria to demonstrate compliancewithcriterion7 onpage 112.Wheremore than5%of the floor area of the assessed building includes areas otherthan self-contained dwellings or rooms for residential purposes:

— If awarding 1 credit, only the self-contained dwellings or rooms for residentialpurposes need to be assessed to demonstrate compliance.

— If awarding 3 or 4 credits the 'non-residential' areas must meet the relevantcriteria for their function, and the self-contained dwellings or rooms forresidential purposes need to be assessed to demonstrate compliance.

The calculation for the percentage of floor area that is 'non- residential' should onlyinclude occupied spaces (as defined in BREEAMissueHea 01 Visual comfort onpage71).

CN4.1 Hotel type - Soundinsulation

Bedrooms in hotels must be considered acoustically sensitive rooms. Sound insulation(DnT,w) for partitions and floors between rooms and between rooms and corridorsshould be>50dB.

CN4.2 Residential only -Acoustic testing

Testing should be betweenhabitable rooms on the ground floor and at higher storeylevels, if applicable.Where there are not enough suitable separating walls or floors in adevelopment to carry out the number of tests specified in the relevant nationalregulations or standards, all of the available suitable separating walls or floors must betested.Note: separating walls canbe defined as thosewalls which separate dwellings.

CN4.3 Residential only -Mixed usedevelopments

For mixed use developments where commercial premises share a separating wall orfloor with residential spaces, a SQA shall propose anappropriate baselineperformancemaking reference to national or international guidance, or goodpractice.

CN4.4 Residential only -Commercial space

Where a commercial space is separated from a dwelling or room for residentialpurposes by a separating wall or floor, testing shall be carried out between thecommercial space and dwelling, with the commercial space being used as the sourceroom irrespective of the volume.

CN4.5 Residential only -Pre-completiontesting

No pre-completion testing is required where separating walls or floors only occurbetweennon-habitable rooms, or non-habitable rooms and other spaces. In suchcases, three credits canbe awarded following anassessment by a SQA confirmingthat the constructions detailed would be capable of achieving the relevantperformance requirements. No pre-completion testing is required where thedwellings are detached. In such cases, four credits canbe awarded bydefault.




CN4.6 Residential only -Measurementprocedures

TheAdditional informationonpage 121 sectionoutlines the requirements forcarrying out measurements and calculations to demonstrate compliancewith thisBREEAMissue. The appointed acousticianmust confirm that the acoustic performancehas beenmeasured or calculated in accordancewith these procedures.Where theacoustician has felt it necessary to deviate from these procedures, theymust givejustifiable reasons why theyhave done so.

Methodology

Testing, measurement and calculation procedures; non-residential only

Where specific guidance on testing,measurement and calculation is not stated in the criteria tables above for the relevantbuilding type, or within the relevant standard or guidance referenced, the following procedures canbe followed by theacousticianwhenmeasuring or calculating the levels required to demonstrate compliancewith this BREEAMissue.

Measurements of sound insulation (airborne and impact) should bemade in accordancewith the relevant part of the ISO16283 series.. For measurements of reverberation time, the relevant principles of ISO354:2003 should be used and theguidance provided in ISO16283-1:2014 should be followed in respect of the number of source and microphone positions,and decaymeasurements. For measurements of ambient noise, whenno specific guidance is available, the followingprocedures should be used.

1. Noise from both internal sources (e.g. mechanical ventilation systems, plant noise, noise-making systems) and externalsources (e.g. traffic noise transmitted via the building façade) should be included, and, wherewindows are openable aspart of the ventilation strategy, these should be assumed to be open for the purposes of calculations and open formeasurements. If openablewindows are not part of the background or permanent ventilation strategy, then theseshould be assumed to be closed for the purposes of calculation and closed for measurements.

2. Noise from occupants and office equipment (e.g. computers) should not be included in themeasurements.3. Unless otherwise stated in the referenced document, a rate of testing of at least 1in 10rooms or spaces of each

performance level shall be subject to on-site performance testing.4. Measurements should bemade in at least four rooms inwhichnoise levels canbe expected to be greatest either

because they are on the noisiest façade or because they are ona naturally ventilated façade.5. Where different ventilation strategies are used,measurements should be conducted in rooms utilising each strategy.

Otherwise,measurements should bemade in rooms on the noisiest façade.6. T in L

AeqTis taken as the durationof the normalworking day (typically 8 hours between09.00 and 17.00).

7. Measurements need not bemade over a period of 8 hours if a shorter measurement period canbe used. In this case,measurements should bemadewhenexternal noise levels are representative of normal conditions throughout the day.

8. Measurement periods less than30 minutes maygive representative values for indoor ambient noise levels and maybeutilised where this is the case. However, measurement periods shorter than5 minutes should not be used.

9. Measurements should be taken in aminimum of three locations in rooms at a height of 1.2m above the floor level andat least 1m away from any surface.

10. Where relevant, measurement of airborne sound insulationbetween teaching spaces should be conducted betweenone in four pairs of adjacent rooms (or teaching spaces) of each room type or performance requirement category andconstruction type.

11. Where relevant, measurement of impact sound pressure level should be conducted inone in four teaching spaces(separated from rooms above) of each room type or performance requirement category and construction type.

12. Themeasured level of ambient noise should be used to determine compliancewith the criteria for acoustically sensitiverooms. If at the time of acoustic commissioning it is not possible to measure ambient noise levels in the absence ofconstructionor other extraneous noise sources that will not be present when the building is complete, then, formechanical services the lower level of 35 dB, L

Aeqor the lowest design limit for the acoustically sensitive space should be

used.



The above is intended as guidance for undertaking acoustic testing or measurements to demonstrate compliancewith theperformance requirements in BREEAM. If the acoustician has felt it necessary to deviate from the above procedures, theyshould provide a reason for doing so and confirm that the alternative procedures are adequate for demonstrating that thebuilding meets the acoustic performance requirements.

Testing, measurement and calculation procedures; residential buildings and residential institutionsonly

Frequency of testing

When the country does not have legislation regarding frequencyof testing, the following guidance belowsets out thenumber of airborne or impact sound insulation tests to be conducted oneachgroup or sub-group. A unit is either a flat or ahouse.Where units contain a single habitable room, i.e. bedsits, the number of tests required is halved.

The following guidance and examples onhow to define groups and sub-groups is provided:

— The number of units within eachgroup or sub-group shall be rounded up to the nearest 10.— For every 10units within the same group or sub-group aminimum of one set of tests shall be undertaken.

Table 26:Compositionof test set

Type of testing Houses Apartments

Number of tests

Airborne sound insulation test ofseparating walls betweenunits

2 2

Airborne sound insulation test ofseparating floors betweenunits

N/A 2

Impact sound insulation tests ofseparating floors betweenunits

N/A 2

Example of testing series and compliance

Example 1

If a development consists of three houses;one set of tests will be required:

— Two airborne sound insulation tests of separating walls betweenhouse units.

Example 2

If a development comprises 42 houses and 59 apartments; then five sets of tests betweenhouses and 6 sets of testsbetweenapartments will be required:

— 10 airborne sound insulation tests of separating walls betweenhouses units— 12 airborne sound insulation tests of separating walls betweenapartments— 12 airborne sound insulation tests of separating floors betweenapartments,— 12 impact sound insulation tests of separating floors betweenapartments.



Evidence


All (non-residentialtype)

Professional report or study andcalculations from the acoustician.Letter of appointment or otherconfirmationdemonstrating when theacousticianwas appointed.The relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract, or aformal letter from the project teamregarding commitments.

Professional field report or study and calculationsfrom the acousticianpost-constructiondemonstrating compliancewith the relevant creditcriteria.Evidence, such as a formal letter from the acousticianor their test report confirming that theymeetBREEAM’s definitionof a SQA.Where remediationworks have been carried out, aprofessional field report or study and calculationsfrom the acousticianpost-completionof theworksdemonstrating compliancewith the creditrequirements.

All (residentialbuildings andresidentialinstitutions)

Where pre-completion testing will becarried out, a letter from the developerconfirming the intent to:1. Meet the relevant sound insulation

performance levels.2. Use a compliant test body to

complete testing.

Copies of the sound insulation field test results or aletter of confirmation that the required soundinsulationperformance standards as detailed in theassessment criteria have beenachieved ANDEvidence that the tests have been carried out by aCompliant Test Body.



DwWeighted level differenceSingle number quantity that characterises airborne sound insulationbetween rooms, but which is not adjusted toreference conditions. Note:Weighted level difference is used to characterise the insulationbetween rooms in abuilding as they are; values cannot normally be compared withmeasurements made under other conditions (see (EN)ISO717-1).

Acoustically sensitive roomsWhere the term 'acoustically sensitive rooms' is referenced in this BREEAMissue, it refers to any room or space thedesign team or client deems to be acoustically sensitive for the purposes of privacy, whichmay include the followingtypes of space or rooms (where specified):1. Cellular offices2. Meeting,r interview,r consulting or treatment rooms.In addition:1. Educational buildings or spaces: rooms for teaching and learning, i.e. classrooms, lecture theatres2. Rooms used for public speaking or seminars3. Anyother room or space the design team or client deems to be acoustically sensitive for the purposes of privacy.

Compliant test body



A compliant test body is defined as :1. Organisations who are accredited by amember of the InternationalAccreditation Forum (IAF:www.iaf.nu) to the

appropriate scopeOR2. Organisations who canprovide evidence that they follow the relevant principles of ISO/IEC 17024 (Conformity

assessment - General requirements for bodies operating certificationof persons)43 in relation to BREEAMrequirements.

GroupsGrouping should be carried out according to the following criteria; rooms for residential purposes should beconsidered as three separate groups. In addition, if significant differences in construction type occur within anyofthese groups, sub-groups should be established accordingly.

Sub-groupsRooms for residential purposes; sub-grouping should be by type of separating floor and type of separating wall. Theconstructionof flanking elements (i.e. elements above, belowand oneither side of the space, for examplewalls,floors, cavities) and their junctions are also important.Where there are significant differences between flanking details,further sub-grouping will be necessary. Sub-grouping maynot be necessary for rooms for residential purposes thathave the same separating wall or separating floor construction, with the same associated flanking constructions, andwhere the room dimensions and layouts are broadly similar. Some rooms for residential purposes maybeconsidered to have unfavourable features; an example could be apartments with large areas of flanking wallwithouta windowat the gable end. It would be inappropriate for these to be included as part of a group and these shouldform their own sub-groups.

Habitable roomsFor the purpose of this issue, habitable rooms include any roomwhere individuals will sit or lie down, and require areasonably quiet environment to concentrate or rest. Such rooms are bedrooms, living rooms, dining rooms, studies,as well as kitchen-dining and kitchen-living rooms.

Multiple occupancyofficesOffice space that is not cellular in nature, i.e. it is openplan, and designed to accommodatemore than two deskspaces or workstations.

Non-habitable roomsFor the purpose of this issue, non-habitable rooms include any room that is not considered a habitable room (asdefined above). This includes rooms such as kitchens, bathrooms, toilets, hallways, garages and laundry rooms.

Occupied spacesRefer to BREEAMissueHea 01 Visual comfort onpage 71 and note that for BREEAMissueHea 05 Acousticperformance there is a specific, unrelated, definitionof Unoccupied spaces on the facing pagewith reference toacoustic testing and measurement, see Compliance notes onpage 115 for details.

Pre-completion sound testingTests should be carried out once the build is essentially complete, but maybe carried out prior to or post decoration.In the case of dwellings, unless stated otherwisewithin relevant national building regulations or standards, the impactsound insulation tests should be carried out before floor finishes such as carpets, wood flooring or vinyl coveringshave been installed.

Room for residential purposesA room, or a suite of roomswhich is not a dwelling (house or a flat) and which is used byone or more persons to liveand sleep. It includes a room in a hostel, hotel, boarding house, hall of residence or residential home,whether or notthe room is separated from or arranged in a cluster group withother rooms, but does not include a room in ahospital, or other similar establishment, used for patient accommodation.

Suitably qualified acoustician (SQA)An individual achieving all the following items canbe considered to be 'suitably qualified' for the purposes of aBREEAMassessment:


http://iaf.nu/


1. Holds a degree, PhD or equivalent qualification in acoustic or sound testing.2. Has aminimum of three years relevant experience (within the last five years). Suchexperiencemust clearly

demonstrate a practical understanding of factors affecting acoustics in relation to construction and the builtenvironment; including acting in an advisory capacity to provide recommendations for suitable acousticperformance levels and mitigationmeasures.

3. An individualwho holds a recognised acoustic qualification and membership of an appropriate professionalbody.

Where a SQA is verifying the acousticmeasurements or calculations carried out by another acousticianwho does notmeet the SQA requirements, theymust, as a minimum, have read and reviewed the report and confirm inwriting thatthey have found it to:1. Represent sound industry practice2. Be appropriate given the building being assessed and scope of works proposed3. Avoid invalid, biased and exaggerated recommendations.Additionally, written confirmation from the third party verifier that they complywith the definitionof a SQA isrequired.

Single occupancyofficesCellular office space designed to accommodate one or two deskspaces or workstations (typically no greater than10m²).

Unoccupied spacesWhere the term 'unoccupied space' is referenced in this BREEAMissue it refers to the nature of the space for thepurpose of carrying acoustic calculations or measurements, i.e. suchmeasurements must be carried out when thespace is unoccupied and therefore devoid of any sources of noise.

Weighted standardised level differences (DnT,w

)HTM08-01 defines this as the 'unit for rating airborne sound insulationon-site'.

Weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w

)HTM08-01 defines this as the 'unit for rating impact airborne sound insulationon-site'.

Other information

Noise rating (NR) curves

Noise assessments based onNRcurves are oftenused bybuilding services consultants to predict internal noise levels due tomechanical ventilation systems. However, the BREEAMrequirement uses the indoor ambient noise level, L

Aeq,Twhich includes

external noise transmitted via the façade as well as internal noise such as that frommechanical ventilation systems. In theabsence of strong low frequency noise, L

Aeq,Tcanbe estimated from theNRvalue using the following formula: L

Aeq,T≈ NR+6

dB. Therefore, if theNRvalue is known, but not the sound pressure levels in the individual frequencybands, an estimate for theindoor ambient noise level L

Aeq,Tcan still be determined from theNRvalue for the building services noise. The L

Aeq,Tfor the

external noise transmitted via the façademust thenbe combined with the LAeq,T

for the building services.



Hea 06 Accessibility



(all buildings)



Aim

To recognise and encourage effectivemeasures that promote safe and secure use, and access to and from the building.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Safe access

1 Dedicated cycle lanes are provided whichmeet the following minimumwidthdimensions:1.a Where pedestrian and cycle routes are shared, theminimum totalwidthof the combined path is 3.0m1.b Where the cycle lane is segregated from both the pedestrian route and carriageway, theminimumwidthof the

cycle path is 2.0m and the pedestrianpath is 1.5m1.c Where the cycle route forms a part of the carriageway, theminimumwidthof the lane is 1.5m.

2 Dedicated cycle paths provide direct access from the site entrances to any cycle storage provided, without the need todeviate from the cycle path and, if relevant, connect to off-site cycle paths (or other appropriate safe route)where theserun adjacent to the development’s site boundary.

3 Footpaths on-site provide direct access from the site entrances to the building entrances and connect to publicfootpaths off-site (where existing), providing practical and convenient access to local transport nodes and other off-siteamenities (where existing).

4 Where provided, drop-off areas are designed off, or adjoining, the access road and provide direct access to pedestrianfootpaths, therefore avoiding the need for the pedestrian to cross vehicle access routes.

5 Dedicated pedestrian crossings are provided where pedestrian routes cross vehicle access routes, and appropriatetraffic calming measures are in place to slow traffic downat these crossing points.

6 For large developments with a highnumber of public users or visitors, pedestrian footpaths must be signposted toother local amenities and public transport nodes off-site (where existing).

7 The lighting for access roads, pedestrian routes and cycle lanes is compliant with the external lighting criteria defined inHea 01 Visual comfort onpage 71, i.e. in accordancewith the national best practice road lighting guide.

Where vehicle delivery access and drop-off areas form part of the assessed development, the following apply:

8 Delivery areas are not directly accessed throughgeneral parking areas and do not cross or share pedestrian and cyclistroutes, and other outside amenity areas accessible to building users and general public.

9 There is a dedicated parking or waiting area for goods vehicles with appropriate separation from themanoeuvring areaand staff and visitor car parking.

10 Parking and turning areas are designed for simplemanoeuvring according to the type of delivery vehicle likely to accessthe site, thus avoiding the need for repeated shunting.



11 There is a dedicated space for the storage of refuse skips and pallets away from the delivery vehiclemanoeuvring areaand staff or visitor car parking (if appropriate given the building type or function).

Inclusive and accessible design (non-residential only)

One credit

12 The building is designed to be fit for purpose, appropriate and accessible by all potential users.

13 Anaccess strategy is developed in linewithChecklist A2. The access strategy addresses, as a minimum, access to andthroughout the development for all users, with particular emphasis on the following:13.a Disabled users; addressing and proposing design solutions that remove obstacles that define disability13.b People of different age groups, genders, ethnicity and fitness levels13.c Parents with children (where appropriate to building use or type).

14 Facilities are provided for future building occupants and users (see Compliance notes below) including, where relevant,facilities that canbe shared and are accessible to members of the public or communitywithout gaining uncontrolledaccess to other parts of the building (unless security processes and procedures prohibit this).

Inclusive and accessible design (residential buildings and residential institutions only)

Two credits

15 Where there are national best practice standards or local legislation in place that cover (as aminimum) the LifetimeHomes checklist requirements (see Checklist A4), the assessed development must ensure compliancewith thesestandards or legislation.

16 Where the country of assessment does not have a compliant local standard the developer or designer must confirm(using Checklist A4) that the assessed development meets all of the LifetimeHomes criteria.


None.

Compliance notes










Safe access: criteria 1to 11 on the previous pageBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.

Inclusive and accessible design (non-residential only): criteria 12 on the previouspageto 14 on the previous pageBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.

Inclusive and accessible design (residential only): criteria 15 on the previous pageto 16on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.


Safe access: criteria 1 onpage 125 to 11 on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Inclusive and accessible design (non-residential only): criteria 12 on the previouspageto 14 on the previous pageBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.

Inclusive and accessible design (non-residential only): criteria 15 on the previouspageto 16 on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General

CN3 Developmentdoes not have anyexternal site areas.See criteria 1 onpage 125 to 11on the previouspage.

The safe access criteria apply only to developments that have areas external to theassessed building and within the boundary of the assessed development (regardlessof whether o r not that external area is or will be the responsibility of the futurebuilding occupant). This includes external parking areas. If the assessed building doesnot have any external areas and access to the building is direct from the public highwayor footpath, i.e. there is no on-site vehicle access and parking areas, then the criteriaconcerning safe access are not applicable. In such instances the two available creditsmust be assessed and awarded based on compliancewith the security criteria.

CN3.1 Covered parkingarea See criteria 2onpage 125 to11 on theprevious page.

Where the assessed building has no external areas but does have a covered parkingfacility, and cyclists or pedestrians or delivery vehicles access the building via this area,then the relevant safe access criteria apply and this areamust be assessed againstthose criteria.




CN3.2 Delivery accessthroughparkingareas (smallersites anddeliveries)See criteria 2 onpage 125 to 11onpage 126(apart from 8 onpage 125).

Criterion8 onpage 125 (delivery access throughgeneral parking areas) canberelaxed for smaller sites if it canbe confirmed that the building is of anoperationaltype and sizewhich is likely to mean that all deliveries to the building will bemade bysmall vans and not heavygoods vehicles.

CN3.3 No vehicle deliveryand manoeuvringareasSee criteria 2 onpage 125 to 7 onpage 125.

The criteria concerning vehicle delivery access is not applicablewhere dedicateddelivery access and drop-off areas do not form part of the assessed development.

CN3.4 Dedicatedfootpaths fromcar parkingspaces

Where it is not practical to provide dedicated footpaths from eachparking spacewithin a car park, it is expected that design teams take every practicalmeasure toensure the safety of pedestrians. In general terms, as aminimum, a safe pedestrianroute should be provided from the pedestrian exit of the car park to the buildingentrance. For larger car parks it would be beneficial to provide footpaths at regularintervals across it, to aid safe access from the car to the building entrance, and thedesign team should demonstrate that they have achieved this as far as is practical.

CN3.5 Shared facilities No criteria have been set in this respect as the types of space or facilities will varyaccording to the building size, type, use and consultation feedback. Typical facilitiesthat could be shared withothers might include:1. Sports facilities2. Meeting and conference rooms3. Amenity space for staff or visitors (internal or external).

CN3.6 Existing facilities Where existing facilities are present on-site that complywith the shared facilitiesassessment criteria (including the involvement of users and the community in theconsultation stage), the credits canbe awarded. These facilities could bewithin anexisting building that does not form part of the assessment, provided the building isaccessible to all relevant building users.

CN3.7 Potential users ofshared facilities

Potential users of shared facilities are identified as appropriate and can include all oranyof the following (if relevant to the building type and use):1. Extra-curricular users and uses2. Local authority or other provider of local community services3. Local residents4. Adult education5. Volunteer groups6. Local businesses7. Operators or members of clubs and community groups.



Methodology

None.

Evidence



Designdrawings (including a scaled site plan), orrelevant sections of the specificationhighlighting allnecessary compliant features and dimensions.Whereapplicable, confirmation that theminimumrequirements as set out in the approved standards andweightings list aremet.

Assessor’s building or siteinspection and photographicevidence confirming compliance or‘as-built’ site plan and designdetails.


The access strategy.Designdrawings, or relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspectionreport and photographic evidence.


A completed Checklist A4 indicating commitment tocomplywith all applicable points from 1–16, signed bythe developer. Drawings or a copyof specificationconfirming compliancewith items inChecklist A4.

A completed as-built Checklist A4indicating compliancewith allapplicable points from 1–16.BREEAMAssessor’s site inspectionreport and photographic evidenceor ‘as-built’ drawings.



External site areasAreas external to the assessed building, but within the development’s site boundary, which contain vehicle orpedestrian access roads or pathways to the building, parking, unloading and drop-off areas.

Other information

None.



Hea 07 Hazards

(all buildings)


1 No

Aim

To reduce or negate the impact of a natural hazard on the building.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 A riskassessment is carried out at the outline proposal or concept design stage by anappropriate person, or persons, toidentify anypotential natural hazards in the regionof the development .

2 Where a potential hazard is identified,mitigationmeasures appropriate to the level of risk should be identified by anappropriate persons and implemented.


None.

Compliance notes




Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.



Hea 07 Hazards Health and wellbeing


CN2 Applicableassessmentcriteria -Single andmultipledwellings

BothOptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionof residentialassessment options.

General

CN3 Where no riskis identifiedor whereflooding isidentified asthe only risk

Where no risks are identified, this issuewill not be included in the assessment.Where flooding is the only risk identified, this issuewill not be included in the assessment asflooding is addressed in BREEAMissuePol 03.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


1 on the previouspage- 2 on theprevious page

A copyof the natural hazards riskassessment.A letter from the appropriate personconfirming their compliancewith thedefinitionof an appropriate person.Confirmationof the timing of the naturalhazard assessment within the planof works.

As design stage.

2 on the previouspage

Where applicable, a copyof the naturalhazard riskassessment detailing themitigationmeasures appropriate to the levelof risk for the site.AND EITHERA copyof the relevant sectionof thespecification requiring the principalcontractor to implement themitigationmeasures identifiedORA letter from the client or design teammember confirming that the specificationwillrequire the principal contractor to implementthe appropriate person's recommendations.

Assessor's building inspectionor siteinspection (or as-built drawings) andphotographic evidence confirming that themitigationmeasures have been implementedin linewith the appropriate person'srecommendations and specification.





Natural hazardNatural processes or phenomena occurring in the biosphere or crust that may constitute a damaging event. The listbelow is not intended to be exhaustive, but provides an indicationof the type of hazards that should be consideredto meet the definition. Other natural hazards maybe relevant under this issue. Relevancewill be dependent on localgeography, geology, hydrology and climate factors and the assessor should be satisfied that appropriate localexpertise has been sought by the client or design team to identify these fully:1. Floods (addressed in Pol 03 Surfacewater run-off onpage 389 )2. Natural disasters of geological origin such as volcanic eruptions, earthquakes and landslides3. Natural disasters of climatic or meteorological origin such as droughts, avalanches, wave surges including

tsunamis and tidalwaves, and wind storms including cyclones, hurricanes, tornadoes, tropical storms, andtyphoons

4. Wildfires.

Natural disasterA serious disruptionof the functioning of a community or a society, causing widespread human,material, economicor environmental losses which exceed the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its ownresources.

Appropriate personsAn individual (or individuals)with relevant technical and professional experience suitable to:

— Determine the potential for natural hazards in the regionof the development,— Determine the likely impacts on the site, building and locality, and subsequently identify appropriate

mitigationmeasures.This maybe amember (or members) of the design team or a specialist, independent to the design and constructionprocess. This (or these) individuals should practice to, and abide by, a professional code of conduct or similar.

Other information

Please note that this issue is not attempting to define all possible risks and hazards that maybe present, but insteadencouraging the process of risk identification, assessment and mitigation.

Natural hazard, natural disaster, and riskassessment: The definitions used within this issue are sourced from the InternationalStrategy for Disaster Reductionhttp://www.unisdr.org/.


http://www.unisdr.org/

http://www.unisdr.org/

Hea 08 Private space Hea 08 Private space

Hea 08 Private space

(residential only)


1 Yes

Aim

To provide anexternal spacewhichgives occupants privacy and a sense of wellbeing.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 The outdoor space (private or semi-private)must complywith the following requirements:1.a Is of a size that allows all occupants to sit outside1.b Is accessible for all occupants, including wheelchair users1.c Is accessible only to occupants of designated dwellings.

2 The outdoor spaces need to be adjacent, or in close proximity to the dwellings and meet theminimum size requirements(see Compliance notes below).


None.

Compliance notes




Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.


Hea 08 Private space BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016




Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionof residentialassessment options.

General

CN3 Extensions toexistingbuildings

There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific toextensionprojects.

CN3.1 Minimumspacerequirements

Subject to anyhigher requirements arising from national regulations or established nationalbest practice, these are to be set at a levelwhich is compliant with the following:1. For private space:1.5m²per bedroom2. For semi-private space, i.e. shared access by all dwelling occupants:1.0m²per

bedroom.

CN3.2 Outdoorspaces

The following are representative examples of outdoor spaces:1. A private garden2. A communal gardenor courtyard, providing a pleasant and secluded environment

large enough for all occupants of designated dwellings to share and designed in a waythat makes it clear that the space is only to be used byoccupants of designateddwellings

3. Balconies4. Terraces (roof or other)5. Patios.

CN3.3 Non-compliantoutdoorspace

'Juliet' balconies generally do not complywith the criteria as they are too small to provide anexternal space. Enclosed areas, such as conservatories, do not complywith the criteria.

CN3.4 Accessibleonly tooccupants ofdesignateddwellings

The designof the space, its boundaries and its relationship with the designated dwellingshould make it clear that the space is only for the use of occupants.

Methodology

None.


Hea 08 Private space Hea 08 Private space

Evidence


All Drawings or a copyof specificationconfirming:The number of bedrooms served by theoutdoor spaceThat the outdoor spacemeets theminimumsize requirements and is located adjacent orclose to the dwelling ANDWhere a shared outdoor space is provided,details of the security and controlarrangements for access.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or ‘as-built’ drawings.



None.

Other information

None.



Hea 09 Water quality


Hea 09Water quality Health and wellbeing

(all buildings)


1 Yes (criterion1 belowonly)

Aim

To minimise the riskof water contamination in building services and ensure the provisionof clean, fresh sources of water forbuilding users.

Assessment criteria


One credit

Building services water systems: minimising risk of contamination

1 Allwater systems in the building are designed in compliancewith themeasures outlined in the relevant national healthand safety best practice guides or regulations to minimise the riskof microbial contamination, e.g. legionellosis.

2 Where humidification is required, a failsafe humidification system is provided.

Building occupants: Provision of fresh drinking water (commercial and education buildings only)

3 Awholesome supply of accessible potable drinking water is supplied as follows in the permanently staffed areas:3.a Point-of-usewater coolers3.b Provision in each staff kitchenette, or in a suitable locationoneach floor level, and in a staff canteen (if provided).


None.

Compliance notes







Building services water systems: minimising risk of contamination, criteria 1 on the previouspageand 2 on the previous pageShell only: These criteria are not applicable.Option2

Building occupants: Provisionof freshdrinking water, criterion3 on the previous pageBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.



Building services water systems: minimising risk of contamination, criteria 1 on the previouspageand 2 on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Building occupants: Provisionof freshdrinking water, criterion3 on the previous pageBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General

CN3 Nationalhealth andsafety bestpracticeguides

Please refer to the country-specific reference sheet to find the appropriate health andsafety best practice guides in the country of assessment. Alternatively, please demonstrateapplicability as follows:

— Theminimum requirements as set out in the approved standards and weightingslist are covered by the proposed documents

— Where no appropriate reference document exists for a country, the design teamshould demonstrate compliance using the UK alternative as listed in each relevantcountry reference sheet.

CN3.1 Failsafehumidificationsystem

A failsafe humidification system is onewhere failure of the system that sterilises thewatervapour results in the entire humidification system initiating a shut down. This shut down,therefore, avoids any riskof building users being exposed to untreated and potentiallycontaminated water until the systems failure is corrected. Steam humidification is anexample of a failsafe system.

CN3.2 Newbuildextensions toexistingbuildings

If the new-build extension and existing building will share the same services or watersystems, then the existing systemsmust be assessed against the criteria regardless ofwhether the existing building forms a part of the assessment or not. If the extension isserved by independent systems, only these need be assessed against the assessmentcriteria.If it is the intention that building users of the newextensionwill usewater systems in theexisting building, then it must be confirmed that the existing systems complywith thecriteria.


Hea 09Water quality Health and wellbeing


CN3.3 Shell only andpartially fittedbuildings

Compliancewith this BREEAMissue in shell only buildings canbe demonstrated via one ofthe following means in shell only buildings or areas:1. Option1 – Use of a tenancy lease agreement between the developer and tenants (full

value of available credits)2. Option2 – AGreenBuilding Guide for tenant fit-outs (half the value of the available

credits)3. Option3 – Developer and tenant collaboration (full value of available credits)Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.Buildings that are not being fully fitted can complywith the drinking water criteria where thedeveloper has provided the necessary infrastructure for installation (e.g. water supply,electricity supply, dedicated space etc.), but not the actual fitting or dispenser (which couldbe rented or fitted by the end-occupier).

CN3.4 Microbialcontaminationand theAssessor’sreportingresponsibility

The BREEAMAssessor is not required to confirm that the design is compliant with therelevant standards; this is the responsibility of the design team. The assessor is simplyrequired to record, for the purposes of validation, whether or not the design teamconfirms it has complied.

CN3.5 Non-compliantpoint-of-usewaterdispensers

The following types of water dispensers do not complywith the criteria of this BREEAMissue:1. Drinking water fountains, as they are difficult to keep in a hygienic condition, and do

not encourage users to consume adequate fluid intake.2. Mains fed taps in toilet areas (note: taps in kitchenareas are compliant).3. Bottled water from vending machines or over the counter.


CN4 Hotel type For the Provisionof freshdrinking water credit, in addition to potable drinking water inpermanently staffed areas (criterion3), the following should also bemet:

4 Awholesome supply of accessible potable drinking water is supplied in public areas:4.a Point-of-usewater coolers4.b Provision in the foyer or lobby and gym or fitness suitewhere present4.c If potablewater is available in eachbedroom, a point-of-usewater cooler is

accessible from all keypublic spaces, i.e. bar, lounge, lobby, entrance hall orreception, restaurant.

4.d If potablewater is not available in eachbedroom, a point-of-usewater cooleris accessible from all keypublic spaces, i.e. bar, lounge, lobby, entrance hall orreception, restaurant AND specified in public areas next to key access points(lifts and stairwells) to eachbedroom floor or area

Methodology

None.



Evidence

Req Design stage Post-construction stage


The relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.

A formal letter of declaration from the designteam, principal contractor or installer of therelevant systems confirming compliance.BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or as-built drawings.

3 onpage 137 Designdrawings. BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or as-built drawings.



Water systemsFor the purpose of this issue, this refers to:1. Cooling towers2. Evaporative condensers3. Domestic hot and cold water systems4. Other plant and systems containing water which is likely to exceed 20°C and whichmay release a sprayor aerosol

during operationor whenbeing maintained, for example:a. Humidifiers and air washersb. Spa baths and poolsc. Car or bus washesd. Wet scrubberse. Indoor fountains and water features.

Legionnaires' diseaseA type of pneumonia caused by the bacterium Legionella pneumophilia. People catch Legionnaires'disease byinhaling small droplets of water suspended in the air, which contain the bacteria.

Point of usewater coolerWater coolers that are plumbed directly into themains water supply and drainage. The advantage of water coolers istwofold: their appearance is modern and appealing to users and most offer both chilled and ambient temperaturewater.

PotablewaterWater suitable for human consumption that does not contain anymicro-organism, parasite or substance at aconcentrationor valuewhichwould constitute a potential danger to humanhealth.

Other information

None.


Energy

7.0 Energy

Category overview

Summary

This category encourages the specification and designof energy efficient building solutions, systems and equipment thatsupport the sustainable use of energy in the building and sustainablemanagement in the building's operation. Issues in thissection assess measures to improve the inherent energy efficiencyof the building, encourage the reductionof carbonemissions and support efficient management throughout the operational phase of the building's life.



15 — Recognise improvements in the energyperformance of thebuilding above national building regulations in relation to heatingand cooling energydemand, primary energy consumption andcarbondioxide emissions.

— Encouraging steps taken to reduce energydemand throughbuilding design and systems specification.

Ene 02a Energymonitoring 2 — Energymetering systems are installed to enable energyconsumption to be assigned to end uses.

— Sub-meters are provided for highenergy load and tenancy areas.

Ene 02b Energymonitoring 2 — Specificationof energydisplay devices.

Ene 03 External lighting 1 — Specificationof energy efficient light fittings for external areas ofthe development and controls to prevent use during daylighthours or whennot needed.

Ene 04 Lowcarbondesign 3 — Analysis of the proposed building design and development isundertaken to identify opportunities for and encourage theadoptionof passive design solutions, including free cooling.

— A feasibility studyhas been carried out to establish themostappropriate on-site or near-site lowor zero carbon (LZC) energysources for the building or development and is specified.

Ene 05 Energy efficient coldstorage

2 — The refrigeration system, its controls and components have beendesigned, installed and commissioned in accordancewithappropriate codes and standards and demonstrates a saving inindirect greenhouse gas emissions (CO₂e.) over the course of itsoperational life.


Energy BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016


Ene 06 Energy efficienttransport systems

3 — Ananalysis of the transport demand and usage patterns isundertaken to determine the optimum number and size of lifts,escalators or moving walks.

— Energy efficient installations are specified.

Ene 07 Energy efficientlaboratory systems

5 — Client engagement to determine occupant requirements anddefine laboratory performance criteria to optimise energydemand of the laboratory facilities.

— Specificationof best practice energy efficient equipment andmeasures as appropriate.

Ene 08 Energy efficientequipment

2 — Identificationof the building's unregulated energy consumingloads whichhave amajor impact on the total unregulated energydemand.

— Demonstrate ameaningful reduction in the total unregulatedenergydemand of the building.

Ene 09 Drying space 1 — Provisionof adequate internal or external space and equipment.


Energy

Ene 01 Reductionof energy use and carbonemissions

(all buildings)


15 Yes

Aim

To recognise and encourage buildings designed to minimise operational Energydemand onpage 153, Primary energyconsumptiononpage 153 and CO₂emissions.

Assessment criteria


Option 1 – Use of Approved Building Energy Calculation Software

Up to 15 credits - Energy performance

1 Calculate an Energy Performance Ratio for InternationalNewConstructions (EPRINC) onpage 153 ( EPRINC). Compare

the EPRINCachieved with the benchmarks in above and award the corresponding number of BREEAMcredits.

Table 27: Ene 01 EPRINC

benchmarkscale

BREEAMcredits

EPRINC

Minimum requirements

1 0.06 To achieve one or more credits requires an improvement on the above level asdefined in above.

2 0.12

3 0.18

4 0.24

5 0.3

6 0.36 BREEAMExcellent requires aminimum EPRINC

of 0.36 (6 credits).

7 0.42

8 0.48

9 0.54



BREEAMcredits

EPRINC

Minimum requirements

10 0.6 BREEAMOutstanding requires aminimum EPRINC

0.6 (10 credits).

11 0.66

12 0.72

13 0.78

14 0.84

15 0.9 15 credits require aminimum EPRINC

of 0.90 (15 credits) and Zero net regulatedcarbonemissions onpage 154

A descriptionof how the EPRINCis calculated from a building's modelled operational energyperformance, primary energy

consumption and CO₂emissions is provided in theMethodologyonpage 149section. AMethodologyonpage 149

Option 2 – Energy efficient design features

Up to 10 credits

2 WhereOption1 is not available or feasible in the country of assessment, the energyperformance of the building isdetermined using Option2 Checklist A5 – Ene01 - Energy efficient features.

3 A suitable qualified energymodelling engineer or accredited professional has confirmed Option1 is unsuitable. Option2has beenadopted to Checklist A5 – Ene01 - Energy efficient features determine the number of credits awarded forEne01 issue.

4 The Suitably qualified energymodelling engineer and or accredited professional onpage 154 has confirmed the itemsselected within the checklist are appropriate to the building type and local climatic conditions to award amaximum of 10of the available credits.


The following outlines the exemplary level criteria to achieve up to five innovation credits for this BREEAMissue:

Up to four credits - Zero regulated carbon

5 The building achieves 15 BREEAMcredits under Option1, i.e. zero net CO₂emissions.

6 The building has beenmodelled using Option1 and themodelling demonstrates that anequivalent percentage of thebuildings operational Service energyonpage 154 consumption, as stipulated in Table 27 on the previous page, isgenerated byCarbonneutral onpage 153 On-site LZC onpage 154, Near-site LZC onpage 154 accredited externalrenewablesand is used to meet Equipment energyonpage 154 demand from building systems.

Table 28: Innovation credits

Innovation credits Equivalent % criteria

4 80%

3 50%


Energy

Innovation credits Equivalent % criteria

2 20%

1 10%

Five credits - Carbon negative

7 The building has beenmodelled using Option1 and themodelling demonstrates that the building is " Carbonnegativebuilding onpage 153Carbonnegative building" in terms of its total operational energy consumption and service energyconsumption.


None.

Compliance notes


Shell and core (non-residential and residential institutiononly)


Shell only:Calculate an Energy Performance Ratio just for the building’s heating and coolingenergydemand only ( EPR

ED). Compare the EPR ED achieved with the EPRNC in Table 27 on

page 143 'Ene 01 EPRINC

benchmarkscale'with the EPREDsubstituted for the EPR

INC.

Award the corresponding number of BREEAMcredits. The exemplary credits for this issueare not applicable for shell only.

Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.

CN1.1 Applicableassessmentcriteria

Shell and core only:Where the building services efficiencies are not known, for examplewhere they are not within the remit of the shell and core developer (i.e. where services will beprovided as part of the fit-out works), services complying with theminimum energyefficiency standards or backstop levels required by the relevant national Building regulationsonpage 152 should be used for the energymodelling.




CN1.2 Green Fit-outagreementonpage 153

Shell and core only: For the purposes of this BREEAMassessment, it is permissible, whenconducting the energymodelling, for the design team to substitute theminimum energyefficiency standards or backstop levels required by the relevant national building regulationsfor the performance specifications confirmed within a green fit-out agreement. This ispermissible provided that the performance specification forms part of, or is referencedwithin, a fit-out agreement which is, or will be, contractually required of the tenant(s) in theirfit-out works. This rule applies only to those areas of the building that the scope of the greenfit-out agreement covers. Speculative areas of the assessed building development not fittedout or covered by the scope of such anagreement must assume theminimum energyefficiency standards or backstop levels required by the relevant national building regulationsin the energymodel, and no better.

Residential- Partially fitted and fully fitted



General


Where anextension to existing building is being assessed, and that extensionuses existingbuilding services system, the energymodelling and percentage of improvement must bebased on the building fabric of the extension and building services system that will servicethe newextension. This includes any existing, shared and newplants will serve the newextension area.The energymodelling does not have to consider the existing building fabricwhere it will beout of the scope of the BREEAMassessment. Nor does it have to consider existing servicesystemswhere they are not supplying heating, cooling or ventilation to the newextensionbeing assessed

CN3.1.

Hierarchyofoptions

Option1 must be used where available to design teams in the country of assessment.Where there is no operationalNational CalculationMethod (NCM)onpage 152 inplaceORwhere theNCMdoes not allow the design team to undertake ananalysis of issues such aslighting or renewable energygeneration, the design teammayundertake amore thoroughanalysis of the performance of the building using alternative approved building energycalculation software.Option2 is available for design teams unable to carry out energymodelling of their buildingand where there is no operationalNCMinplace. However, because energymodelling is thepreferred way to demonstrate that a building is energy efficient, a maximum of 10 credits isavailable using Option2.


Energy


CN3.2 Generating anotionalbuilding

The notional building will be generated using EITHER:1. Local building regulations or standards, OR2. AppendixGof ASHRAEEnergy Standard 90.1-2010 (for all buildings except low rise

residential buildings) or ASHRAEEnergy Standard 90.2-2007 (for low rise residentialbuildings), OR

3. A notional reference building as defined in the UK’s NCM. This option is only availablewhere the building is located in a temperate climate (KöppenGeiger climatic zone Cfb).

Options 2 and 3 above are only available in countries where local regulation is less rigorousthanAppendixGof ASHRAEEnergy Standard 90.1-2010 or the UK’s NCM.

CN3.3 DeterminingtheappropriateEne 01translator set

Please refer to the approved standards and weightings list to determine the translator setfor the country of assessment. If this has not yet beenestablished for the country or region(i.e. this is the first BREEAMInternational 2016 assessment in the country), these translatorswill be allocated following completionof the translator curve allocationprocess.

Note:Where using item 2 or 3 in onpage 143, the (TBC) translator set must be used.

CN3.4 Translatorcurveallocationprocess

Translator curves are set by the first project, of a particular building type, in each country orregion.Setting a new translator curvewill require a suitably qualified energymodelling engineer to:

— Model the project using a best practice specificationprovided byBREGlobal— Complete the Ene 01 Energy Translator CurveQuestionnaire

BREGlobalwill compare themodelled performance of the best practice building to theperformance of the same building following the baseline building regulations for thatcountry. BREGlobalwill used this, along with the answers from the Ene 01 Energy TranslatorCurveQuestionnaire, to set the translator curve for that building type in that country orregion.

Subsequent projects will be able to find this information in theApproved Standard andWeightings List.

CN3.5 Option1 -Use of EnergyDemandmetric

BREEAMaims to encourage the provisionof the Energydemand metric, even in thosecountries where it is not a compulsory output from a country's NCM. In such countries,Energydemand will only be included in the calculation if it contributes positively to theEPR

INC. For projects where the provisionof the Energydemand metric lowers the overall

score, it should still be reported onbut will be excluded from the calculation.In countries where EnergyDemand is a compulsory output from theNCMthen it will beincluded in the calculationof the EPR

INCregardless of its affect of the final score.




CN3.6 Internallighting notcalculatedusingapprovedbuildingenergycalculationsoftware

Where the chosenmodelling or calculation tool accounts for the energy used for internallighting, themaximum credits available for this BREEAMissuewill be 15.If internal lighting is not included within themodelling calculations, the credits available frommodelling will be reduced and the remaining credits awarded for complying with thelighting criteria withinOption2 Checklist A5 – Ene 01 - Energy efficient features checklist.Therefore:1. 12 credits will be available for residential buildings, with a further three available for

compliancewith the residential lighting criteria withinOption2 Checklist A5 – Ene 01 -Energy efficient features checklist.

2. 13 credits will be available for non-residential buildings with a further two available forcompliancewith the non-residential lighting criteria withinOption2 Checklist A5 – Ene01 - Energy efficient features checklist.

CN3.7 Buildingassessed aspart of alargerdevelopment

Where the building under assessment forms part of a larger development and either a newor existing Lowor zero carbon (LZC) technologies onpage 154 installation is provided forthewhole site, then the amount of LZC energygeneration counted for in this issue, andsubsequent CO₂emissions saved, should be proportional to the building's energyconsumption compared to the total energy consumption for the site.

CN3.8 Estimatingenergydemandfrom buildingServiceenergyonpage 154

At present there is no standard or national calculationmethodology for modellingunregulated energydemands in a building. To demonstrate compliancewith the ‘exemplarylevel criteria’ the building’s modelled operational energy consumption is therefore used as aproxy for a building’s Service energyonpage 154 demand, i.e. Service energyonpage 154equals 100%of operational energy.While not accurate, this approachenables BREEAMtoassess and award credits for buildings that meet a proportionof its Service energyonpage154 demand via on-site or near-site renewable energy sources.Where Service energyonpage 154 demand for the building canbe accurately predicted, then this data canbe usedto determine the percentage of Service energyonpage 154 demand met via renewableenergy sources. Service energyonpage 154 demand could be estimated on the basis ofmetered data from a similar or the same building typewith the same system/process loadsor by using themethodologydescribed inCIBSETM54:2013, 'Evaluating Operational EnergyPerformance of Buildings at the Design Stage, 2013' .


CN4 Residentialbuildings -Calculationprocedurefor multipledwellings

The Ene 01 calculation should be completed for eachdwelling or eachenergy type or eachenergygroup (see compliance note CN4.1). The energyperformance ratio (EPR

INC) should

thenbe averaged for thewhole development using themethodologywithin the Calculationprocedures of theAdditional information for either Option1 or 2.Where the advised averaging method is deemed unsuitable for the approved buildingenergymethodology, a newcalculation canbe approved;please contact BRE for guidance.Anexample is where a NCMconsiders energy consumption in communal areas as well asper dwelling.


Energy


CN4.1 Residentialbuildings -Energy type

A set of residences ona development are of the same ‘Energy Type’ if they have the sameapproved building energy calculation software outputs for performance data as outlined incriterion3 onpage 144 of this issue. Theywill exhibit eachof the following:1. Approximately the same size, built form and constructiondetails.2. The same space heating, hot-water system and controls.3. The same orientation and level of over-shading or sheltering.4. The same assumed or actual air permeability and ventilation system.

CN4.2 Residentialbuildings -Energygroups

Energygroups only applywhena building contains multiple flats or apartments within thesame building envelope. The performance data outlined in criterion3 onpage 144 of thisissue canbe averaged across thewhole building provided that the same building servicesstrategy is adopted throughout. These dwellings are defined as anenergygroup.Note: This averaging rule cannot be applied to individual but adjoined housing and is subjectto the following:1. Where varying servicing strategies (including the provisionof renewable energy

systems) are adopted in the building, dwellings should be grouped by strategy.2. Eachenergygroup must be treated separately for the purposes of assessment and an

averageActual Building EmissionRate onpage 153 and Notional building emissionrate onpage 153 are used to calculate the percentage improvement.

It is the BREEAMAssessor’s choicewhether or not to use the energygroups averagingmethod or to complete calculation for each individual dwelling.

CN4.3 Non-residentialbuildings -Energymodelling,BREEAMbuilding useand tenancyarrangement

The legislative criteria for energymodelling may vary according to building size, use, servicesand tenancy arrangement. In some instances modelling maybe undertaken for thewholebuilding; in others modelling maybe undertaken for each individual unit or tenanted areawithin a building. The scope of a BREEAMassessment typically covers thewhole building,regardless of whether that building consists of a number of units to be sublet.Where energymodelling is required for eachunit, for the purposes of determining thenumber of BREEAMcredits, the EPR

INC(as required for Option1) is calculated as the area-

weighted average EPRINC

of each individual unit. Where the development containsconditioned shared or landlord spaces, the area of these spaces, unless otherwiseaccounted for, should be divided and attributed among the separate units. The proportionof shared areas attributed to eachunit must be equivalent to the ratio of eachunit’s area asa proportionof the total area of all units.All units, heating systems and commonareas within the assessed building must beaccounted for in the assessment of Ene 01.

Methodology

Ene 01 CalculationMethodologyusing Option1

Themethodology for the EPRINCcalculation considers threemetrics of modelled building performancewhendetermining the

number of credits achieved for this issue. The threemetrics are:

1. The building's heating and cooling energydemand2. The building's primary energy consumption3. The total resulting CO₂emissions.

The calculationmethodology for determine the number of the credits achieved in the Ene 01 assessment issue in 2016BREEAMNewConstruction is described as following four steps:

Step 1:Define the building's performance improvement



Actual building performance improvement, expressed as a percentage compare to the notional building level, isdetermined for the assessed building’s modelled energydemand, consumption and CO₂emissions calculated byusing approved energymodelling software.

Step 2:Benchmark the performance improvement against themodelled building stock

The percentage of improvement of the threemetrics from step 1 are ‘translated’ into a ratio of performanceexpressed as a value between0 and 1.

Step 3:Weight the individual ratios for eachmetric

The ratios from stage 2 aremultiplied by theweighting factors inGuidanceNoteXX to the get EPRINC. This weighting

reflects themaximum that eachparameter can contribute towards the overall EPRINCand therefore BREEAMcredits.

Step 4:Award the BREEAMcredits

Theweighted ratios of performance from stage 3 are totalled to give anoverall EPRINCwhich is then compared

toTable 27 onpage 143

Whenassessing a project, the assessor only need to enter the following 6 parameters into the assessment tool to get thenumber of the Ene 01 credits achieved:

— Notional building energydemand (MJ/m²)— Actual building energydemand (MJ/m²)— Notional building primary energy consumption (kWh/m²)— Actual building Primary energy consumption (kWh/m²)— Notional building emission rate (kgCO₂/m²)— Actual building emission rate (kgCO₂/m²).

Themethodology summarised above is described ingreater detail inGuidanceNote XX to be provided on the BREEAMwebsite.


Energy

Evidence

Criteria Interim design stage Final post-constructionstage


A copyof the report produced by the approved calculation toolfor the assessed building at the design stage illustrating:1. The predicted actual building performance data and the

Notional building performance data as listed in criterion3onpage 144.

2. Nameof the approved software used to carry out themodelling for calculating the energyperformance.

3. Confirmationof the expertise and experience of theindividual carrying out themodelling in compliancewiththe requirements of the local building regulations.

ANDWhere appropriate, a letter from the person carrying out themodelling confirming:4. Data used to model the notional building is taken from

local building regulations, AppendixGof ASHRAEEnergyStandard 90.1-2010 or the UK's National CalculationMethodology.

The output documents must be based on the 'as designed'stage of analysis.

Third partydocumentation, asfollows:1. Actual building

energyperformancedata from thestandard output ofaccredited software,required as part ofdemonstrating the'as-built' buildingcomplies with localbuilding regulations,AppendixGofASHRAEEnergyStandard 90.1-2010or the UK's NationalCalculationMethodology.

2. As-built drawings todemonstrate thatthe specificationused and modelledat the design stagematches thespecificationof thecompleted building.

3. Calculationsassociated withaveraging, where ithas occurred. Thefinal rating mustaccount for anychanges to thespecificationduringconstruction

5 onpage 144– onpage 143

A completed copyof the checklist.Relevant specification clauses confirming details of compliancewith each requirement.Letter from the building services engineer confirming itemsselected from the checklist are appropriate for the building typeand local climatic conditions.

As-built drawings andspecificationdemonstratingcompliancewith thecriteria.



Criteria Interim design stage Final post-constructionstage


A copyof a report, calculations or outputs from themanufacturer, supplier, engineer or softwaremodellingconfirming:

1. The total carbonneutral energygeneration (kWh/yr).2. The source of the carbonneutral energy.3. The calculated estimate of 'service energy’ consumption

from systems or process (kWh/yr) (required only ifconfirming 'carbonnegative' status).

4. The calculated estimate of exported energy surplus(required only if confirming 'carbonnegative building'status).

As required for criteria 1onpage 143–4 onpage144 and as per interimdesign stage



National CalculationMethod (NCM)A National CalculationMethodology (NCM)enables quantificationof building operational energy consumptionandCO₂emissions resulting from building services/systems and fabric performance.Within Europe, a country’s NCMisthemethodologyused for demonstrating compliancewith the EUEnergy Performance of Buildings Directive.

Approved building energy calculation softwareSoftware approved for the purpose of demonstrating compliancewith the energy efficiency and carbonemissionrequirements of the building regulations (and in turn compliancewith the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive(EPBD) recast 2012. In the countries with anexisting National CalculationMethodology (NCM), the tools approved foruse under theNCMcanbe approved as building energymodelling software automatically. Thesewill be confirmed byBREas part of the Approved standards and weightings list process.Where the design teamwishes to use analternativemodelling software package to assessing this BREEAMissue, please request for Approval for EnergySoftware from BREGlobal to determinewhether the software packagemeets theminimum requirements in terms oftheminimum capabilities, design features and testing results.Where thoseminimum requirements aremet, approvalfrom BREGlobalwill be required (via theApproved standards and weightings list process) before the package canbeused for the purposes of demonstrating compliancewith Ene 01.

NCM output metricsThe three parameters assessed within this issue of demand, primary energy consumption and CO₂maynot berecorded by the localNCM.Where this is the case, the relevant metrics to be assessed for this issuewill be listed in theApproved Standards &Weightings List. If these are not defined for the country of assessment, contact the BRE forfurther guidance. If theNCMdoes not provide figures for building emission rate it will not be possible to demonstratezero net carbonemissions for the building and therefore amaximum of only 14 credits canbe achieved.

Notional buildingA hypothetical building of the same size, shape, orientation and shading as the actual building, with the same activities,zoning and system types and exposed to the sameweather data, but with predefined specified properties for thebuilding fabric, fittings and services.

Building regulationsBuilding regulations set standards for the design and constructionof buildings to ensure the safety and health ofpeople in or about those buildings. They also include requirements to ensure that fuel and power is conserved andfacilities are provided for people, including thosewithdisabilities, to access and move around inside buildings.


Energy

Primary energy consumptionThis refers to the direct use at the source, or supply to users without transformation, of crude energy, that is, energythat has not been subjected to any conversionor transformationprocess.

EnergydemandThe building energyprovided for end uses in the building such as space heating, hot water, space cooling, lighting, fanpower and pump power. Energydemands are the same as room loads. One of the outputs from the BuildingRegulations Output Document is for heating and cooling energydemand only, not for anyother building energy uses.Heating and cooling energydemands are influenced by factors including building fabric heat loss, air permeability,glazing and shading.

Notional building emission rateThe notional building emission rate is theminimum energyperformance requirement for a newbuilding (kgCO₂/m²/year) as defined by local building regulations. This is calculated in accordancewith approved building energycalculation software and is expressed in terms of themass of CO₂emitted per year per squaremetre of total usefulfloor are of the building (kg CO₂/m²/year).

Actual Building EmissionRateThis is the predicted building’s CO₂emission rate that expressed as kg CO₂/m²/year and calculated by the approvedbuilding energy calculation software.

Energy Performance Ratio for InternationalNewConstructions (EPRINC)

Ametric that is unique to BREEAMand calculated by the BREEAMEne01 calculator tool (and the BREEAMEne01Compliance Checker website using outputs from the approved building energy calculation software. It is a ratio thatdefines the performance of a BREEAM-assessed building in terms of its service energydemand, primary energyconsumption and CO₂emissions. This measure of performance is used to determine the number of Ene 01 credits abuilding achieves in the BREEAMassessment. A descriptionof how the (EPR

INC) is defined and calculated is provided in

the Calculationprocedures sectionof this issue.

Carbonnegative buildingA building or site that generates, surplus to its ownenergydemand, an excess of renewable or carbonneutral energyand exports that surplus via the national grid to meet other, off-site energydemands, i.e. the building is a net exporterof zero carbonenergy. Surplus in this respect means the building or site generates more energy via renewable orcarbonneutral sources that it needs to meet its own regulated and unregulated energy needs. Any surplus must beexported through the national grid as additional capacity to that required by the renewables obligation, i.e.RenewableObligationCertificates are not claimed or sold for the renewable energygeneration . This definitionofcarbonnegative focuses only onenergy and carbondioxide emissions resulting from the operational stage of thebuilding life cycle (as this is the stated aim of this assessment issue). It does not take into account the embodiedcarbon, in terms of carbon fixing or emissions resulting from themanufacture or disposal of building materials andcomponents (these impacts or benefits are dealt with inMat 01 Life cycle impacts onpage 264).

CarbonneutralCarbonneutralmeans that, througha transparent process of calculating building operational emissions, reducingthose emissions and offsetting residual emissions, net carbonemissions equal zero. This includes carbonemissionsfrom both regulated and unregulated energy consuming plan and systems. See the 'Zero net regulated carbonemissions on the next page'definition also.

Green Fit-out agreementA formal contractually binding agreement betweena building developer/owner and their tenant(s). As such, a greenfit-out agreement (or ‘green’ clauses/sections in a lease agreement) canbe used as evidence demonstratingcompliancewith the relevant BREEAMissue criteria at the interim design and final post construction stages ofassessment. The agreement should make specific reference to the specification requirements/levels claimed, and asdefined byBREEAMin this technicalmanual, where credits are awarded.BREEAMaims to encourage amutually beneficial relationship between the shell and core developer/owner of abuilding and its future tenant(s) so that the fully fitted operational building achieves performance against the highest



possible environmental standards. In order to achieve this, BREEAMencourages and rewards the use of formal legallybinding green fit-out agreements betweena developer/owner and their tenant.Where a legally binding green fit-outagreement is provided as evidence and it commits the tenant’s fit-out to meet the criteria of this BREEAMissue,credits are available to be awarded.

Equipment energyBuilding energy consumption resulting from systems or processes within the building, other than Service energy (seedefinitionbelow). This may include energy consumption from systems integral to the building and its operation, e.g.lifts, escalators, refrigeration systems, ducted fume cupboards;or energy consumption from operational-relatedequipment, e.g. servers, printers, computers, mobile fume cupboards, cooking and other appliances.

Service energyBuilding energy consumption resulting from fixed internal lighting systems, fixed heating or cooling, hot water serviceor mechanical ventilation.

Lowor zero carbon (LZC) technologiesAnLZC technologyprovides a source of energygeneration from renewable energy sources or from a lowcarbonsource such as combined heat and power (CHP) or ground source heat pumps (GSHP).

Near-site LZCAnLZC source of energygeneration located near to the site of the assessed building. The source is most likely to beproviding energy for all or part of a local community of buildings, including the assessed building, e.g. decentralisedenergygeneration linked to a community heat networkor renewable electricity sources connected via Privatewirearrangement.

On-site LZCAnLZC source of energygenerationwhich is located on the same site as the assessed building.

Privatewire arrangementIn the context of BREEAMfor LZC technology installations, a privatewire arrangement is where any electricitygenerated onor in the vicinity of the site is fed directly to the building being assessed, bydedicated power supplies. Ifelectricity is generated which is surplus to the instantaneous demand of the building, this electricitymaybe fed back tothe national grid. The carbonbenefit associated with any electricity fed into the grid in this manner canonly beallocated against an individual installationor building. In cases where a building is supplied by a communal installation,no carbonbenefit canbe allocated to buildings which are not connected to the communal installation.

Suitably qualified energymodelling engineer and or accredited professionalA personwithminimum of 3 year's relevant experience in building energymodelling within the last 5 years and arecognised qualificationor charted ship such as a building services engineer or building energymodelling engineer.Their expertise should be broad enough to cover all required technical aspects, guaranteeing that the data entry inthe energymodel is appropriate and the results reflect the actual performance of the building. It canbe someoneoperating as a sole trader or employed bypublic or private enterprise bodies.

Zero net regulated carbonemissionsThe annual building net regulated CO₂emissions (kg CO₂/m²/ yr) arising as a result of annual energy consumptionfrom fixed building services, i.e. space heating and cooling, domestic hot water, ventilation and lighting, also referredto as controlled services and fittings, as a result of requirements imposed on such systems by the building regulations.In aiming to achieve a zero regulated carbon status, the building energymodelling can take account of contributionsof energygenerated from on-site and near-site renewable and lowcarbon installations. Energygenerated andsupplied from off-site renewable and lowcarbon installations cannot be used to meet this definition.

Other information


Ene 02a Energymonitoring Energy

Ene 02a Energy monitoring

(non-residential only)


2 Yes

Aim

To recognise and encouragemonitoring of operational energy consumption through sub-metering.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 The following major energy consuming systems (where present) aremonitored using either a building energymanagement system (Building EnergyManagement System (BEMSor BMS) onpage 157) or separate accessible energysub-meters with a pulsed output to enable future connection to a BEMS:1.a Space heating1.b Domestic hot water1.c Humidification1.d Cooling1.e Fans (major)1.f Lighting1.g Small power (lighting and small power canbe on the same sub-meter where supplies are takenat each floor or

department)1.h Other major energy-consuming itemswhere appropriate.

2 The end energy consuming use is identifiable to the building user through labelling or data outputs.

One credit

3 Anaccessible BEMSor accessible sub-meters are provided covering the Energy supply onpage 158 to all tenanted areasor, in the case of single occupancybuildings, by floor.Where the building has a diverse range of functions withdifferentenergy consuming profiles, themetering must cover energy supply by relevant function areas or departments.



Compliance notes



Where the extensionuses the building services plant and systems from the existing building,the criteria apply to the extension and existing building.

CN2 Shell only Plant and equipment sub-meteringWhere present, core building services should be assessed in accordancewith the assessmentcriteria. In shell only areas or building, where final decisions concerning the specificationofparticular building services and systemswill bemade by a newowner or tenant, compliancewith this BREEAMissue canbe demonstrated via one of the following means:1. Use of a tenancy lease agreement between the developer and tenants (full value of

available credits)2. A GreenBuilding Guide for tenant fit-outs (half the value of the available credits)3. Developer and tenant collaboration (full value of available credits)Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.Tenancy sub-meteringFor speculative buildings,meters must be installed on the energy supply to each separatetenanted unit or floor platewithin the assessed development.

CN3 Lighting andsmall power

Due to traditional distributionmethods, it canbe difficult to cost-effectively separate lightingand small power. It is acceptable, within a single floor, for lighting and small power to becombined for metering purposes, provided that sub-metering is provided for each floorplate.

CN4 Other majorenergy-consumingsystems

Other major energy-consuming systems, depending on the building type,might include, forexample, plant used for swimming or hydrotherapypools, kitchenplant, cold storage plant,laboratory plant, sterile services equipment, transport systems (e.g. lifts and escalators),drama studios and theatres with large lighting rigs.

CN5 Modularboilersystems

Where amodular boiler system has individual boilers with a power input of 50kWbut anoverall power rated input of ≥ 50kW, the lead boiler must be sub-metered regardless of itsindividual power rated input.

CN6 Accessiblemeters

The energymeters must be located in an area of the building that allows for easy access tofacilitate regular monitoring and readings by the buildings staff and facilities manager.Typically this will be the plant room,maindistribution room or control room (where BEMS isinstalled).

CN7 Smallcommercialunits

Where a development consists of a number of small units a singlemeter per unit is sufficientto achieve the second credit. Individual areas within eachunit do not need to be sub-metered. For the purpose of this BREEAMissue, a small unit is defined as ≤ 200m².


Ene 02a Energymonitoring Energy


CN8 Largecommercialunits

A development consisting of one or more larger units (i.e. > 200m²), sufficient sub-meteringto allow for monitoring of the relevant function areas or departments within the unit must bespecified, in addition to metering of the unit as a whole.

CN9 Singleoccupant(commercial)buildings:Relevantfunctionareas ordepartments

The lists belowsummarise the commonly found function areas bybuilding type. These listsare not exhaustive and where other areas or departments exist these should also beseparatelymetered.

CN10 Officebuildings

1. Office areas (metering by floor plate).2. Catering.

CN11 Retailbuildings

1. Sales area.2. Storage and warehouse.3. Cold storage.4. Office areas.5. Catering.6. Tenanted units.

CN12 Industrialbuildings

1. Office areas.2. Operational areas.3. Ancillary areas (e.g. canteen, etc.).

CN13 BespokeBuildings:Relevantfunctionareas ordepartments

Please refer to the bespoke project criteria appendix for confirmationof the relevantfunction areas or departments (and therefore the applicability of the requirements of thisissue).

Schedule of evidence required

Criteria Design stage Post-construction stage

All Relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.Designdrawings.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence.



Building EnergyManagement System (BEMS or BMS)



A BEMis a central computer controlling,monitoring and optimising building services and systems such as heating, air-conditioning, lighting and security.

Energy supplyAll types of energy supplied to a building area (department, tenancy, unit)within the boundary of the assesseddevelopment, including electricity, gas, heat or other form of energyor fuel, which is consumed as a result of the useof and operations within each relevant area.


None.

Calculation procedures

None.

Other information

Further guidance onhow to develop anappropriatemetering strategy for the energy criteria of a newbuilding is available inGeneral Information Leaflet 65:Metering energy use in newnon-domestic buildings44.


Ene 02b Energymonitoring Energy

Ene 02b Energy monitoring

(residential only)


2 No

Aim

To recognise and encouragemonitoring of energy consumption throughuse of energydisplay devices.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 Current electricityORprimary fuel consumptiondata are displayed to occupants througha compliant energydisplaydevice.

Two credits

2 Current electricityAND primary fuel consumptiondata are displayed to occupants througha compliant energydisplaydevice.

Compliance notes






CN2 Applicableassessmentcriteria -Singledwellings

Partially fitted:This issue does not apply.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionof residentialassessment options.




CN3 Applicableassessmentcriteria -Multipledwellings

Partially fitted:This issue does not apply.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionof residentialassessment options.

General

CN4 Utilitycompanyenergymonitoringequipment

Energymeters installed by a utility company that canprovide the future homeowner or tenantwith accurate and regular energy usage informationper dwelling, can complywith this issue.

CN5 Electricity isthe primaryfuel

Where the heating or cooling systems are fuelled by electricity and current electricityconsumptiondata are displayed to occupants througha compliant energydisplay device,two credits maybe awarded.

CN6 Communityheating,cooling orsolid fuelsystems

If it is not possible to measure the energy consumptionbased on the incoming mains supplyusing a compliant energydisplay device, a heat meter is required to be installed to measurethe heat energy. The heat meter must calculate the energy consumption in kilowatt hours(kWh)which can thenbe transmitted to a compliant energydisplay device.



All Relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.Designdrawings.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence of installed andfunctioning meter.



Compliant energydisplay deviceThis is a system comprising a self-charging sensors fixed to the incoming mains supply or supplies, to measure andtransmit energy consumptiondata to a visual display unit in an accessible location. As aminimum the visual display unitmust be capable of displaying the following information:1. Local time2. Current (real time) energy consumption (kiloWatts and kiloWatt hours)3. Current (real time) estimated emissions (g/kg CO₂)4. Current (real time) tariff5. Current (real time) cost (per hour)6. Visual presentationof data (i.e. non-numeric) to allowconsumers to easily identify high and low level of usage


Ene 02b Energymonitoring Energy

7. Historical consumptiondata so that consumers can compare their current and previous usage in ameaningfulway. This should include cumulative consumptiondata in all of the following forms:day, weekor monthbillingperiod. The data must be stored internally for a minimum of two years or be connected to a separate devicewithautomatic upload from the energydisplay device.

Primary fuelThe fuel used to provide themajority of heating or cooling to the dwelling under assessment.

Self-charging sensorA sensor or transmitter powered by themains supply to the building that transmits energy consumptiondata to avisual display unit. Long-life batteries, with aminimum life expectancyof seven years, canbe used inplace of a self-charging sensor or transmitter where the functionality of the system is demonstrated to bemaintained by theassessor.


None.


None.

Other information

None.



Ene 03 External lighting

(all buildings)


1 No

Aim

To recognise and encourage the specificationof energy efficient light fittings for external areas of the development.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 The building has beendesigned to operatewithout the need for external lighting (which includes on the building, signsand at entrances).

ORalternatively, where the building does have external lighting, one credit canbe awarded as follows:

2 The average initial luminous efficacy of the external light fittings within the construction zone is not less than60 luminairelumens per circuit Watt.

3 All external light fittings are automatically controlled for preventionof operationduring daylight hours and presencedetection in areas of intermittent pedestrian traffic.


None.

Compliance notes







Ene 03 External lighting Energy




General

CN3 Single buildingassessments onlargerdevelopments orcampuses andextensions toexisting buildings

Where the building being assessed forms part of a larger development (or is anextension to anexisting building) containing commonareas and other buildings, thescope of the external lighting criteria apply only to external newand existing lightingwithin the construction zone of the assessed building.

CN4 Temporary lighting,decorative lightingand floodlighting

Temporary lighting such as theatrical, stage or local display installations, wherespecified, canbe excluded from assessment under this issue. Decorative lighting,security lighting and floodlighting must however not be exempt from theassessment criteria.

Methodology

Average initial luminous efficacy of the external light fittings

The individual luminous fluxes of all luminaires within the construction zone are summed (in lumens), thendivided by the totalcircuit Watts for all the luminaires.

For lamps other than LED lamps, the luminous flux of a luminaire using those lamps canbe determined bymultiplying the sumof the luminous fluxes produced by all the lamps in the luminaire by the light output ratio of the luminaire (as confirmed by theluminairemanufacturer).

Note: LED lamps are typically integral to the luminaire (LED luminaires). As such, themanufacturers' literaturewill encompass both lamp and luminaire as a whole.



Evidence

criteria Interim design stage Interim post-construction stage

All Relevant sectionor clauses ofthe building specificationorcontract.Designdrawings.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report and photographicevidence or as-built drawingsManufacturers productdetails.



Automatic controlAnautomatic external lighting control system that prevents operationduring daylight hours througheither a timeswitchor a daylight sensor (a manually switched lighting circuit with daylight sensor or time switchoverride is alsoacceptable) in addition to providing presence detection in areas of intermittent traffic.Note: for external lighting not fitted withpresence detectors, time switches must provide automatic switchoff oflighting after a specified curfewhour, except in cases where there is a specific requirement for lighting to be left on allnight.

Construction zoneFor the purpose of this issue the construction zone is defined as the sitewhich is being developed for the BREEAM-assessed building and its external site areas, i.e. the scope of the newworks.

Daylight sensorA type of sensor that detects daylight and switches lighting onat duskand off at dawn.

Luminous efficacy in luminaire lumens per circuit WattThe ratio between the luminous flux produced by anentire luminaire (light fitting) (in lumens) and the total powerconsumed by the lamps and the control gear contained within the luminaire (Watts).

Presence detectorA sensor that can turn lighting onwhena presence is detected in the scanned area, and off after a preset timewhenno presence is detected. Presence detectors must be compatiblewith the lamp type used as very frequent switchingcan reduce the life of some lamp types.

Time switchA switchwith an inbuilt clockwhichwill allow lighting to be switched onand off at programmed times.

Other information

None.


Ene 04 Lowcarbondesign Energy

Ene 04 Low carbon design

(all buildings)


3 No

Aim

To encourage the adoptionof designmeasures, which reduce building energy consumption and associated carbonemissions and minimise reliance onactive building services systems.

Assessment criteria


— Passive design (2 credits)— Lowor zero carbon technologies (1 credit).


Passive design

One credit - Passive design analysis

1 The first credit within issueHea 04 Thermal comfort onpage 104 has beenachieved to demonstrate the building designcandeliver appropriate thermal comfort levels in occupied spaces.

2 The project team carries out an analysis of the proposed building site during the Concept Design stage and identifiesopportunities for the implementationof passive design solutions that reduce building energydemand (see compliancenote above)

3 The building uses passive designmeasures to make ameaningful reduction in building energydemand in linewith thefindings of the passive design analysis (see compliance note CN3.12 onpage 170).

One credit - Free cooling

4 The passive design analysis credit is achieved.

5 The passive design analysis carried out under criterion2 above includes an analysis of free cooling and identifiesopportunities for the implementationof free cooling solutions.

6 The building uses ANYof the free cooling strategies listed in compliance note CN3.1 onpage 167

Low and zero carbon technologies

One credit - Low zero carbon feasibility study

7 A feasibility studyhas been carried out by the completionof the Concept Design stage by anenergy specialist (seeRelevant definitions onpage 171) to establish themost appropriate recognised local (on-site or near-site) lowor zerocarbonenergy sources for the building or development (see compliance note CN3.3 onpage 167).

8 A local LZC technologyhas been specified for the building or development in linewith the recommendations of thisfeasibility study.




None.

Compliance notes




Passive design analysis, criteria 2 on the previous page to 4 on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Free cooling, criteria 5 on the previous page to 6 on the previous pageShell only:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply subject to thefollowing:Only free cooling options 1 to 3 listed in compliance note CN3.1 on thefacing page are applicable.Option2

LZC feasibility study, criteria 7 on the previous page to 8 on the previous pageShell only:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply, subject to thefollowing:Criterion7 on the previous page:The LZC feasibility studymust be completed as partof the shell only design, based on the expected building use and loads specified in thedesignbrief or, where these are not specified, for likely scenarios.Criterion8:The built form should allow for the future installationof themost costeffective LZC options.Option2Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.




General




CN3 Passive designanalysisSee criterion3 onpage 165.

As aminimum, the passive design analysis should cover:1. Site location2. Siteweather3. Microclimate4. Building layout5. Building orientation6. Building form7. Building fabric8. Thermalmass or other fabric thermal storage9. Building occupancy type10. Daylighting strategy11. Ventilation strategy12. Adaptation to climate change.

CN3.1 Free coolinganalysisSee criterion7 onpage 165.

The free cooling analysis should demonstrate considerationof appropriatetechnologies from the following:1. Night time cooling (which could include the use of a highexposed thermalmass)2. Ground coupled air cooling3. Displacement ventilation (not linked to any active cooling system)4. Ground water cooling5. Surfacewater cooling6. Evaporative cooling, direct or indirect7. Desiccant dehumidification and evaporative cooling, using waste heat8. Absorption cooling, using waste heat9. The building does not require any significant form of active cooling or

mechanical ventilation (i.e. naturally ventilated).

CN3.2 Free coolingscope

The free cooling should apply to all occupied spaces in the building. Small IT roomsand lift motor rooms are excluded.Mechanical ventilationmayonly be used for smallareas, e.g. for kitchenettes and toilets.

CN3.3 LZC feasibilitystudySee criterion8 onpage 165.

The LZC study should cover as aminimum:1. Energygenerated from LZC energy source per year2. Carbondioxide savings from LZC energy source per year3. Life cycle cost of the potential specification, accounting for payback4. Local planning criteria, including land use and noise5. Feasibility of exporting heat or electricity or both from the system6. Any available grants7. All technologies appropriate to the site and energydemand of the

development.8. Reasons for excluding other technologies9. Where appropriate to the building type, connecting the proposed building to an

existing local community CHP system or source of waste heat or power ORspecifying a building or site CHP system or source of waste heat or power withthe potential to export excess heat or power via a local community energyscheme.




CN3.4 LZC feasibilitystudy timingSee criterion8 onpage 165.

Whenundertaking a feasibility study at a stage later thanConcept Design, anadditional element would need to be included in the report to highlight the local LZCenergy sources whichhad beendiscounted due to the constraints placed on theproject by the late consideration, and the reason for their omission. If the feasibilitystudydiscounted all local LZC as infeasible due to the late stage in the project that thestudywas commissioned, then the credit for the feasibility studymust bewithheld.If the feasibility studywere commissioned at the Concept Design stage or earlier, andin the unlikely event the study concluded that the specificationof any local LZCtechnologywere infeasible, the LZC credit could still be awarded.

CN3.5 Recognised 'local'LZC technologiesSee criterion8 onpage 165.

Technologies eligible to contribute to achieving the requirements of this issuemustproduce energy from renewable sources and meet all other ancillary requirements asdefined byDirective 2009/28/EC of the EuropeanParliament and of the Council of 23April 2009 on the promotionof the use of energy from renewable sources andamending and subsequently repealing Directives 2001/77/EC and 2003/30/EC(www.eur-lex.europa.eu/en). The following requirements must also bemet:1. Theremust be a privatewire arrangement for the supply of energyproduced to

the building under assessment.2. Where the country of assessment has an independent national certification

scheme for installers of small scale renewable energyor Combined Heat andPower systems, these technologies must be certified in accordancewith thenational scheme.

3. The accreditation schememust alignwith the directives listed above, or anequivalent country or regional directive or standard.

4. Air source heat pumps canonly be considered as a renewable technologywhenused in heating mode. Refer to AnnexVII of Directive 2009/28/EC for moredetail on accounting of energy from heat pumps.

Where independent accreditation schemes do not exist in the country the designteammust demonstrate they have investigated the competence of the installerselected to install the LZC technology and that they are confident the installers havethe skill and competence to install the technology appropriately.

CN3.6 Other technologynot listed Seecriterion8 onpage 165.

Other systemsmaybe acceptable as part of a LZC strategyunder this issue but arenot inherently considered as LZC technologies. Acceptabilitywill be dependent on thenature of the system proposed and the carbonbenefits achieved. The BREEAMAssessor must confirm acceptabilitywith BRE if in doubt.

CN3.7 Waste heat from abuilding - relatedoperationalprocess Seecriterion8 onpage 165.

Waste heat from anoperational process that takes placewithin the assessed building(or on the assessed site) canbe considered as 'lowcarbon' for the purpose of thisBREEAMissue. This is on the condition that the generationof the heat from theprocess is integral to the assessed building. Examples of operational processes andfunctions includemanufacturing processes, high temperature ovenor kiln,compressors serving process plant, microbrewery, crematorium, testing andcommissioning boilers for training or manufacture, and data centres. It does notincludewaste heat from IT or server rooms,which could be used as part ofconventional heat recoverymeasures.


http://eur-lex.europa.eu/en/index.htm



CN3.8 Community andnear-site schemesSee criterion8 onpage 165.

'Local' does not have to meanon site; community schemes (near site) canbe used as ameans of demonstrating compliance, as this BREEAMissue seeks to encourage theinstallationof on-site and near-site LZC technologies.

CN3.9 Waste incinerationSee criterion8 onpage 165.

Waste heat from an incinerationplant canonly be considered as lowcarbon for thepurpose of this BREEAMissue under the following circumstances:1. All other LZC technologies have been considered and discounted in the

feasibility study and; EITHER2. The local authority or region inwhich the incinerationplant is located is

demonstrablymeeting its annualwaste reuse and recycling targets and wastemanagement policies;OR

3. There is a near-site or on-site facility connected to the building, via a privatewirearrangement, which is demonstrably removing reusable and recyclablewastematerial prior to incineration.

CN3.10 First generationbiofuelsSee criterion8 onpage 165.

Given the current uncertainty over their impact onbiodiversity, global foodproduction and greenhouse gas savings, plus the ease of interchangeability betweenfossil fuels, BREEAMdoes not recognise or reward building systems fuelled by firstgenerationbiofuels manufactured from feedstocks, e.g. biofuels manufactured fromsugars, seeds, grain, animal fats etc. where these are grownor farmed for thepurposes of biofuel production. Subject to reviewagainst the criteria set out incompliance note CN3.11 below, BREEAMmay recognise systems using secondgenerationbiofuels (see Relevant definitions onpage 171) or biofuels manufacturedfrom biodegradablewastematerials, e.g. biogas, waste vegetable oil or locally andsustainably sourced solid biofuels, e.g. woodchip, wood pellets, where these are notinterchangeablewith fossil fuels or first generationbiofuels.

CN3.11 Secondgenerationbiofuels andbiofuels fromwaste streamsSee criterion8 onpage 165.

BREEAMrecognises that biofuels produced from biomass which is a byproduct ofother processes mayprovide amore sustainable alternative to fossil fuels. Typically,these usewaste feedstockconsisting of residual non-food parts of current foodcrops, industrywaste such as woodchips, other waste vegetablematter and wastefish oil from sustainable fish stocks to produce biofuel. Suchbiofuels will, in principle berecognised byBREEAMfor the purposes of defining LZC technologies. However dueto the emerging nature of such technologies, full details would be required for reviewbyBREGlobal prior to confirmationof acceptability.Matters whichwould be requiredfor consideration include the following:1. Type, provenance and sustainability of the biomass feedstock2. Avoidance or minimisationof fossil fuel use in extracting the biofuel3. Minimising fossil fuel use in transporting the biomass or biofuel4. Presence of a supply agreement and a robust supply chain5. Compatibility of the biofuelwith the specified boiler or plant and manufacturer's

warranty issuesThe use of other recycled or waste-derived biofuels such as waste oil from cateringmayalso be recognised byBREEAMsubject to the above criteria. For smaller scaleapplications, the assessor will, in addition, be required to demonstrate that the biofuelis locally sourced. BREEAMdoes not qualify the term 'locally sourced'or specify aminimum supply contract. However the assessor must determine and demonstratethat these are reasonable for the particular application.




CN3.12 Meaningfulreduction. Seecriterion3 onpage 165 andCN3.12 above.

The amount of energyor CO₂emissions reduction is not specified in the criteria in thisissue. However, it should not be a trivial amount. As a guide, the installation shouldcontribute at least 5%of overall building energydemand or CO₂emissions.

CN3.13 Approvedbuilding energymodellingsoftware

In countries with anexisting National CalculationMethodology (NCM), the toolsapproved for use under theNCMcanbe used as approved building energycalculation software. Thesewill be confirmed byBREas part of the approvedstandards and weightings list process.Where the design teamwishes to use analternativemodelling software package for the purposes of assessing this BREEAMissue, please refer to theApproved standards and weightings list to determinewhether themodelling software packagemeets theminimum requirements in termsof:Minimum capabilities design features testing.Where thoseminimum requirementsaremet, approval from BREGlobalwill be required (via the approved standards andweightings list process) before the package canbe used for the purposes ofdemonstrating compliancewith Ene 04.

CN3.14 Countries withnational energystrategyheavilybased onrenewables

One credit canbe awarded bydefault where: The building is located in a countrywhere the energy supply from themains grid is highly de-carbonized, due to thissupply being generated from renewable sources AND The feasibility study considersthe use of energy from the grid in addition to all other fuel types used within thebuilding AND The feasibility study clearly confirms that the introductionof local LZCtechnologies on sitewould have anadverse effect on the overall related emissions.

CN3.15 LZC technologyalready availableon site

For developments where there is an existing LZC energy source that can supply acompliant percentage of energy to the assessed building, a feasibility studywill stillhave to be carried out to demonstrate that the existing technology is themostappropriate for the assessed building or development. The study should seek toidentify anyother options to supply a higher proportionof the building's energydemand in addition to that supplied by the existing source. In order to be compliant,the energy from anyexisting LZC energy sourcemust be offsetting the carbon fromthe building in addition to any existing carbonoffsetting that it was established for.


CN4 Schools:informationcommunicationtechnology (ICT)classrooms

With respect to the free cooling credit, it is possible for ICT classrooms to be designedto avoid the use of active cooling. Hence, they are not exempt from the requirementsof this issue, i.e. if active cooling were used to treat these spaces, it would not bepossible to achieve the free cooling credit within this BREEAMissue.



Methodology

Passive design analysis

The passive designdemand reduction is demonstrated by comparing the heating and cooling energydemand and the totalheating, cooling,mechanical ventilation and lighting energy consumption for a standard building specificationwithonewithpassive designmeasures. For the standard building, the building fabric specificationused should be that of the relevantBuilding Regulations notional building. The other factors listed in compliance note 3 should be set as a standard buildingdesign for the type of building and project, before passive designmeasures are implemented. The energy supply used forboth should bemains gas and grid electricity. The equipment and systems efficiencies, internal loads, occupancies and hoursof operation should be set as per the actual building specification and are the same for each case.

The BREAM-preferred method of demonstrating total energydemand reductions is throughusing dynamic simulationmodelling and carried out by suitably qualified modelling engineer or professional.

Low and zero carbon feasibility study

The demand reduction from lowand/or zero carbon (LZC) technologies is demonstrated by comparing regulated carbondioxide (CO2) emissions with LZC technologies to the actual building regulated emissions without LZCs.

When the CO2 savings are compared for different technologies, theymaybe estimated separately from the building energymodelwhere appropriate, e.g. by using manufacturers'data, simple hand calculations and/or spreadsheets.

For the specified technology/technologies the demand reductions aremodelled using dynamic simulationmodelling. Theenergy supply used for the base case is mains gas and grid electricity. If mains gas were not available at the site, thenoilmaybe used instead. The base case includes anypassive designor free cooling measures adopted for the first two credits.

Evidence


All One or more of the appropriate evidence types listed in 4.0 The BREEAMevidentialrequirements onpage 29 section canbe used to demonstrate compliancewith these criteria.

1 onpage 165, 3 onpage 165

The passive design analysis.Evidence confirming themeaningfulreduction in the building energydemand.

As design stageANDBREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence oras-built drawings.

4 onpage 165, 7 onpage 165

Results from a dynamic simulationmodeldemonstrating the feasibility of the freecooling strategy and meeting the first creditfor Hea 04 Thermal comfort onpage 104.

As per interim design stage.



Energy specialist



An individualwho has acquired substantial expertise or a recognised qualification for undertaking assessments,designs and installations of LZC solutions in the buildings sector and is not professionally connected to a single LZCtechnologyor manufacturer.

First and second generationbiofuelsFirst generationbiofuels are fuels made from sugar, starch, vegetable oil, or animal fats using conventionaltechnology. Second generationbiofuels are fuels from lignocellulosic biomass feedstockusing advanced technicalprocesses45. Common first generationbiofuels include vegetable oil, biodiesel and bioalcohols.

Free coolingThe ability of the building to provide cooling to the internal occupied areas without the need to rely onenergyconsuming mechanical cooling. Free cooling is an enhanced passive designmethod that requires engineering designand modelling to demonstrate its effectiveness. Other similar methods include enhanced passive ventilation andenhanced daylighting.

Near-site LZCRefer to Ene 01 Reductionof energy use and carbonemissions.

On-site LZCRefer to Ene 01 Reductionof energy use and carbonemissions.

Payback periodThe period of time needed for a financial returnonan investment to equal the sum of the original investment.

Suitably qualified energymodelling engineerRefer to Ene 01 Reductionof energy use and carbonemissions.

Other information

LZC feasibility studyThe LZC feasibility study in BREEAMis intended to encourage the study to be done early in the project, not just beforeconstruction starts, so that themost appropriate solutions canbe adopted. Also, this credit does not permittechnologies that are not best practice or sustainable or cannot bemodelled with a robust method.


Ene 05 Energy efficient cold storage Energy

Ene 05 Energy efficient cold storage



3 No

Aim

To recognise and encourage the installationof energy efficient refrigeration systems, therefore reducing operationalgreenhouse gas emissions resulting from the system's energy use.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Energy efficient design, installation and commissioning

1 With respect to the refrigeration system, its controls and components:1.a A strategy for the design and installationhas beenproduced and implemented by a Suitably qualified engineer

onpage 178 from Concept Design stage onwards. The strategy is multidisciplinary and contains both anaimand method to achieve the lowest practicable environmental impact including energy use, carbonemissions andrefrigerant impact.

1.b The design team has demonstrated the cold store and building has beendesigned to minimise heat loadsthroughhigh levels of insulation, reduced air infiltration and minimisationof auxiliary heat loads, e.g. fans andpumps, lighting, people and machinery.

1.c At least 50%of the relevant energy efficient design features (refer to CN3.1 onpage 175) have been specifiedor installed.

1.d Control systems have been installed to minimise refrigerant temperature lifts byproviding controls thatoptimise evaporator temperature levels and avoid head pressure control.

1.e Energy sub-metering has been installed to provide adequate centralmonitoring of operating parameters andcollectionof data onplant performance, temperature levels and energy consumption. This does not necessarilyrequire the 'Energymonitoring' credits to have beenawarded.

1.f The designhasminimised the requirement for manual override of plant controls and equipment in normaloperating conditions through the specificationof central automatic controls, anti-tamper controls, automaticlighting controls, fixed set-point temperature and temperature dead bands.

1.g The design specificationdetails appropriate commissioning and test procedures to be undertakenatcompletion.

1.h The installation adheres to the design specification and anynecessary changes have been carried out with theapproval of the Suitably qualified engineer and are formally documented.

2 The refrigeration system has been commissioned as follows:2.a In compliancewith criteria 5 onpage 55– onpage 55 for 'Commissioning'outlined in BREEAMissueMan04

Commissioning and handover onpage 55. This does not necessarily require the 'Commissioning' credits to havebeenawarded.

2.b Documentationhas beenprovided showing due diligence and compliancewith test and commissioningprocedures relevant to the installation, such as pressure testing, leakage testing and validation to specification.



One credit - Energy efficiency criteria

3 The refrigeration system uses robust and tested components that meet published energy efficiency criteria (refer toCN3.2 onpage 176).

Three credits - Indirect greenhouse gas emissions

4 Criteria 1 on the previous page and 2 on the previous page are achieved.

5 The installed refrigeration system demonstrates a saving in Indirect operational greenhouse gas emissions (CO₂e)withrespect to a 'baseline'building through specificationof available technologies. The indirect emissions have beencalculated using the Total Equivalent Warming Impact (TEWI) equation as defined in the calculationprocedures section.


None.

Compliance notes



CN1 Applicable assessmentcriteria

Shell only: This issue is not applicable.Shell and core:Where cold storage systems are specified or installed, allassessment criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 andshell and core project assessments onpage 422 for a more detaileddescriptionof the shell and core assessment options.

Residential: Partially fitted and fully fitted

CN2 Applicable assessmentcriteria - Single and multipledwellings

Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable to residential dwellings.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to SingleandMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a moredetailed descriptionof residential assessment options.

General




CN3 Scope of this BREEAMissue This issue is applicable only in instances where commercial or industrial sizedrefrigeration and storage systems are specified, for example:1. Storage and refrigerationof food in supermarkets2. Cold storage facilities in industrial, laboratory, healthcare and other

buildings.The criteria do not apply to:1. Residential-scale refrigeration2. Refrigeration for kitchenand catering facilities.These types of installation are covered within BREEAMissue Ene 08 Energyefficient equipment onpage 189.If the building does not containcommercial or industrial sized refrigeration systems, this issue is notapplicable to the assessment.

CN3.1 Energy efficient designfeatures

Beloware somedesignoptions that are intended to achieve best practiceenergy efficiencyof the cold storage equipment:1. Fit energy efficient lighting with suitable controls and highefficiency

fans onevaporators.2. Minimise loss of cold air throughaccess doors byminimising

frequencyof door opening or fit of air curtains, self closing doors,door strips, etc.

3. Optimise evaporator temperature levels to keep suctionorevaporation temperatures as high as possible.

4. Specify highefficiency compressors.5. Provide controls on anti-sweat heaters ondoors to minimise electrical

consumptionoutside of operational hours.6. Condensing temperatures that are as lowas possible, including

avoiding head pressure control.7. Designevaporators and condensers for easy cleaning and safe

access.8. Optimise defrosting methods to minimise energy consumption and

avoid electric heater defrost.9. Highevaporating temperature cabinets (large coils)with single

evaporating temperatures across the refrigerationpack forsupermarket display cases.

10. Provisionof heat recovery in the design such as de-superheating todomestic hot water, condensing to hot water for heating. (If specifiedthis must not lead to condensing conditions that are artificially inflatedto deliver the heat recovery.)

11. Use of wet condensing-based systems.12. Use of re-manufactured items that are still of an energy efficient

naturewhere theydo not compromise the optimal energy efficiencyof the cold storage equipment.

13. Not all of these energy efficient design features will be relevant to thecold storage being assessed.

Where features are to be excluded the suitably qualified engineer mustprovidewritten justification for determining which are unachievable.




CN3.2 Published energy efficiencycriteriaSee criterion3 onpage 174.

Please refer to the country-specific reference sheet to locate theappropriate published energy efficiency criteria in the country ofassessment.Alternatively, please demonstrate that the eligibility criteria are equal to ormore onerous than those in the ECA Energy Technology Product List (ETPL):etl.decc.gov.uk.Where specified as part of the refrigeration system, products used for thefollowing components must meet published energy efficiency criteria:1. Air-cooled condensing units2. Automatic air purgers3. Cellar cooling equipment4. Commercial service cabinets (cold food storage)5. Curtains, blinds, sliding doors and covers for refrigerated display

cabinets6. Evaporative condensers7. Forced air pre-coolers8. Refrigerated display cabinets9. Refrigeration compressors10. Refrigeration system controls.

CN3.3 Extensions to existingbuildings

If the assessed building is anextension to anexisting building and there iscold storage plant in the existing building that will serve the newextension,then this plant must meet the criteria in order to achieve any availablecredits.

Methodology

Calculating indirect greenhouse gas emissions (CO₂eq.) using TEWI

Whencalculating the Total Equivalent Warming Impact (TEWI) factor, the following equationmust be used where the variousareas of impact are correspondingly separated:

( )TEWI GWP L n GWP m n E GWP m= + 1 + + [ (1 )]re ery annual i icov× × × × −

× × × × −α β α

As the criteria looks only to calculate the indirect emissions from the refrigeration system, only the impact of the energyconsumptionof the system needs to be calculated:

TEWI Indirect n E( ) = annual× × β

TEWI Equation Terms

TEWI Total equivalent warming impact (kgCO2e)

GWP L n× × Impact of leakage losses

( )GWP m 1 re erycov× × − α Impact of recovery losses

n E annual× × β Impact of energy consumption


http://etl.decc.gov.uk/


TEWI Equation Terms

GWP m (1 )i i× × − α Globalwarming potential of gas in the insulation (CO₂related)

GWP1 Globalwarming potential (CO₂related)

L Leakage (kg/yr)

n System operating time (yr)

m Refrigerant charge (kg)

re erycovα Recovery or recycling factor between0 and 1

E annual Energy consumption (kWh/yr)

2β CO₂emission (kg/kWh)

m i Refrigerant charge in the insulation system (kg)

iα Rate of gas recovered from the insulation at the end of lifebetween0 and 1

1. TheGWP is an indexdescribing the radioactive characteristics of well-mixed greenhouse gases that represent thecombined effects of the differing times these gases remain in the atmosphere and their relative effectiveness inadsorbing outgoing infrared radiation. This index approximates the time integrated warming effect of a givengreenhouse gas in today's atmosphere, relative to CO₂.

2. The conversion factor β gives the quantity of CO₂produced by the generationof 1 kWh. It can vary considerablygeographically and in terms of time.

Calculations must be carried out by an Suitably qualified engineer on the next page (e.g. a building services engineer), includingcalculations to justify for assumptions and methodologies for savings in indirect greenhouse emissions.

Evidence

criteria Interim design stage Final post-constructionstage


Relevant sectionor clauses of the building specificationor contract or otherdocumentary evidence, such as a letter from the design team.Where not allenergy efficient design features are relevant to the project, written justificationof why theyhave beenexcluded from the suitably qualified engineer.

As designstage.



criteria Interim design stage Final post-constructionstage


Evidence as outlined under BREEAMissueMan01 Project brief and designonpage 34 for the relevant criteria.

As designstage.

3 onpage 174 A letter from themanufacturer or supplier or copies of their technical literatureconfirming the specific components meet published energy efficiency criteria ora print out of the ETPL (or equivalent) listing the specific products.

As designstage.

5 onpage 174 Documentary evidence confirming the type of technology specified andestimated savings in indirect greenhouse emissions, including a descriptionofhow this saving is achieved. Calculations should be carried out by the suitablyqualified engineer including justifications for assumptions and methodologiesfor savings in indirect greenhouse emissions.

As designstage plusconfirmationof installedtechnology.



ECA Energy Technology Product List (ETPL)The ETPL is part of the government's Enhanced Capital Allowance Scheme, a keypart of the government'sprogramme to manage climate change. The schemeprovides a tax incentive to encourage investment in lowcarbonenergy saving equipment that meets published energy efficiency criteria. The Energy Technology List (ETL) details thecriteria for each type of technology, and lists those products in each category that meet them:https://etl.decc.gov.uk/etl/site.html.

Indirect operational greenhouse gas emissionsThese are the indirect greenhouse gas emissions that result from the productionof energy used to power therefrigeration system's, cooling plant. This includes the emissions from the productionof grid electricity or anon-sitesource of energygeneration, e.g. gas CHP. In the case of refrigeration systems, the term 'direct greenhouse gasemissions' is also used; this refers to the emissions that occur as a direct result of leakage of refrigerant from thesystem. The impacts of direct greenhouse gas emissions from refrigeration systems are dealt with in the BREEAMissue Pol 01 Impact of refrigerants onpage 373. Therefore, only indirect emissions resulting from the energyconsumptionof the system are covered in this issue.

Suitably qualified engineerAn individual achieving all the following items canbe considered to be 'suitably qualified' for the purposes of thisBREEAMissue:1. Holds a degree or equivalent qualification in building services engineering or a relevant related subject.2. Has aminimum of five years relevant designexperience (Suitably qualified engineer abovewithin the last sevenyears). Suchexperiencemust clearly demonstrate a practical understanding of factors affecting the designof coldstorage and include related continued professional development (CPD).3. Has the authority to make decisions in regards to the final design.

Other information

Code of Conduct for carbon reduction in the retail refrigeration sector

The Code of Conduct has beendeveloped by the CarbonTrust, in partnership with the Institute of Refrigeration (IoR) and theBritish RefrigerationAssociation (BRA). The Code is intended to compliment the CarbonTrust RefrigerationRoadMap.


https://etl.decc.gov.uk/etl/site.html

Ene 06 Energy efficient transport systems Energy

Ene 06 Energy efficient transport systems

(all buildings)


3 No

Aim

To recognise and encourage the specificationof energy efficient transport systems.

Assessment criteria

The following is required to demonstrate compliance.

One credit - Energy consumption

1 Where lifts, escalators or moving walks (transport types) are specified:1.a Ananalysis of the transport demand and usage patterns for the building has been carried out to determine the

optimum number and size of lifts, escalators or moving walks.1.b The energy consumptionhas beenestimated in accordancewith ISO/DIS25745 Energyperformance of lifts,

escalators and moving walks, Part 2: Energy calculation and classification for lifts (elevators) or Part 3 - Energycalculation and classification for escalators and moving walks, for one of the following:1.b.i At least two types of system (for each transport type required);OR1.b.ii An arrangement of systems (e.g. for lifts, hydraulic, traction,machine room-less lift (MRL))OR1.b.iii A system strategywhich is 'fit for purpose'.

1.c The use of regenerative drives should be considered, subject to the requirements inCN6 onpage 1811.d The transport systemwith the lowest energy consumption is specified.

Two credits - Energy efficient features


Lifts

3 For each lift, the following three energy efficient features are specified:3.a The lifts operate in a standby conditionduring off-peakperiods. For example the power side of the lift controller

and other operating equipment such as lift car lighting, user displays and ventilation fans switchoff when the lifthas been idle for a prescribed lengthof time.

3.b The lift car lighting and display lighting provides an average lamp efficacy, (across all fittings in the car) of > 55lamp lumens/circuit Watt.

3.c The lift uses a drive controller capable of variable speed, variable-voltage, and variable-frequency (VVVF) controlof the drivemotor.

4 Where the use of regenerative drives is demonstrated to save energy, they are specified.

Escalators or moving walks

Eachescalator or moving walk complies with at least one of the following:

5 It is fitted with a load sensing device that synchronises motor output to passenger demand througha variable speeddrive;OR



6 It is fitted with a passenger sensing device for automated operation (auto walk), so the escalator operates in standbymodewhen there is no passenger demand.


None.

Compliance notes








General

CN3 Scope of this issue The criteria relating to lifts do not apply to lifting platforms, wheelchair platform stair-lifts or other similar facilities to aid persons with impaired mobility. However, any liftingdevicewith a rated speed greater than0.15m/smust be assessed, inclusive of goods,vehicle and passenger lifts. A demonstrationof compliancewith the BREEAMcriteriarelating to the excluded transport types would be considered best practice for anenergy efficient system (despite not being required for the purpose of awarding theavailable credits).

CN4 Transport analysis The transport analysis canbe in the form of a written statement justifying the liftselection for the following conditions:where a single lift is provided in a low risebuilding for the purpose of providing disabled access only;or where a goods lift isselected based on the size of the goods it is intended to carry.

CN5 Building has nolifts, escalators ormoving walks

This issuewill not be assessed where a building contains no lifts, escalators or movingwalks.Where only one of the transport systems is present, the two credits canbeawarded where the one system is compliant with the relevant criteria.

CN6 RegenerativedrivesSee criteria 1.c onpage 179 and 4onpage 179.

A regenerative drive should only be considered where it produces anenergy savinggreater than the additional standbyenergy used to support the drives. Regenerativedrives will typically be appropriate for lifts with high travel and high intensity use.


Ene 06 Energy efficient transport systems Energy

Methodology

None.

Evidence


1 onpage 179 Professional report or studyof transport analysis orcalculations

As design stage.

3 onpage 179– 6 onthe previous page

Relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract. AND EITHERManufacturers product details.ORFormal letter of commitment from the systemsmanufacturer or supplier.ANDWhere the regenerative drive unit is to be excluded asanenergy efficient feature, written confirmation fromelectricity utility supplier and the design team givingreason’s for its exclusion.

Manufacturer's product details.BREEAMAssessor’s site inspectionreport and photographic evidenceor as-built drawings



Lift car lightingThe level of lift car lighting is determined by the relevant standards. For example, BSEN 81-1 and 2:1998+A3:2009require 50 luxon the car floor and any control surfaces.

MRL: Machine room-less liftAll equipment is contained in the lift well, not in a separatemachine room.

Standby condition - liftsA conditionwhena lift is stationary at a floor and mayhave reduced the power consumption to a lower level set forthat particular lift (from ISO25745-1:2012). The period betweenwhena lift was last used and whena standbycondition is entered is defined in ISO25745-1 as 5 minutes.

Standby condition - escalators and moving walksA conditionwhen the escalator or moving walk is stationary and powered onand it canbe started by authorisedpersonnel.

Idle conditionA conditionwhena lift is stationary at a floor following a runbefore the standbymode is entered (ISO25745-1:2012).



Other information

ISO/DIS 25745 - Energy performance of lifts, escalators andmoving walks

ISO/DIS25745 consist of three parts, under the general title Energyperformance of lifts, escalators and moving walks:

— Part 1: Energymeasurement and verification— Part 2: Energy calculation and classification for lifts (elevators)— Part 3: Energy calculation and classification for escalators and moving walks.

In Part 1, it has beenestimated that approximately 5%of a building's total energy consumption canbe attributed to theoperationof lifts and a large proportionof this canbe attributed to standbymode inmany situations. ISO25745 Parts 2 and3 have beenprepared in response to the rapidly increasing need to ensure and to support the efficient and effective use ofenergy, providing:

1. Amethod to estimate energy consumptionona daily and anannual basis for lifts, escalators and moving walks.2. Amethod for energy classificationof new, existing or modernised lifts, escalators and moving walks.3. Guidelines for reducing energy consumption that canbe used to support building environmental and energy

classification systems.


Ene 07 Energy efficient laboratory systems Energy

Ene 07 Energy efficient laboratory systems




Aim

To recognise and encourage laboratory areas that are designed to be energy efficient and minimise the CO₂emissionsassociated with their operational energy consumption.

Assessment criteria


— Prerequisite— Design specification (1 credit)— Best practice energy efficient measures (up to 4 credits), building type dependent.


Prerequisite

1 Criterion onpage 101 within issueHea 03 Safe containment in laboratories onpage 101 has beenachieved.

One credit - Design specification

2 Client engagement is sought through consultationduring the preparationof the initial project brief to determineoccupant requirements and define laboratory performance criteria. Performance criteria should include, but not belimited to the following aspects:2.a Descriptionof purpose2.b Occupant or process activities2.c Containment requirements and standards2.d Air change requirements2.e Ventilation system performance and efficiencies2.f Heating and cooling requirements (including heat recovery)2.g Interactionbetween systems2.h Flexibility and adaptability of laboratory facilities

3 The design team demonstrates that the energydemand of the laboratory facilities has beenminimised as a result ofachieving the defined designperformance criteria. This has informed the right-sizing (see Relevant definitions onpage187) of the services system equipment (including ventilation supply and extract).

Laboratory containment devices and containment areas (criteria only applicable to buildings containingthese facilities)

4 Specificationof fume cupboards and other containment devices have a specification that is compliant with criteria onpage 101 and onpage 101 of Hea 03 Safe containment in laboratories onpage 101, as appropriate to thecontainment device specification.

5 Where ducted fume cupboards are newly specified or present:5.a Compliancewith item A on the next page in Table 29 on the next page.



5.b Themeasurement of volume flow rate should be taken in the exhaust duct (at the boundary of the laboratory) totake account of reductions in (inward) volume flow rate from fume cupboard leakage.

5.c A reduction in air flowdoes not compromise the defined performance criteria and therefore does not increasethe health and safety risk to future building occupants.

Up to four credits - Best practice energy efficient measures

The following criteria are applicablewhere the laboratory area accounts for at least 10%of the total building floor area (seeRelevant definitions onpage 187).

6 Criteria 1 on the previous page to 5 on the previous page are achieved (or criteria1 on the previous page to 4 on theprevious pagewhere ducted fume cupboards are not specified).

7 Laboratoryplant and systems are designed, specified and installed to promote energy efficiency, demonstrated throughcompliancewith items B to L in Table 29 below (see 7.a belowand 7.b below for howcredits are awarded)7.a Up to two credits: the laboratory area (see Relevant definitions onpage 187) accounts for at least 10% (but less

than25%)of the total building floor area;OR7.b Up to four credits: the laboratory area accounts for 25%or more of the total building floor area.

8 To achieve credits for energy efficient measures, the chosenmeasures must have a reasonably significant effect on thetotal energy consumptionof the laboratory, i.e. 2% reductionor greater. This must be demonstrated by calculations ormodelling.

9 The energy efficient measures specified do not compromise the defined performance criteria, and therefore do notincrease the health and safety risk to future building occupants.


Table 29:Best practice energy efficient measures in laboratories

Item Category Item description Credits1

A Fume cupboardreduced volumeflow rates

Anaverage design air flow rate in the fume cupboardsspecified no greater than0.16m3/s per linear metre(internalwidth) of fume cupboard workspace.

-

Additional items

B Fanpower Specification and achievement of best practice fanpowerfigures (as shownbelow) for all AHUs, laboratory extractsystems, local extract ventilation, containment areaextracts (where applicable) and fume cupboard extracts(where applicable).

1

Laboratory system Best practice specific fanpower (W/(L/s))

General laboratory supply air AHUwithheating and cooling

1.5

General laboratory extract systems 1.2

Laboratory local extract ventilation -ducted

1.0




Containment area extract, without highefficiencyparticulate absorption (HEPA)filtration

1.5

Containment area extract, withHEPAfiltration

2.5

Fume cupboard extract 1.5

C Fume cupboardvolume flow rates(further reduction)

Anaverage design air flow rate of < 0.12m³/s per linearmetre (internalwidth) of fume cupboard workspace

0.5

D Grouping orisolationof highfiltrationorventilation activities

Minimisationof room air change rates and overall facilityventilation flows bygrouping together or isolatingactivities and equipment with high filtrationor ventilationrequirements.

0.5

E Energy recovery -heat

Heat recovery from exhaust air (where there is no riskofcross-contamination) or via refrigerant or water coolingsystems.

0.5

F Energy recovery -cooling

Cooling recovery via exhaust air heat exchangers (wherethere is no riskof cross-contamination) or via refrigerantor water cooling systems.

0.5

G Grouping of coolingloads

Grouping of cooling loads to enable supply efficienciesand thermal transfer.

0.5

H Free cooling Specificationof free cooling coils in chillers or dry aircoolers related to laboratory-specific activities.

0.5

I Loadresponsiveness

Effectivematching of supplywithdemand throughmodularity, variable speed drives and pumps, and othermechanisms.

0.5

J Clean rooms Specificationof particlemonitoring systems, linked toairflowcontrols.

0.5

K Diversity Achievement of high levels of diversity in central plantsizing and laboratory duct sizing, where compatiblewithsafety.

0.5

L Room air changesrates

Reducing air change rates bymatching ventilationairflows to environmental needs and demands ofcontainment devices.

0.5




Notes:1. Onlywhole credits canbe awarded in this issue. Therefore to achieve a credit for items C to L (above) the laboratorymust complywith at least two of the items. In an instancewhere, for example, three and half credits are achieved thiswould need to be rounded down to three credits.

Compliance notes







Bothoptions: This issue does not apply to residential buildings.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General

CN3 Scope of thisBREEAMissue

This issue is applicable only to further education, university and other buildings,research and development facilities that contain laboratory space and containmentdevices or areas. This issue is not applicable for school buildings (primary andsecondary level). The laboratory criteria within issueHea 03 Safe containment inlaboratories onpage 101 should be followed for assessing laboratories andcontainment devices in these building types.Where there are a large number ofcontainment devices (such as fume cupboards) present in a school or collegeassessment, BREshould be contacted for further guidance.

Methodology

None.



Evidence


1 onpage 183 and4 onpage 183

Evidence as required for compliancewiththe relevant Hea 02 Indoor air quality onpage 85 criteria.

Evidence as required for compliancewith therelevant Hea 02 Indoor air quality onpage 85criteria.


Agenda or minutes from client consultationmeetings. Suitable evidence demonstratingthat the design team have consideredconsultation feedbackand any subsequentactions. Relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract showingdefined laboratory facility performancecriteria.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or as-built drawings.Supplier or manufacturers'or design teamdocumentation for as-built specification.


Evidence as required for compliancewiththe relevantHea 02 Indoor air quality onpage 85 criteria. Drawings, relevant sectionor clauses of the building specificationorcontract Modelling results or calculations ormanufacturers' information Formalcorrespondence from the design team

As design stage but for as-built informationBREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or as-built drawings. Acommissioning report or similar demonstratingthat the design containment performance andairflows have beenachieved.



Laboratory areasLaboratory areas are defined as highly serviced (temperature or ventilationor humidity or containment controlled)spaces where physical or biological or chemical processing or testing is carried out. Such areas will have inherently highenergydemands. In order to maintain controlled conditions to enable experiments and complywith health andsafety standards, typically laboratories:1. Contain various exhaust and containment devices (such as fume cupboards and microbiological safety cabinets)2. Are heavily serviced to circulate air and to supply heating, cooling, humidity, and clean air3. Often require 24-hour access and failsafe redundant backup systems and uninterrupted power supply or

emergencypower to enable irreplaceable experiments.Therefore, for the purpose of assessing this BREEAMissue, the definitionof laboratory areas excludes any laboratorysupport areas such as:1. Write up or offices2. Meeting rooms3. Storage4. Ancillary and other support areas with lower servicing requirements.Teaching and other laboratories workshops with a limited amount of fume cupboards or other containment devicesor no energy intensive process equipment specified are excluded, unless the design team canprovide evidence thattheir consumption is at least 50%higher than a typical office due to the laboratory process-related activities.Benchmarks for general offices canbe found in Table 29 onpage 184 inCIBSETM4646 Energybenchmarks. Typically,in buildings where 40%of the floor area is laboratory related, only 10%will actually constitute laboratory areas asper the BREEAMdefinition. Different types of laboratories have different requirements for HVAC, plug load for small



power equipment and access. This can lead to enormous variations in energy and water requirements. Themaintypes of laboratories include:1. Wet laboratories - where chemicals, drugs or other material or biologicalmatter are tested and analysed

requiring water, direct ventilation and specialised piped utilities. They typically include chemical sciencelaboratories. These laboratories require specially designed facilities.

2. Dry laboratories - contain dry stored materials, electronics, or large instruments with fewpiped services. Theytypically include engineering or analytical laboratories that may require accurate temperature and humiditycontrol, dust control, and cleanpower.

3. Microbiological and clinical laboratories - often involveworking with infectious agents. They typically require higherlevels of primary containment and multiple secondary barriers including specialised ventilation systems to ensuredirectional air flow, air treatment systems to decontaminate or remove agents from exhaust air, controlled accesszones, airlocks as laboratory entrances, or separate buildings or modules to isolate the laboratory.

4. In vivo laboratories - these require highly controlled environments for the care and maintenance of flora andfauna. The facilities are complex, and expensive to build and to operate. Tight environmental control over thefacility is required to avoid the introductionof contaminants or pathogens, and prevent the possibility ofinfectious outbreaks, and avoid the transmissionof odours.

5. Teaching laboratories - unique to academic institutes, they require space for teaching equipment, storage spacefor student belongings and less instrumentation than research labs.

6. Clean rooms - refers to a controlled environment (air quality, temperature and humidity)whichpreventcontamination and the regulating of environmental conditions, to facilitate accurate research and productionneeds. They are typically used in universities for nanotechnology,medical and pharmaceutical researchor studiesand microelectronics applications.

Right-sizingRight-sizing principles encourage the use of better estimates in equipment loads fromwhich services equipment issized in comparison to traditionalmethods of estimates based on rated data obtained frommanufacturers'literature or design assumptions from previous projects. This can result in construction cost savings in addition to lifecycle cost benefits, while taking account of the need for appropriate contingency.

Other information

Synergy with BREEAM issue – Reduction of energy use and carbon emissions

See Ene 01 Reductionof energy use and carbonemissions.

This BREEAMissue has beendeveloped to recognise improvements made to new laboratory areas or buildings that are notcurrently fully recognised in theNational CalculationMethodology, used to assess and award credits in .


Ene 08 Energy efficient equipment Energy

Ene 08 Energy efficient equipment

(all buildings)


2 No

Aim

To recognise and encourage procurement of energy efficient equipment to ensure optimum performance and energysavings in operation.

Assessment criteria


Two credits

1 Identify the building's Equipment energyonpage 194 and estimate its contribution to the total annual equipmentenergy consumptionof the building, assuming a typical or standard specification.

2 Identify the systems or processes that use a significant proportionof the total annual equipment energy consumptionofthe development and its operation.

3 Demonstrate ameaningful reduction in the total annual equipment energy consumptionof the building. See Table 30below

Table 30 belowcontains solutions deemed to satisfy compliance for commonexamples of significant contributors toequipment energy consumption, for a number of different building types or functions.


Table 30: Examples of solutions deemed to complywith the criteria for the reductionof equipment energy load fromsignificantly contributing systems

Ref Functionor equipment criteria

A Small power, plug-in equipment The following equipment meets the criteria for or has beenawarded with a rating from a national or international energyefficient equipment scheme: :1. Office equipment onpage 1942. Other small powered equipment3. Supplementary electric heating.For domestic-scalewhite goods, the criteria in Ref F onpage 191apply.




B Swimming pool 1. Where automatic or semi-automatic pool covers, or 'liquid'pool covers with an automatic dosing system, are fitted toALLpools, including spa pools and hot tub ?(if relevant).

2. The covers envelop the entire pool surfacewhen fullyextended.

3. Where the air temperature in the pool hall canbe controlledso that it is 1°C above thewater temperature.

C Communal laundry facilities withcommercial sized appliances

At least one of the following canbe demonstrated forcommercial-sized appliances:1. Specificationof heat recovery fromwastewater2. Use of greywater for part of thewashing process. This may

be recycled from the final rinse and used for the next pre-wash.

D Data centre onpage 194 1. Design is in accordancewith national or international bestpractice standards for energy efficiency in data centres orwhere no national standards existing, are designed inaccordancewith the 'Best practices for the EUCode ofConduct onData Centres'47 principles with the data centreachieving at least the 'Expected minimum practice' level (asdefined in the Code of Conduct).

2. Temperature set points are not less than24°C, as measuredat the inlet of the equipment in the rack.

E IT-intensive operating areas 1. Uses a natural ventilation and cooling strategy as standard,with forced ventilationonly to be used when the internaltemperature exceeds 20°C and active cooling onlywhen theinternal temperature exceeds 22°C.

2. There is a mechanism to achieve automatic power downofequipment whennot in-use, including overnight.




F Residential areas withdomestic-scale appliances (individual andcommunal facilities)

1. Fridges, freezers and fridge-freezers have anenergy ratingunder a national or international energy efficient whitegoods scheme equivalent to anA+ (or equivalent rating)under the EUEnergy Labelling scheme, a national orinternational energy efficient white goods scheme.

2. Washing machines and dishwashers have anenergy ratingunder a national or international energy efficient whitegoods scheme equivalent to anA rating under the EUEnergyLabelling scheme have anA (or equivalent rating) under anational or international energy efficient white goodsscheme.

3. Where provided, washer-dryers and tumble dryers have anenergy rating under a national or international energyefficient white goods scheme equivalent to anB rating underthe EUEnergy Labelling scheme a B rating (or equivalentrating) under a national or international energy efficient whitegoods scheme. (If not provided criterion F4 must beachieved for tumble dryers.)

4. Where provided, air conditioners have anenergy ratingunder a national or international energy efficient whitegoods scheme equivalent to anB rating under the EUEnergyLabelling scheme a B rating (or equivalent rating) under anational or international energy efficient white goodsscheme. (If not provided criterion F4 must be achieved fortumble dryers.)

OR5. If appliances will be purchased during occupationby the

tenant or owner, informationon the appropriate energyefficient white goods schememust be provided to allresidential areas of the building.

Note:1. Anywhite goods available to purchase from the developer

must be compliant with criteriaF1 to F4 above.2. If criterion F5 was chosen to demonstrate compliance, only

one of the two available credits could be awarded.




H Kitchenand catering facilities The project has incorporated at least two thirds of the energyefficiencymeasures outlined in the section summaries of eachofthe following sections of CIBSEGuide TM5048 (except asspecified):1. Section8 (Drainage and kitchenwaste removal)2. Section9 (Energy controls - specifically controls relevant to

appliances)3. Section11 (Appliance specification - not fabricationor utensil

specifications)4. Section12 (Refrigeration)5. Section13 (Warewashing:dishwashers and glasswashers)6. Section14 (Cooking appliance selection)7. Section15 (Water temperatures, taps, faucets and water

saving controls).Refrigeration for kitchenand catering facilities should be assessedhere, not in Ene 05 Energy efficient cold storage onpage 173.

Energy efficient white goods scheme and equivalent rating scheme (Category reference F)Energy rating certifications other than the EU labelling schemewill be accepted, providing the energy efficiencyperformance is equivalent to the EU labelling scheme. This canbe any internationally recognised energy efficiency labellingscheme for white goods or a national schemedeveloped for use in the country of assessment, for example Energy Label(in the EU), Energy Star (in the USA), TheAppliance Energy Rating Scheme (inAustralia), etc. A statement confirming that thescheme is nationally recognised and canbe regarded as equivalent to the EU labelling scheme is required for use.

Compliance notes



CN1 Applicable assessmentcriteria

Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016and shell and core project assessments onpage 422 for a more detaileddescriptionof the shell and core assessment options.


CN2 Applicable assessmentcriteria - Single dwellings

Partially fitted:This issue is not applicable.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply,subject to the notes within section F.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction toSingle andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for amore detailed descriptionof residential assessment options.




CN3 Applicable assessmentcriteria - Multiple dwellings

Partially fitted:This issue is not applicable.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply,subject to the notes within section F.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction toSingle andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for amore detailed descriptionof residential assessment options.

General

CN4 Refrigeration equipment The criteria in Small power, plug-in equipment onpage 189 apply to thefollowing refrigeration equipment (where present):1. Air-cooled condensing units2. Cellar cooling3. Commercial service cabinets4. Curtains or blinds for refrigerated display cabinets5. Refrigeration compressors6. Refrigeration system controls7. Refrigerated display cabinets.

CN4.1 Ameaningful reduction inequipment energydemand

BREEAMdoes not specify a level or percentage that defines ameaningfulreduction in equipment energydemand. The project teammust justifyhow theyhave determined or judged ameaningful reduction from theequipment energydemand and the assessor must be satisfied that thisis an appropriate justification.

CN4.2 Cold storage The criteria do apply to commercial kitchen refrigerationbut not to othercommercial or industrial sized refrigeration and storage systems. Thesesystems are covered within the scope of Ene 05 Energy efficient coldstorage onpage 173 and should be removed from the list of Ene 08Energy efficient equipment onpage 189loads with respect to this issue.

CN4.3 Lifts, escalators and movingwalks

This issue does not apply to lifts, escalators and moving walkways. Thesesystems are covered within the scope of Ene 06 Energy efficienttransport systems onpage 179 and should be removed from the list ofequipment energy loads with respect to this issue.

CN4.4 Laboratory systems This issue does not apply to laboratory ducted fume cupboards. Thesesystems are covered within the scope of Ene 07 Energy efficientlaboratory systems onpage 183 and should be removed from the list ofequipment energy loads with respect to this issue.

CN4.5 Reuse of equipment Reuse of electrical equipment does not comply bydefault, as it maynotbe themost energy efficient option. However, the credit could beawarded if either of the following criteria are demonstrated:

— Reusing the old equipment would, over the course of its life, be amore energy efficient option than specifying newequipment.



Methodology

Estimating annual equipment energy consumption

Amethod should be used that estimates actual energy use, based onexpected equipment loads and hours of operation. Theenergy uses maybe estimated byusing simple hand calculations, benchmarkdata or by themethods described inCIBSETM54:Evaluating operational energyperformance of buildings at the design stage49.

Estimating a significant proportion of annual equipment energy consumption

This methodology is used to estimatewhich energy uses make up a significant proportionof the equipment energy uses andso detailed calculations are not required. The approach should focus on identifying the larger energy uses that should beincluded and the small energy uses that canbe excluded. As a guide, energy uses making up at least 90%of the estimatedtotal annual energy consumption should typically be included.

Evidence


All The following where appropriate:— Relevant sectionor clauses of the building

specificationor contract.— Manufacturers product details.— Documentation confirming compliance

with the relevant schemeor standardoutlined in the criteria, e.g. details ofcompliancewith the ECA scheme criteria.

— Designdrawings or calculations.

The following where appropriate:— BREEAMAssessor’s site

inspection report andphotographic evidence.

— Manufacturers product details.— Documentation confirming the

installed equipment complieswith the relevant schemeorstandard outlined in thecriteria.



Data centreFor the purpose of this BREEAMissue, the term 'data centres' includes all buildings, facilities and roomswhich containenterprise servers, server communication equipment, cooling equipment and power equipment, and mayprovidesome form of data service (e.g. large-scalemission critical facilities all thewaydown to small server rooms located inoffice buildings).

IT-intensive areasThese include computer areas wheremore thanone computer per 5m²is provided, e.g. training suites, designstudios, libraries' IT areas and other areas with a highdensity of computing devices.

Office equipmentComputer monitors, desktop computers, scanners, photocopiers, printers, workstations etc.

Equipment energyBuilding energy consumption resulting from systems or processes within the building, other than Service energy. Thismay include energy consumption from systems integral to the building and its operation, e.g. lifts, escalators,



refrigeration systems, ducted fume cupboards;or energy consumption from operational-related equipment, e.g.servers, printers, computers, mobile fume cupboards, cooking and other appliances.

White goods and small power equipmentDomestic appliances for examplewashing machines, fridges, freezers, fridge-freezers, tumble dryers, washer-dryers,air movement fans or heaters, etc.

Other information

None.



Ene 09 Drying space

(residential only)


1 No

Aim

To provide a reduced energymeans of drying clothes.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 For self-contained dwellings: an adequate internal or external spacewithposts and footings, or fixings capable ofholding:1.a One to two bedrooms:4m+of drying line1.b Three or more bedrooms:6m+of drying line.

OR

2 Individual bedrooms:an adequate internal or external spacewithposts and footings, or fixings capable of holding:2.a Twometres or more of drying line per bedroom for developments with up to 30 individual bedrooms;plus2.b Onemetre of additional drying line for eachbedroom over the 30 individual bedroom threshold.

AND

3 The space (internal or external) is secure.


None.

Compliance notes




Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable.


Ene 09 Drying space Energy





CN2.1 Partially fitteddwellings

Where it is not possible to provide fittings for the drying line, it is still necessary tospecify, design and construct the designated drying area for future fitting of thedrying line.

General

CN3 Adequate internalspace See criteria 1on the previouspage and 2 on theprevious page.

This is either:— A heated spacewith adequate, controlled ventilation, complying with

national building regulations (rooms that commonlymeet theserequirements are a bathroom or utility room);OR

— Anunheated outbuilding, where calculations by anappropriate buildingservices engineer (or equivalent professional) demonstrate that ventilationin the space is adequate to allowdrying in normal climatic conditions andto prevent condensation and mould growth.;AND

— The fixing or fitting needs to be a permanent feature of the room.Internal drying spaces in the following rooms do not comply:

— Living rooms.— Kitchens.— Dining rooms.— Mainhalls.— Bedrooms.

CN3.1 Building has noresidential areas

Please note that where a building contains no residential function this issue is notapplicable and will not require assessment.

CN3.2 Supported livingfacilities

This issue does not apply to assessments of Residential institutions such assupported living facilities (for safety reasons, to minimise ligature risk to particularresidents).

Methodology

None.



Evidence


All Designdrawingsorrelevant sectionor clauses of the building specificationor contractora formal letter of instruction from the developer to acontractor or supplier.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidenceoras-built drawings. Purchase orders or receipts.



Secure spaceFor self-contained dwellings this canbe defined as anenclosed space only accessible to the residents of the dwelling.For buildings with a communal drying space it is an enclosed spacewith a secure entrance, accessible to the residentsof the building only.

Other information

None.


Transport

8.0 Transport

Summary

This category encourages better access to sustainablemeans of transport for building users. Issues in this section focus onthe accessibility of public transport and other alternative transport solutions (cyclist facilities, provisionof amenities local to abuilding) that support reductions in car journeys and, therefore, congestion and CO₂emissions over the life of the building.


Issue ID Credits Credit summary

Tra 01 Public transportaccessibility

Up to 5credits

— Recognitionof developments in close proximity to good publictransport networks, therebyhelping to reduce transport-relatedpollution and congestion.

Tra 02 Proximity to amenities Up to 2credits

— Recognitionof developments in close proximity of, and accessibleto, local amenities which are likely to be frequently required andused bybuilding occupants.

Tra 03a Alternativemodesof transportTra 03b Alternativemodesof transport

Up to 2credits

— Provisionof facilities to encourage travel using lowcarbonmodesof transport and to minimise individual journeys.

Tra 04 Maximum car parkingcapacity

Up to 2credits

— Recognitionof developments that limit car parking capacity.

Tra05 Travel plan 1 — To promote sustainable reductions in transport burdens byundertaking a site specific travel assessment or statement anddeveloping a travel planbased on the needs of the particular site.

Tra 06 Homeoffice 1 —To provide necessary space and services to be able to work fromhome and reduce the need to commute to work.


Transport BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Tra 01 Public transport accessibility

(all buildings)



Aim

To recognise and encourage development in proximity of good public transport networks, therebyhelping to reducetransport-related pollution and congestion.

Assessment criteria


— Accessibility Index (up to 5 credits - building type dependent)— Dedicated bus service (1 credit)


Up to five credits - Accessibility Index

1 The public transport Accessibility Index (AI) for the assessed building is calculated and BREEAMcredits awarded inaccordancewith the table of building types, AIbenchmarks and BREEAMcredits in Table 31 on the facing page

2 TheAccessibility Index is determined byentering the following information in to the BREEAMTra 01 calculator:2.a The distance (m) from themainbuilding entrance to each compliant public transport node2.b The public transport types serving the compliant node, e.g. bus or rail2.c The average number of services stopping per hour at each compliant node during the operating hours of the

building for a typical day (see compliance notes and Table 32 onpage 205

OR

One credit - Dedicated bus service

3 For buildings with a fixed shift pattern, i.e. where building users will predominantly arrive or depart at set times, one creditcanbe awarded where the building occupier provides, or commits to providing a dedicated bus service to and from thebuilding at the beginning and end of each shift or day.

This credit is only available in cases where a development is unable to achieve anyof the available credits using theAccessibilityIndex criteria (i.e. its locationhas a lowpublic transport Accessibility Index).


Tra 01 Public transport accessibility Transport


Table 31.Credits available for eachbuilding type relating to the public transport Accessibility Index (AI) score.

Accessibility Index ≥ 0.5 ≥ 1 ≥ 2 ≥ 4 ≥ 8 ≥ 10 ≥ 12 ≥ 18

Building type BREEAM credits available

Offices, Industrial, Residential institutions, otherbuilding type 1

- - 1 2 3 - - -

Preschool, School - - 1 2 3 - - -

Retail, higher education type 1, Other building type 2 - - 1 2 3 3 4 5

Higher education type 2 - - 1 2 3 4 5 -

Rural location sensitive buildings, Other building type3,

- - 1 2 - - - -

Residential dwellings 1 2 3 4 - - - -

Compliance notes




Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function applyRefer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.




General




CN3 Campusdevelopments,see criterion1 onpage 200

Where 80%or more of the buildings ona campus style development, e.g. further orhigher education sites, arewithin 1000m of the campus’s main entrance, then thecampusmain entrance canbe used as the reference point for the assessment ofdistance to compliant public transport nodes for this issue.The campusmain entrance is that which is accessed by themajority of the assessedbuilding's staff or students or visitors. A sitemayhavemore thanonemain entrancewhichbetween them account for themajority of staff, students and visitors thataccess the site. In such a case either entrance canbe used as the basis for thecalculation.Where less than80%of the buildings on the campus development arewithin 1000mof the campusmain entrance, the assessed building's main entrancemust be used asthe reference point for the assessment of distance to compliant public transportnode for this issue. This rule implies that for large campus developments, whendistances are too great to be comfortably covered bywalking, the needs of thebuilding users would be served better by locating the public transport nodes inside oron the periphery of the campus.Where the building is not part of a centralised campus then its main entrancemust beused as the reference point for the assessment of this issue.

CN3.1 Dedicated busservices,see criterion3

The credit for the provisionof a dedicated bus service is available for anybuilding typewith a fixed shift pattern; examples could include schools, offices, retail, factories etc.The busmust provide transfer to the local population centre, public transportinterchange or be a door to door service. The credit is provided as an alternative,where theAIof the building is too low to achieve anyBREEAMcredits, but where thebuilding users will have the optionof a dedicated bus service. However, a dedicatedbus service canbe included in the public transport Accessibility Index calculation as ameans of contributing towards achieving credits via this method (regardless of theshift pattern).Where this is the case, the distance from themainbuilding entrance tothe drop-off or pick-up point (the transport node) of the service should be used.

CN3.2 Phaseddevelopments,see criterion3

In the case of a large phased development where new transport facilities will beprovided, but at a later stage than the building being assessed, the assessment canconsider such facilities provided thata commitment has beenmade to provide transport facilities within the shortest of thefollowing periods:1. The transport facilities will be available for use by the time 25%of all phases

have been completed and are ready for occupation.OR

2. The transport facilities will be available for usewithin 25%of the total build timefor the phase inwhich the assessed building forms a part, measured from thecompletiondate of that phase.

Themost appropriate rule for the development in questionmust be used, ensuringthat the time building users have to wait before having use of the transport facilities isas short as possible.Where the transport facilities will not be available for usewithin aperiod of five years from occupationof the building, they cannot be considered fordetermining compliancewith the BREEAMcriteria.



Methodology

Calculating the average number of services

For the purpose of the calculation, the frequencyof public transport is the average number of services per hour. This iscalculated bydetermining the number of stopping services at the node during the peakarrival or departure times for thebuilding or the building's typical day's operating hours (see definition 'operating hours'), divided by the number of hours withinthat period. For example: the average number of services for an assessment of a building that operates between08:00 -19:00 hrs (11 hours) and is within proximity of a bus stop with35 stopping services during this period is 3.2 (equivalent to anaverage service frequencyof approximately 20 minutes).

Multiple services

Services that operate frommore thanone nodewithin proximity of the building, i.e. two separate bus stops served by thesame bus,must be considered only once; at the node in closest proximity to the building. Different services at the same nodecanbe considered as separate.

Bi-directional routes

Routes will be bi-directional; however for the purpose of calculating the index, consider only the directionwith the highestfrequency.

Evidence


1, 2 Scalemap highlighting the locationof the buildingand all publictransport nodes in proximity of thebuilding.Timetables for each service at eachpublic transport node considered.The calculated Accessibility Indexbelowfor the building.Whereappropriate information about thededicated bus service.A completed copyof the Tra 01calculator

As design stage.Where relying ona calculation carried out at the designstage to demonstrate compliance post-construction, ifthe period betweendesign and post-construction stagereporting is greater than12 months, then theAImust bere-calculated using up-to-date public transporttimetable information.As per interim design stage.

3 A formal letter from the futurebuilding occupier confirmingprovisionof and details for thededicated bus services.




Accessibility Index



Ameasure that provides an indicator of the accessibility and density of the public transport networkat a point ofinterest (in the case of BREEAM, a building). The index is influenced by the proximity and diversity of the publictransport networkand the level or frequencyof service at the accessible node.For example, a building that has a singlepublic transport node 500m from its mainbuilding entrancewithone service stopping every 15 minutes, i.e. fourservices per hour onaverage, will score anAIof approximately 1.90. Alternatively, the same nodewithone serviceevery 15 minutes, but 300m from the building entrancewill achieve anAIof 2.26. The same nodewith two servicesstopping every 15 minutes will score anAIof 2.85. The greater the number of compliant nodes, services and theirproximity to the building, the higher theAI.

Additional building type classificationsHigher Education:education that continues beyond the compulsory level, e.g. Colleges and Universities.Higher Education type 1:H.Ebuildings located ona campus where less than25%of students are resident on thecampus or within 1km radius from the campusmain entrance.Higher Education type 2:H.Ebuildings located onacampus where 25%or more of the students are resident on the campus or within 1km radius from the campus’smain entrance.Other Building - type 1:A building predominantly occupied by staff or employees withoccasionalbusiness related visitors.Other Building - type 2:Hotel; a building occupied by a number of core staff or employeeswith a larger number of consistently frequent visitors or users (either resident or non-resident).Other Building - type 3:As type 2, but building types specifically required to be located rurally as a result of its function,i.e. a building whichwould never be located within anurbanarea, e.g. a National Parkvisitor centre (see definitionofrural and rural location sensitive buildings location).

BREEAM Tra 01 Calculator toolA spreadsheet-based calculator used to determine theAccessibility Index for the assessed building and the numberof BREEAMcredits achieved.

Compliant transport nodeA compliant node includes anybus servicewith a stop within 650m and any railway stationwithin 1000m of theassessed building's main entrance,measured via a safe pedestrian route (not 'as the crow flies'). The service stoppingat eachnodemust provide transport from, or onward travel to, either anurban centre, major transport node or acommunity focal point, e.g. doctor's surgery, library, school or village centre. Only local services should be assessedand anynational public transport services should be excluded from the analysis, unless such a service canbe said toprovide a local commuter service.

Mainbuilding entranceThemainbuilding entrance is the entrance to the assessed building which is directly connected to themainbuildingreception, circulation routes, lifts or stairs and is available to themajority of the building's staff and visitors on arrival, itis not the site entrance (unless the site entrance is also the building entrance, e.g. building with a boundary ona publichighway).

Operating hoursBREEAMseeks to define the building's accessibility to the public transport network for the period during which themajority of building users will travel to and from the building. Inmost cases the normal operating hours of the buildingcanbe used.Where shift patterns see themajority of building users (over 80%) arriving or leaving during a certainperiod, for example anoffice building where themajority of officeworkers arrive between8.00-10.00, then thatperiod canbe used as an alternative to the operating hours of the building. This accounts for some building types thatoperate a 24 hour day and ona shift workbasis.During what typicallywould be deemed unsociable hours, andtherefore periods where there is little if anypublic transport operating, suchperiods are not required to beaccounted for in the assessment of this issue.Where the assessed building operates ona 24-hour basis or theoperating hours are unknownat the time of assessment, then refer to and use the table of default operating hours,which canbe found in the additional information sectionof this issue.

Rural location (Urban location)A rural location is defined in this context as a site clearly not within or on the boundary of a small, medium or largeurban cover. Anurban cover will have a populationof 3000 people or more, located within a tract of continuouslybuilt-up urban land extending 20 hectares or more. Therefore, the definitionof rural includes village locations, greenfield sites or small urban centres with a populationof less 3000 peoplewithin a tract of land no greater than20



hectares. Such locations willmost likely be ona local bus route to larger urbanareas or other local towns and mayhave local shops and other facilities.

Rural location sensitive buildingsThis definition includes anyof the building types (listed below)where there is a demonstrable social or economic needfrom a rural population for the service or demand,which the newbuilding is intended to meet; and therefore locatingthe building at an alternative sitewhich could have higher public transport accessibility levels, i.e. within anurbanisedarea, is unfeasible. The following building types are examples of those that may fall into this category.1. Offices where providing services to the local community2. Industrialwhere providing services to the local community3. Retailwhere providing services to the local community4. Preschool, primary and secondary schoolwhere providing services to the local community5. Residential dwellings where providing accommodation to the local community

Typical dayThe typical day is that which represents the period when travel to and from the building by its users and visitors will beat its highest. For most buildings this should be takenas amidweekday. In choosing a typical day the assessor shouldcheck that timetabled information for that day is, within reason, representative of the public transport provision forthe entire operating week (excluding Sundays).

Other information

Table 32Default hours of operationbybuilding type for a typical day

Building type Default hours

Commercial 08:00 - 19:00

Preschool, school 07:30 -22:00,15:00 - 17:30

University, Higher Education 08:00 - 19:00

Retail: Shopping centre 09:00 - 19:00

Retail: Supermarket 08:00 - 22:00

Retail: Service provider 08:00 - 18:00

Retail: Convenience store 07:00 - 22:00

Retail:DIYor retail park 08:00 - 20:00

Retail: shop 08:30 - 17:30

Residential dwellings and residential institutions 08:00 - 19:00

Hotel 08:00 - 19:00

24-hour use building 07:00 - 20:00

Note:These hours are provided as a guideline:differing hours canbe used,where justified by the assessor, as a result ofregional or national culture, customs or routine.



Tra 02 Proximity to amenities

(all buildings)



Aim

To encourage and reward a building location that facilitates easy access to local services and so reduces the environmental,social and economic impacts resulting frommultiple or extended building user journeys, including transport-related emissionsand traffic congestion.

Assessment criteria


Up to two credits

1 Where a building is located within close proximity of, and accessible to, local amenities which are likely to be frequentlyrequired and used bybuilding occupants, as outlined in Table 33 below

2 Where a building type is indicated to have core amenities ('C' in Table 33 below) at least two of thesemust be providedas a part of the total number required. The remaining number of amenities required canbemet using anyotherapplicable amenities (including any remaining core amenities).


Table 33Credits available for Tra02 for different building types

Building types

Criteria Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 5(Two creditsavailable)

Type 6

No. of BREEAMcredits 1 1 1 1 1 1

No. of amenities 3 3 4 4 7 2

Proximity (metres) 500 500 500 500 1000 500

Appropriate food outlet C C C C C ✔


Tra 02 Proximity to amenities Transport

Building types

Criteria Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 5(Two creditsavailable)

Type 6

Access to cash C C C C C ✔

Access to anoutdoor open space (publicor private, provided suitably sized andaccessible to building users)

✔ ✔ ✔ C C ✔

Access to a recreationor leisure facility forfitness or sports

C C C ✔ ✔ ✔

Publicly available postal facility ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Community facility ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Over the counter services associated witha pharmacy

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Public sector doctor's surgery or generalmedical centre

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Child care facility or school ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Key:✔ - Amenity relevant to building type.C - Core amenity for building type

Building Types:Type 1:Offices, retail, industrial,Type 2:Pre-school, schoolsType 3:Higher education and universityType 4:Healthcare, requires a bespoke assessmentType 5:Residential dwellings and residential institutions- long term stay (two credits are available and each canbeawarded independently of the other)Type 6:Hotel, residential institutions - short term stay, and other non-standard buildings

Compliance notes









CN2 Applicableassessment criteria- Single and multipledwellings


General

CN3 Collective amenities One type of amenitymay also exist within or as part of other types of amenities, e.g.a grocery store in a petrol station, cashpoint or pharmacy in a supermarket etc. It isnot a requirement of this issue that each amenity is 'stand alone'.

CN3.1 Amenities withinassessed buildingor on-site

Anamenitywithin the building or on the same site as the proposed development,e.g. where the assessed building is part of a campus, retail or business parkorcentre, complies with the assessment criteria.

CN3.2 Phaseddevelopments

The guidance provided in BREEAMissue Tra 01 Public transport accessibility onpage200, concerning phased developments, also applies to this issue.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All Marked-up site planor map highlighting:— Locationof assessed building— Location and type of amenities— The route to the amenities— Planor map scale.

Assessor’s building or site inspection andphotographic evidence confirming:

— The existence of the local amenities— The route and distance to the amenities.


Tra 02 Proximity to amenities Transport


All Where the amenities do not currentlyexist, but are due to be developed, aletter from the client or developerconfirming:

— The location and type ofamenities to be provided.

— The timescale for developmentof the amenities.

Evidence as outlined at the design stage ofassessmentORAs abovewhere amenities developed, or underdevelopment at the time of post-constructionreviewor assessment.



Accessible amenitiesAmenities (as listed) that arewithin the required proximity (distance inmetres) of the building and accessible via safepedestrian routes, e.g. pavements or paths and safe crossing points or, where provided, dedicated pedestriancrossing points. The distance should not bemeasured in a straight line.

Access to anoutdoor open space (public or private, suitably sized and accessible to building users)A space that enables building users to take anappropriate break from internal building activities, for example, anoffice building would benefit from a space to sit outside and have lunch. These spaces will need to be suitably sized toensure that the space supports a reasonable number of building users associated with the project and should notform a part of the public highway.

Access to a recreationor leisure facilityA facility that will allowbuilding users to exercise and maintain a healthy lifestyle. This could include a local leisurecentre, tennis courts, anon-site gym or, for a school, a local playground.

Appropriate food outletAmeans of accessing a food supply that is affordable to themajority of the building's users, as well as beingappropriate for their day-to-day needs. For example, a small office building would benefit from having a small shopselling sandwiches or snacks, a residential dwelling and a residential institutionwould benefit from having a restaurantin the local area.

Child care or schoolThe intentionof this amenity is to provide child support for potential building users, this could include a nursery, childminding facilities or a school local to the development. A school cannot be considered anamenity to a BREEAMassessment of the same school.

Community facilityAn internal space that is inclusive to themajority of building users who will occupy the assessed building ordevelopment. The facilitywill serve to facilitate community activities for the assessed building and its users. Forexample, for a residential dwelling or a residential institution this could be a community hall or for anoffice building, apublic house.

Other information

None.


Tra 03a Alternativemodes of transport


Tra 03a Alternative modes of transport

(non-residential, and residential institutions only)


2 No

Aim

To provide facilities which encourage building users to travel using low-carbonmodes of transport and to minimise individualjourneys.

Assessment criteria


Up to two credits

One of the following options has been implemented:

Option Criteria Applicable building types Credits

1 1 During the preparationof the brief the design team hasconsulted with the local authority on the state of the localcycling networkand how the development could contributeto improving it.

2 One propositionhas been chosen in agreement with thelocal authority and implemented. This propositionmust beadditional to what would have beendone by the localauthoritywithout the support from the project and musthave a significant impact on the local cycling network.

All 2

2 3 Negotiations with local bus companies have resulted in anincrease of the local service provision in the development’slocal area.

4 This increase in public transport service has improved theexisting AIby at least 1.00 (see Tra 01 Public transportaccessibility onpage 200).

All 2


Tra 03a Alternativemodes of transport Tra 03a Alternativemodes of transport

Option Criteria Applicable building types Credits

3 5 Electric recharging stations have beenprovided for at least3%of the total car parking capacity for the building.

6 The design team candemonstrate electric vehicles usingthese charging points will have lower CO₂emissions thanpetrol or diesel counterparts.

All 2

4 7 A car sharing group or facility has been set up to facilitateand encourage building users to signup to a car sharingscheme.

8 Marketing material has beendeveloped to help raiseawareness of the system and will be communicated to thetenants where applicable.

9 Priority spaces for car sharers are provided for at least 5%of the total car parking capacity for the building.

10 Priority spaces are located in the nearest available spaces inthe nearest available parking area to themainbuildingentrance on site.

All 2

5 11 Compliant cycle storage spaces that meet theminimumlevels set out in Table 34 below (see Checklists and tablesbelow) are installed.

All 1


13 At least two of the following compliant facilities must beprovided for the building users:13.a Compliant showers13.b Compliant changing facilities and lockers for clothes13.c Compliant drying space for wet clothes.

Office, industrial, pre-school, school, highereducation, university, otherbuilding type 1 and 2, retail,hotel, other building type 3

1


The following outlines the exemplary level criteria to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAMissue.

6. Two of the options above have been implemented.


Table 34Cycle storage criteria for eachbuilding type

Building type No. spacesper unit ofmeasure

Unit ofmeasure

Notes

Commercial

Offices, Industrial 1 10 staff None




Retail

Large retail 1 10 staff The number of staff should be themaximumnumber using the building at any time or shift. Thestaff spaces must be provided in addition tocustomer spaces.While theydo not need to beseparate from customer spaces, this isencouraged. This is subject to providing aminimumof 10 cycle customer spaces. Any retaildevelopment that provides at least 50 customercycle storage spaces will comply regardless of thenumber of parking spaces.

1 20 publiccar parkingspaces

Small retail 10 Total The spaces must be publicly accessiblewithin theproximity of a mainbuilding entrance. Compliantcyclist facilities are intended for staff only, i.e. it isnot a requirement of compliance to providefacilities for customers.

Education

Pre-school 1 10 staff None

Primary school 5 Per class inyear group

For example:where a primary school has beendesigned to accommodate three classes per year,a total of 15 compliant cycle storage spaces areprovided for thewhole school.Where there arevarying numbers of forms or classes per year, thecalculationmust be based on the year with thegreatest number of classes or forms.

Secondary schools and highereducation

1 10 staffand pupilsorstudentstotal

Student numbers must account for bothunder-and post-graduates, as well as PhD students andpost-doctorates.

Residential institutions

Student residences 1 10 staff The requirement is subject to aminimum of onecompliant space being provided.

1 2 residents



Sheltered housing, care homes,supported living facility

1 10 staff * Or spaces specified in accordancewith thenumber required as identified by the likely residentprofile.Where the resident profile is not the elderlyor physically disabled or impaired then, whereappropriate, the requirement for wheelchair orelectric buggy spaces should be changed tocompliant cycle spaces.

1compliantwheelchairor electricbuggystoragespaces

10residents*

Other buildings

Type 1* Use the criteria defined for office buildings.

Type 2* 1 10 staff None

1 10 visitorsor beds

Type 3* 1 20 staff A single credit canbe awarded where spaces forstaff only are provided as well as the appropriatecompliant cyclist facilities. The compliance noteallowing a reduction to the cyclist provision in rurallocations has beenaccounted for in the unit ofmeasure for this transport type. It should nottherefore be applied again.

1 20buildingvisitors orbeds

Note :Where the number of building users (based upon the unit of measure) exceeds 200, the sliding scale of compliancecanbe used to identify the appropriate number of cycle spaces required (seeMethodologyonpage 215).

*See relevant definitions in the BREEAMissue Tra 01 Public transport accessibility onpage 200 for classificationof otherbuildings - type 1, 2 and 3.

Compliance notes



CN1 Applicableassessmentoptions








Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable to residential dwellings.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionof residentialassessment options.

General

CN3 Number ofbuildingoccupantsunknown

If it is not possible to confirm the number of building occupants commuting to thedevelopment, possibly due to the speculative nature of the building, then the defaultoccupancy rates given in the table in theAdditional information sectionof BREEAMissue Tra04Maximum car parking capacity onpage 225 canbe used to help determine a defaultnumber of users.Alternatively, the number of building occupants in anexisting development of similar typeand size canbe used (the assessor needs to justify or validate the number used in theircertification report).

CN3.1 Building users Where the term building users is referenced, this refers to the staff who willworkwithin thebuilding.

CN3.2 Building types Please see BREEAMissue Tra 01 Public transport accessibility onpage 200 to determine thebuilding type. If assessing a bespoke building, please see the bespoke criteria appendix forconfirmation.

CN3.3 Moreonerousrequirements

Where local authorities requiremore onerous requirements thanBREEAM(i.e. number ofelectric recharging stations or cycle spaces), thesemust bemet in order to award thecredits.

CN3.4 Existingcompliantfacilities andextensions toexistingbuildings

For assessments of newbuildings onanexisting site, where there are existing compliantfacilities, such facilities canbe assessed against the requirements of this issue. The number ofexisting compliant facilities must be large enough to cater for the building users of theassessed building, in addition to the users from anyexisting buildings.

CN3.5 Buildinglocations witha high level ofpublictransportaccessibility

For sites where at least 50%of the available credits for BREEAMissue Tra 01 Publictransport accessibility onpage 200 have beenawarded (rounded to the nearest wholecredit), the number of compliant cycle spaces canbe reduced by50%. This reductionwillalso reduce the requirement for compliant shower or lockers by the samemargin.




CN3.6 Public bicyclesharingsystems

Bicycle sharing systems are increasingly popular and diverse systems have appeared overthe past fewyears inmajor cities whereby a number of bicycles aremade available forshared use amongst peoplewho do not owna bicycle. The central concept of manyof thesystems is free or affordable access to bicycles for city transport in order to reduce the useof automobiles for short trips inside the city therebydiminishing traffic congestion, noiseand air pollution.Up to 50%of the BREEAMcycle spaces requirement maybe provided by a public bicyclesharing systemwhere it complies with the following:1. The program is implemented by themunicipality or througha public–private

partnership.2. The systemmust be open to casual users who wish to use them for one-way rides to

work, educationor shopping centres.3. Bicycles are available at unattended urban locations; and theyoperate in amanner that

could be seenas 'bicycle transit'4. Service terminals must be available throughout the city5. The average distance between service terminals is 500mmaximum in inner city areas.6. A service terminal is availablewithin 500m of themainbuilding entrance.7. The bicycle terminals do not need to complywith the design requirements listed in the

definitionof Compliant cycle storage onpage 217.The number of compliant facilities is calculated based on the total number of cycle spacesrequired. For retail projects, public bicycle spaces can also count towards the number ofcustomer cycle spaces required.

CN3.7 Rurallocations

For sites in rural locations, where the average building user commuting distances are likely tobe greater than16 km, the number of compliant cycle spaces canbe reduced by50%. Thisreductionwill also reduce the requirement for compliant shower and lockers by the samemargin.A 50% reduction in this context cannot be applied in addition to the 50% reductiondue tothe building’s Public Transport Accessibility level (as described inCN3.5 on the previouspageCN3.5 on the previous pageA rural location is defined in BREEAMissue Tra 01 Public transport accessibility onpage 200

CN3.8 Minimumnumber offacilities

Wheremore than theminimum number of compliant cycle spaces is provided, it is notnecessary to also providemore than theminimum number of showers or lockers orchanging facilities.


CN4 Hotel Where the term ‘building visitors’ is used this does not include guests staying at the hotel.However, it would include visitors to the conference facilities or restaurant or gym, etc. whoare not staying in the hotel (where present).

Methodology

Sliding scale of compliance

To recognise the increased confidence in availability that occurs where there is larger scale provisionof facilities, it isacceptable to reduce the provision requirement for building users by increasing the standard unit of measure (defined inTable 34 onpage 211




1. For buildings withmore than200 users but less than300, the unit of measure canbe increased by a ratio of 1.5.2. For buildings withmore than300 users but less than400, the unit of measure canbe increased by a ratio of 2.3. For buildings withmore than400 users, the unit of measure canbe increased by a ratio of 2.5.

For example, anoffice building with800 users would be required to provide the following number of cycle storage spaces:

— 1–200 users@ 1 space per 10 users = 20 spaces— 201–300 users@ 1 space per 15 users (standard unit of measure x1.5)= 7 spaces— 301–400 users@ 1 space per 20 users (standard unit of measure x2)= 5 spaces— 401+users@ 1 space per 25 users (standard unit of measure x2.5)= 16 spaces— Total compliant cycle storage spaces required =48 spaces

The sliding scale of compliance does not apply to the following building types: small and large retail, primary schools, andresidential institutions.

Minimum cycle storage provision

Where the calculated number of required cycle storage spaces is less than four, total provision should be based on the lowerof the following:

1. Aminimum of four compliant storage spaces must be provided OR2. One space per user (staff and where appropriate other user groups).

Provision of cycle storage and facilities on site with multiple buildings

Where a newor infill building is constructed onanexisting site, or multiple newbuildings are to be constructed on the samesite, compliancewith this issuemaybe assessed based on the stand-alone building or ona site-wide basis. How this isdetermined depends on the configurationof the proposed cycle storage, cycle facilities and the interpretation andjustificationof the assessor.

Stand alone approach

Where cycle storage and associated facilities are being provided for the assessed building only, the following applies:

Cyclist storage:

— The number of cycle storage spaces is compliant based on the number of users in the assessed building— All storage spaces provided must be BREEAMcompliant and thesemust be located within, or in close proximity to

the assessed building. It is clear from access arrangements, demarcation and positioning that the cycle storageprovided is clearly associated with the assessed building only

— The sliding scale of compliance canbe applied whendetermining the number of storage spaces required.

Cyclist facilities:

— All newand existing facilities maybe included provided they are BREEAMcompliant.— Facilities should be located within the assessed building, or in an accessible adjacent building and for the sole use of

the assessed building’s users.

Site-wide approach

Where cycle storage and associated facilities are provided and thesewould be accessible to all users of the entire site, orwhere there is a distinct group of local buildings within a site that would share facilities, the following applies:

Cyclist storage:

— The number of cycle storage spaces is compliant based on the number of users on site or within a group of localbuildings.

— All newstorage spaces must be BREEAMcompliant. Existing storage spaces may also be counted, provided theyallowbikes to be easily stored and removed with the ability to be locked securely to a compliant cycle space(seepoint 2 of compliant cycle storage, in the Relevant definitions on the facing page).




Cyclist facilities:

— The number of cyclist facilities is compliant based on the number of users on sitewho would be able to use thesefacilities.

— Cyclist facilities maybe located anywhere on site. However, the total route that cyclists must take to access thenearest cycle storage, cyclist facilities and building entrances must be no greater than200m via a safe andconvenient route, as measured from the first to the last point on the route.Where possible, different types ofcyclist facilities should be grouped together in designated areas for ease of access and use.

— All newand existing facilities maybe included provided they are BREEAMcompliant and conform to the 200mrequirement above.

Combination of the two approaches

Amixture of the two approaches canbe applied where cycle storage is delivered as a site-wide approach and facilities arebeing met for the assessed building only. However, a mixed approach cannot be applied where facilities are delivered as asite-wide approach and storage spaces are being met for the assessed building only.

Evidence


All Designdrawings or relevant sections orclauses of the building specificationorcontract .Plus the following where relevant to optionsselected:

— Assumptions and calculations usedto determine number of publicusers.

— Consultationdocumentation— Responses or actions to consultation

feedback.— Marketing material.— Evidence or calculations supporting

that CO₂emissions from electricvehicles are lower thanpetrol ordiesel counterparts.

As design stage evidence.Assessor’s building or site inspection andphotographic evidence confirming theinstallationof the compliant facilities.Plus timetables where relevant to optionsselected.Where changes have occurred since thedesign stage that could affect thecompliance, full details of the changes arerequired to demonstrate compliance.



Additional building type classificationsSee the BREEAMissue Tra 01 Public transport accessibility onpage 200.

Compliant cycle storageCompliant cycle storage facilities are those that meet the following:1. Where the calculated number of required cycle storage spaces is less than four, total provision should be based

on the lower of the following:a. Aminimum of four compliant storage spaces must be provided (unless otherwise stated)ORb. One space per user (staff and where appropriate other user groups).




2. Cycles canbe secured within spaces in spaces. They are covered overhead and the cycle spaces are set in or fixedto a permanent structure (building or hardstanding). Alternatively the cycle storagemaybe located in a lockedstructure fixed to, or part of, a permanent structurewith appropriate surveillance

3. The distance betweeneach cycle space, and cycle space and other obstructions, e.g. a wall, allows for appropriateaccess to the cycle storage space to enable bikes to be easily stored and accessed

4. The storage facility or entrance to the facility is in a prominent site location that is viewable or overlooked fromeither anoccupied building or amain access to a building

5. The cycle storage facility has adequate lighting; this could be demonstrated with the lighting criteria defined inBREEAMissueHea 01 Visual comfort onpage 71. The lighting must be controlled to avoid out-of-hours use andoperationduring daylight hours, where there is sufficient daylight in or around the facility.

Compliant showersCompliant showers are defined as those that meet the following:1. Provisionof one shower for every ten cycle storage spaces, subject to aminimum provisionof one shower.2. Anybuilding providing eight showers or morewill comply regardless of the number of cycle storage spaces

provided.3. Bothmale and female users must be catered for, i.e. either separate showers within shared gender-specific

facilities (required provision split 50-50) or single shower cubicles and changing space for mixed use.4. The showers do not need to be dedicated to cyclists and canbe those shared withother users or uses.

Compliant changing facilitiesCompliant changing facilities are defined as those that meet the following:1. Appropriately sized for the likely or required number of users. The assessor should use their judgement to

determinewhether the changing area is appropriately sized given the number of cycle storage spaces or showersprovided.

2. Changing areas must include adequate space and facilities to hang or store clothing and equipment whilechanging or showering, e.g. bench seat or hooks.

3. Toilet or shower cubicles cannot be counted as changing facilities.

Compliant lockersCompliant lockers are defined as those that meet the following:1. The number of lockers is at least equal to the number of cycle spaces required.2. Lockers are either in, or adjacent to, compliant changing rooms,where provided.3. The lockers are sized appropriately for the storage of a cyclist's equipment.

Compliant drying spacesA compliant drying space is defined as a space that is specifically designed and designated with adequate heating orventilation for the drying of wet clothes. A plant room, for example, is not a compliant drying space.

Nett lettable area (NLA

Other information

None.


Tra 03b Alternativemodes of transport Tra 03b Alternativemodes of transport

Tra 03b Alternative modes of transport

(residential only)


2 No

Aim

To provide facilities which encourage building users to travel using lowcarbonmodes of transport and to minimise individualjourneys.

Assessment criteria


Up to two credits

One of the following options has been implemented:

Option Criteria Credits

1 1 During the preparationof the brief, the design team has consulted with the local authority onthe provisionor conditionof the local cycling networkand how the development couldcontribute to improving it.

2 One propositionhas been chosen in agreement with the local authority and implemented.This propositionmust be additional to what would have beendone by the local authoritywithout the support from the project and must have a significant impact on the local cyclingnetwork.

2

2 3 Negotiations with any local bus, tram or train companies have resulted in an increase of thelocal service provision in the development’s local area.

4 This improvement in public transport provisionhas increased the pre-development AIby atleast 1.00 (see Tra 01 Public transport accessibility onpage 200).

2

3 5 Electric recharging stations have beenprovided for the dwelling occupants.Table 36 on thenext page illustrates howcredits are achieved.

6 The design team candemonstrate electric vehicles using these charging points will havelower CO₂emissions thanpetrol or diesel counterparts.

2


Tra 03b Alternativemodes of transport


Option Criteria Credits

4 7 A communal ‘car club’ is created where themembers share the use of a locally based fleet ofvehicles.7.a The use of the vehicles should be charged ona ‘pay-as-you-drive’ basis.7.b The club should be introduced to residents in sales literature and during sales or

opendays.7.c Details of the scheme including costs and how to join should be provided to each

dwelling.

2

5 8 Cycles are stored in a compliant individual or communal cycle storage space. This has to besafe, secure, convenient, weather-proof and with easy and direct access.

9 Table 35 below illustrates howcredits are achieved.

Up to2 (seeTable35below



6. Two of the options above have been implemented.


Table 35Number of cycle spaces per dwelling and number of credits available

Size of dwelling 1 cycle spaces for every 2dwellings

1 cycle space perdwelling

2 cycle spaces perdwelling

4 cycle spaces perdwelling

Credits available

Studio or onebedroom

1 2 2 2

2–3 bedrooms 0 1 2 2

4 bedrooms andabove

0 0 1 2

Table 36Number of electric recharging stations per dwelling and number of credits available

Size of dwelling 1 electric recharging stationevery 2 dwellings

1 electric recharging stationper dwelling

2 electric recharging stationsper dwelling

Credits available

Studio or onebedroom

1 2 2



2 bedroomsand above

0 1 2

Compliance notes




Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable to non-residential and residential institutions.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.

Residential — partially fitted and fully fitted



General

CN2.1 Existingcompliantfacilities andextensions toexistingbuildings

Please refer to issue Tra 03a Alternativemodes of transport onpage 210.

CN2.2 Building types Please refer to issue Tra 03a Alternativemodes of transport onpage 210.

CN2.3 Access tocycle store

Access from the cycle store to the public right of waymust not be through the residence, i.e.where cycles are stored in a shed in the backgardenof amid-terraced home and there is nobackgardengate, this is non-compliant.In blocks of flats and multi dwellings with communal areas, communal cycle stores has to belocated within 100m from the front door or themain entrance. If for strategic reasons(outside the control of the developer) the store cannot be located within the requireddistance, exceptions to the rulemaybe allowed. Full details must be provided and BREGlobal consulted prior to awarding credits.

CN2.4 Storagespacewithindwelling

Where cycles are to be stored inside the dwelling, the credit cannot be achieved (unlesswithin a porchof adequate space as defined inminimum space requirements).





CN2.5 Folding cycles The provisionof space for folding cycles stored within the dwelling, would not achieve thecredit. Folding cycles would be a temporary provisionwhereas the provisionof cyclestorage is a permanent feature.

Methodology

Sliding scale of compliance

To recognise the increased confidence in availability that occurs where there is larger scale provisionof facilities, it is acceptableto reduce the provision requirement for building users by increasing the standard unit of measure (defined in Table 35 onpage 220) and potentially the provisionof cyclist facilities on a sliding scale as follows:

1. For buildings withmore than200 users but less than300, the unit of measure canbe increased by a ratio of 1.5.2. For buildings withmore than300 users but less than400, the unit of measure canbe increased by a ratio of 2.3. For buildings withmore than400 users, the unit of measure canbe increased by a ratio of 2.5.

For example, an apartment blockwith500 users would be required to provide the following number of cycle storage spaces:

— 1–200 users@ 1 space per 10 users = 20 spaces— 201–300 users@ 1 space per 15 users (standard unit of measure x1.5)= 7 spaces— 301–400 users@ 1 space per 20 users (standard unit of measure x2)= 5 spaces— 401+users@ 1 space per 25 users (standard unit of measure x2.5)= 4 spaces— Total compliant cycle storage spaces required =34 spaces.

Minimum cycle storage provision

Where the calculated number of required cycle storage spaces is less than four, total provision should be based on the lowerof the following:

1. Aminimum of four compliant storage spaces must be provided OR2. One space per user (staff and where appropriate other user groups).

Provision of cycle storage and facilities on site with multiple buildings

Where a newor infill building is constructed onanexisting site, or multiple newbuildings are to be constructed on the samesite, compliancewith this issuemaybe assessed based on the stand-alone building or ona site-wide basis. How this isdetermined depends on the configurationof the proposed cycle storage, cycle facilities and the interpretation andjustificationof the assessor.

Stand-alone approach

Where cycle storage and associated facilities are being provided for the assessed building only, the following applies:

Cyclist storage:

— The number of cycle storage spaces is compliant based on the number of users in the assessed building.— All storage spaces provided must be BREEAMcompliant and thesemust be located within, or in close proximity to

the assessed building. It is clear from access arrangements, demarcation and positioning that the cycle storageprovided is clearly associated with the assessed building only.


Cyclist facilities:

— All newand existing facilities maybe included provided they are BREEAMcompliant.— Facilities should be located within the assessed building, or in an accessible adjacent building and for the sole use of

the assessed building’s users.



Site-wide approach

Where cycle storage and associated facilities are provided and thesewould be accessible to all users of the entire site, orwhere there is a distinct group of local buildings within a site that would share facilities, the following applies:

Cyclist storage:

— The number of cycle storage spaces is compliant based on the number of users on site or within a group of localbuildings.

— All newstorage spaces must be BREEAMcompliant. Existing storage spaces may also be counted, provided theyallowbikes to be easily stored and removed with the ability to be locked securely to a compliant cycle space (seepoint 2 of compliant cycle storage, in the Relevant definition).


Cyclist facilities:

— The number of cyclist facilities is compliant based on the number of users on sitewho would be able to use thesefacilities.

— Cyclist facilities maybe located anywhere on site. However, the path that cyclists must take to access the nearestcycle storage, cyclist facilities and building entrances must be no greater than200m via a safe and convenientroute, as measured from the first to the last point on the route.Where possible, different types of cyclist facilitiesshould be grouped together in designated areas for ease of access and use.

— All newand existing facilities maybe included provided they are BREEAMcompliant and conform to the 200mrequirement above.

Combination of the two approaches

Amixture of the two approaches canbe applied where cycle storage is delivered as a site-wide approach and facilities arebeing met for the assessed building only. However, a mixed approach cannot be applied where facilities are delivered as asite-wide approach and storage spaces are being met for the assessed building only.

Evidence


All Designdrawings and relevant sections orclauses of the building specificationorcontractPlus the following where relevant to optionsselected:

— Assumptions and calculations usedto determine number of public users

— Consultationdocumentation— Responses and actions to

consultation feedback— Marketing material— Evidence or calculations supporting

that CO₂emissions from electricvehicles are lower thanpetrol ordiesel counterparts.

As design stage evidence.Assessor’s building and site inspection andphotographic evidence. confirming theinstallationof the compliant facilities.Plus timetables where relevant to optionsselected.Where changes have occurred since thedesign stage that could affect thecompliance, full details of the changes arerequired to demonstrate compliance.






Compliant cycle storage spacesCompliant cycle storage facilities are those that meet the following:1. Where the calculated number of required cycle storage spaces is less than four, total provision should be based

on the lower of the following:a. Aminimum of four compliant storage spaces must be provided (unless otherwise stated)ORb. One space per user (staff and where appropriate other user groups).

2. Cycles canbe secured within spaces in spaces. They are covered overhead and the cycle spaces are set in or fixedto a permanent structure (building or hardstanding). Alternatively the cycle storagemaybe located in a lockedstructure fixed to, or part of, a permanent structurewith appropriate surveillance

3. The distance betweeneach cycle space, and cycle space and other obstructions, e.g. a wall, allows for appropriateaccess to the cycle storage space to enable bikes to be easily stored and accessed

4. The storage facility or entrance to the facility is in a prominent site location that is viewable or overlooked fromeither anoccupied building or amain access to a building

5. The cycle storage facility has adequate lighting; this could be demonstrated with the lighting criteria defined inBREEAMissueHea 01 Visual comfort onpage 71. The lighting must be controlled to avoid out-of-hours use andoperationduring daylight hours, where there is sufficient daylight in or around the facility.

Other information

None.


Tra 04Maximum car parking capacity Transport

Tra 04 Maximum car parking capacity

(non-residential and residential institutions only)



Aim

To encourage the use of alternativemeans of transport other than the private car to and from the building, therebyhelpingto reduce transport-related emissions and traffic congestion associated with the building’s operation.

Assessment criteria


Up to two credits - Car parking capacity1. The building's car parking capacity is compared to themaximum car parking capacity benchmarks in Table 37 below

and the relevant number of credits awarded.

For most building types, except thosewhere stated, the benchmarks vary according to the building's public transportAccessibility Index (AIdetermined in accordancewith BREEAMissue Tra 01 Public transport accessibility onpage 200).Therefore, for these building types theAImust be determined prior to assessing this issue. This is required to ensurethat the building’s car parking capacity is relative to the development's accessibility to the public transport network.


Table 37:Credits available in Tra04Maximum car parking capacity for different building types

Table 38:Credits available in Tra 04Maximum car parking capacity for different building types

Criteria Credits Criteria

Building's Accessibility Index < 4 ≥ 4 - < 8 ≥ 8

Building type Max. parking capacity1 space per x building users, where x is:

Office, industrial, student residences 3 4 5 1

4 5 6 2



Criteria Credits Criteria

Building's Accessibility Index < 4 ≥ 4 - < 8 ≥ 8

Sheltered accommodation, care homes andsupported living facility

4 5 6 1

5 6 7 2

University and higher education 15 20 25 1

20 25 30 2

Other building – transport type 1 and 2 3 4 5 1

4 5 6 2

Pre-school, schools, retail, other building – transporttype 3,

Issue not assessed for these building types

Compliance notes


Applicable assessment criteria



Bothoptions:All assessment criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.



Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable..Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

General




CN3 Exclusions Parking spaces set aside for the following building users canbe excluded providedthese spaces are dedicated for that use, i.e. sized accordinglywith the appropriatesignage or markings:1. Disabled2. Parent and baby3. Motorbike4. Car shareIn the case of excluding car share spaces, the future building occupier will need toconfirm theyhave anenforceable car share policy.

CN3.1 Parking sharedwithotherbuildings

Where the assessed building forms part of a wider site, e.g. campus, business park,hospital, and parking is not designated to individual buildings, then the assessor hastwo options:1. Assess compliance on the basis of parking capacity for thewhole development,

accounting for all existing and newusers and parking spaces.2. Assess compliance using a pro-rata of parking capacity to building users, e.g. if

the assessed building is occupied by20%of the development's totaloccupants, then attribute 20%of the total parking spaces to the assessedbuilding for the purpose of the assessment.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All A site planor copyof the specification. Relevantdocumentationor correspondence from the design teamor client confirming the number of building users.Confirmationof the building’s AI (as per Tra 01 Publictransport accessibility onpage 200).

As design stage. Assessor’sbuilding or site inspection andphotographic evidence.



Accessibility IndexRefer to Tra 01 Sustainable transport solutions.

Building usersWhere the term building users is referenced in this BREEAMissue it refers to the following, where relevant to thebuilding type:



1. Staff (who willworkwithin the building).2. Students (who will access the building for workor studyduring a typical academic term time or semester day).3. Residents (who will reside permanently or for a short period of time in the building).If known, or canbe reasonably estimated, project specific occupancy figures should be used. If this is not possible, forexamplewhere the building is a speculative project, use the default occupancy rates given in Table 39 below in theOther information section (below) to determine the number of users.Where the number of building users is variable,provisionof parking spaces should be based on themaximum number of building users likely to be using the buildingat any time during a typical day.

Care homesFor the purpose of BREEAM, care homes are defined as building with residential accommodation and meals and haveresidents that require a level of personal care such as eating, cleaning and a level of medical care.

Sheltered housingSheltered housing canbe defined as self-contained accommodation, usuallywith anemergency alarm system,communal facilities and a resident warden.

Other building typesSee the BREEAMissueTra 01 Public transport accessibility onpage 200 for a definitionof other building types 1, 2 and3.

Other information

Table 39Default occupancy rates bybuilding type

Building type and function area Occupant density(person/m2)

Building type andfunction area

Occupant density(person/m2)

Business University and highereducation

Office area (including receptionareas)

0.111 Residents bedroom 0.120

Food preparation area (staffed) 0.108 Classroom 0.203

Smallworkshop or category labspace

0.068 Food preparationarea

0.096

Industrial Hall, lecture theatre,assembly area

0.202

Food preparation area 0.213 Computer laboratory 0.231

Industrial process area 0.022 Laboratory 0.106

Laboratory 0.107 Laundry 0.105

Reception 0.110 Reception 0.112

Warehouse storage 0.009 Workshop (small-scale)

0.068



Building type and function area Occupant density(person/m2)

Building type andfunction area

Occupant density(person/m2)

Generic office area 0.108 Office and consultingareas

0.098

Care homes Hotels and other short stay accommodation

Reception 0.152 Bedroom 0.094

Food preparation area 0.161 Food preparationarea

0.108

Physiotherapy studio 0.200 Reception 0.105

Bedroom unit 0.105 Generic office area 0.106

Laundry 0.117 Other spaces or buildings

Assembly areas and halls 1.000 Data centre or serverroom

0.096

Hydrotherapypool hall 0.100

Office and consulting areas 0.195

Notes for Table 39 on the previous page of default occupancy rates:1. The net floor area for each functionmust bemultiplied by the equivalent occupant density to

determine anoverall occupancy for the function area.2. Not all potential building areas are listed, only those required to reflect estimated building

occupancy for the building type. For example, anoffice building mayhave a canteenbut it willbe the staff that predominantly uses the canteen. The office staff numbers will be estimatedusing the default occupancy rate for the office area; therefore to include the canteenwouldresult in double counting of occupancy.

3. If a building type is not listed, occupancy rates for a similar building type or function areamaybe used.

4. The above occupancy rates have been sourced from the activity database of the UKSimplified Building EnergyModel (SBEM).



Tra05 Travel plan


(non-residential, residential institutions, and multiple dwellings only) Transport

(non-residential, residential institutions, and multiple

dwellings only)


1 No

Aim

To recognise the considerationgiven to accommodating a range of travel options for building users, thereby encouragingthe reductionof reliance on forms of travel that have the highest environmental impact.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 A travel planhas beendeveloped as part of the feasibility and design stages.

2 A site specific travel assessment or statement has beenundertaken to ensure the travel plan is structured to meet theneeds of the particular site and covers the following (as aminimum):2.a Where relevant, existing travel patterns and opinions of existing building or site users towards cycling and

walking so that constraints and opportunities canbe identified.2.b Travel patterns and transport impact of future building users.2.c Current local environment for walkers and cyclists (accounting for visitors who maybe accompanied by young

children).2.d Disabled access (accounting for varying levels of disability and visual impairment).2.e Public transport links serving the site.2.f Current facilities for cyclists.

3 The travel plan includes a package of measures to encourage the use of sustainablemodes of transport and movementof people and goods during the building's operation and use.

4 If the occupier is known, theymust be involved in the development of the travel plan and theymust confirm that the travelplanwill be implemented post-construction and be supported by the building's management in operation.


None.



Compliance notes




Bothoptions:All assessment criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.


CN2 Applicableassessment criteria- Single dwellings

Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

CN2.1 Applicableassessment criteria- Multiple dwellings


General

CN3 Existing travel plan.See criterion3 onthe previous page.

The credit canbe awarded if the assessed building is part of a site that has anexistingup to date organisational travel plan that is compliant with BREEAM, is applicable to allbuilding users (in existing and assessed newbuildings) and accounts for the additionaltravel resulting from users of the newbuilding.

CN3.1 Travel assessmentor statement.See criterion2 onthe previous page.

A travel assessment (also referred to as transport assessment)will be required wherea proposed development is likely to have significant transport and relatedenvironmental impacts. The study area for a transport assessment related to aproposed development should be determined indiscussions between the developerand appropriate authorities. A transport statement is required where the proposeddevelopment is not likely to have a significant transport impact. A transport statementis suitable to demonstrate compliancewith BREEAMwhen the proposed developmentis expected to generate relatively lownumbers of trips or traffic flows, withminortransport impacts. For further guidance refer to planning guidance.planningportal.gov.uk


https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/guidance-on-transport-assessment

https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/guidance-on-transport-assessment

(non-residential, residential institutions, and multiple dwellings only) Transport


CN3.2 Travel planmeasuresSee criterion3 onpage 231

The following measure could be considered as part of the travel plan fordevelopment:

— Providing parking priority spaces for car sharers— Providing dedicated and convenient cycle storage and changing facilities— Lighting, landscaping and shelter to make pedestrian and public transport

waiting areas pleasant— Negotiating improved bus services, i.e. altering bus routes or offering

discounts— Restricting or charging for car parking— Criteria for lobby areas where information about public transport or car

sharing canbemade available.— Pedestrian and cycle friendly (for all types of user regardless of the level of

mobility or visual impairment) by the provisionof cycle lanes, safe crossingpoints, direct routes, appropriate tactile surfaces, well-lit and signposted toother amenities, public transport nodes and adjoining off-site pedestrian andcycle routes

— Providing suitable taxi drop-off or waiting areas— Ensuring that rural buildings are located with appropriate transport access to

ensure that they adequately serve the local community (where procured todo so, e.g. community centre).

CN3.3 Where the end useror occupier is notknown

A travel plan is still required, even if the end user or occupier is not known, albeit that itmayonly be an interim travel planor one that broadly addresses all the issues coveredin the assessment criteria. The developer must confirm that theywill hand over a copyof the travel plan to the building's future tenants or owner or occupiers, so that it mayinform their own travel planor strategy.

Methodology

None.

Evidence



A copyof the travel plan.A copyof the site-specific transport surveyorassessment.

As design stage




3 onpage 231 Amarked-up copyof the site plandemonstratingexamples of designmeasures, implemented insupport the travel plan’s findings.ORWhere a detailed site plan is not available, a formalletter from the client confirming that measures willbe implemented into the final design in support thetravel plan’s findings.

Assessor’s building or site inspectionand photographic evidence confirmingthe installationof measures thatsupport the travel plan.

4 onpage 231 A letter of confirmation from either the building’soccupier, or in the case of a speculativedevelopment, the developer.

As design stage.



Travel planA travel plan is a strategy for managing all travel and transport within anorganisation, principally to increase choiceand reduce reliance on the car by seeking to improve access to a site or development by sustainablemodes oftransport. A travel plan contains bothphysical and behaviouralmeasures to increase travel choices and reducereliance on single occupancy car travel.

Building usersWhere the term 'building users' is used, this refers to the following, as appropriate to building type:1. Staff (commuter journeys and business travel)2. Pupils and students3. Visitors4. Customers5. Community users6. Peoplewho make deliveries or collections to and from the development7. Contractors and service providers, who regularlyworkat and access the building or development8. Residents of residential dwellings and residential institutions.

Other information

Guidance onhow to produce a travel plan canbe found at the following locations:

1. ways2work.bitc.org.uk2. www.lscp.or-g.uk

While these documents have beenwritten for UK property development, the principles canbe applied internationally.


http://ways2work.bitc.org.uk/pool/resources/essential-guide-to-travel-planning-final-mar-08.pdf

http://www.lscp.or-g.uk/newwayto-plan/resources/file/Travel planning for new development in London.pdf

Tra 06 Homeoffice Tra 06 Home office

Tra 06 Home office

(residential only)


1 No

Aim

To reduce the need to commute to workbyproviding residents with the necessary space and services to be able to workfrom home.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 A homeoffice has beenprovided within eachdwelling with adequate space and services, as follows:1.a For dwellings withone or two bedrooms or studio homes, space is provided in the living room, one of the

bedrooms or anyother suitable area in the home such as a large hall or dining area1.b For dwellings with three or more bedrooms, sufficient working space is provided within a room other than the

kitchen, living room or master bedroom or bathroom1.c In all cases, the room is large enoughnot to prevent the intended use of that room, i.e. a homeoffice set up in the

mainbedroom does not compromise the ability for a double bed and other necessary furnishing to becontained within that room.

2 Sufficient services must include as aminimum:2.a Two double power sockets2.b Two telephone points (or double telephone point) or one telephone point where the dwelling is connected to a

cable or broadband service available at the address2.c Adequate daylight, the room chosen to be the nominated homeofficemust have a compliant average daylight

factor, see Hea 01 Visual comfort: Table 12 onpage 722.d Adequate ventilation, either throughanopenablewindowor alternative ventilation such as passive stack,

mechanical ventilation, etc.


None.


Tra 06 Home office BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Compliance notes


Shell and core(non-residential and residential institutions only)


Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable to non-residential and residential institutions.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.



Partially fitted:This issue is not applicableFully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionof residentialassessment options.

General

CN1 Sufficientspace

This is defined as theminimum size (1.8mwall length) to:1. Allowa desk, chair and filing cabinet or bookshelf to be installed.2. Allowspace to move around the front and side of the desk.3. Use the chair appropriately and operate the filing cabinet safely.The 1.8mwall size requirement can, in some circumstances, be altered if drawings canprovethat a deskcanbe fitted in anyother type of arrangement, i.e. alcove or similar, fulfilling all theabove criteria.

CN1.1 Adequateventilation

Rooms intended to be used as a homeofficemust meet the requirements inHea 02 Indoorair quality onpage 85

Methodology

None.

Evidence

Criteria. INterim design stage Final post-construction stage

All Scaled drawings or copyof the specification. As-built drawings or assessor’s siteinspection report confirming the detailsrequired at the design stage.


Tra 06 Homeoffice Tra 06 Home office



None.

Other information

None.


Water BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

9.0 Water

Summary

This category encourages sustainablewater use in the operationof the building and its site. issues in this section focus onidentifying means of reducing potablewater consumption (internal and external) over the lifetime of the building andminimising losses through leakage.



Wat 01 Water consumption 5 — Reducing the demand for potablewater through the provisionofefficient sanitary fitting, rainwater collection and water recyclingsystems.

Wat 02 Water monitoring 1 — Specificationof water meters on themains water supply toencouragewater consumptionmanagement and monitoring toreduce the impacts of inefficiencies and leakage.

Wat 03 Water leakdetectionand prevention

3 — Recognitionof leakdetection systems capable of detecting amajor water leakon themains water supply

— Flowcontrol devices that regulate the supply of water to eachWCarea or facility to reducewater wastage

— Easily accessible leak isolation valves, to allow leaks to be stoppedand then fixed quickly and withminimumwater wastage.

Wat 04 Water efficientequipment

1 — Identify a building's water demand from uses other thandomesticscale drinking and sanitary components and mitigate or reducetheir consumption.


Wat 01 Water consumption Water

Wat 01 Water consumption

(all buildings)


5 Yes

Aim

To reduce the consumptionof potablewater for sanitary use in newbuildings from all sources through the use of waterefficient components and water recycling systems.

Assessment criteria


Up to five credits

1 Anassessment of the efficiencyof the building's domesticwater-consuming components is undertakenusing theBREEAMWat 01 calculator.

2 Thewater consumption (L/person/day) for the assessed building is compared against a baseline performance andBREEAMcredits awarded based uponTable 40 on the next page.

3 The efficiencyof the following 'domestic-scale'water-consuming components must be included in the assessment(where specified):3.a WCs3.b Urinals3.c Taps (washhand basins and where specified kitchen taps and waste disposal unit)3.d Showers3.e Baths3.f Dishwashers (domestic and commercial sized)3.g Washing machines (domestic and commercial or industrial sized).

The BREEAMWat 01 calculator defines the building types and activity areas for which the above components must beassessed.

4 Where a greywater or rainwater system is specified, its yield (L/person/day) is used to off-set non-potablewaterdemand from components that would otherwise be supplied using potablewater.

5 Anygreywater systemsmust be specified and installed in compliancewith the national best practice standard.




Table 40BREEAMCredits available for percentage improvement over baseline building water consumption

No. of BREEAM credits % Improvement

Precipitation zone 1 Precipitation zone 2 Precipitation zone 3

1 12.5% 12.5% 12.5%

2 25% 25% 25%

3 40% 35% 35%

4 50% 45% 40%

5 55% 55% 50%

Exemplary 65% 65% 60%

Note:please refer to compliance note CN3.1 and Figure 5 onpage 249for informationonBREEAMprecipitation zoneclassifications. Also, please note that for some building types an alternative approach to compliancemust be used to awardcredits (for further informationplease refer to theMethodology section and the BREEAMWat 01 calculator).

Compliance notes




All criteriaShell only: This issue is not applicable .Shell and core: This issue is applicable subject to CN1.1 belowRefer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.

CN1.1 Shell and coreassessments

Shell and coreCompliance for this issuemust be assessed on the basis of allwater-consumingcomponents and greywater or rainwater systems specified and installed by thedeveloper. Components or systems listed in the criteria and sited within tenant areasthat are not being specified by the developer but will be specified by the tenant donot need to be assessed for a shell and core project.






Partially fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply subject to CN2.1.Fully fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

CN2.1 Water efficiencyand partially fitteddwellings

Compliance for this issuemust be assessed on the basis of allwater-consumingcomponents and greywater or rainwater systems specified and installed by thedeveloper. Components or systems listed in the criteria that are not being specifiedand installed by the developer, but will be specified by the newhomeowner, do notneed to be assessed. Theminimum standard is still applicable.Where the homeowner will be responsible for installing all of their ownwater fittingsand components, no credits canbe awarded, and theminimum standard is notapplicable.

General

CN3 No fittings present Where a project under assessment contains none of the specified components, theperformance specification for components provided in facilities in an adjacent andaccessible building must be used in the calculation, i.e. those facilities most likely to beused by the occupants and visitors of the assessed building.This rule also applies where a project under assessment consists solely of anextensionto anexisting building, i.e. where the extended building contains no newsanitaryfacilities because there are facilities present within the existing building.

CN3.1 PrecipitationZones (byKöppen)

Please refer toWorld map of BREEAMprecipitation zones onpage 249 forinformationon the BREEAMprecipitation zone classification.1. Precipitation zone 1: corresponds to Köppen’s precipitation regions f (fully

humid) and m (monsoonal).2. Precipitation zone 2: corresponds to Köppen’s precipitation regions s (summer

dry) and w (winter dry).3. Precipitation zone 3: corresponds to Köppen’s precipitation regions S (steppe)

and W (desert).

For more information and guidance on the Köppen climate classification refer to theScope sectionof themanual.

Country specific

CN4 National bestpractice standardfor specifying andinstalling grey andrainwater systems

Please refer to the country reference sheet to locate the appropriate national bestpractice standards in the country of assessment. Alternatively, please demonstrateapplicability as follows:

— Theminimum requirements as set out in theApproved standards andweightings list are covered by the proposed documents

OR— Where appropriate standards do not exist for a country, the design team

should demonstrate compliancewith the UK or European standards aslisted in each relevant country reference sheet.




Building specific

CN5 Hotel type Please use 'Other buildings type calculator' tab within theWat 01 calculator tool. ThealternativeWat 01 method (seeMethodologybelow) should be used for theassessment of a hotel.

Methodology

A building's water efficient performance is determined using the BREEAMWat 01 calculator in one of two ways, using eitherthe standard approach (commonbuilding types) or alternative (other building type) approach. Each approach is summarisedbelow.

StandardWat 01method

The standard BREEAMmethod determines water efficiency (measured in L/person/day and m3/person/yr) for a buildingbased on the building's actual component specification and default usage patterns for the building type and its activity areas.This modelled output is compared with the same output for a baseline component specification and the percentageimprovement used to determine the number of BREEAMcredits achieved.

The baseline component specification is equivalent to thewater efficiencyof industry standard components (seeTable 41 onthe facing page), steered by theminimum levels required by theWater Supply (Water Fittings) Regulations. The BREEAMpercentage improvement benchmarks have thenbeendetermined based onprogressivelymore efficient standards forwater-consuming components and, for the higher levels of performance, the specificationof greywater and rainwatersystems.

The standard approach is the default method for calculating water efficiencyof a BREEAM-assessed building and is that usedfor most of the commonbuilding types, where usage data are available. For buildings types where usage data are notavailable, and therefore the standard approach for determining performance cannot be used, an alternative approach tocompliancemust be used (described below). Refer to the BREEAMWat 01 calculator for the current list of building types whichcanbe assessed using the standard approach.

AlternativeWat01method

Where it is not possible to use the standard approach to determine the building's water consumption total (L/person/day) theassessment canbe completed onanelemental basis, as follows.

1. Using the list of applicable domestic-scalewater-consuming components (see criterion3 onpage 239), determinethose that are specified or present in the assessed building.

2. Compare the actual specification for each component typewith the table of water efficient consumption levels bycomponent type (Table 41 on the facing page) to determine the level of performance for each type. Note that thevolumes quoted aremaximums for that level and the%WCor urinal flushing demand is a minimum for that level.

3. Define each component's level of performance in the 'Other building type calculator'worksheet of the BREEAMWat 01calculator.a. For the alternative approach, the calculator applies a building type specific weighting to each component level to

reflect its 'in-use' consumption relative to the other components present. A component with high 'in-use'waterconsumption therefore has a larger weighting thanonewith lower 'in-use' consumption and contributes relativelymore to the building's overall level of performance under this BREEAMissue.

b. Theweightings are derived from data onactualwater consumptionper day from non-domestic buildings, sourcedfrom BNWAT2250. They canbe found in the BREEAMWat 01 calculator.

4. Based upon the performance categorisationof each component type and the component weighting, the calculator willdetermine anoverall level of performance and award the relevant number of BREEAMcredits as follows:



Greywater or rainwater level achieved

Precipitation zones 1 and 2 Precipitation zone 3

Overall component level _ 4 5 5

Baseline 0 credits 1 credit 2 credits 1 credits

Level 1 1 credit 2 credits 3 credits 2 credits

Level 2 2 credits 3 credits 4 credits 3 credits

Level 3 or 4 3 credits 4 credits 5 credits 4 credits

Level 5 4 credits 5 credits 5 credits 5 credits

Note:1. An innovation credit for exemplary level performance canbe awarded where the component

specification achieves level 5 and >95%of WCor urinal flushing demand is met usingrecycled non-potablewater.

2. Due to the use of theweightings, the overall component level achieved will not necessarily bea whole number, e.g. component level 4.Where this is the case themethodologywill alwaysround down to the nearest component level and therefore BREEAMcredits level, e.g. if thecomponent specification achieved is 3.6 credits, the actual number of credits awarded is 3credits (themethodologywill not round up to 4 credits because the performancespecification for 4 credits has not beenachieved).

3. Where the assessed building development has multiple specifications for the samewater-consuming component type, the number of fittings and component level achieved for eachspecification canbe entered in the 'Other building type calculator'. Using this information, thecalculator will determine the building's aggregated performance level for that componenttype.

Please note:while attempts have beenmade to align the benchmarking of bothmethodologies described above, theydetermine performance in different ways. The number of BREEAMcredits awarded byeachmethod could therefore differfor the samewater component specification. This could lead to variation in the credits achieved whenapplying BREEAMNewConstruction to a number of different building types that form a part of the same overall development.

Component type

Table 41 belowoutlines the standards, by component type, used to define the performance levels set in BREEAM. Thesedefined levels of efficiency have been steered by a range of published sources of information (see references51) andtherefore reflect robust levels of typical, good, best and exemplary practice.

Table 41Water efficient consumption levels by component type

Component Performance levels (quoted numbers areminimum performance required toachieve the level)

Base 1 2 3 4 5 Unit

WC 6 5 4.5 4 3.75 3 Effective flush volume(litres)



Component Performance levels (quoted numbers areminimum performance required toachieve the level)

Base 1 2 3 4 5 Unit

Washhand basin taps 12 9 7.50 4.50 3.75 3 litres/min

Showers 14 10 8 6 4 3.50 litres/min

Baths 200 180 160 140 120 100 litres

Urinal (2 or more urinals) 7.50 6 3 1.50 0.75 0 litres/bowl/hour

Urinal (1 urinal only) 10 8 4 2 1 0 litres/bowl/hour

Greywater orrainwatersystem

Precipitationzone 1

0% 0% 0% 25% 50% 75% %of WCor urinalflushing demand metusing recycled non-potablewaterPrecipitation

zone 20% 0% 0% 0% 25% 50%

Precipitationzone 3

0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 15%

Kitchen tap: kitchenette 12 10 7.50 5 5 5 litres/min

Kitchen taps: restaurant (pre-rinsenozzles only)

10.30 9 8.30 7.30 6.30 6 litres/min

Domestic sized dishwashers 17 13 13 12 11 10 litres/cycle

Domestic sized washing machines 90 60 50 40 35 30 litres/use

Waste disposal unit 17 17 0 0 0 0 litres/min

Commercial sized dishwashers 8 7 6 5 4 3 litres/rack

Commercial or industrial sizedwashing machines

14 12 10 7.50 5 4.50 litres/kg

Please note that specifying components for a building in accordancewith the above levels will result, inmost cases, in thecorresponding number of BREEAMcredits being achieved. However, please bear inmind that the component specificationsabove are akin to thresholds betweeneach level. Therefore caution should be exercised whendefining a componentspecification for a BREEAM-assessed building using exactly the same levels as the threshold levels. It is recommended that,whereWat 01 BREEAMcredits are being targeted, the performance of a particular building's component specification isverified using the BREEAMWat 01 calculator before committing to a particular specification and ordering or installingcomponents. This will provide greater assurance that the component specification achieves the targeted number of BREEAMcredits.



Water-consuming components - data requirements

Table 42 defines for each component type the appropriate data that will need to be collected frommanufacturers'productinformation to complete the assessment

Domesticcomponent

Data requirements

WCs Actualmaximum or, where dual flush, effective flush volume in litres/use.

Urinals Flush volume in litres/use for single use flushurinals. For cistern fed systems, the flushingfrequency/hour and cistern capacity in litres.

Taps Flow rate of each tap, at full flow rate in litres per minutemeasured at a dynamic pressure:For highpressure (Type 1) taps:3 - 0.2 bar (0.3 - 0.02 MPa)ORFor lowpressure (Type 2) taps:0.1 - 0.02 bar (0.01 - 0.002MPa) .(EN 200:2008, sanitary tapware, single taps and combination taps for supply systems of type 1and 2. General technical specifications)This includes any reductions achieved with flow restrictions.

Showers Flow rate of each shower at the outlet using cold water (T 30oC), in litres per minutemeasured ata dynamic pressureFor highpressure (Type 1) supply systems:3 - 0.2 bar (0.3- 0.02 MPa)ORFor lowpressure (Type 2) supply systems:0.1 - 0.05 bar (0.01 - 0.005MPa)(EN 1112:2008, Sanitary tapware. Shower outlets for sanitary tapware for water supply systemstype 1 and 2. General technical specifications).

Kitchen taps Maximum flow rate litres/minute.

Baths Capacity to overflow in litres. Taps onbaths should not be included in the calculation, as thewaterconsumption from bath taps is takenaccount of in the use factor for baths. The calculationofwater consumption for baths will assume 40%of the capacity to the overflow. This is to reflectthat:1. Users tend not to fill the bath to overflow;and2. The displacement effect the user has on the actual volume of water required for a bath.

Dishwasher Litres/cycle for domestic applications or appliances or litres/rack for commercial applications orappliances.

Washing machine Litres/use for domestic applications (for a typicalwash cycle) or appliances, or litres/kg forcommercial applications or appliances, e.g. in hotels.

Waste disposal unit Flow rate in litres/minute.

Unspecified water-consuming components

As themethodology and BREEAMcredits for water efficiency compare the building's modelled water consumptionperformance against the performance of a baseline specification for the same component types, where a component type isnot specified it is not accounted for in themethodology, i.e. the component is excluded from both the proposed and baselinebuilding. Therefore no benefit is gained in terms of BREEAMperformance, bydeciding not to specify a particular component.However, themethodologywill reflect the reduction in overallwater consumption (litres/person/day) for the building, as aresult of not specifying a particular component.



Buildings with greywater and rainwater systems

The following information is required where a greywater or rainwater system is specified:

Rainwater

1. Collection area (m²)2. Yield coefficient (a coefficient (%) to recognise that some rainwater is lost due to splashing, evaporation, leakage and

overflowetc. This coefficient will vary depending on the surface fromwhich the rainwater is collected).3. Hydraulic filter efficiency (a coefficient (%) to recognise the efficiencyof the hydraulic filter).4. Rainfall (averagemm/year).

OR

5. Daily rainfall collection (litres) calculated in accordancewith credible and verifiable national or local data, e.g. a regional,national or internationalmeteorological organisation, data source or equivalent.

Greywater

1. Manufacturer or system designer details.2. The percentage volume of wastewater collected (and reused) from the following (where relevant);washhand basins,

showers, kitchenbasins, dishwashers, baths, washing machines and sources of wastewater from non-domesticcomponents.

Where greywater or rainwater systems are specified, a minimum level of component efficiencymust be achieved to award 4or 5 BREEAMcredits and the exemplary level credit. This is to avoid awarding a higher number of BREEAMcredits whereperformance from less efficient fittings is off-set by the specificationof a greywater or rainwater collection system.

The intentionbehind this is to ensure demand reduction is prioritised before offsetting consumption.Where a greywater orrainwater system is specified or installed, the component specificationmust achieve a percentage reduction inwaterconsumption (over the baseline specification) equivalent to that required for 2 credits, i.e. a 25% improvement.Where thislevel is achieved, all of the totalwater demand met bygreywater or rainwater sources can contribute to the overallpercentage improvement required to achieve BREEAMcredits. If it is not achieved, the percentage of greywater or rainwaterallowablewill be equivalent to the percentage improvement inwater consumption achieved for the component specification,i.e. percentage improvement onbaseline performance.

For example, if a 20% improvement only is achieved, and therefore the building is not meeting the 25% requirement, only20%of thewater demand met via greywater or rainwater sources canbe used to off-set water consumption from themicrocomponents. This minimum requirement does not applywhere only 1, 2 or 3 credits are sought or where no greywater orrainwater system is specified, i.e. percentage improvement is based solely on thewater efficiencyof themicro-componentspecification.

BREGlobalmay allowsome exemptions to this rule in instances where a particular fitting type requires a high flow rate due tospecialised end user requirements, and its specificationprevents compliancewith25% improvement.

Buildings with amixture of different functional areas

For themajority of buildings using the standard Wat 01 method, the BREEAMWat 01 calculator defines the building type andrange of different water-consuming activity areas within that building; for example, a retail development with sales area andgoods storage or anoffice that includes a canteenand gym. However, where carrying out a single assessment of a building ordevelopment which consists of a diversemix of activity areas or building types, all of which canbe assessed separatelywithinthe calculator, the following applies:

Determine the building's totalwater consumptionperformance by carrying out separate assessments for each relevantactivity area or building type. On completionof each assessment, the assessor will need to determine the percentageimprovement as follows:

I = 100 × 1 −

(T × T ) + ... + (T × T )

(T × T ) + ... + (T × T )

1Act 1Occ nAct nOcc

1Base 1Occ nBase nOcc

Where:



I=Overall improvement (%)Tn Act

= themodelled net water consumption (L/person/day) for eachbuilding typeTn Base

=themodelled baselinewater consumption for the corresponding building typeT

n Occ= the total default occupancy rate

for the corresponding building type.

Where greywater or rainwater systems are specified, the assessor should take care to avoid unintended double counting ofthe yield from such systems and using it to off-set demand for each activity area or building type.

Fixed water use

The BREEAMwater efficiency calculation includes an allowance for fixed water use. This includes water consumption for vesselfilling (for building users'drinking water), cleaning in kitchens and food preparation in buildings with a catering facility. Fixeduses are included to provide greater accuracy in the reporting of the building's overall estimated water consumption. Asthese uses are fixed for both actual and baseline building models, their totals do not influence the achievement of BREEAMcredits.

Other permissible component demand for non-potable water

The focus of this BREEAMissue is the performance of the building's permanent domestic-scalewater-consumingcomponents.Where a greywater or rainwater system is specified, the yield from the system should be prioritised for suchuses, i.e.WC or urinal flushing. However, where the building demonstrates that it has other consistent (i.e. daily) and equivalentlevels of non-potablewater demand, and suchdemands are intrinsic to the building's operation, then it is permissible for thedemand from these non-domestic uses to be counted, i.e. the demand for rainwater or greywater yield from such systems orcomponents canbe used as well as, or instead of, non-potablewater demand from the building's WC/urinal components.Examples of consistent and intrinsic demands could include laundry use in hotels or residential institutions, or horticultural usesin garden centres, botanical gardens and golf courses. Demand for general landscaping and ornamental planting irrigationare not considered as equivalent or intrinsic by BREEAM.

Other permissible sources of non-potable water

Themethodology allows for the collection and recycling of non-potablewater from the relevant components listed in thecriteria, i.e. taps, showers, baths and dishwashers or washing machines. In addition, where non-potablewater is collectedfrom a non-domestic component or source that is intrinsic to the building, then the amount collected canbe accounted for inthemethodology. This could include, for example, wastewater from active hygiene flushing, i.e. a regular hygiene flushingprogramme to minimise poor water quality in a potable cold or hot water system. In order for themethod to account for thistotal, the design teamwill need to confirm to the assessor the yield from the component or system (in litres) and thefrequencyof that yield (in days), i.e. if once a week, the frequencywould be sevendays.



Evidence


All A completed copyof the BREEAMWat 01calculator.The relevant sections or clauses of thebuilding specificationor designdrawingsconfirming technical details of:1. Sanitary components2. Rainwater and greywater collection

system.ORwhere detailed documentary evidence isnot available at this stage;A letter of instruction to a contractor orsupplier or a formal letter from thedeveloper giving a specific undertaking,providing sufficient information to allow thewater calculations to be completed.

As design stage for post constructioninformationORWritten confirmation from the developer thatthe appliances or fittings have been installed asspecified for the Design StageORAnassessor site inspection report andphotographic evidence confirming installationof components in accordancewith acompliant specification.



BREEAMWat 01 calculatorThe BREEAMWat 01 calculator is a method for the assessment of water efficiency inmost common types of newbuildings. The calculator assesses the contribution that each internal domestic-scalewater-consuming component(as listed in the criteria) has onwhole building water consumption. The calculator and accompanying guidance on itsapplication is available separately from this SchemeDocument. Please note, the calculator is a compliance tool andnot a design tool for water demand and drainage systems. The tool uses default usage and occupancy rates toprovide a benchmarkof the typical consumptiongiven the specified fittings (in L/person/day and m3/person/year)and their impact on the building's overallwater efficiency. Due to the impacts and differences of actual user behaviourand occupancy rates, the results of themethod will not reflect directly the actualwater use during building operation.The results from themethodology should, therefore, not be used for the purpose of comparisonwith, or predictionof, actualwater consumption from a non-domestic building.

Domestic-scale componentsDomestic-scale components includewater consumed (potable and non-potable) by internal building componentsincluding kitchen taps, washhand basin taps, baths, showers and dishwashers,WCs, urinals, washing machines andwaste disposal units.

Effective flush volumeThe effective flush volume of a single flushWC is the volume of water used for one flush. The effective flush volume ofa dual flushWC is the ratio of full flush to reduced flush. This is taken to be one full flush for every three reduced flushesfor non-domestic buildings and one full flush for every two reduced flushes in domestic (residential) buildings orareas. The effective flush volume can therefore be calculated as follows, using a 6/4 litre dual flush volumeWCas anexample:

— Non-domestic: {(6 litre x 1)+ (4 litre x 3)}/4 = 4.5 litre effective flushing volume (for a 6/4 dual flushWC)— Domestic: {(6 litre x 1)+ (4 litre x 2)}/3 = 4.67 litre effective flushing volume (for a 6/4 dual flushWC).

The differing ratio betweennon-domestic and domestic buildings reflects the different patterns of user behaviourbetween these building types.



Greywater recyclingThe appropriate collection, treatment and storage of domesticwastewater (which is defined as that dischargedfrom kitchens, baths or showers, laundry rooms and similar) to meet a non-potablewater demand in the building,e.g.WC flushing, or other permissible non-potable use on the site of the assessed building.

PotablewaterDrinking qualitywater that is taken from a connection to themainwater supply to the building, whichmaybe fromthe publicwater supply or from a private supply such as from groundwater via a borehole.

Non-potablewaterAnywater other thanpotablewater, also referred to as unwholesomewater.

Rainwater recyclingThe appropriate collection and storage of rainwater run-off from hard outdoor surfaces to meet a non-potablewater demand in the building, e.g.WC flushing, or other permissible non-potable use on the site of the assessedbuilding.

Other Information

BREEAM Precipitation zones - World map

Figure 5 World map of BREEAMprecipitation zones



Wat 02 Water monitoring

(all buildings)


1 Yes (criterion1 only)

Aim

To ensurewater consumption canbemonitored and managed, and therefore encourage reductions in consumption.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 The specificationof a water meter on themains water supply to eachbuilding; this includes instances wherewater issupplied via a borehole or other private source.

2 Water-consuming plant or building areas, consuming 10%or more of the building's totalwater demand, are eitherfitted with easily accessible sub-meters or havewater monitoring equipment integral to the plant or area (seeCompliance notes).

3 Eachmeter (main and sub) has a pulsed or other openprotocol communicationoutput to enable connection to anappropriate utilitymonitoring and management system, e.g. a building management system (BMS), for themonitoringof water consumption (see Relevant definitions onpage 252).

4 If the site onwhich the building is located has anexisting BMS,managed by the same occupier or owner (as the newbuilding), the pulsed or digitalwater meters for the newbuilding must be connected to the existing BMS(see Relevantdefinitions onpage 252).


None.

Compliance notes




Wat 02 Water monitoring Water



Criteria 1 on the previous page, 3 on the previous page and 4 on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Criterion2 on the previous pageShell only: This criterion is not applicable.Shell and core: This criterion is applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.

CN1.1 Shell and coreassessments

Shell and coreCompliancewith criterion2 on the previous pagemust be demonstrated forwater-consuming plant or building areas identifiable by the developer (seeRelevantdefinitions on the next page).Water-consuming plant or building areas to be addedor installed by the tenant do not need to be assessed for this issue.


CN2 Applicableassessment criteria -Single dwellings

Partially fitted:Criterion1 on the previous pageFully fitted:Criterion1 is applicable only.

CN2.1 Applicableassessment criteria -Multiple dwellings


CN2.2 Utility companywater monitoringequipment

Water meters installed by a water utility company that provide the futurehomeowner or tenant with accurate and regular water usage informationperdwelling will complywith this issue.

General

CN3 Water-consumingplant or buildingareaSee criterion2 onthe previous page.

As aminimum, this includes the following (where present):1. Buildings with a swimming pool and its associated changing facilities (toilets,

showers etc.).2. On sites withmultiple units or buildings, e.g. shopping centres,apartment

blocks,industrial units, retail parks etc. separate sub-meters are fitted on thewater supply to the following areas (where present):

— Each individual unit supplied withwater (for residential institutionswith self-contained dwellings, eachdwelling)

— Commonareas (covering the supply to toilet blocks)— Service areas (covering the supply to outlets within storage,

delivery, waste disposal areas etc.)— Ancillary or separate buildings to themaindevelopment with a

water supply.3. Laboratory: in anybuilding with a laboratory (or containing laboratories), a

separatewater meter is fitted on thewater supply to anyprocess or coolingloop for plumbed-in laboratory process equipment.




CN3.1 10%of waterdemandSee criterion2 onpage 250.

The sub-meter requirement does not necessarily apply in the following cases,where the assessor confirms therewill be no additionalmonitoring benefit resultingfrom their installation:1. Where a building has only one or two small sources of water demand (e.g. an

officewith sanitary fittings and a small kitchen)2. Where the building has two sources of water demand, one significantly larger

than the other, and thewater consumption for the larger demand is likely tomask the smaller demand.

CN3.2 Extensionstoexisting buildings.See criterion4 onpage 250.

If no newwater supply is being installed because the occupants of the extendedbuilding will use the facilities in, and thereforewater supply to the existing building,then the following must be provided in the existing building;1. A water meter for themains water supply2. Sub-meters for largewater-consuming plant or facilities, e.g. evaporative

cooling, swimming pool etc. (where present).Themeters provided must have a pulsed output or connection to the existing BMSin accordancewith the assessment criteria.

CN3.3 No water supply tothe building or unit

If there is no installed water supply to the assessed building because therewill be nowater-consuming fittings in the building, then in such instances the guidance given inthe above Compliance note for extensions to existing buildings applies.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All The relevant sections or clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.Designdrawings.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidenceORAs-built drawings.



Staff areasRefer to BREEAMissueHea 01 Visual comfort.

Meter outputsExamples include pulsed outputs and other openprotocol communicationoutputs, such asModbus.

Utilitymonitoring and management systemExamples include automaticmeter reading systems (AMR) and building energymanagement systems (BEMs).Automaticmonitoring and targeting (AM&T) is an example of a management tool that includes automaticmeterreading and data management.


Wat 02 Water monitoring Water

Other information

None.



Wat 03 Water leak detection and prevention


(all buildings) Water

(all buildings)


3 No

Aim

To reduce the impact of water leaks that mayotherwise go undetected.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Leak detection system

1 A leakdetection systemwhich is capable of detecting amajor water leakon themains water supplywithin the buildingand between the building and the utilities water meter is installed. The leakdetection systemmust be:1.a A permanent automated water leakdetection system that alerts the building occupants to the leakORan inbuilt

automated diagnostic procedure for detecting leaks.1.b Activated when the flowof water passing through thewater meter or data logger is at a flow rate above a pre-

set maximum for a pre-set period of time.1.c Able to identify different flowand therefore leakage rates, e.g. continuous, highor low level, over set time

periods1.d Programmable to suit the owner's or occupiers'water consumption criteria1.e Where applicable, designed to avoid false alarms caused bynormal operationof largewater-consuming plant

such as chillers.

One credit - Flow control devices

2 Flowcontrol devices that regulate the supply of water to eachWC area or facility according to demand are installed (andthereforeminimisewater leaks and wastage from sanitary fittings).

One credit - Leak isolation

3 Isolation valves are located in an accessible place that allows hot and cold water to be isolated byhand separately(switched onor off) for the following supplies:3.a Incoming supply to the dwelling3.b Taps3.c Showers3.d Heating or hot water systems3.e Appliances (e.g. dishwasher, washing machine etc.)


None.



Compliance notes




Leak detection system, criterion1Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Flowcontrol devices, criterion2Option1 - Shell only: This criterion is not applicable to this shell and core assessmentoption.Option2 - Shell and core:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Leak isolation, criterion3 on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.

CN1.1 WCAreas orfacilities

Shell and core:Thewater supplies to WC areas or facilities must be assessed as per criterion2 on theprevious pageregardless of whether or not theWC areas or facilities are fitted out.



Bothoptions:Criterion3 on the previous page only applies.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

CN3 Applicableassessmentcriteria - Multipledwellings

Partially fitted:Criterion3 on the previous page only applies.Fully fitted:Criteria 1 on the previous page and 3 on the previous page apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General

CN4 Leakage ratesSee criterion1 onthe previouspage.

This issue does not specifywhat the high and low level leakage rates should be, howeverthe leakdetection equipment installed must have the flexibility to distinguishbetweendifferent flow rates to enable it to be programmed to suit the building type and owner'sor occupiers' usage patterns.

CN4.1 System criteriaSee criterion1 onthe previouspage.

It is anticipated that the leakdetection credit will usually be achieved by installing a systemwhichdetects higher thannormal flow rates at meters or sub-meters. It does notnecessarily require a system that directly detects water leakage along part or thewholelengthof thewater supply system.




CN4.2 Water utilities'metersSee criterion1 onpage 255.

Where there is a water utilities'meter at the site or building boundary, it maybenecessary to install a separate flowmeter (or alternativemeasurement system) just afterthe utilitymeter to detect leaks; however, if thewater utility company agrees to someform of leakdetectionbeing installed on their meter, this would also be acceptable.

CN4.3 FlowcontroldevicesSee criterion2 onpage 255.

The following could be considered as types of flowcontrol devices:— A time controller, i.e. an automatic time switchdevice to switchoff thewater

supply after a predetermined interval— A programmed time controller, i.e. an automatic time switchdevice to switch

water onor off at predetermined times.— A volume controller, i.e. an automatic control device to turnoff thewater supply

once themaximum pre-set volume is reached— A presence detector and controller, i.e. an automatic device detecting

occupancyor movement in an area to switchwater on and turn it off when thepresence is removed

— A central control unit, i.e. a dedicated computer-based control unit for anoverallmanaged water control system, utilising someor all of the types of controlelements listed above.

CN4.4 Flowcontrolsystems

Flowcontrol systemsmay control combined WC areas, such as male and female toiletswithin a core; they are not required for each individual sanitary appliance. The criteria areset to encourage the isolationof thewater supply to eachWCblockwhen it is not beingused.

CN33 AccessibleLocationSee criterion3 onpage 255.

Isolation valves must be located in an accessible location. This could bewithin a cupboardor access hatch, where the valve canbe accessed without undue hazard or difficulty. Thevalve should be in close proximity to the appliance or fitting and clearly labelled. Examplesof non-accessible locations are behind kitchenunits or under floor boards.

CN4.5 SingleWCsSee criterion2 onpage 255.

The flowcontrol criteria for this issue apply to facilities whichhave only a singleWC(potentiallywithin smaller or lowoccupancybuildings). In these instances shut-off couldbe provided via the same switch that controls the lighting (whether proximity detectionor a manual switch).

CN4.6 No water supplyto the building orunitSee criteria 1 onpage 255 and 2onpage 255.

These credits are still assessed where there are no installed fittings and therefore nowater supply to the building. In these instances the facilities likely to be used by the futureoccupants of the assessed building must meet the criteria, e.g. those facilities within thenearest accessible building.

CN4.7 Extensions toexisting buildingsSee criteria 1 onpage 255 and 2onpage 255.

If thewater supply to the newextension is via the existing building then thewater supplyto the existing building must be assessed against the criteria of this issue.





CN5 Residentialinstitutions andguestaccommodation:Flowcontrolspecification.See criterion2 onpage 255.

The credit for the specificationof flowcontrol devices inWC areas or facilities does notapply to ensuite facilities in residential areas, e.g. ensuite facilitiesin individual privatebedrooms and a single bathroom for a collectionof individual private bedrooms in hallsof residence, keyworker accommodationor sheltered accommodation. The credit andcriteria are however applicable to buildings whichhave guest bedroomswith ensuitefacilities, e.g. hotel rooms, and communalWC areas or facilities, e.g. communalWCfacilities in hotels or hostels and care homes.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All The relevant sections or clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.Designdrawings.Manufacturer's product details.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence.Manufacturer's product details.


Relevant definitionsIsolation valve

An isolation valve is a valve in a plumbing system that stops the flowof water to a given location for maintenancepurposes. This enables the flowof water to a terminal fitting, appliance or whole system (e.g. a tap, washing machine,heating system or whole home) to be isolated, thus allowing maintenance or replacement of components orsystems.

Other information

None.


Wat 04 Water efficient equipment Water

Wat 04 Water efficient equipment



(all buildings)


1 No

Aim

To reducewater consumptionby encouraging specificationof water efficient equipment.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 The design team has identified allwater demands from uses other thandomestic scale drinking and sanitary usecomponents (see Relevant definitions).

2 Systems or processes have been identified to reduce thewater demand, and demonstrate, througheither goodpractice designor specification, a meaningful reduction in the totalwater demand of the building.


None.

Compliance notes




Criteria on the previous page and 2 aboveBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.







General

CN3 Reducing waterconsumptionSee criterion2 onthe previous page

BREEAMdoes not prescriptively define all potentialmeans or solutions for reducingunregulated water consumption. The design team needs to demonstrate to theassessor that they have identified key areas of water consumption in the building andthat a reduction in unregulated water consumptionhas beenachieved using existing'tried and tested' solutions or new innovative solutions relevant to the building and itsfunctional requirements. The following are some examples of solutions deemed tosatisfy compliance for a number of different building types or functions (where thewater demand for that function is one of the significant contributors in the building).1. Drip-fed subsurface irrigation incorporating soilmoisture sensors. The irrigation

control should be zoned to permit variable irrigation to different plantingassemblages.

2. Reclaimed or recovered water from a rainwater collectionor wastewaterrecovery systemwith appropriate storage, i.e. greywater collection frombuilding functions or processes that use potablewater, e.g. vehiclewash, sanitaryfacilities, irrigation etc.

3. External landscaping and planting that relies solely onprecipitation, during allseasons of the year.

4. All planting specified is restricted to contextually appropriate species that thrivewithout irrigation and will continue to do so in those conditions likely as a result ofclimate change, i.e. typicallywarmer and drier conditions.

CN3.1 Microbialcontamination

Where vehiclewash systems are specified, the design team are to clarify that theinstalled systems are designed to minimise any legionella risk (refer to BREEAMissueHea 09Water quality onpage 136).

Building specific

CN3.2 Residential singledwellings -Rainwaterharvesting

In single dwellings with a garden, the provisionof a water butt is sufficient todemonstrate compliancewith the criteria. No requirements are set on the type ofwater butt or storage capacity required. The assessor should be satisfied that, withinreason, the installation is adequate for the size of development and climatic conditionsof the region.

Methodology

None.



Evidence


All Documentationdetailing the planting andirrigation strategy.The relevant sections or clauses of the buildingspecificationor contractORDesigndrawings (where necessary).Manufacturer's product details.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence.Manufacturer's product details.



Water demandFor the purposes of this BREEAMissue, water demand includes, but is not limited to; swimming pools, recreational hottubs and hydrotherapypools, equipment used for irrigation, and vehiclewashequipment.Water demand fromdomestic scale sanitary fittings is not assessed in this issue, but is assessed under issueWat 01 Water consumptiononpage 239.

VehiclewashA commercial scale automatic, semi-automatic or manual system for washing vehicles. This includes wheel and chassiswash, fixed gantry and screenwash systems using brushes, spray or handheld jet hoses.

Other information

None.


Materials

10.0 Materials

Category overview

Summary

This category encourages steps taken to reduce the impact of constructionmaterials throughdesign, construction,maintenance and repair. Issues in this section focus on the procurement of materials that are sourced in a responsiblewayand have a lowembodied impact over their life including extraction, processing and manufacture and recycling.



Mat 01 Life cycle impacts onpage264

Up to 6 — Reductions in the building’s environmental life cycleimpacts throughassessment of themainbuildingelements.

Mat 02 Hard landscaping andboundary protectiononpage 269

N/A

Mat 03 Responsible sourcing ofconstructionproducts onpage 270

4 — Materials sourced in accordancewith a sustainableprocurement plan.

— Keybuilding materials are responsibly sourced to reduceenvironmental and socio-economic impacts.

Mat 04 Insulationonpage 304 N/A

Mat 05Designing for durability andresilience onpage 305

1 — The building incorporates measures to reduce impactsassociated withdamage and wear and tear.

— Relevant building elements incorporate appropriatedesign and specificationmeasures to limit materialdegradationdue to environmental factors.

Mat 06 Material efficiencyonpage310

1 — Opportunities and measures have been identified andtaken to optimise the use of materials.


Mat 01 Life cycleimpacts


Mat 01 Life cycle impacts

(all buildings)



Aim

To recognise and encourage the use of robust and appropriate life cycle assessment tools and consequently the specificationof constructionmaterials with a lowenvironmental impact (including embodied carbon) over the full life cycle of the building.

Assessment criteria


One to six credits

1 The project uses a life cycle assessment (LCA) tool to measure the life cycle environmental impact of the buildingelements.

2 The LCA includes at least themandatory building elements indicated in the 'Materials assessment scope' sectionof theBREEAMInternationalMat 01 calculator (where present in the building).

3 Themandatory requirements identified in the 'Materials assessment tool, method and data' sectionof the BREEAMInternationalMat 01 calculator onpage 267 have beenmet.

4 Amember of the project team completes the BREEAMInternationalMat 01 calculator onpage 267 and determines ascore based on the robustness of the LCA tool used and the scope of the assessment in terms of elements considered.Credits are awarded as follows;

Table 43:Percentage of BREEAMMat 01 calculator points achieved and credits awarded

Percentage of BREEAMMat 01 calculator points achieved(%)

Credits

Industrial All other buildings

25.0 1 1

62.5 1 2

75.0 1 3

80.0 2 4

82.5 2 5


Mat 01 Life cycle impacts Mat 01 Life cycleimpacts

85.0 2 + Exemplary 5 + Exemplary

Onecredit - Environmental product declarations (EPD)

5 Where a range of at least 5 products specified at Design Stage (DS) and installed by the Post Construction Stage (PCS) arecovered by verified Environmental Product Declarations (EPD) (see CN3.2).


8.The requirements for exemplary level criteria are outlined in Table 43 on the previous pagewithin the assessment criteriaabove have beenachieved AND

9.Where a range of at least 10 products specified at Design Stage (DS) and installed by the Post Construction Stage (PCS) arecovered by verified Environmental Product Declarations (EPD) (see CN3.2)

Compliance notes








General

CN3 Element notspecified(applicableelements)

In somebuildings, not all elements listed within the BREEAMInternationalMat 01 calculatorwill be present or specified, e.g. upper floors in single storeybuildings. In these instances thecalculator will re-evaluate the standard and exemplary level benchmarks according to theapplicable elements.





CN3.1 LCA toolapprovals

Where a project team is considering using an LCA toolwhichhas not beenpreviouslyevaluated byBREG, the assessor should contact BREGproviding all information required forthe evaluationof the tool. The evaluationprocess of LCA tools often requires theinvolvement and issue of evidence by the tool producer or developer.The evaluationprocess can take up to four weeks, therefore assessors are advised tocontact BREGas soonas possible to initiate the process. The fee sheet available on theassessor extranet provides details of fees for LCA tool evaluations.All tools (and versions of tools) used must:1. Meet themandatory requirements outlined in BREEAMInternationalMat 01

calculator.2. Have the score generated by theBREEAMInternationalMat 01 calculator on the facing

pageand evaluated byBREGlobal.BREEAMInternationalMat 01 calculator provides a list of previously submitted tools (byversion) and their associated evaluation score.

CN3.2 EnvironmentalProductDeclarations(EPD)Classifications

Each EPD shall be classified according to table XXXX inMat 03 Responsible Sourcing ofMaterials. For each EPD, select the classification that is the closest match. Only 2 EPD perclassificationgroup maybe counted. This is to encourage a range of EPD from differentconstructionproduct sectors.Where a product comprises of more thanonematerial, theassessor should decidewhichmaterial category classification should be used at their owndiscretion. EPD certificates must be valid (unexpired) at the point of specification. The EPDmust be compliant with ISO14025, ISO21930 or EN 15804.




Specification confirming:1. The name and versionof the LCA tool used.2. A copyof the LCA tool output or information from

the tool provider to demonstrate answers given inthe BREEAMInternationalMat 01 calculator.

Copyof the output from the BREEAMInternationalMat01 calculatorSee also Other information section for detailedrequirements.

As design stage but with as-built data.

onpage 264–onpage 264

A schedule of specified products in the building withaccepted EPD, and their product categories.Copies of the Environmental Product Declarationcertificates

As design stage but with as-built data.


Mat 01 Life cycle impacts Mat 01 Life cycleimpacts



BREEAM InternationalMat 01 calculatorA spreadsheet-based calculator required to determinewhether a project has used anappropriate LCA tool, and tocalculate the number of credits achieved for this BREEAMissue, based on the scope and rigour of life cycleassessment and elements considered within the LCA.

Environmental ProductDeclarationAnEPD is an independently verified environmental label (i.e. ISOType III label) according to the requirements of ISO14025.For constructionproducts EPDmust be produced to either EN 1580452,ISO1402553 orISO2193054

Integrated Material Profile And Costing Tool (IMPACT)Integrated Material Profile And Costing Tool. For more information about IMPACT visit www.IMPACTwba.com


None.


This issue is concerned with the use of LCA on the project and robustness of themethod or tools used and, at present, we donot seek to benchmarkperformance. This is likely to be included as LCAmatures and BREGhave collated enoughbuildingperformance data to establish robust benchmarks.

TheMat 01 Calculator scores points based on the rigour of the life cycle assessment in terms of:

1. The quality of the assessment tool or method and data2. The scope (of building elements) included in the assessment.

Other information

Evidence requirements

Note:Aside from the likely benefit to the environment from teams using LCA tools, the objective for BREEAMis to gather LCAperformance data in order to create benchmarks and inform future updates of the scheme. The evidence requirementsbeloware generic but BREGlobal understand that some tools are not able to fulfil all of the criteria.Where this is the case, thetool operator should submit results as close as possible to that required for the tool:

IMPACT compliant tools

A copyof the full IMPACT project or building file submitted by theAssessor to BREGlobalmust be transmitted In thefollowing format:

1. For 3D CAD or building informationmodel (BIM)based IMPACT compliant tools: In Industry FoundationClasses (IFC) orthe IMPACTCompliant tool’s native format.

2. For spreadsheet-based IMPACT compliant tools: IFC,MSExcel or comma-separated variables (CSV) file format.3. Building element categorisation to be according to NewRules of Measurement (NRM)Royal Institutionof Chartered

surveyors (RICS).4. A table inMSExcel or CSV file format listing eachbuilding element with, for eachone, the information listed under 2 b, c

and d (from the 'other tools' section) along with theNRMclassification.

Other tools

Anelectronic data table or tables of results (suitably cross referenced) generated by the tool, submitted by theAssessor toBREGlobalmust fulfil the following criteria:


http://www.impactwba.com/



1. Submit a total building environmental impact result for year 0 (installationonly) and year 60 studyperiods, as follows:a. To include individual results for all environmental issues or indicators that the tool or data permits, showing issue or

indicators names and units used.Where issues or indicators according to BSEN 15978:2011 are available, theseshould be used.

b. Include individual results for each life stage or module, e.g. stages A, B and C (see BSEN15978:2011).Where the toolfurther permits, or where completemeasurement of aforementioned stages is not possible, more detail should beprovided. For example, BSEN 15978:2011 modules should be used.

c. The reporting format should be to BSEN15978:2011 (or equivalent).2. Results for eachelement as follows, to enable project teammembers and assessors without an IMPACTCompliant tool

to check the accuracy of themodel:a. Element impact per issue (as above), with units.b. Element kg CO₂e. per life stage or module (as above).c. Element quantity, with units.d. Element description.e. For eachmaterial in the element:

i. Installed quantities, with units.ii. Sitewastage quantities, with units.iii. Replace, repair, refurbishquantities, with units.iv. Reuse, recycling or disposal (landfill, incineration) quantities, with units.

3. Transmitted in IFC,MSExcel or CSV file format.

Data permissions

Submissionof information to BREGlobal for the purpose of assessing this issuewill be deemed to grant permission for theBREGroup of companies to use the information to:

1. Fulfill BREEAMquality assurance requirements.2. Conduct further research (using anonymised data), including for the establishment of robust building level life cycle

performance benchmarks in BREEAMand BREassociated tools and methodologies.


Mat 02 Hard landscaping and boundary protection Materials

Mat 02 Hard landscaping and boundary protection

Not assessed as a standalone issuewithin BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 but incorporated within theMat 01Life cycle impacts onpage 264 issue


Materials BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Mat 03 Responsible sourcing of construction

products


(all buildings) Materials

(all buildings)


4 Yes (criterion1 only)

Aim

To recognise and encourage the specification and procurement of responsibly sourced constructionproducts.

Assessment criteria


Prerequisite

1 All timber and timber-based products used on the project is onpage 303.

Note: For other constructionproducts there are no prerequisite requirements at this stage.

One credit - Sustainable procurement plan

2 By the end of Concept design stage , the Client / Developer has a documented policy and procedure that sets outprocurement requirements for all suppliers and trades to adhere to relating to the responsible sourcing of constructionproducts (see CN3 on the next page).

3 The documented policy and proceduremust be disseminated to all relevant internal and external personnel and includedwithin the construction contract to ensure that they are enforceable on the assessed project.

4 The documented policy and proceduremust encourage the specificationof products with responsible sourcingcertificationover similar products without certification

Up to three credits - Responsible sourcing of construction products

5 The available Responsible sourcing credits (refer to Table 44 below) canbe awarded where the applicable constructionproducts (refer to Table 48 onpage 297) are responsibly sourced in accordancewith the BREEAMmethodology, asdefined in themethodology section.

Table 44:The number of BREEAMcredits achieved is determined as follows

Responsible sourcing credits %of available Responsible sourcing points achieved

3 ≥ 36

2 ≥ 20

1 ≥ 10

Table 45:The number of BREEAMcredits achieved is determined as follows





6 Where at least 52%of the available Responsible sourcing points are achieved


None.

Compliance notes




Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 of this SchemeDocument for furtherdescriptionof the above options.




General

CN3 Documentedproductprocurementpolicy. SeeCriterion2

This maybe prepared and adopted at anorganisational level or be site or projectspecific. It is recommended (but not a requirement) that the documented policyfollows the principles of BS8900-1:201355Managing sustainable development oforganisations - Guide and/ or BS8903:201056 Principles and framework forprocuring sustainably – Guide. This policymay form a part of a broader SustainableProcurement Planor be in the form of a standalone document

CN3.1 BREEAMrecognisedresponsiblesourcingcertificationschemes (RSCS)and their pointscores.See criterion onpage 270.

GuidanceNote 18 available in the resources sectionof the BREEAMwebsite, providesa table of RSCSs recognised under BREEAM, their scope and associated point scores.This table is reviewed ona regular basis and BREEAMAssessors must ensure theyusethe current table.


http://www.breeam.org/page.jsp?id=301



CN3.2 Checkingresponsiblesourcing claims.See criterion onpage 270.

Confirmationof manufacturers and suppliers claims should be sought from therelevant responsible sourcing schemeprovider.Manyof the organisations whoadminister responsible sourcingcertification schemeswill, via their website, listcompanies and products that have been certified against their standards, includingthe scope of any such certification. Some schemes, including BES6001 viawww.greenbooklive.com,will provide downloadable copies of the relevant certificate,which can in turnbe used as evidence of compliance for this BREEAMissue.

CN3.3 Route 1Cut-offSee step 1 in theMethodologyonthe next pagesection.

Any constructionproduct in the following location/use categories (see table 3)whichclearly accounts for less than the following volumes canbe excluded from theassessment. The volume considered should be takenas the constructionproduct'soverall external dimensions, including any internal voids / air spaces.Minor fixings(brackets, nails, screws etc.), adhesives, seals and ironmongerywould normally fallbelow this threshold. Also, see CN3.8.

- 'Internal partition / internalwalls (including finishes)': Less than0.33 m3per 1000m²ofgross internal floor area (GIFA).- 'Ceiling (including ceiling finishes)' : Less than0.33 m3per 1000m²of GIFA.

- All other location/use categories: Less than1m3per 1000 m²of GIFA,

CN3.4 Broken chain ) To recognise responsible sourcing certificationwhere it does exist in the supply chain,while reducing the risks associated with a broken chain, it is permissible to use theupstream certification score in the BREEAMInternationalMat 03 toolwhere thedownstream risk to responsible is considered to be low. Specifically, it is acceptable forthe following types of organisations in the supply chain (that are downstream of theorganisationwith certification) not to have their own responsible sourcing certifcation:

1. Organisations that only handle or transport, or2. Organisations that only fabricate, assemble or install and are using a recognisedqualitymanagement system to ensure themixing and substitutionof the certifiedupstream sourcewith uncertified sources has not occurred

And3. Are operating in a jurisdiction that candemonstrate relatively robust and wellenforced environment, social and economic controls. For example;

— States which aremembers of the EU— States that have declared adherence to theOECDGuidelines for Multinational

Enterprises.

CN3.5 Quantitiesprecision

The degree of tolerance accepted for estimating quantities is +/- 20%of the finalinstalled quantity.

It is not necessary for the assessor to submit calculations in order to justify estimates. Inparticular, the cut-off estimation for many constructionproducts - that are clearlybelow the cut-off - maybe donewithout the need for any calculations at all.




Methodology

To determine the number of credits achieved for criterion5, either route 1, 2 or 3 must be followed (seeAdditionalInformation section for informationondifferent routes). For examples and further explanationof this method, along with asimplified methodology for building services constructionproducts, see guidance note 24.

Step 1 For all routes, the BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool is used according to the following steps.

1. For each constructionproduct in the building that is in scope (see 'Scope of assessment' section) :

Note: For route 1, only steps 1.1,1.3,1.5,1.6,1.7 and 1.9 must be followed. Step 1.4 is optional for routes 1 and 2.

Step1.1 Estimate if the quantity is above the cut-off volume (See onpage 270). If it is, enter the constructionproduct in thetool and assign it a ' Location / use' category, thenproceed to the next step. If the quantitymeets the cut-off then the productcanexcluded.

Step 1.2 ( Route 2 only): Estimate the quantity (mass / volume) of the product.

Step 1.3 Obtain the BREEAMrecognised responsible sourcing certifications scheme (RSCS) certificationor environmentalmanagement system (EMS) certification, if any (See CN3.2). Compare the certificationwithGuidanceNote 18 and obtain theRSCSpoint score.Where the constructionproduct has no certification, is noncompliant with broken chain requirements (Seeonpage 270) or the certification type is not listed inGuidanceNote 18, the score is zero.Where the constructionproduct is areused product, obtain the score fromGuidanceNote 18 for these products.

Step 1.4 (Optional, if not being followed go to Step 1.5):Where a constituent constructionproduct has a better certificationscore (see CN3.2) than the overall constructionproduct and it complies with the broken chain requirements, the followingsteps should be followed:

Step 1.4.1 Identify thematerials category(ies) that make up anestimated ≥80%of the constituent constructionproduct's volume.

Step 1.4.2 Include each identified materials category in the tool (by creating newentries)

Step 1.4.3 If≥5%of the volume is unaccounted for in step 1.4.1, include the 'Other'material category.

Step 1.4.4. ( Route 2 only): For eachmaterial following the route 2 and identified in step 1.4.1, enter the building -widequantity into the tool. This maybe based ona percentage of the overall constructionproduct's quantity estimated instep 1.1

Step 1.4.5 For eachmaterial category (including 'other'), enter the constituent's certification score identified in step 1.4into the tool.

Step 1.5 Identify thematerials category(ies)that make up anestimated ≥80%of the product's volume (excluding quantitiesentered for Step 1.4.1 , if applicable)

Step 1.6 Include each identified materials category in the tool (by duplicating the entrymade in step1.1)

Step 1.7 If ≥ 5%of the volume is unaccounted for in Step 1.5 (and Step 1.4, where applicable), include the 'Other'materialcategory.

Step 1.8 ( Route 2 only); For eachmaterial category following the route 2 and identified in Step 1.5, enter the building - widequantity into the tool. This maybe based ona%of the overall constructionproduct's quantity estimated in Step1.1

Step 1.9 For eachmaterial category (including 'Other'), enter the overall constructionproduct's certification score (from Step1.3) into the tool.

Step 2 .BREEAM International tool



Step 2.1 Enter the credit result produced by the BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool into the BREEAMInternationalScoring and reporting tool.

Scope of Assessment

onpage 270 (based on theNewRules of Measurement (NRM) classification system), indicates the building elements thatmust be included in the scope of the assessment. Including these elements (and only these) is necessary to ensure anappropriate level of comparability. All constructionproducts that are installed as part of one or more of these buildingelements are in-scope and must be included in the BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool. For eachbuilding element the respective' Location / Use ' category, for use in the BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool, is provided in the table.

Table 46: Scope assessment, commonbuilding element designation and location/ use categories

RICS NRM Level1 Groupelement

RICS NRM Level 2element

RICS NRM Level 2 sub-element

BREEAMLocation /use'category

To beincluded

1 Substructure 1 Substructure 1 Standardfoundations

7. Structure ,primary andsecondary

Y

2 Specialistfoundationssystems

Y

3 Lowest floorconstruction

Y

4 Basementexcavation

N/A Y

5 Basementretaining walls

7. Structure ,primary andsecondary

Y



2 Superstructure 1 Frame 1 Steel frames Y



2 Space decks Y



3 Concretecasings tosteel frames

Y



4 Concreteframes

Y



5 Timber frames Y



6 Other framesystems

Y



2 UpperFloors

1 Floors 3. Floor(includingfloor finishes)

Y



2 Balconies Y



3 Drainage toBalconies

11. Other Y



3 Roof 1 Roof structure 6. Roof(including rooffinishes)

Y



2 Roofcoverings

Y



3 Specialist roofsystems

Y



4 Roof drainage Y



5 Roof lights,skylights andopenings

2. Door /window

Y



6 Roof features 6. Roof(including rooffinishes)

Y



4 Stairs andRamps

1 Stairs / Rampsstructures

7. Structure,primary andsecondary

Y



2 Stair / Rampfinishes

3. Floor(includingfloor finishes)

Y



3 Stair / Rampbalustradesand handrails

11. Other Y



4 ladders /chutes/ slides

Y



5 ExternalWalls

1 Externalenclosing wallsabove groundfloor level

8. Externalwall Y

2 Externalenclosing wallbelowgroundfloor level

7. Structure,primary andsecondary

Y

3 Solar / Rainscreening

8. Externalwall Y

4 External soffits Y

5 Subsidiarywalls,balustrades,handrail andproprietarybalconies

11. Other Y

6 Facadeaccess/cleaningsystems

Y

6 Windowsand ExternalDoors

1 Externalwindows

2. Door /window

Y

2 External doors Y

7 InternalwallsandPartitions

1 Walls andpartitions

5. Internalpartition /internalwalls(includingfinishes)

Y

2 Balustradesand handrails

11. Other Y

3 Moveableroom dividers


Y

4 Cubicles Y

8 InternalDoors

1 Internal doors 2. Door /window

Y



3 InternalFinishes

1 Wall finishes 5 Finishes towalls


Y

2 Floorfinishes

1 Finishes tofloors

3. Floor(includingfloor finishes)

Y

2 Raised accessfloors

Y

3 CeilingFinishes

1 Finishes toceilings

1. Ceiling(includingceiling finishes)

Y

2 False ceilings Y

3 Demountablesuspendedceilings

Y

4 Fittings,FurnishingsandEquipment

1 Fitting,furnishingsandEquipment

2 Kitchen fittingsandequipments(ONLY)

11. Other Y

5 Services (ALL) (ALL) 9 .Buildingservices

Y

8 ExternalWorks 2 Roads, Pathsand Pavings

1 (ALL) 10. Hardlandscaping

Y

3 Soft landscaping, Planting and Irrigationsystems

N/A N

4 Fencing,Railings andWalls

1 (ALL) 10. Hardlandscaping

Y

5 Externalfixtures

N

6 Externaldrainage

(ALL) 9 .Buildingservices

Y

7 Externalservices

(ALL) 9 .Buildingservices

Y

TheMaterial categories, for use in the BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool, must be in accordancewith the Table --- . For eachconstructionproduct, identify the closest matching category.



Table 47Material categories

Material categories

1. Timber/timber-based products2. Concrete/cementitious3. Metal4. Stone/aggregate5. Clay-based6. Gypsum7. Glass8. Plastic, polymer, resin, paint, chemicals and bituminous9. Animal fibre/skin, cellulose fibre10. Other

Example calculations

The following example demonstrate how the calculation is carried out in the BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool for eachof thethree routes.

Route 1: Lowest RSCS Score

Table 48: Example calculation for Route 1

Location and use category Material category RSCSpointscore

Averagepoint score*

Responsible sourcing pointscore allocation**

Door or window Timber or TBP1 4 5 4

Timber or TBP 2 6

Floor Timber or TBP 1 3 4

Timber or TBP 2 5

Externalwall Timber or TBP1 6 6.5

Timber or TBP2 7

Door or window Metal product 1 5 5 2

Ceiling Metal product 1 3 2.5

Metal product 2 2



Location and use category Material category RSCSpointscore

Averagepoint score*

Responsible sourcing pointscore allocation**

Structure primary andsecondary

Concrete orcementitious product1

3 2 2


2


1

Internal partition Concrete orcementitious product1

4 5.5


7

Structure primary andsecondary

Clay-based product 1 3 4 4

Clay-based product 2 5

Roof Clay-based product 1 8 8

*Average point scores for a givenmaterial in that locationor use category.

** The point score allocation is the lowest point score, rounded, in the previous column, for a givenmaterial category.

Table 49: Example point allocation and award of credits

Material category Point scoresachieved

Maximum point score %availablepoints achieved

Creditsachieved

Timber or timber-based product 4 10 30% 1

Metal 2 10

Concrete or cementitious 2 10

Clay-based 4 10

Total score 12 40



Route 2: Proportion of materials responsibly sourced

Anexample calculation for route 2 is provided in Table 50 belowonpage 270. The example illustrates the calculation for asinglematerial category. This process is repeated for eachmaterial category present in the building to determine the finalResponsible sourcing score.

Table 50: Example calculation for route 2 for a singlematerial category

Material category RSCS pointscore

Quantity( Quantity (m³

, IKg)

Point scoreweighted

Max. pointscore

% totalscore

(A) (B) (C) (D) (G)

Door or window

Timber/TBP 1 4 100 400 1000

Timber/TBP 2 6 50 300 500

Total Scores (E)700 (F)1500 46.7%

Floor

Timber/TBP 1 3 100 300 1000

Timber/TBP 2 5 200 1000 2000

Total Scores (E)1300 (F)3000 43.3%

Externalwall

Timber/TBP 1 6 300 1800 3000

Timber/TBP 2 7 200 1400 2000

Total Scores (E)3200 (F)5000 64%

Average% total score (H) 51.3%

Responsible sourcing score (I) 5.13

Description of columns shown in the example

Responsible sourcing certification scheme (RSCS) point score achieved, A

Quantity (m³, Kg), B

Point scoreweighted byquantity, C = RSCSpoint score achieved xquantity

C=A xB

Maximum point scoreweighted byquantity, D = 10 xquantity

D =10 xB



Total score achieved, E = sum of point scores weighted byquantity

E= sum of C scores

Totalmaximum score, F= sum of maximum scores weighted byquantity

F= sum of D scores

Total score achieved, G= sum of point scores weighted byquantity or sum of maximum scores weighted byquantity

G= E/F

Average percentage, H = average of total scores achieved

H = average of G scores

Responsible sourcing score achieved, I =10 x average percentage

I=10 xH

Route 2 : Combination of routes

Note:Only one route canbe selected per material category.

Table 51: Example calculation for route 2

Material category RSCS pointscore

Maximum pointscore

Percentage of availablepoints

Creditsachieved

Timber or timber-based product(using route 2)

5.13 10 32.83% 1

Metal (using route 1) 2 10

Concrete or cementitious (usingroute 1)

2 10

Clay-based (using route 1) 4 10

Total score 13.13 40

Evidence


1 Written confirmation from the principal contractor or client that alltimber will be sourced in compliancewith the definitionof LegallyHarvested and Legally traded timber or has certification that fulfillsthese requirements (e.g. FSC, PEFC)ORA specificationor letter of intent from the design team confirmingthat all timber will be procured in accordancewith the BREEAMrequirements.

Documentary evidence confirmingall timber used in the building islegally harvested and trader timber.




2 A copyof the documented sustainable procurement planEvidence that the plan is disseminated, or a written commitment todo so.Evidence that the plan is included in the construction contract, or awritten commitment to do so.Evidence that there is a policy to encourage the specificationofproducts with responsible sourcing certification

Evidence that the planwasdisseminated.Evidence that the planwas includedin the construction contract.

3-7 A copyof the completed BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool.

A copyof all responsible sourcing and EMScertificates ORA letter of intent from the design team or other detaileddocumentary evidence confirming the product shall be sourcedfrom suppliers capable of providing required certification..For affected certified constructionproducts, evidence onhow the broken chain requirements aremet.1.

1. Written confirmation that thedocumentary evidenceprovided at design stagewasfollowed during construction.

2. Where different from designstage, provide updateddocumentary evidence thatwas followed duringconstruction.

3. Where certified materials wereused, copies of certificatesAND

4. Corresponding invoices,delivery receipts.

5. For post-construction stageassessment only, provide copyof the BREEAMMat 03calculator and detaileddocumentary evidence (aslisted for design stage)AND

6. corresponding invoices,delivery receipts.



BREEAM InternationalMat 03 calculatorA calculator tool used by the BREEAMAssessor to determine the number of BREEAMcredits achieved for BREEAMissueMat 03.

BREEAM recognised responsible sourcing certification schemes (RSCSs)These are third-party schemes evaluated byBREGlobal for recognitionunder BREEAM. Refer to GuidanceNote 18available in the Resources sectionof the BREEAMwebsite for informationon the evaluation criteria and the processfor the evaluation and acceptance of schemes, including application and appeals.

BrokenChainWhere a constructionproduct (or constituent product) is certified but is supplied via one or more downstreamorganisations that have no relevant certification. In this situation, unless the broken chain requirements aremet ( Seeonpage 270), the certification is not accepted byBREEAM.




Conventionon International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES)The Conventionon International Trade in Endangered Species of wild fauna and flora (CITES)works by subjectinginternational trade in specimens of selected species to certain controls. All import, export, re-export and introductionfrom the sea of species covered by the Conventionhas to be authorised througha licensing system. Each Party to theConventionmust designate one or moreManagement Authorities in charge of administering that licensing systemand one or more Scientific Authorities to advise them on the effects of trade on the status of the species. The speciescovered byCITESare listed in threeAppendices, according to the degree of protection theyneed.1. Appendix I includes species threatened with extinction. Trade in specimens of these species is permitted only in

exceptional circumstances.2. Appendix II includes species not necessarily threatened with extinctionbut inwhich trademust be controlled in

order to avoid utilisation incompatiblewith their survival.3. Appendix III contains species that are protected in at least one country, whichhas asked other CITESParties for

assistance in controlling the trade.Appendices I and II of the CITES list illustrate species of timber that are protected outright. Appendix III of the CITES listillustrates species that are protected in at least one country. If a timber species used in the project is onAppendix III itcanbe included as part of the assessment as long as the timber is not obtained from the country or countries seekingto protect this species.

ConstructionproductAmanufacturer specific constructionproduct (i.e. with amanufacturer reference number) that is specified by thedesigner (e.g. architect, engineer, interior designer, quantity surveyor, landscape architect etc.) or selected by theconstructor (principal or sub - contractor) and installed on the project

Constituent constructionproductAmanufacturer specific constructionproduct (i.e. with amanufacturer reference number) that is not specified by thedesigner or selected by the constructor but is used in themanufacture of a specified constructionproduct.

Legally harvested and traded timberLegally harvested timber and wood-derived products are those that originate from a forest where the followingcriteria aremet:

1. The forest owner/manager holds legal use rights to the forest.2. There is compliance byboth the forest management organisation and any contractors with local and national legal

criteria including those relevant to:a. Forest managementb. Environmentc. Labour and welfared. Health and safetye. Other parties’ tenure and use rightsf. All relevant royalties and taxes are paid.

3. There is full compliancewith the criteria of CITES.

Legally traded means timber or products derived from Legally harvested timber were:

1. Exported in compliancewith exporting country laws governing the export of timber and timber products, includingpayment of any export taxes, duties or levies.

2. Imported in compliancewith importing country laws governing the import of timber and timber products, includingpayment of any import taxes, duties or levies

3. Traded in compliancewith legislation related to the conventionon international trade in endangered species (CITES),where applicable.

NewRules of MeasurementNRMprovides a standard set of measurement rules and essential guidance for the cost management of constructionprojects and maintenanceworks. For more information visit http://www.rics.org/.



Responsible sourcingThemanagement and implementationof sustainable development principles in the provision, procurement andtraceability of constructionmaterials and components. In BREEAM, this is demonstrated throughauditable third-party certification schemes. Refer to GuidanceNote 18 available in the Resources sectionof the BREEAMwebsite foranup-to-date table of RSCSs recognised byBREGlobal Ltd for the purposes of a BREEAMassessment.

Route 1Route 1 does not require the quantities of each constructionproduct to be entered into the BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool. This reduces the time taken to calculate the score achieved per constructionproduct but, because thevarying quantities of each constructionproduct in the building cannot be taken into account when the credit iscalculated, the lowest ' location / use category score per materials category is used for the overallmaterials categoryscore.

Route 2Route 2 provides amore accuratemeasurement of the risks in the building design associated with constructionproducts by taking account of the quantity of each constructionproduct with a location / use category. It requiresquantities to be entered into BREEAMInternationalMat 03 tool rather thanusing the lowest 'location / use' categoryscore per material category. The improvement in rigour justifies route 2 having the potential to produce betterscores than route 1.

Route 3

Route 3 is a mixture of route 1 and route 2. For example, route 1 maybe used for the Timber/ timber based' categoryand route 2 for the 'Metal' category. Only one routemaybe used per materials category.

Responsible sourcing certification schemepoint scoresA graded scale to reflect the rigour of the certification scheme used to demonstrate responsible sourcing, formingthe basis for awarding credits in the BREEAMissueMat 03. Refer to GuidanceNote 18 available in the resourcessectionof the BREEAMwebsite for anup-to-date table of RSCSs recognised byBREGlobal Ltd for the purposes of aBREEAMassessment.

N

Other information





Mat 04 Insulation

Not assessed as a standalone issuewithin BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 but incorporated withinMat 01 Lifecycle impacts onpage 264 andMat 03 Responsible sourcing of constructionproducts onpage 270 issues.


Mat 05Designing for durability and resilience Materials

Mat 05Designing for durability and resilience

(all buildings)


1 No

Aim

To recognise and encourage adequate protectionof exposed elements of the building and landscape, thereforeminimisingthe frequencyof replacement and maximising materials optimisation.

Assessment criteria


One credit

Protecting vulnerable parts of the building from damage

1 The building incorporates suitable durability and protectionmeasures or designed features or solutions to preventdamage to vulnerable parts of the internal and external building and landscaping elements. This must include, but is notnecessarily limited to:1.a Protection from the effects of highpedestrian traffic inmain entrances, public areas and thoroughfares

(corridors, lifts, stairs, doors etc.).1.b Protection against any internal vehicular or trolleymovement within 1m of the internal building fabric in storage,

delivery, corridor and kitchenareas.1.c Protection against, or prevention from, anypotential vehicular collisionwhere vehicular parking and

manoeuvring occurs within 1m of the external building façade for all car parking areas and within 2m for alldelivery areas.

Protecting exposed parts of the building frommaterial degradation

2 The relevant parts of the building incorporate appropriate design and specificationmeasures to limit materialdegradationdue to environmental factors. (SeeMat 05Designing for durability and resilience onpage 305 for theprocess to assess this criterion).

See Table 52 below in the Checklists and tables belowsection for a list of applicable elements, environmental factors andmaterial degradation effects to consider.


Table 52:Applicable building elements, environmental factors and material degradation effects to consider

Applicable building elements, environmental factors and material degradation effects

Applicable building elements



Applicable building elements, environmental factors and material degradation effects

1. Foundation, substructure, lowest floor, retaining walls2. Externalwalls3. Roof or balconies4. Glazing:windows, skylight5. External doors6. Railings or balusters (where exposed to external environment)7. Cladding (where exposed to external environment)8. Staircases or ramps (where exposed to external environment)9. Hard landscaping

Environmental factors

1. Environmental agents, including:a. Solar radiationb. Temperature variationc. Water or moistured. Winde. Precipitation, e.g. rain and snowf. Extremeweather conditions:highwind speeds, flooding, driving rain, snow

2. Biological agents, including:a. Vegetationb. Pests, insects

3. Pollutants, including:a. Air contaminantsb. Ground contaminants

Material degradation effects (includes, but not necessarily limited to the following)

1. Corrosion2. Dimensional change, e.g. swelling or shrinkage3. Fading or discolouration4. Rotting5. Leaching6. Blistering7. Melting8. Salt crystallisation9. Abrasion

Compliance notes







Protecting vulnerable parts of the building from damage - criterion1 onpage 305Where the identified vulnerable parts of the building d form part of the shell and coredeveloper's remit :Bothoptions:All assessment criteria relevant to the building type and function applyand must be accounted for in the assessment of this issue.

Where the identified vulnerable parts of the building do not form a part of the shelland core developer's remit , e.g. they are in lettable areas and compliance is subject tothe tenant's or future occupier's fit-out specification:Bothoptions: These areas canbe excluded from assessment.

Protecting exposed parts of the building frommaterial degradation - criterion2 onpage 305Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.


CN2 Applicableassessment criteria- Single dwellings

Protecting vulnerable parts of the building from damage - criterion1 onpage 305Bothoptions:Criteria 1.a onpage 305 and 1.b onpage 305 are not applicable

Protecting exposed parts of the building frommaterial degradation - criterion2 onpage 305Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

CN2.1 Applicableassessment criteria- Multiple dwellings

Protectingvulnerable parts of the building from damage - criterion1 onpage 305Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Protecting exposed parts of the building frommaterial degradation - criterion2 onpage 305Bothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General

CN2.1 Suitable durabilitymeasures.See criterion1 onpage 305.

Suitable durability and protectionmeasures to vulnerable parts of the building caninclude:1. Bollards or barriers or raised kerbs to delivery and vehicle drop-off areas2. Robust externalwall construction, up to 2m high3. Protection rails to walls of corridors4. Kickplates or impact protection (from trolleys etc.) ondoors5. Hard-wearing and easilywashable floor finishes in heavily used circulation areas

(i.e. main entrance, corridors, public areas etc.)6. Designing out the riskwithout the need for additionalmaterials specification to

protect vulnerable areas.




CN2.2 Vehicle impactprotection.See criterion1.c onpage 305.

Any vehicle impact protectionmeasures specified must be positioned at an adequatedistance from the building to protect the fabric from impact from any vehiclewith ameasurable overhang of the body from thewheel track, in particular for anygoodsdelivery areas.In vehiclemovement areas only;where the specificationof external robust wallconstruction is specified to complywith the credit, additional protectionmust beprovided to ensure against potential damage to the robust façade from vehiclemovement, i.e. specifying bollards or protection rails.

CN2.3 Preventingexcessivematerialuse

The specificationor designmeasures chosen should reflect the need to balance theadditional specificationof materials with the need to protect building elements tominimise their replacement, insuring against excessivematerial use and promotingmaterials optimisation.See also definitionof Material Efficiency.

CN2.4 Public or commonareas

Consideration should be given to materials specification in public or commonareas(especially publicwaiting areas and toilet areas) to provide protection againstpotentialmalicious or physical abuse, as far as possible.

Methodology

Protecting exposed parts of the building frommaterial degradation

The following outlines the process to assess criterion2 onpage 305for newly specified materials and constructed elements.

1. Identify from the list of 'applicable building elements' under Table 52 onpage 305 the elements that are appropriate tothe building being assessed.

2. Establish from the 'environmental factors' list those factors that are likely to causematerial degradation effects in theidentified applicable building elements.

3. Confirm the design and specificationmeasures in place to limit these degradation effects.4. The assessor should use their professional judgement in determining whether the design team have adequately

demonstrated that they have designed and specified materials or measures whichwill be effective in preventingunnecessary deterioration, so reducing frequent replacements, repairs and maintenance through the life cycle of thebuilding.

5. At post-construction stage, where the design and specificationmeasures installed differ from those proposed atdesign stage, the assessor must ensure that thesemeasures stillmeet the aims of the criterion as detailed in point 4.

Evidence


1 onpage 305 1. Designdrawings illustrating vulnerable areas orparts of the building

2. Designdrawings or specification confirming thedurabilitymeasures specified.

Assessor’s building or site inspectionor photographic evidence confirmingcompliance.




2 onpage 305 1. Designdrawings confirming the applicableelements

2. Documentary evidence for the environmentalfactors and material degradation effectsconsidered relevant to the building.

3. Design and specificationmeasures in place tolimit degradation effects

4. Where relevant manufacturer's technical detailsconfirming material degradation effect militatedby the specified product

As interim design stage and based onas-built drawings.



Materials efficiencyRefer to BREEAMissueMat 06Material efficiencyonpage 310

Other information

None.



Mat 06 Material efficiency

(all buildings)


1 No

Aim

To recognise and encouragemeasures to optimisematerial efficiency in order to minimise environmental impact of materialuse and waste.

Assessment criteria

The following is required to showcompliance for:

One credit

1 Opportunities have been identified, and appropriatemeasures investigated and implemented, to optimise themoreefficient use of materials in building design, procurement, construction,maintenance and end of life, based on theprinciples set out in the BS8895 series of standards.

2 The above is carried out by the designor construction team in consultationwith the relevant parties (see CN3 on thefacing page) at eachof the following project workstages:2.a Preparation and Brief2.b Concept Design2.c Developed Design2.d Technical Design2.e Construction.


None.

Compliance notes




Mat 06Material efficiency Materials







General

CN3 Relevant parties All parties (as relevant to the project stage) involved in the design, specificationorconstructionof the building should be consulted. This includes but is not limited to, thefollowing:1. Client or developer2. Cost consultant3. Architect4. Structural or civil engineers5. Building services engineers - mechanical, electrical6. Principal contractor7. Demolitionor strip-out contractor8. Environmental consultant9. Project management consultant10. Materials or component manufacturers or suppliers.

CN3.1 Evidencerequirements

BREhas avoided being prescriptivewith the evidence requirements for this issue,recognising that the solutions and approaches will be largely influenced bybuildingspecific factors. The evidence required to demonstrate compliance, will be based onthe outputs in table 2 of BS8895-1:2013 and tables 2 and table 4 of BS8895-2:2013. A fewexamples have beenprovided below:

— Reports (at Preparation and Brief stage) outlining the activity relating tomaterial efficiency (ideas discussed, analysis and decisions taken)

— Drawings or BIM, calculations showing reductionof material use throughdesign (Concept Designor Developed Design stages)

— Meeting notes, constructionprogram, responsibilities schedule (indicatingparties consulted).

The BREEAMAssessor should use their judgement in determining whether the aim andintent of the credit has beenmet using appropriate project information to back theirjudgement. BREGlobalwill endorse the BREEAMAssessor's judgement through thequality assurance audit where a reasonable justification to award the credit on thebasis of project team actions and proposed design solutions is evident.

Methodology

None.



Evidence


All See compliance note CN3.1 on the previous page, one or more appropriate evidence types canbe used todemonstrate compliancewith the criteria requirements.



Material efficiencyThe process of undertaking a building project to enable themost efficient use of materials over the life cycle of thebuilding and its components. This includes using fewer materials, reusing existing demolition and strip-out materialsand, where appropriate, procuring materials with higher levels of recycled content. It may also include the adoptionofalternativemeans of designor construction that result in lower materials usage and lower wastage levels includingoff-sitemanufacture and use of pre-assembled service pods.

Other information

Optimisingmaterial use

Optimising material use is one the key resource efficiencygoals for any sustainability strategy. This involves variouscomponents to ensure efficient use of materials, waste prevention and reduction,minimal damage to the environment anddepletionof natural resources. This newBREEAMissue aims to encourage and support efforts to reduce the amount ofmaterials use in building designwithout compromising on the structural stability and other performance factors. BRE intendsto further develop the assessment criteria for this issue in future updates of BREEAMand as suchBREwould welcome anyfeedbackon the applicationof this assessment issue to assist with the evolutionof the criteria and inclusionof additionalguidance on compliance in future BREEAMversions.

Tools to guidematerial efficiency strategies

The following provide frameworks for the consideration and reviewof resource efficiency in design and construction:

BS 8895 Designing for material efficiency in building projects

The standard outlines specificmaterial efficiencyprocesses, key tasks, teammembers and their responsibilities and outputsspecific to eachworkstage along with supporting guidance and tools. This serves as a useful tool to assist the design team indeveloping and implementing material efficiency strategies for their developments.

The standard comprises of the following four parts:

— Part 1:Code of practice for Strategic Definition and Preparation and Brief57 (published)— Part 2:Code of practice for concept and developed design58 (published)— Part 3:Code of practice for technical design (planned for development)— Part 4:Code of practice for operation, refurbishment (planned for development)

WRAP

Designing out Waste:A design team guide for Buildings 59. This document outlines five principles of designing out waste andcanbe applied during designdevelopment, and serve as prompts for investigating opportunities for material efficiency indesign.


Waste

11.0 Waste


Waste BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Wst 01 Construction waste management

(all buildings)


3 Yes

Aim

To promote resource efficiency via the effective and appropriatemanagement of constructionwaste.

Assessment criteria


— Construction resource efficiency (2 credits)— Diversionof resources from landfill (1 credit).


Construction waste reduction

One credit

1 Where appropriate targets for the amount of non-hazardous and hazardous waste produced on site are set inm3 ofwaste per 100m²or tonnes of waste per 100m².

2 Procedures are in place to minimise non-hazardous and hazardous waste in linewith the targets.

3 The amount of site constructionwaste created is being monitored and targets regularly reviewed.

4 The designor sitemanagement team has nominated an individual responsible for implementing the above.

5 A pre-demolition audit of any existing buildings, structures or hard surfaces is completed to determine if refurbishmentor reuse is feasible and, if not, to maximise the recovery of material from demolition for subsequent use, prioritising highgrade or value applications. The audit must cover:5.a Identificationof the key refurbishment and demolitionmaterials5.b Potential applications and any related issues for the reuse and recycling of the key refurbishment and demolition

materials.

6 Using the collated data, report the amount of waste generated per 100m²(gross internal floor area) inm3 (wherevolume is actual volume of waste, not bulkvolume) or tonnes from the constructionprocess via the BREEAMscoring andreporting tool.

One credit

7 Criteria 1 above to 11 on the facing page (where applicable) are achieved.

8 Procedures are in place for sorting, reusing and recycling constructionwaste into at least five defined waste groups (seeTable 54 onpage 316) either on site or off site througha licensed external contractor.


Wst 01 Constructionwastemanagement Waste

Diversion of resources from landfill

One credit

9 A significant quantity of non-hazardous construction and demolitionwaste (where applicable) generated by the projecthas beendiverted from landfill according to the figures within Table 53 belowbelow:

Table 53BREEAMtargets for diversion from landfill according to National construction and demolition (C&D)waste recoveryrate

One credit Exemplary level

BREEAM target rates for diversion from landfill

Where the nationalconstructionwasterecovery rate is < 50% (byweight)

≥ 60% (byweight) or ≥ 50% (by volume) ≥ 75% (byweight) or ≥ 65% (by volume)

Where the nationaldemolitionwasterecovery rate is < 60% (byweight)*

≥ 70% (byweight) or ≥ 60% (by volume) ≥ 75% (byweight) or ≥ 65% (by volume)

Where the nationalconstructionwasterecovery rate is ≥ 50% (byweight)

≥ 10% improvement over national rate(up to where 95%of totalwaste created is

diverted to landfill)

≥ 35% improvement over national rate(up to where 95%of totalwaste created is

diverted to landfill)

Where the nationaldemolitionwasterecovery rate is ≥ 60% (byweight)*

≥ 10% improvement over national rate (upto where 95%of totalwaste created isdiverted from landfill)

≥ 35% improvement over national rate (upto where 95%of totalwaste created isdiverted from landfill)

*Where the nationalwaste recovery rate is reported for both construction and demolitionwaste together, the same targetshould be used for both types of waste. For the project to achieve the credit, both construction and demolitionwaste(reported separately)must meet the target.

10 Wastematerials will be sorted into separate keywaste groups (according to thewaste streams generated by the scopeof theworks) either on-site or off-site througha licensed contractor for recovery (see Table 54 on the next page forinformationonwaste groups).

11 Using the collated data, report the following via the BREEAMscoring and reporting tool (this applies to construction anddemolitionwaste, where applicable)11.a Destinationof the non-hazardous waste leaving the site (i.e. address and facility) and the11.b Level of waste diverted from landfill as a percentage of overall arising ORm3 of waste per 100m2OR tonnes of

waste per 100m2 (see Compliance notes onpage 317).


The following outlines the exemplary level criteria to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAMissue:

12 Criteria 1 on the previous page to 11 above, where applicable, are achieved.

13 The percentage of non-hazardous construction and demolitionwaste (if relevant) diverted from landfillmeets orexceeds the exemplary level percentage benchmark (outlined in Table 53 above).




Even though some locations mayhave limited infrastructure, it should be possible to reuse and recycle the five basicmaterials(ceramics, excavated material, plasterboard, concrete and timber) locally, so the second credit will be awarded only if C&Dwaste is sorted into at least fivewaste groups (see Keywaste group examples below)or theminimum required by localregulations, whichever is themost onerous.Where there is a significant amount of metals to be reused or recycled this canreplace the smallest of the five categories listed above.

Table 54Keywaste group examples

Keygroup Examples

Bricks Bricks

Concrete Pipes, kerb stones, paving slabs, concrete rubble, precast and in situ

Insulation Glass fibre, mineralwool, foamed plastic

Packaging Paint pots, pallets, cardboard, cable drums,wrapping bands, polythene sheets

Timber Softwood, hardwood, boards products such as plywood, chipboard,medium density fibreboard (MDF)

Electrical andelectronicequipment

Electrical and electronic TVs, fridges, air-conditioning units, lamps equipment

Canteenoroffice

Officewaste, canteenwaste, organicwaste, e.g. food waste

Oils Hydraulic oil, engine oil, lubricating oil

Asphalt andtar

Bitumen, coal tars, asphalt

Ceramics Tiles, bricks, ceramic sanitaryware, etc.

Excavatedmaterial (allInert)

Mixed rubble (mixture of concrete, ceramics and inert soils, clays, rocks, etc.)

Topsoil Topsoil

Glass Glass

Metals Radiators, cables, wires, bars, sheet

Gypsum Plasterboard, render, plaster, cement, fibre cement sheets, mortar



Keygroup Examples

Plastics Pipes, cladding, frames, non-packaging sheet

Furniture Tables, chairs, desks, sofas

Soils Soils, clays, sand;gravel, natural stone

Liquids Non-hazardous paints, thinners, timber treatments

Hazardous As defined in national legislationor as defined in theHazardousWaste List (HWL) of the EuropeanWasteCatalogue (EWC). Compliance is required with themore onerous of the two.

Floorcoverings(soft)

Carpets, vinyl flooring

Architecturalfeatures

Roof tiles, reclaimed bricks, fireplaces

Mixed orother

Efforts should bemade to categorisewaste into the above categories wherever possible

Compliance notes




Bothoptions :All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and coreproject assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shell and coreassessment options.



Bothoptions :All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General





For assessments of extensions to existing buildings, where only the extension is beingassessed, it is only the extension that must comply.

CN3.1 Diversionfrom landfill

Diversion from landfill includes:1. Reusing thematerial on site (in-situ or for newapplications).2. Reusing thematerial onother sites.3. Salvaging or reclaiming thematerial for reuse.4. Returning material to the supplier via a ‘take-back’ scheme.5. Recovery of thematerial from site by anapproved waste.management contractor

and recycled or sent for energy recovery.

CN3.2 Use of BRESmartwaste

Criteria 1 onpage 314–4 onpage 314 are achieved where the client or contractorconfirms that BRE’s SmartWaste system is to be used for planning and monitoring.

CN3.3 Limited sitespace forsegregationand storage

Where space on site is too limited to allowwastematerials to be segregated, a wastecontractor maybe used to separate and process recyclablematerials off site. Similarly,manufacturers’ take-backschemes could also be used.Where this is the case, sufficientdocumentary evidencemust be produced whichdemonstrates that segregationofmaterials is carried out to the agreed levels and that materials are reused or recycled asappropriate.

CN3.4 Nationalconstructionanddemolitionwasterecovery rate

Please refer to the country-specific reference sheet to find the information required in thecountry of assessment to assess the third credit. Where the national C&Dwaste recoveryrate is unknown, the design team should assume that it is 50%.Achieving a 10% improvement over this national recovery ratewill therefore require thedesign team or the contractor to divert 60%byweight of their non-hazardousconstructionwaste from landfill.

CN3.5 Waste fromtemporarysupportstructures

Someprojects require temporaryworks that fall outside the scope of normal constructionmethods or practices, for example, projects that require bespoke temporary steelworksupports for facade retention. If it canbe demonstrated that the components/materialsused will be either re-used or, if this is not possible, recycled after use then thesemaybeexcluded from the ‘Constructionwaste reduction' and 'Diversion from landfill' assessmentsof this issue. However the strategy for ensuring resource efficient designof the temporaryworks and anexplanationof the re-use/recycling of thematerials concerned must bereported in the SiteWasteManagement Plan, including a full justification for exemption, andprovided to BREGlobal. This justificationwill be reviewed byBREGlobal on a case-by-casebasis and must be approved prior to these credits being awarded.

Methodology

None.



Evidence


All A copyof the specificationor contract orother formal document confirming wasteprocedures, including recycling and targetsORa letter from the client or theirrepresentativeWhere relevant, a copyof the pre-demolitionaudit.

A copyof thewaste procedures, includingrecycling and targetsMonitoring records or report.Where relevant, a copyof the pre-demolitionaudit.



Appropriate targetsThese canbe set according to best practice (where available) and will depend on the type of waste and theopportunities for reuse on site. Targets could also be set to improve ondata from similar past projects or which areworking towards a company target. The design team should justifywhy the targets are deemed appropriate. Atarget is NOT deemed to be an 'appropriate target'within this issue solely because it is achievable. Note: Targets andmeasurements should exclude demolition and excavationwaste as this varies from project to project (and isaddressed in the 'diversion from landfill' credit). Further information canbe found on the SMARTWaste Planwebsiteonhow to set appropriate targets.

Inert wasteWaste is considered inert if:

1. it does not undergo any significant physical, chemical or biological transformations2. it does not dissolve, burnor otherwise physically or chemically react, biodegrade or adversely affect other matter

withwhich it comes into contact in a way likely to give rise to environmental pollutionor harm to humanhealth; and3. its total leachability and pollutant content and the ecotoxicity of its leachate are insignificant and, in particular, do not

endanger the quality of any surfacewater or groundwater (taken from the EuropeanCommunity (EC)Directive1999/31/EC on the landfill of waste).

Pre-demolition audits

These provide detailed informationonmaterials that canbe reclaimed and recycled, so reducing the cost and environmentalimpact of waste disposal, bringing savings from reusing existing materials and earnings from selling those that are notneeded. They:

1. Identify volumes of wastes so that your company canplan 'reuse, recycling and recovery' activities prior to workstarting.2. Are tailor-made for eachdemolitionproject including:

a. Identifying markets for recycled or recovered materialb. Identifying reclamation and reuse potential bothon site and off sitec. Local and nationalmaterial valuationd. Segregation recommendationse. Environmental quantification.

3. Increasematerial and labour efficiency, reducewaste and maximise profit.



Other information

Site wastemanagement plan

The implementationof a Sitewastemanagement plan (SWMP) canhelp manage the site constructionwaste produced. Theaim of a SWMP is to promote resource efficiency and to prevent illegalwaste activities. Resource efficiency includesminimisingwaste at source and ensuring that clients, designers and principal contractors assess the use, reuse and recycling of materialsand products onand off the site. A SWMP consists of a combinationof commitments to:

1. Designout waste.2. Reducewaste generated on site.3. Develop and implement procedures to sort and reuse or recycle constructionwaste onand off site (as applicable).

Data obtained frommeasuring and monitoring site constructionwaste can thenbe used to checkperformance againsttargets and benchmarks, analyse the effectiveness of any solutions implemented and strive for continual improvement.

SMARTWaste

SMARTWaste is anonline environmental reporting tool for the construction industry. It enables organisations to efficientlycapture,monitor and report on:

— Waste (including SiteWasteManagement Plans & Pre-DemolitionAudits)— Energy (including conversion to carbondioxide emissions)— Water— Responsible sourced materials (including timber)— Transport— Considerate Contractors Scheme

Used to meet the criteria of this issue and as a source of evidence for demonstrating compliance, SMARTWaste helpsorganisations to reduce their environmental impacts, making substantial time and cost savings.

More information about SMARTWaste canbe found at www.smartwaste.co.uk.


Wst 02 Recycled aggregates Waste

Wst 02 Recycled aggregates

(all buildings)


1 No

Aim

To recognise and encourage the use of recycled and secondary aggregates, thereby reducing the demand for virginmaterialand optimising material efficiency in construction.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Recycled aggregates

1 At least 25%of the highgrade aggregate uses (within the development) are provided by secondary or recycledaggregate. This percentage canbemeasured using either weight or volume.

2 The recycled or secondary aggregates are EITHER2.a Construction, demolition and excavationwaste obtained on site or off site or2.b Secondary aggregates obtained from a non-constructionpost-consumer industrial byproduct source (seeWst

02 Recycled aggregates onpage 321 section)



3 Where the total amount of recycled or secondary aggregate specified is greater than50% (byweight or volume) of thetotal highgrade aggregate specified for the project.

4 The contributing recycled or secondary aggregatemust not be transported more than30 km by road transport.


None.

Compliance notes











General

CN3 Recycledaggregates inconcrete

Where national building regulations limit the use of recycled aggregates in concrete,(typically applicable to bound aggregate uses as listed) the onus for achieving thiscredit is on the unbound uses (please note that the total aggregate figuremust stillinclude the bound uses).

CN3.1 Nationalrestrictions on theuse of recycledaggregates

In countries where the use of recycled aggregates is restricted, this credit cannot beachieved bydefault.In countries where there is a maximum permitted regulatory level of less 50%recycled aggregate, the exemplary credit canbe achieved where the percentage ofrecycled aggregates used is greater thanor equal to 35%.Where there is nomaximum regulatory level, the 50% requirement must be achieved inorder to awardthis credit.

CN3.2 National bestpractice guidanceondefininggranular fill andcapping as a highgrade use

To demonstrate thesematerials used are highgrade aggregates please refer to thecountry-specific reference sheet to locate the appropriate national best practicestandard or code of practice in the country of assessment.Alternatively, please demonstrate applicability as follows:

— Theminimum requirements as set out inChecklist A6 onpage 453 and theapproved standards and weightings list. are covered by the proposeddocuments OR

— Where appropriate standards do not exist for a country, the design teamshould demonstrate compliancewith the UK or European standards aslisted in each relevant country reference sheet.

CN3.3 Off-site recycledaggregates

Where off-site recycled aggregates from construction, demolition and excavationwaste are used, they should be produced according to the relevant standards foraggregates.

CN3.4 Aggregates in off-sitemanufacturedapplications

Where highgrade aggregate uses have been incorporated into applicationsmanufactured off-site, the aggregate present in these applications should beincluded in the assessment of this issue.

CN3.5 Air-cooled blastfurnace slag as asecondaryaggregate

Air-cooled blast furnace slag is classified as a byproduct (rather than awaste) andcan therefore be used as an aggregatewithout the need for a quality protocol. Theslag used must meet the requirements of the Europeanand aggregates standardsthat apply to the end use application (e.g. bitumenbound, unbound etc.).


Wst 02 Recycled aggregates Waste

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All Relevant section and clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.Project team calculations.Documentation confirming the source ofrecycled or secondary aggregates and thatthe required amount canbe provided.Appropriate documentation for theApproved standards and weightings list, e.g.specification, standards etc.

Calculations detailing theweights (orvolumes) and types of aggregate providedfor each application.Delivery notes (or confirmation from supplier)of the types and quantities of aggregatesprovided on site.Confirmation that thematerials meet theappropriate standard as defined in theApproved standards and weightings list.



HighGrade aggregate usesHighGrade aggregate uses are considered to be:

Bound1. Structural frame;2. Floor slabs including ground floor slabs;3. Bitumenor hydraulically bound base, binder, and surface courses for paved areas and roads.

Unbound

1. Asphalt-based or similar road surfaces2. Granular fill and capping3. Pipe bedding4. Sub bases/building foundations5. Gravel landscaping.

Lowgrade aggregate usesCrushed masonry used as fillmaterial for general landscaping is not considered to be highgrade. This practice is nowcommonplace on construction sites due to increased landfill costs.

Post-consumer waste streamWastematerials generated byhouseholds or by commercial, industrial and institutional facilities in their role as endusers of the product, which canno longer be used for its intended purpose. This includes returns of material from thedistribution chain.Wastematerials generated during manufacturing processes are pre-consumer waste streams andare excluded. These streams include reutilisationof materials such as rework, regrind or scrap generated in a processand capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it.

Recycled aggregates



Recycled aggregates are those derived from reprocessing materials previously used in construction, e.g. crushedconcrete or masonry from construction and demolitionwastematerial.

Secondary aggregatesBy-products of industrial processes that canbe processed to produce secondary aggregates. Secondaryaggregates are subdivided into manufactured and natural, depending on their source.Recognised non-constructionpost-consumer or post-industrial byproducts include:1. China claywaste2. Slate overburden3. Pulverised FuelAsh (PFA)4. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBFS)5. Air-cooled blast furnace slag6. Steel slag7. Furnace BottomAsh (FBA)8. Incinerator bottom ash9. Foundry sands10. Recycled glass11. Recycled plastic12. Spent oil shale13. Colliery spoil14. Municipal solid waste treatment residues.

Other information

Further guidance

Details on the European Standards for Aggregates (2004) are available at: aggregain.wrap.org.uk/quality/aggregates_standards/european.html.


http://aggregain.wrap.org.uk/quality/aggregates_standards/european.html

http://aggregain.wrap.org.uk/quality/aggregates_standards/european.html

Wst 03a Operationalwaste Waste

Wst 03a Operational waste



1 Yes

Aim

To recognise and encourage the provisionof dedicated storage facilities for a building's operational-related recyclablewastestreams, so that this waste is diverted from landfill or incineration.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Operational waste

1 Dedicated spaces is provided for the segregation and storage of operational recyclablewaste volumes generated bythe assessed building or unit, its occupants and activities. This spacemust be:1.a Clearly labelled, to assist with segregation, storage and collectionof the recyclablewaste streams1.b Accessible to building occupants or facilities operators for the deposit of materials and collections bywaste

management contractors1.c Of a capacity appropriate to the building type, size, number of units (if relevant) and predicted volumes of waste

that will arise from daily or weekly operational activities and occupancy rates.

2 Where the consistent generation in volume of the appropriate operationalwaste streams is likely to exist, e.g. largeamounts of packaging or compostablewaste generated by the building's use and operation, the following facilities areprovided:2.a Staticwaste compactors or balers; situated in a service area or dedicated wastemanagement space.2.b Vessels for composting suitable organicwaste resulting from the building's daily operation and use;OR

adequate space for storing segregated food waste and compostable organicmaterial prior to collection anddelivery to an alternative composting facility.

2.c Where organicwaste is to be stored or composted on-site, a water outlet is provided adjacent to or within thefacility for cleaning and hygiene purposes.

Additionally for Residential institutions with self-contained dwellings only

3 Eachdwelling has a provisionof three internal storage containers, as follows:3.a Aminimum total capacity of 30 litres3.b No individual container smaller than7 litres3.c All containers in a dedicated non-obstructive position3.d The storage containers for recycling are provided in addition to non-recyclablewaste storage.

Additionally for Residential institutions with individual bedrooms and communal facilities only

4 The above storage requirements (criterion3 above) for self-contained dwellings or bedsits aremet for every sixbedrooms.

5 The recyclable storage is located in a dedicated non-obstructive position in either:5.a Communal kitchens OR5.b Where there are no communal kitchens present, in a communal space such as communal lounges or utility areas.



6 Home composting facilities and a home composting information leaflet is provided within the kitchenarea or communalspace for each self-contained dwelling, bedsit or communal kitchen.


None.

Compliance notes




Operationalwaste, criteria 1 on the previous page and 2 on the previous pageBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Additional criteria for Residential institutions, criteria 3 on the previous page to 6aboveBothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.

CN1.1 End-occupier notknownSeecriterion2.

If the end-occupier is not knownbut the functions or areas of the assessed buildingsuggest that large amounts of packaging or compostablewaste is likely to begenerated during the building’s operation, e.g. it is a retail or industrial project orcontains a large catering facility, then anappropriately sized space and services orinfrastructure to accommodate the relevant facilities must be provided. The facilitiesthemselves do not necessarily need to be provided or installed to demonstratecompliance.



Bothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionofresidential assessment options.

General




CN3 Determining if thededicated spacecompliesSee criteria 1 onpage 325 and 2onpage 325.

The design team demonstrates that the provisionof wastemanagement facilities forthe assessed building is adequate given the building type, occupier (if known),operational function and likelywaste streams and volumes to be generated.Where it is not possible to determinewhat provision should bemade, the followingguide for minimum storage space provision should be used:1. At least 2m²per 1000m²of net floor area for buildings < 5000m²

2. Aminimum of 10m²for buildings ≥ 5000m²

3. Anadditional 2m²per 1000m²of net floor area where catering is provided (withan additionalminimum of 10m²for buildings ≥ 5000m²).

The net floor area should be rounded up to the nearest 1000m².

CN3.1 Extensions toexisting buildings

Where there are facilities within the existing building, these canbe used to assesscompliance. The scope of these facilities must be adequate to cater for the totalvolume of predicted recyclablewaste arising from the newand existing buildings.

CN3.2 Multiple buildingassessments andbuildings thatform part of awider estateSee criterion1.c onpage 325.

Where the assessment applies to one or more buildings or units that are part of awider estate or campus, the design team can choose to demonstrate compliancethrough the provisionof dedicated centralised storage space and wastemanagement facilities with the capacity to accommodate the recyclablewastematerial generated from all buildings and their activities.

CN3.3 Limited space orvehicle access fora compactor orbaler See criterion2 onpage 325.

For sites that have limited space for static installations, compliance canbe assessed onthe basis of the provisionof adequate space for a smaller portable compactor orbaler.

CN3.4 Internal storageareas

Where the facilities are situated internally, vehicular gate heights and widths andmanoeuvring and loading spacemust be sized to ensure ease of access for vehiclescollecting recyclablematerials.

CN3.5 Generalwaste The area for storage of recyclablematerials must be provided in addition to areas andfacilities provided for dealing withgeneralwaste and other wastemanagementfacilities, e.g. compactors, balers and composters.

CN3.6 Small industrialunitsSee criterion1 onpage 325.

For an industrial building or development or site consisting of a number of smallerunits, each≤ 200m²floor area, shared facilities that meet the above criteria for thebuilding or site as a whole are sufficient to achieve this credit.

CN3.7 Shopping centresand retail parksSee criterion1 onpage 325.

For shopping centres and retail parks theremust be adequate space to cater for eachtenant and their potential recyclablewaste volumes. Tenants that occupy a largeproportionof the centre, i.e. 'flagship tenants', must have their owndedicatedcompliant facilities. For smaller non-flagship tenant units, compliant central orcommon facilities on-site or dedicated spaces for individual units willmeet theassessment criteria for this BREEAMissue.




Building specific

CN4 Homecompostinginformation leaflet(multi-residentialbuildings)See criteria 3 onpage 325, 4 onpage 325, 5 onpage 325 and 6onpage 326.

The leaflet must provide informationon:— Howcomposting works and why it is important;— Thematerials that canbe composted (e.g. rawvegetable peelings and fruit,

shredded paper, tea bags, etc.); and— Details of the operation and management plan for the communal

composting scheme.Where a greenor kitchenwaste collection scheme is in operation, the informationleaflet provided by the Local Authority is sufficient to meet the information leafletcriteria.

CN4.1 Residentialinstitutions:supported livingfacility

Where it is not possible to locate the recycling bins within a communal area, which isaccessible to residents, for safety reasons (e.g. where the residents havemental healthproblems and free access to these facilities would pose significant riskof self-harm orharm to others) it is acceptable to locate themwithin a dedicated non-obtrusiveposition accessible to staff only, but in close proximity to the areas where recyclablewastematerial is generated.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All Designdrawings or relevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specification confirming provision and scopeof dedicated facilities (on site and off site).Project teammeeting minutes or letter confirming likelybuilding waste streams and indicative volumes.

As design stageBREEAMAssessor’s site inspectionreport and photographic evidenceconfirming compliant installation.



Accessible spaceAccessible space is typicallywithin 20m of a building entrance. Depending on the size of the building, site restrictionsor tenancy arrangements, it maynot be possible for the facilities to bewithin 20m of a building entrance. In suchcircumstances, judgement onwhether the space is 'accessible' to the building occupants and vehicle collectionmustbemade.



Dedicated non-obstructive positionAneasily accessible cupboard under the sinkor anyother cupboard in the kitchen, next to the storage or likely area forstoring non-recyclablewaste, where practical. Where a kitchen cupboard location is not possible the bins canbelocated near to the kitchen, in a utility room or connected garage, for example.

Flagship or anchor tenantThe largest and primary tenant within a retail development, typically department store type retailers.

Waste compactor or balerAmachine that is designed to compress waste streams inorder to improve storage and transport efficiency.

Other information

Recyclable storage

The following footprint dimensions can act as a guidewhendetermining size and accessibility criteria for the recyclablestorage space:

1. Compactor dimensions: about the size of one car parking bay;4.8 x 2.4m2. Skip: the footprint of an8 and 12 cubic yard skip measures 3.4m x1.8m, therefore allowaminimum of 2.0mwidth and

4.0m lengthor 8m²area for the storage and access of such containers3. Wheeled bins:360 litre = 0.86m x0.62/660 L=1.2m x0.7m/1100 L=1.28m x0.98m4. Roll-on/roll-off containers: allowaminimum of 6.1m x2.4m5. Vehicle access: the following are dimensions for lorry types that are typically used to collect waste. Therefore gate

heights and widths should not be smaller than thesemeasurements:a. Dustcart:medium capacity; length= 7.4mHeight = 4mwidth3.1mb. Skip lorry: length= 7mHeight = 3.35mwidth3.1m.

Considerationmust also be given to anyother types of vehicle requiring access to this area, e.g. lorries for roll-on/roll-offcontainers.

Recycling bins

Individual recycling bins located at convenient locations throughout the building are necessary to maximise recycling rates.


Wst 03b Operationalwaste


Wst 03b Operational waste

(residential only)


2 Yes

Aim

To recognise and encourage the provisionof dedicated storage facilities for operational-related household waste streamsand so help to avoid waste being sent to landfill or incineration.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Recycling

1 Anadequate external space has beenallocated to the storage of both recyclable and non-recyclable or non-compostable household waste (seeWst 03b Operationalwaste above). The spacemust be:1.a At least theminimum recommended by the appropriate local authorityOR1.b Where there are no recommendations from the local authority, 100Lof volume for a single bedroom dwelling

and a further 70L for each additional bedroom.1.c Located on level hardstanding surface.1.d Accessible to the house or blockof flats occupants.

2 Adequate internal space (including bins) has beenallocated to the storage of recyclable household waste as follows :2.a Where there is a recyclablewaste collection scheme in the area that canbe used by the residents EITHERof the

following have beenprovided for the storage of recyclable household waste:2.a.i Aminimum of five individual internal bins eachno smaller than7LOR2.a.ii A single bin of minimum capacity 35L (only allowablewhere the local collection collects a number of

different waste groups within a single container)2.b Where no recyclablewaste collection scheme is in place at least five bins (eachnot smaller than15L) have been

provided for the storage of recyclable household waste.2.c The internal recycling bins should be located in a dedicated non-obstructive position. Free-standing recycling bins

placed directly on the floor or in a cupboard do not comply. The bins could be in the kitchen (close to the non-recyclablewaste bin) or located adjacent to the kitchen (i.e. within 10m), e.g. in a utility room or connectedgarage.

One credit - Composting

3 Provisionof adequate external facilities for the storage or composting of household compostablewaste. The facilitiesmust be:3.a Located in a dedicated position and accessible to the dwelling occupants.3.b Accompanied by an information leaflet, delivered to eachdwelling or communal kitchen. The leaflet must

provide informationon:3.b.i Howcomposting works and why it is important3.b.ii Thematerials that canbe composted (e.g. rawvegetable peelings and fruit, shredded paper, teabags,

etc.)3.b.iii Details of the operation and management plan for any communal composting scheme


Wst 03b Operationalwaste Wst 03b Operationalwaste

3.b.iv Where adequate external composting facilities are provided - troubleshooting information, e.g. whatto do if the compost gets too dry or too wet

4 Adequate internal container space (large enough to hold at least a 7Lcontainer), for storing segregated compostableorganicmaterial (i.e. food waste), is provided in eachdwelling kitchenor each communal kitchen. This canbe one of thefive internal storage bins mentioned in criterion2a.

5 Where adequate external facilities have not beenprovided with a composting container, compliance canbedemonstrated where one of the following is applicable to all dwellings under assessment:5.a Anaccessible local communal or community composting service, runby either a local authority or a private

organisation.5.b Amanagement plan, which is in place to ensure food or greenwaste is appropriately removed and delivered to

analternative composting facility.5.c A local authority or private organisationgreenor kitchenwaste collection system.

6 For communal facilities at least onewater outlet is provided for cleaning in and around the facility.

Compliance notes






CN2 Applicableassessmentcriteira -Single andmultipledwellings

Partially fitted:Criteria1 on the previous page and 3 on the previous page are applicableonly.Fully Fitted:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultipledwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detailed descriptionof residentialassessment options.

General


Where there are external facilities within the existing building, these canbe used to assesscompliance. The scope of these facilities must be adequate to cater for the total volume ofpredicted waste from the newand existing buildings.

CN3.1 Communitybasedadequateexternalspace

In countries where the outdoor space supplied for storing non-recyclable and recyclablewaste is provided by the local authority for small communities of dwellings this can still beused to demonstrate compliance.





CN3.2 Accessible -reasonabledistance tothe facilities

Easy to access and within a reasonable distance to facilities.The distancewill depend on the collection schemeprevalent in the country or locality andshould permit easy transfer of recycled waste streams to the facility. As a baseline thisshould normally be takenas the recommended distance set out by local authorityrequirements or 50m from anexternal entrance for houses and blocks of flats where noother requirements are in place.

CN3.3 Areas not yetcovered by acollectionscheme

For the purposes of criterion2, the development canbe considered as having a recyclingscheme inplacewhere a local authority or operator provides a local recycling scheme andconfirms in a written statement that the recycling schemewill be provided to thedevelopment within one year of the completiondate of the dwelling (or first phase ofdevelopment for larger scale projects).

CN3.4 Recyclablehouseholdwaste

For the purpose of this issue, the space needs to be compatiblewith the range of recyclablecollectionprovided by the local authority, the following materials will therefore typically beconsidered:1. Paper2. Cardboard3. Plastics4. Glass5. Metals (tins and cans)6. Textile (clothes and shoes)7. Vegetable oils (from kitchen)8. Batteries

CN3.5 Automatedwastecollectionsystems

These are accepted as a form of compliance as long as amanagement plan is in place, whichcaneither be public (local authority) or private and requirements for separation aremet.

CN3.6 Adequateexternalcompostingfacilities

Thesemust consist of an external storage bin for compostablewaste or a compostingcontainer.The composting container must be specifically designed for composting and sitedaccording to themanufacturer’s instructions. Such containers should not be sited in closeproximity of windows, doors, or ventilation intakes for habitable areas within the dwelling orsurrounding dwellings.No requirements are set on the type of container or storage capacity required as this will bedetermined by the end user and predicted volumes of organic compostablewaste. Theassessor should be satisfied that, within reason, the installation is adequate for the size ofdevelopment, bearing inmind the likely quantity of organicwaste that will be produced bythe development.


Wst 03b Operationalwaste Wst 03b Operationalwaste


CN3.7 Communitycompostingschemes

Existing and proposed community schemes are acceptable under this issue as long as theycomplywith all the specifications in the technical guide.The community scheme composting facility should be easily accessed from all dwellingsserved by the scheme, i.e. the householder would normally deliver thewaste by foot.It is acceptable for the bin to be beside other recycling bins in a communal collection site aslong as it is clearly identifiable as being connected to a licensed community scheme.The distance between the site entrance and the communal or community containers mustnot usually exceed 50m (if national regulations are in place and aremore stringent,compliancewith these is required).

CN3.8 Localauthoritygreenorkitchenwastecollectionschemes

A kitchenwaste collection scheme runby the local authority is an acceptable alternative tocommunal or community composting facilities.



All Drawings or copyof specification.Calculations to justify the size of the spaceallocated for externalwaste storage.Letters or contract from local authority orprivate organisationwhere appropriate.Evidence for the existence of a communitybased adequate external space, set up andmanaged by the local authority, whereapplicable,

As design stage.As-built drawings or specifications (whereapplicable)ORwritten confirmation that thedevelopment has been constructed inaccordancewith the design stage drawingand specifications.



Automated waste collection systemSome companies nowoffer a fully automated underground system, for the collection, sort and transport of waste. Itallows for waste separation at the source, for different types of waste and frommultiple locations, with enhancedhygienic, occupational health and safety standards. It also reduces the use of waste transport by lorries, reducingnuisance and CO₂emissions, from the fossil fuel consumption.

CompostingComposting is a natural process which converts organicwaste into anearth-likemass bymeans of bacteria andmicro-organisms. The composting process is also supported by larvae, wood lice, beetles, worms and other suchcreatures.

Communal or community composting




Communal or community composting is where a group of people share a composting system. The rawmaterials areprovided by allwho take part in the scheme, and the compost is thenused in the community, either by individuals intheir owngardens, or for use on larger projects within the local environment. The distance between the site entranceand the communal or community containers must not usually exceed 50m (or national regulations if these aremoreonerous).The composting schememust be compliant with all applicable legislation in the country of assessment.

Dedicated non-obstructive position

Ideally this would be in aneasily accessible cupboard under the sinkor anyother cupboard in the kitchen, next to thestorage or likely area for storing non-recyclablewaste, where practical. Where a kitchen cupboard location is notpossible the bins canbe located near to the kitchen, in a utility room or connected garage for example.

Local authority collection schemeIn these schemes the local authority is responsible for regular collectionof household waste from the dwelling or itslocality. This includes the collectionof residualwaste (waste not intended for recycling or composting) and recyclablehousehold waste.

Private recycling schemeoperatorA private recycling schemeoperator canbe appointed to collect recyclablematerials where a local authority collectionscheme is not in operationor where a landlord or occupier elects to go private, e.g. in some apartments.


None.


None.

Other information

None.


Wst 04 Speculative finishes Waste

Wst 04 Speculative finishes

(speculative offices and residential dwellings only)


1 No

Aim

To encourage the specification and fitting of finishes selected by the building occupant and therefore avoid unnecessarywaste of materials.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Speculative finishes

1 For tenanted office areas (where the future occupant is not known), prior to full fit-out works,carpets, other floor finishesand ceiling finishes have been installed in a showarea only.

2 In anoffice building developed for a specific occupant, that occupant has selected (or agreed to) the specified floor andceiling finishes.

3 In a residential building, future occupants have selected (or agreed to) the specified floor, kitchenand bathroom finishes.


None.

Compliance notes




Bothoptions - This issue is not applicable.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.





CN2 Applicableassessment critieria- single and multipledwellings


CN2.1 Single or multipledwellings

For dwellings where the occupant has no involvement with choosing the finishes,this credit cannot be awarded.

General

CN3 General None.

Building specific

CN4 ShowareaSee criterion1 onthe previous page.

A showarea could be either a showhome, a floor plate or an individual office.However, to award this credit it must be less than25%of the net lettable floorarea.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All Designdrawings or relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract or a letter from the client, projectteam or building user where the future occupant is known.

As design stage or theBREEAMAssessor’s siteinspection report andphotographic evidence



None.

Other information

None.


Wst 05 Adaptation to climate change Waste

Wst 05 Adaptation to climate change



(all buildings)


1 No

Aim

To recognise and encouragemeasures taken to mitigate the impact of extremeweather conditions arising from climatechange over the lifespanof the building.

Assessment criteria

A number of BREEAMissues within the newconstruction scheme contain assessment criteria which aim to support mitigationof the impacts of extremeweather events arising from climate change. Themain credit in this issue focuses on structural andfabric resilience not covered inother issues. Anexemplary credit is awarded where a holistic approachonadaptation toclimate change has been covered, demonstrated by achieving credits in other issues.


One credit - Adaptation to climate change – structural and fabric resilience

1 Conduct a climate change adaptation strategy appraisal for structural and fabric resilience by the end of Concept Design( or equivalent), in accordancewith the following approach:1.a Carry out a systematic (structural and fabric resilience specific) riskassessment to identify and evaluate the

impact on the building over its projected life cycle from expected extremeweather conditions arising fromclimate change and,where feasible, mitigate against these impacts. The assessment should cover the followingstages (seeMethodology):1.a.i Hazard identification1.a.ii Hazard assessment1.a.iii Riskestimation1.a.iv Riskevaluation1.a.v Riskmanagement.1.a.vi Exemplary credit – Responding to adaptation to climate change

Exemplary credit - Responding to adaptation to climate change

A holistic approach to the design and constructionof the current building's life cycle, to mitigate against the impacts of climatechange, is represented by the achievement of these criteria.

The following outlines the exemplary level criteria to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAMissue:

2 Achievement of criterion1 above, the structural and fabric resilience criterion in this issue, and the following criteriapoints or credits:

Hea 04 Thermal comfort

(Link to Wst 05 issue: to preventing increasing risks of overheating)

— Hea 04 Thermal comfort onpage 104 has beenachieved.



Ene 01 Reduction of energy use and carbon emissions

(Link to Wst 05 issue: to maximise energy efficiency contributing to lowcarbonemissions resulting from increasing energydemands)

— At least eight credits in this issue have beenachieved.

Ene 04 Low carbon design

(Link to Wst 05 issue: to maximise opportunities to avoid unnecessary carbonemissions)

— The passive design analysis credit in this issue has beenachieved.

Wat 01Water consumption

(Link to Wst 05: to minimisewater demands in periods of drought)

— Aminimum of three credits in this issue have beenachieved.

Mat 05 Designing for durability and resilience

(Link to Wst 05 issue: to avoid increased risks of deterioration and higher maintenance demands)

— Criterion2 relating to material degradation in this issue has beenachieved.

Pol 03 Surface water run-off

(Link to Pol 03: to minimise the risks of increased flood riskand surfacewater run-off affecting the site or others)

— Flood risk—aminimum of one credit has beenachieved.— Surfacewater run-off—two credits have beenachieved.


None.

Compliance notes


Applicable assessment criteria



Adaptation to climate change – structural fabric and resilienceBothoptions:Criterion1 on the previous page is applicable

Exemplary level criteriaOption1 - Shell only:Criterion2 on the previous page is not applicable.Option2 - Shell and core:Criterion2 on the previous page is applicableRefer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.




Residential -Partially fitted and fully fitted



General

CN3 Relevant bodies, seeHazardidentificationbelow.

This includes but is not limited to the following:— Local authorities— Statutory bodies— Technical bodies

Methodology

Hazard identification1. Review the evidence and information from relevant bodies to identify and understand the expected impacts of

increased extremeweather events fromclimate change on the building.2. Identify likely hazards (seeWst 05 Adaptation to climate change onpage 337).

Hazard assessment1. Identify the scale of the hazards identified.

Risk estimation1. Identify the riskpresented by these hazards to the building and the likely impact of the hazards taking into account the

following aspects as aminimum:a. Structural stabilityb. Structural robustnessc. Weather proofing and detailingd. Material durabilitye. Health and safety of building occupants and othersf. Impacts onbuilding contents and business continuity.

Risk evaluation1. Evaluate the potential impact of these risks on the building.2. Determine the tolerable risk threshold.3. Check the sensitivity of the riskassessment.4. Identify areas where the risks are unacceptable in health and safety, life cycle assessment and financial terms.

Risk management1. Identify risk reductionmeasures.2. Mitigate the hazards as far as is practically feasible.3. Adapt the designor specification to incorporate themeasures identified by the riskassessment in the final design.



Evidence


All A copyof the systematic riskassessment and anymitigationmeasure put in place.

As at Design StageBREEAMAssessor’s site inspection reportand photographic evidence.



DurabilityThe ability to withstand wear, pressure, or damage.

HazardA hazard is a situationor event whichhas the potential to cause harm. It maybe anaccidental or a malicious action,insufficient strengthor resistance, or excessive deviation from intended limits.

ResilienceThe ability of a building or structural system or material to withstand anaccidental or exceptional loading or otherincident without experiencing anundue degree of damage or decrease in performance, such that progressivecollapse, loss of performance or disproportionate degree of damage occurs.

Structural and fabric resilienceBREEAMdefines this as the ability of a structure to withstand an increased burdenof weather, increased pressure orhazards associated with climate change. Examples of increased pressures or hazards include:1. Solar radiation2. Temperature variation3. Water or moisture4. Wind5. Precipitation, e.g. rain and snow6. Extremeweather conditions:highwind speeds, flooding, driving rain, snow, rainwater ponding7. Subsidence or ground movement.

Systematic risk assessmentA structured approach to help professionals identify, evaluate and manage risk, where the reductionof the risksidentified is integral to the process.It includes:

— Identifying the hazards— Eliminating the hazards, as far as reasonably practicable— Reducing the risks from eachhazard, as far as reasonably practicable— Developing the building design to be robust.

Other information

This newBREEAMissue aims to encourage and support efforts to mitigate the future impacts of climate change on thebuilding by considering a number of relevant factors during the design stages. BREhave avoided being overly prescriptivewith the assessment criteria in order to allowa degree of flexibility in its application and demonstrating compliance,recognising that this is a complex environmental and design issuewhere solutions and approaches are largely influenced bysite location and building specific factors. This places a greater emphasis on the BREEAMAssessor to use their judgement indetermining whether the project team and the building designhasmet the aim and intent of the credit and its criteria, using



appropriate project information to back their judgement. BREwill endorse the BREEAMAssessor's judgement through thequality assurance audit where a reasonable justification to award the credit on the basis of project team actions andproposed design solutions is evident. BREwould welcome any feedbackon the applicationof this assessment issue to assistwith the evolutionof the criteria and inclusionof additional guidance on compliance in future BREEAMversions.

There are a number of UK reports and publications which also provide useful climate change adaptationprinciples forinternational projects including:

1. TheNationalAdaptation Programme60 report has beendrawnup by the government, industry and other non-governmental organisations working together. It contains amix of policies and actions to help the UK to adaptsuccessfully to futureweather conditions, by dealing with the risks and making themost of the opportunities.

2. The book"Design for climate change"61 describes buildings and issues as part of the Design for Future Climate,Adapting Buildings programme, the largest programme focusing on the climate change adaptationof buildings in theUK. This programme from the Technology StrategyBoard (TSB) aims to improve the climate resilience of buildingprojects. The bookhas guidance on construction, including structural stability.

3. The BRE report62, Potential implications of climate change in the built environment, discusses climate change adaptationstrategies, including some for structural resilience.


Wst 06 Functional adaptability Waste

Wst 06 Functional adaptability



1 No

Aim

To recognise and encouragemeasures taken to accommodate future changes of use of the building over its lifespan.

Assessment criteria


One credit - Functional adaptability

1 A building specific functional adaptation strategy studyhas beenundertakenby the client and design team bycompletionof the concept designwhich includes recommendations for measures to be incorporated to facilitate futureadaptation.


None

Compliance notes





Residential -Partially fitted and fully fitted





Bothoptions: These criteria are not applicable.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

General

CN3 Functionaladaptation strategystudy

This should consider:1. The potential for major refurbishment, including replacing the façade.2. Design aspects that facilitate the replacement of allmajor plant within the life

of the building, e.g. panels in floors or walls that canbe removed withoutaffecting the structure, providing lifting beams and hoists.

3. The degree of adaptability of the internal environment to accommodatechanges inworking practices.

4. The degree of adaptability of the internal physical space and external shell toaccommodate change in-use.

5. The extent of accessibility to local services, such as local power, datainfrastructure etc.

CN3.1 Functionaladaptationimplementation

The implementationwill be specific to the building and scope of the project, butinformation should bemade available to the assessor covering:1. The feasibility for multiple or alternative building uses and area functions, for

example, related to structural designof the building.2. Options for multiple building uses and area functions based ondesigndetails,

e.g. modularity.3. Routes and methods for major plant replacement, e.g. networks and

connections have flexibility and capacity for expansion.4. Accessibility for local plant and service distribution routes, e.g. detailed

informationonbuilding conduits and connections infrastructure.5. The potential for the building to be extended either horizontally, vertically or

both.

Methodology

None.

Evidence

Ref Interim design stage Final post-construction stage

All Functional adaptation strategy and implementationplan report.



Wst 06 Functional adaptability Waste



Building functional adaptationWork to anexisting building that responds to a required change of use or requirements and goes beyondmaintenance and repairs. These changes solve functional problems and could provide significant improvements. Thefunctional adaptationworks could include alterations, conversions or extensions.

Functional adaptabilityThe ability of a building to be adapted for a change inoperational requirements within the same building type, or foruse as a different building type.

Other information

None.


Land Use & Ecology BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

12.0 Land Use and Ecology

Summary

This category encourages sustainable land use, habitat protection and creation, and improvement of long term biodiversityfor the building's site and surrounding land. Issues in this section relate to the reuse of brownfield sites or those of lowecological value,mitigation and enhancement of ecology and long term biodiversitymanagement.



LE01 Site selection 3 To encourage the use of previously occupied or contaminated land andavoid land whichhas not beenpreviously disturbed.

LE02Ecological value of siteand protectionof ecologicalfeatures

2 To encourage development on land that alreadyhas limited value towildlife and to protect existing ecological features from substantialdamage during site preparation and completionof constructionworks.

LE03 Minimising impact onexisting site ecology

N/A -

LE04Enhancing site ecology 3 To encourage actions taken to enhance the ecological value of the site as aresult of development.

LE05Long term impact onbiodiversity

2 To minimise the long term impact of the development on the site and thesurrounding area's biodiversity.


LE01 Site selection Land Use & Ecology

LE 01 Site selection

(all buildings)


3 No

Aim

To encourage the use of previously occupied or contaminated land and avoid land whichhas not beenpreviously disturbed.

Assessment criteria


— Previously occupied land (2 credits)— Contaminated land (1 credit)


Up to two credits - Previously occupied land

1 A percentage of the proposed development’s footprint is on anarea of land whichhas previously beenoccupied byindustrial, commercial or domestic buildings or fixed surface infrastructure.

Table 55Percentage of proposed development's footprint onpreviously developed land

Percentage of the proposed development's footprint onpreviously developed land Credits

75% 1

95% 2

One credit - Contaminated land

2 The site is deemed to be significantly contaminated, i.e. could not be developed or built to the proposed end usewithoutremediation. This caneither be confirmed by a contaminated land professional or identified using Checklist A7 onpage455.

3 Themore onerous of these criteria have beenadopted:3.a Nationally recognised guidance for site investigation, riskassessment and appraisal of contaminated land as set

out in regulationor nationally recognised code of practiceOR3.b A robust site investigation, riskassessment and appraisal have beenundertaken, in accordancewith the

requirements of Checklist A7 onpage 455 (as aminimum).

4 The client or principal contractor confirms that remediationof the sitewill be carried out in accordancewith therecommended remediation strategy and its implementationplan (defined inChecklist A7 onpage 455) as set out by thecontaminated land professional and any relevant national or other legislation.




None.

Compliance notes








General

CN3 TemporaryworksSee criterion1 onthe previous page.

Undeveloped areas of the site to be used for temporaryworks (e.g. temporaryoffices or parking,material or machinery storage)must be considered asdevelopment onundeveloped land and therefore included in the calculations unlessthey have beendefined as 'land of lowecological value' in accordancewith BREEAMissue LE02Ecological value of site and protectionof ecological features onpage352.

CN4 Infill developmentSee criterion1 onthe previous page.

Newbuildings developed within the boundary of existing sites do not automaticallycomplywith the reuse of land criteria. The land onwhich at least 75%or 95%of thenewbuilding will be sited must meet the definitionof previously developed.

CN5 PriordecontaminationSee criteria 2 on theprevious page and 3on the previouspage.

The credit for use of contaminated land canonly be awarded where remediationhas takenplace to enable development of the site for the assessed building, or alarger phased development that includes the assessed building. The credit is notachievable for instances where historical remediation and development of the sitehas occurred outside the scope of the current development proposals.




CN6 Large sites split intosmaller plotsSee criteria 2 onpage 347 and 3 onpage 347.

Where contaminationof a large site has been remediated and has thenbeenpackaged up into smaller plots of land for individual buildings (possibly as part of aphased development strategy), the credit canbe awarded regardless of the plotlocationof the assessed building within thewider development plan. This is on thecondition that the site could not have beendeveloped without remediationworktaking place.

CN7 Health and safetyrelateddecontaminationSee criteria 2 onpage 347 and 3 onpage 347.

Contaminated land that has beendecontaminated solely for health and safetyreasons (rather than for the specific purpose of redevelopment) does not comply.

CN8 AsbestosSee criteria 2 onpage 347 and 3 onpage 347.

Where the only remediation required is the removal of asbestos within anexistingbuilding fabric, the site cannot be classified as contaminated land. However, whereasbestos is found to be present in the ground this will be classed as contaminationfor the purposes of assessing this issue.

CN9 Checklist A7 onpage 455

Checklist A7 onpage 455 indicates the likelihood of significant contaminationproblems ona site for the purposes of a BREEAMassessment. It also sets out thescope of anypreliminary investigation, site investigation and remedial strategy. Itdoes not seek to evaluate types, levels or risks of contaminationpresent on the site.

Building specific

CN10 Education (schoolsonly)Playing fieldsSee criterion1 onpage 347.

Development of a playing field within the construction zone canbe counted asdevelopment onpreviously occupied land only if an equivalent area of playing fieldis reinstated within one year of the completed constructionworks; and where suchreinstatement will not encroachon land of highecological value as defined inBREEAMissue LE02Ecological value of site and protectionof ecological features onpage 352

Methodology

None.



Evidence


1 onpage 347 Designdrawings (including existing site plan),report or site photographs.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence or as-built drawings.Where alterationhas occurred the, thepercentagemust be recalculated using as-built plans.


A completed copyof the relevant sections ofChecklist A7 onpage 455.Existing site plans showing areascontaminated and to be remediated inrelation to anyproposed development.A copyof the contaminated-landprofessional's report.A letter from the principal contractor orremediation contractor confirming:1. The remediation strategy for the site.2. Summarydetails of the implementation

plan.If a contractor has not yet beenappointed, aletter from the client or their representativeconfirming that the appointed contractor willundertake necessary remediationworks tomitigate the risks identified in the report.

As design stagewith information for the as-built situation.



Construction zoneFor the purpose of this BREEAMissue the construction zone is defined as any land on the sitewhich is being developed(and therefore disturbed) for buildings, hardstanding, soft landscape, site access plus a 3mwide zonemeasuredoutward from the boundary. It also includes any areas used for temporary site storage and buildings. If it is not knownexactlywhere buildings, hardstanding, site access and temporary storagewill be located it must be assumed that theconstruction zone is the entire site.

Contaminated land or siteLand that could not be legally or safely developed or built on to the proposed end usewithout the remediationofcontamination. Contamination is defined as any substance or agent in, or on the ground within the construction zone,whichpresents anunacceptable risk to humanhealth, property or the environment. For the purposes of BREEAM,substances or agents that could present unacceptable contamination risks are defined as those that act as a barrierto the development of land, which could include certain plant species such as, but not limited to, Japanese knotweedand giant hogweed.

Contaminated-land professionalAn individual that holds a degree or equivalent qualification in chemistry, environmental science or management,earth sciences, civil engineering or a related subject, and has aminimum of three years relevant experience (within the



last five years) in site investigation, riskassessment and appraisal. Suchexperiencemust clearly demonstrate apractical knowledge of site investigationmethodologies and understanding of remediation techniques and nationallegislationon the subject; as well as acting in an advisory capacity to provide recommendations for remediation.

Previously occupied landFor the purposes of this issue, BREEAMdefines previously occupied land as that which is or was occupied by apermanent structure, including any associated fixed surface infrastructure (the definition is based on theNationalPlanning Policy Framework63 definitionof previously developed land). The definition excludes:1. Land that is or has beenoccupied by agricultural or forestry buildings.2. Land that has beendeveloped for minerals extractionor waste disposal by landfill purposes where provision for

restorationhas beenmade throughdevelopment control procedures.3. Land inbuilt-up areas such as parks, recreationgrounds and allotments which, although theymay feature paths,

pavilions and other buildings, have not beenpreviously occupied.4. Land that was previously occupied but where the remains of the permanent structure or fixed surface structure

have blended into the landscape in the process of time (to the extent that it can reasonably be considered as partof the natural surroundings).

Proposed developmentAnydevelopment (building, hard landscaping, car parkand access roads) that falls within the boundary of theassessed site.

RemediationActivity undertaken to prevent, minimise, remedyor mitigate the risk caused by contaminated land to humanhealthor the environment.

Other information

None.



LE 02Ecological value of site and protection of

ecological features

(all buildings)


2 No

Aim

To encourage development on land that alreadyhas limited value to wildlife and to protect existing ecological features fromsubstantial damage during site preparation and completionof constructionworks.

Assessment criteria


— Ecological value of site (1 credit)— Protectionof ecological features (1 credit)


One credit - Ecological value of site

1 Land within the assessment zone is defined as 'land of lowecological value'using either:1.a The BREEAMchecklist (Table 56 on the facing page) for defining land of lowecological value (see Checklists and

tables below)OR1.b A suitably qualified ecologist (SQE)who has identified the land as being of 'lowecological value'within an

ecological assessment report, based ona site survey. See the BREEAMdefinitionof a Suitably qualified ecologist(SQE) onpage 357.

One credit - Protection of ecological features

2 All existing features of ecological value (see LE02Ecological value of site and protectionof ecological features onpage352)within the assessment zone and site boundary area are adequately protected from damage during clearance, sitepreparation and construction activities (see CN3 onpage 355).

3 In all cases, the principal contractor is required to construct ecological protection recommended by the SQE, prior to anypreliminary site constructionor preparationworks (e.g. clearing of the site or erectionof temporary site facilities).


BREEAM checklist for defining land of low ecological value

If the answer to all questions in the checklist is 'no', the land canbe defined as having a lowecological value and the creditawarded. Should anyof the questions be answered 'yes', the credit canonly be awarded on confirmation from a SQE that thesite is of lowecological value.


LE02Ecological value of site and protectionof ecological features Land Use & Ecology

The checklist should be completed byeither the BREEAMAssessor, using appropriate evidence submitted by the design teamor completed by the design team and submitted to the assessor along with appropriate supporting evidence. The answersto the checklist must be based onanevaluationof the site prior to any site clearance or construction activities (refer to LE02Ecological value of site and protectionof ecological features onpage 352 for further details).

Table 56BREEAMchecklist for defining land of lowecological value

ID Question Yes No

Q1 Have anyof the following local organisations identified possible ecological valueon the site, all relevant bodies must be contacted before responding to thequestion?1. The appropriate statutory body2. Nature or conservationgroups

❑ ❑

Q2 Is the development within 2 km of a clearly defined geographical space,recognized, dedicated and managed, through legal or other effectivemeans, toachieve the long-term conservationof naturewith associated ecosystem services(e.g.Ramsarsite)? The following sources of information are not exhaustive but canbe used to check local land use.1. http://www.wdpa.org2. http://www.protectedplanet.net/3. Appropriate statutory bodywebsites4. Maps that showspecific sites and provide informationon local policies

relating to that site

❑ ❑

Q3 Is the development within 500 m of a designated area? The following sources ofinformation are not exhaustive but canbe used to check local land use.1. http://www.wdpa.org2. http://www.protectedplanet.net3. Appropriate statutory bodywebsites4. Maps that showspecific sites and provide informationon local policies

relating to that site

❑ ❑

Q4 Are anyof the following habitats present on, or within 100m of the constructionzone? The following list is not exhaustive, but provides guidance on the type ofhabitat BREEAMdefines as having ecological value.1. Woodland (e.g. high forest, coppice, scrub)*2. Water courses (e.g. rivers, streams or canals)**3. Wetlands (e.g. swamps,marshes, wet grasslands, peatlands, oases,

estuaries, deltas, tidal flats, near-shoremarine areas,mangroves, coral reefs,and human-made sites such as fish ponds, rice paddies, reservoirs, and saltpans)

4. Grassland (e.g. steppe, prairie, pampas,meadow, veld, campos, savannah,heathland, bogs, etc)

5. Dwarf shrub habitat (e.g. heathland,moorland,maquis)6. Arid, semi-arid desert***7. Anyother habitats considered to have ecological value

❑ ❑


http://www.ramsar.org/

http://www.wdpa.org/

http://www.protectedplanet.net/

http://www.wdpa.org/

http://www.protectedplanet.net/


ID Question Yes No

Q5 Are anyof the following features present within or on the boundary of theconstruction zone?1. Mature or semi-mature trees2. Mature hedgerowor mature planting marking a boundary (field

hedgerows over 1m tall and 0.5mwide)****3. Existing buildings (occupied or derelict) that mayprovide shelter for wildlife.

❑ ❑

Notes:*Woodland is defined as ‘having over 25% canopy cover of trees and shrubs, over a metre high’.** Broad habitats of rivers and streams are defined as running watercourses ranging from small headwater streams tolarge rivers. This broad habitat, along withwetlands, includes the openwater itself and the vegetation along thewater’sedge.***UNEPconfirms deserts are unique, highly-adapted natural ecosystems, bothproviding life-supporting services on theplanet and supporting humanpopulations inmuch the sameways as in other ecosystems**** A hedge is defined as ‘a line of woody vegetation that has been subject to management so that trees no longer taketheir natural shape.’

Compliance notes








General


http://www.unep.org/geo/gdoutlook/003.asp



CN3 Protecting featuresof ecological value

Where the following features of ecological value exist on site and are being retainedthey should be protected as detailed below:

— Trees of over 100 mm trunkdiameter, stands of trees, and trees ofsignificant ecological value, are protected bybarriers. Barriers mustprohibit constructionworks in the area between itself and the tree trunk.Minimum distance between tree trunkand barriers must be either thedistance of branch spread or half tree height, whichever is the greater.Trees are protected from direct impact and from severance orasphyxiationof the roots.

— Coastal developments, watercourses, wetland areas, areas of freshwaterand knowngroundwater wells should be protected by cut-off ditches andsite drainage to prevent run-off to minimise riskof pollution, silting orerosion.

— Fenced exclusion zones should bemaintained around allmangrove stands(landward side) that are being retained to minimise the riskof workforcemachinery damage of these sensitive habitats. Activity on the seawardside of mangroves should be avoided where possible and closelymonitored and controlled. Confirmation is required that mangrove standswould not be exposed to prolonged drought or waterlogging fromchanges inwater levels as a result of construction activities.

— Other ecological features and natural areas requiring protectionmusteither have barriers erected and be protected, or, when remote from siteworks or storage areas, be protected with a prohibitionof constructionactivity in the vicinity.

CN4 No features ofecological value.See criterion2 onpage 352.

Where there are no features of ecological value, the credit for the protectionofecological features canonly be awarded if the assessment zone is defined as 'landof lowecological value'.

CN5 Use of a SQESee criterion1 onpage 352.

Where a SQE is employed and has, using their professional judgement, defined thesite as land of lowecological value, this assessment or judgement overrides anyassessment determined using the BREEAMchecklist for defining land of lowecological value. The SQEmust base their findings ondata collected from a site visitconducted at appropriate times of the year, whendifferent plant and animalspecies are evident. The content of the ecology report is to be representative of theexisting site's ecologyprior to the commencement of initial site preparationworks(i.e. before construction).Where the ecologist has not visited the site at theappropriate times the credit cannot be awarded (except in the circumstancesindicated below inCN11).

CN6 Features of little orno ecological valueSee criterion2 onpage 352.

If a SQEhas confirmed that a feature present on the site has little or no ecologicalvalue (see Relevant definitions onpage 357), or where a tree is deemed to create asignificant danger to the public or occupants by a statutory bodyor qualifiedarboriculturalist, then that featuremaybe exempt from the 'protectionofecological features' requirement of this issue.

CN7 Prior removal offeatures ofecological value

If features of ecological value have been removed as part of the site clearanceactivities then the development cannot achieve the credits, even if they are to bereplaced as part of a newsoft landscape strategy.




CN8 Site clearance priorto purchase of thesiteSee criterion1 onpage 352.

For sites cleared prior to purchase of the site and less than five years beforeassessment, a SQEshould estimate the site's ecological value immediately prior toclearance using available desktop information (including aerial photography) andthe landscape type or area surrounding the site.Where it is not possible for theecologists to determine that the sitewas of lowecological value prior to the siteclearance then the credits must bewithheld, i.e. where there is no evidence andtherefore justification for awarding the credits. For sites cleared more than fiveyears ago, the ecological value of the site is to be based on the current situationonthe basis that within five years, ecological features would have started to re-establish themselves and therefore act as an indicator of the site's ecological value.

CN9 Verificationof areport writtenby anecologist notmeeting theBREEAMSQEcriteriaSee criterion1.b onpage 352.

Where a SQE is verifying anecology report produced by another ecologist whodoes not meet the SQEcriteria, theymust, as a minimum, review the report andconfirm inwriting that they have found it to:1. Represent sound industry practice.2. Report and recommend correctly, truthfully and objectively.3. Be appropriate given the local site conditions and scope of works proposed.4. Avoid invalid, biased and exaggerated statements.Additionally, written confirmation from the third party verifier that they complywiththe definitionof a SQE is required.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


All A completed copyof Table 56 onpage 353signed and dated by the client or a designteammemberAND EITHERPlans, site photographs and specificationsconfirming presence, or otherwise, ofecological features and the protectionmeasures specified OREcologist’s report highlighting informationrequired in accordancewithGuidanceNote13 – Relating ecologist’s report to BREEAM.

As design stage BREEAMAssessor’s siteinspection report and photographic evidenceOREcologist’s report confirming:1. The boundary of the site and the

construction zone has not beenaltered.2. Where applicable, all existing ecological

features still remain.





Appendix F

Appropriate statutory bodyThis refers to the statutory or legal organisation, or entity, whose duty it is to carry out the planning approval functionfor the development area.

Assessment zoneFor the purpose of this BREEAMissue the assessment zone is defined as any land on the sitewhich is being developed(and therefore disturbed) for buildings, hardstanding, soft landscaping, site access, plus a 3mwide zonemeasuredoutward from the boundary around these areas irrespective of site boundary. It also includes any areas used fortemporary site storage and buildings. If it is not knownexactlywhere buildings, hardstanding, site access andtemporary storagewill be located it must be assumed that the construction zone is the entire site.

Ecology related subjectDepending on the ecological content (minimum 60%), the following degrees might be considered relevant: Ecology,Biological Sciences, Zoology, Botany, CountrysideManagement, Environmental Sciences,Marine and FreshwaterManagement, Earth Sciences, Agriculture, Forestry, Geography, LandscapeManagement.

Features of ecological valueFeatures requiring protectionduring site clearance and construction to maintain their presence and ecological value,which include as aminimum:Trees determinedto be of value using one of the following measures:

— More than10 years old (or where age is unknownwhere the trunkdiameter is over 100mm).— Tree of significant ecological value as defined BS5837:2012 by the SQEor qualified arboriculturalist.— Hedges and natural areas requiring protection.— Watercourses and wetland areas.— Nesting or roosting opportunities for birds or bats within the building.

Note:Where a tree is deemed to create a significant danger to the public or occupants by a statutory bodyorqualified arboriculturalist, then that featuremaybe exempt from the 'protectionof ecological features' requirementof this issue.

Suitably qualified ecologist (SQE)An individual achieving all the following items canbe considered to be 'suitably qualified' for the purposes ofcompliancewith BREEAM:1. Holds a degree or equivalent qualification in ecologyor a related subject comprising a significant ecology

component.2. Is a practising ecologist, with aminimum of three years relevant experience (within the last five years). Such

experiencemust clearly demonstrate a practical understanding of factors affecting ecology in relation toconstruction and the built environment; including, acting in an advisory capacity to provide recommendations forecological protection, enhancement and mitigationmeasures. The relevant experiencemust relate to the countrythat the assessment is being carried out in.

Other information

Very often there is the potential for a site to increase its biodiversity value throughappropriate design and management,regardless of whether enhancing biodiversity is required to gainplanning consent. This BREEAMassessment issue providesthe opportunity to reward those projects that contribute to protecting and enhancing biodiversity, improve livingenvironments and meet environmental objectives.



The SQE's recommendations may impact on specifications worked up byother design teammembers, such as landscapearchitects or drainage engineers. BREEAMrecommends that collaborative input between the ecologist and relevantprofessionals is sought from the concept stage of the development to highlight opportunities and constraints and alloweffective integrationof these aspects into the ecologist's recommendations.

TheWorld Database onProtected Areas (WDPA) contains information from various organisations such as nationalgovernments, non-governmental organisations, academic institutions, international biodiversity convention secretariats, etc.The data and maps canbe used for environmental impact analysis and private sector decision-making whenareas ofecological value could be impacted.

Relating ecology reports to BREEAM

Guidance on relating ecology reports to BREEAMis available inGuidanceNote 13 on the BREEAMwebsite.


http://www.breeam.com/servlet/bre.breeam.extranet.Download/BREEAM-UK-NC-2014-Guidance-Note-GN13-Relating-ecologist-s-reports-to-BREEAM-Nov-2014-v0.1.pdf?id=0000000000000000000100000000000000037117&type=.pdf

LE03Minimising impact onexisting site ecology Land Use & Ecology

LE03 Minimising impact on existing site ecology

This issue is not applicable to BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016.



LE 04Enhancing site ecology


(all buildings) Land Use & Ecology

(all buildings)


3 No

Aim

To encourage actions taken to enhance the ecological value of the site as a result of development.

Assessment criteria


— Ecologist's report and recommendations (1 credit)— Increase in ecological value (2 credits)


One credit - Ecologist's report and recommendations

1 AnSQEhas beenappointed by the client or their project representative no later than the conclusionof the designbrief,i.e. the ecologist is appointed at the beginning of Concept Design stage.

2 The SQEhas provided anecology report with appropriate ecological recommendations (see LE04Enhancing siteecologyonpage 360) for the enhancement of the site's ecology at Concept Design stage . The report is based ona sitevisit or surveyby the SQE (see also CN4 on the next page).

3 At least 50%of the recommendations within the ecology report for enhancement of site ecologyhave been, or will be,implemented in the final design and build.

Two credits - Increase in ecological value

4 Criteria 1 above and 2 above are achieved.


Three credits - Increase in ecological value

6 Criteria 1 above and 2 above are achieved.



None.



Compliance notes








General

CN3 Early stageinvolvement fromthe SQESee criterion1 onthe previouspage.

The role of the SQEduring the Preparation and Brief stagewill be to advise onearlystage site layout and development density decisions so that opportunities to enhancesite ecology aremaximised. SQE involvement at the Concept Design stagewill benecessary to providemore detailed ecological recommendations (see Relevantdefinitions on the facing page) based on the outline design.

CN4 Timing ofecologist's surveyand reportSee criterion2 onthe previouspage.

The SQEmust carry out site surveys of existing site ecology, onwhich their report isbased (or to provide verificationwhere the report is prepared byothers) at theConcept Design stage inorder to facilitate and maximise potential ecologicalenhancement.

CN5 Guidance forecologists andassessors

Guidance on relating ecology reports to BREEAMis available inGuidanceNote 13 onthe BREEAMwebsite.

CN6 Infill constructiononexisting siteswith limited spacefor ecologicalenhancements oroverriding securityrequirementsSee criterion1 onthe previouspage.

Where it is not possibleto implement ecological enhancements within the constructionzone due to overriding security issues, or where space for ecological enhancementswithin the zone is severely limited, ecological enhancements made to other areas ofthe site canbe taken into account and used to determine the number of BREEAMcredits achieved. These enhancements must bemadewithin the boundary of thewider existing development and be planned and commissioned ona similar timescaleto the assessed development. Examples of instances where this Compliance notemayapply include new 'infill' building developments within existing college and highereducation campuses, retail or business parks.



Methodology

None.

Evidence


All -SQE’s report highlighting informationrequired inAppendix F or a copyof AppendixF completed by the ecologist. Designdrawings including proposed and existing(pre-development) site planor survey.Written confirmation from the client or designteam confirming how the ecologist’srecommendations will be implemented.

As design stage requirements. BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection report andphotographic evidence confirming planting inaccordancewithdesign stage plan. Relevantsectionor clauses of the building specificationor contract or a letter from the client orprincipal contractor confirming the plantingwill be completed within 18 months fromcompletionof the development*.* This is for largemixed-use or multi-buildingdevelopments, where thewhole site has notbeen completed and ecologicalenhancements have not yet beenadded, orwhere features are being added at a laterdate in an appropriate planting season.



Ecological recommendationsEcological recommendations are defined asmeasures adopted to enhance the ecologyof the site. These aremeasures that the ecologist reasonably expects canbe implemented, considering their feasibility taking into accountbuilding or site constraints.Measures may include but are not limited to:1. The planting of locally appropriate native species or non-native species with a knownattractionor benefit to local

wildlife.2. The adoptionof horticultural good practice (e.g. no, or low, use of residual pesticides).3. The installationof bird, bat or insect boxes at appropriate locations on the site.4. Development of a full biodiversitymanagement plan including avoiding clearance or works at key times of the

year (e.g. breeding seasons).5. The proper integration, design and maintenance of sustainable drainage systems (SuDS) (such as rain gardens),

green roofs, greenwalls, community orchards, communityallotmentsetc.An individual achieving all the following items canbe considered to be 'suitably qualified' for the purposes ofcompliancewith BREEAM:1. Holds a degree or equivalent qualification in ecologyor a related subject comprising a significant ecology

component.2. Is a practising ecologist, with aminimum of three years relevant experience (within the last five years). Such

experiencemust clearly demonstrate a practical understanding of factors affecting ecology in relation toconstruction and the built environment; including, acting in an advisory capacity to provide recommendations forecological protection, enhancement and mitigationmeasures. The relevant experiencemust relate to the countrythat the assessment is being carried out in.



Other information

None.


LE05Long term impact onbiodiversity Land Use & Ecology

LE 05Long term impact on biodiversity



(all buildings)


2 No

Aim

To minimise the long term impact of the development on the site and the surrounding area's biodiversity.

Assessment criteria


Up to two credits

1 Where a SQE is appointed prior to commencement of activities on site and they confirm that all relevant EU, local andnational regulations or legislation requirements relating to the protection and enhancement of ecologyhave beencomplied withduring the design and constructionprocess.

2 Where a landscape and habitat management plan, appropriate to the site (including impacts of the building bothduringconstruction and inoperation), is produced covering at least the first five years after project completion. This is to behanded over to the building owner or occupants and includes:2.a Management of anyprotected features on site2.b Management of anynew, existing or enhanced habitats2.c A reference to any current or future legislation requirements (local, national or regional) that apply to the site

regarding the protectionof species and habitats (and where applicable refer to biodiversity action strategies oractionplans)

2.d Confirmation from the SQE that all relevant aspects of ecology are included within the plan.

3 Where additionalmeasures to improve the assessed site's long term biodiversity are adopted, according to Table 57 onthe facing page.

Where criteria 1 above to 3 above aremet credits canbe awarded as follows:

No. of credits No. of additionalmeasures

1 2

2 4

Where the SQEconfirms that someof the additionalmeasures listed in Table 57 on the facing page are not applicable to theassessed development, the credits canbe awarded as follows:

Applicable additionalmeasures

All 4 3 2 1

Credits Number of additionalmeasures to assess



Applicable additionalmeasures

1 2 2 2 N/A N/A

2 4 4 3 2 1


Table 57 Additionalmeasures for the improvement of long term biodiversity

Ref Additionalmeasure for the improvement of long term biodiversity

1 The principal contractor nominates a biodiversity championwith the authority to influence site activities andensure that detrimental impacts on site biodiversity areminimised in linewith the recommendations of a SQE.

2 The principal contractor trains the siteworkforce onhow to protect site ecologyduring the project. Specifictraining must be carried out for the entire siteworkforce to ensure they are aware of how to avoiddamaging site ecologyduring operations on site. Training should be based on the findings andrecommendations for protectionof ecological features highlighted within a report prepared by a SQE.

3 The principal contractor records actions taken to protect biodiversity and monitor their effectivenessthroughout key stages of the constructionprocess. The requirement commits the principal contractor tomake such records availablewhere publicly requested.

4 Where a newecologically valuable habitat appropriate to the local area is created. This includes a habitat thatsupports nationally, regionally or locally important biodiversity, or which is nationally, regionally or locallyimportant itself. Local biodiversity expertise should be sought before the end of the Concept Design stageto help identify species of local biodiversity importance on site and ensure that the proposals support localpriorities.

5 Where flora and fauna habitats exist on site, the contractor programmes siteworks to minimise disturbanceto wildlife. For example, site preparation, ground works, and soft landscapeworks have been, or will be,scheduled at an appropriate time of year to minimise disturbance to wildlife. Timing of works mayhave asignificant impact on, for example, breeding birds, flowering plants, seed germination, amphibians etc.Actions such as phased clearance of vegetationmayhelp to mitigate ecological impacts. This additionalrequirement will be achieved where a clear planhas beenproduced detailing howactivities will be timed toavoid any impact on site biodiversity in linewith the recommendations of a SQE.

6 Educationbuildings (preschools, schools and colleges only)A partnership has been set up by the design teamwith a local group that has wildlife expertise and the grouphas:1. Provided advice early in the designprocess regarding protecting and providing habitats for species of

local importance on the site.2. Provided advice to ensure the design is in keeping with the local environment. In particular this should

drawon their local knowledge of any features or species of ecological interest onor near the site.3. Provided, or will continue to provide, ongoing support and advice to the educational establishment to

help themmanage,maintain and develop the outdoor space in the longer term.



Compliance notes






CN2 Applicableassessment criteria- Single and multipledwellings

All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

General

CN3 Where additionalmeasures are notapplicableSee criterion3 onpage 366.

In all cases it is necessary to employ a SQE to achieve credits for this BREEAMissue. Asaminimum the SQEmust provide the following inwriting:1. Confirmation that criteria 1 onpage 366 and 2 onpage 366 have been

achieved2. Clarificationof howmanyof the additionalmeasures for criterion3 onpage

366 are applicable and have beenachieved3. Guidance onhow to achieve additionalmeasure 4 (where possible).Where the SQEconfirms that none of the additionalmeasures are applicable (due tothe nature of the site and its surroundings) full credits canbe awarded fordemonstrating compliancewith criteria 1 onpage 366 and 2 onpage 366.

Building specific

CN4 Education(preschool, schooland collegebuildings only)Additionalmeasure6:Ongoing supportand advice

This could take the form of meetings several times a year with a staff or pupils orstudents working party to help them plan conservation and ecological enhancementwork, or activities relating the ecology in or near the school or college grounds.

Methodology

None.



Evidence



Ecologist’s report highlighting informationrequired inGuidanceNote 13 Appendix F –Examples of BREEAMNewConstructioncertificates onpage 427 or a copyofGuidanceNote 13 Appendix F – Examples ofBREEAMNewConstruction certificates onpage 427 completed by the ecologistAND EITHERA copyof the site's landscape and habitatmanagement planORRelevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract confirming itsdevelopment and scopeORA letter from the client confirming acommitment to produce themanagementplan and its scope

A letter from the SQEconfirming that allrelevant legislation relating to protection andenhancement of ecologyhas been compliedwith.A copyof the site’s landscape and habitatmanagement plan.

Additionalmeasures

1 onpage 366 The relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract or an appointmentletter from the contractor.

Assessor inspectionof, or a copyof therelevant sections of the site log bookconfirming the details of any actionor eventstakenby the biodiversity champion. If noactions were required or taken, this should beconfirmed in the log book.

2 Training schedule or letter of confirmationfrom the principal contractor committing toprovide relevant trainingORA copyof the specification clause requiringthe training of the site’s workforce by theprincipal contractor.

A record of training undertaken including thenecessary details.

3 A letter from the principal contractorconfirming monitoring and reporting criteriafor the developmentORA copyof the specification clause requiringthe principal contractor to undertakemonitoring and reporting.

BREEAMAssessor’s (or SQE’s) site inspectionreport and photographic evidenceconfirming the existence of the proposedhabitat.




4 A copyof the proposed site planhighlightingthe newecologically valuable habitat and theSQE’s report or letter confirming that thehabitat supports the relevant biodiversityactionplans

BREEAMAssessor’s (or SQE’s) site inspectionreport and photographic evidenceconfirming the existence of the proposedhabitat.

5 The SQE’s report or letter confirming actionsrequired with respect to programming siteworks to minimise disturbance. The principalcontractor’s programmeof works.ORThe relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract confirming that theprogrammeof siteworks willminimisedisturbance to wildlife in accordancewith theSQE’s recommendations.

A letter from the SQE, or a copyof their reportconfirming siteworks were executed in amanner that minimised disturbance to wildlifein accordancewith their recommendations.

6 Documentary evidence from the design teamor wildlife group confirming:1. Scope of the partnership2. Details and remit of thewildlife group3. A descriptionof the process for

ongoing support that the groupcommit to give to the partnership

4. Details of themeetings and actions todate

Documentary evidence from the design teamor wildlife group detailing as aminimummeetings, actions, advice given, frameworkfor future support including a timetable formeetings and events.



BiodiversityBiodiversity is defined as the variety of life onearth. It includes all species, animal, plants, fungi, algae, bacteria and thehabitats that theydepend upon.

Biodiversity actionplanA planwhich sets specific, measurable, achievable, realistic and time bound conservation targets for species andhabitats.

Biodiversity championAn individual formally tasked by the principal contractor with the responsibility for monitoring and influencing siteactivities and minimising detrimental impacts onbiodiversity. The individualmust have sufficient authority andknowledge of ecology and construction, and also spend sufficient time on site in order to carry out the role. Thebiodiversity championneed not be anecologist or ecological expert. This maybe the same personas thesustainability champion inMan03 Responsible constructionpractices onpage 46.

Local group withwildlife expertiseA local group withwildlife expertise could be the localWildlife Trust or an alternative group that has been involved inlocalwildlife conservationor enhancement projects.An individual achieving all the following items canbe considered to be 'suitably qualified' for the purposes ofcompliancewith BREEAM:



1. Holds a degree or equivalent qualification in ecologyor a related subject comprising a significant ecologycomponent.

2. Is a practising ecologist, with aminimum of three years relevant experience (within the last five years). Suchexperiencemust clearly demonstrate a practical understanding of factors affecting ecology in relation toconstruction and the built environment; including, acting in an advisory capacity to provide recommendations forecological protection, enhancement and mitigationmeasures. The relevant experiencemust relate to the countrythat the assessment is being carried out in.

Other information

Guidance on relating ecology reports to BREEAMis provided in theGuidanceNote available on the BREEAMwebsite.

The following are examples of what to include in long termmanagement plans for habitats, species and biodiversity features:

1. Description and evaluationof features to bemanaged2. Ecological trends and constraints on site that could influencemanagement3. Aims and objectives of management4. Appropriatemanagement options for achieving aims and objectives5. Prescriptions for management actions6. Preparationof a workschedule (including anannualworkplan capable of being rolled forward over a five year period)7. Bodyor organisationpersonnel responsible for implementationof the plan8. Monitoring and remedialmeasures9. Funding resources and mechanisms to ensure sustainable long term delivery of the proposed management.

The level of detail required for anygiven site should be that which is necessary to ensure the effectivemanagement of thebiodiversity features present.


Pollution BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

13.0 Pollution

Summary

This category addresses the prevention and control of pollution and surfacewater run-off associated with the building'slocation and use. Issues in this section aim to reduce the buildings impact on surrounding communities and environmentsarising from light pollution, noise, flooding and emissions to air, land and water.



Pol 01 Impact of refrigerants 4 — Avoidance or reductionof the impact of refrigerants throughspecification and leakpreventionor detection.

Pol 02 NOxemissions Up to3

— Reduction in emissions of NOxarising from the building's space

and water heating systems.

Pol 03 Surfacewater run-off 5 — Development of sites with a lowprobability of flooding where thedesignminimises the impact of flooding through carefulmaster-planning.

— Surfacewater run-off is managed to be no worse than the pre-development scenario.

— Watercourse pollutionprevention systems are in place.

Pol 04 Reductionof night timelight pollution

1 — External light pollution is eliminated througheffective designorthe removal of the need for unnecessary external lighting.

Pol 05 Reductionof noisepollution

1 — Measures to reduce the likelihood of disturbance arising as aresult of noise from fixed installations on the development.


Pol 01 Impact of refrigerants Pollution

Pol 01 Impact of refrigerants

(all buildings)


4 No

Aim

To reduce the level of greenhouse gas emissions arising from the leakage of refrigerants used to heat or cool the building.

Assessment criteria


— Buildings that use no refrigerants (including connection to systems off site) (4 credits)

OR for buildings that use refrigerants

— Prerequisite— Ozone depletionpotential (1 credit)— Impact of refrigerant (1 to 2 credits)— Leakdetection (1 credit).


Four credits - No refrigerant use

1 Where the building does not require the use of refrigerants within its installed plant or systems, or anyoff-site system it isconnected to.

ORalternatively, where the building does require the use of refrigerants, the four credits canbe awarded as follows:

Prerequisite

2 All systems (with electric compressors)must complywith the requirements of EN 378:2008+A2:201264 (parts 2 and 3)or ISO5149:201465 and where refrigeration systems containing ammonia are installed, the Institute of RefrigerationAmmonia Refrigeration Systems Code of Practice66.

One credit - Ozone depleting potential (ODP)

3 The refrigerants used must have anOzone depleting potential of zero.

Two credits - Impact of refrigerant

4 Where the systems using refrigerants haveDirect Effect Life Cycle CO₂equivalent emissions (DELC CO₂e ) of ≤ 100kgCO₂e /kWcooling or heating capacity. To calculate theDELCCO₂e . Please refer to Relevant definitions onpage 378 andMethodologyonpage 375. OR

5 Where air-conditioning or refrigeration systems are used to heat or cool the building the refrigerants used have a GlobalWarming Potential (GWP)≤ 10.

OR



One credit - Impact of refrigerant

6 Where the systems using refrigerants haveDirect Effect Life Cycle CO₂equivalent emissions (DELC CO₂e ) of ≤ 1000kgCO₂e /kWcooling or heating capacity.

One credit - Leak detection

7 Where systems using refrigerants have a permanent automated refrigerant leakdetection system installed;ORwhere aninbuilt automated diagnostic procedure for detecting leakage is installed. In all instances a robust and tested refrigerantleakdetection systemmust be installed and must be capable of continuouslymonitoring for leaks.

8 The systemmust be capable of automatically isolating and containing the remaining refrigerants charge in response to aleakdetection incident (see Pol 01 Impact of refrigerants onpage 373).


None.

Compliance notes




Shell only: This issue is not applicable.Shell and core:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.

CN1.1 Avoiding the needfor refrigerants

Shell and core: If the building is designed in such away that it avoids the need forrefrigerant containing building services or connection to off-site systems, andtherefore no 'refrigerant-using'building services or systemswill be specified for the fit-out, then the available credits canbe awarded bydefault.

Residential - Partially fitted & Fully fitted

CN2 ApplicableAssessmentcriteria - Single andMultiple dwellings


General




CN3 Scope of this issue The criteria of this issue apply to air-conditioning and refrigeration systems used toheat or cool the building for the following uses, regardless of the systems refrigerantcharge (kg), including:1. Space cooling or heating (including assessment of refrigerants in heat pumps).2. Cold storage, including commercial food and drinkdisplay cabinets but

excluding domesticwhite goods, e.g. fridges and freezers3. Process-based cooling loads, e.g. servers/IT equipment.4. Off-site facilities such as district heating or cooling systems.

CN4 Industrial buildingswithout offices &with untreatedoperational areas

This issuewill be filtered from the scope of assessment for industrial units designedwithout offices and where the operational area will be untreated, i.e. not designed tobe air-conditioned or contain a cold storage facilitywith refrigerationplant.

CN5 Countryregulations on theuse of OzoneDepletingSubstances (ODS)

Where legislationwith the country of assessment prohibits the use of ozone depletingsubstances within new refrigeration systems, the credit for using substances with anozone depletionpotential of zero will be filtered out of the assessment.At the time of writing all European countries are known to fall into this category

CN6 Refrigerantcharge of lessthan6kg

For installations of smallmultiple hermetic systems onlywhere the refrigerant chargein eachunit is less than6kg, the credit for leakdetection and containment canbeawarded bydefault. This is on the basis that the riskof a large refrigerant leakdue tosystem failure is minimised, as individual leaks from each systemwill be smallwhereleakage occurs, and therefore there is little life cycle benefit of requiring leakdetectionequipment oneach small system.Note: solutions such as this maybe less energy efficient and as suchmay impact on theachievement of credits under Ene 01 Reductionof energy use and carbonemissions.

CN7 Specificationofmultiple systems

Wheremore thanone air-conditioning or refrigeration system is servicing the building,the assessor must source the relevant technical data for each system and enter it intothe Pol 01 calculator. The calculator will thendetermine theweighted averageDELC forthemultiple installation and the BREEAMcredits canbe awarded or withheldaccordingly.

CN8 LeakdetectionSee criteria 7 onthe previous pageand 8 on theprevious page.

The refrigerant leakdetection criteria are still applicable in instances where any type ofnon-solid refrigerant is present, i.e. even if the refrigerant meets BREEAM's DELCCO₂ebenchmarks. Exceptions to this are systems that use natural and environmentallybenign refrigerants, such as air and water (for example lithium bromide or waterabsorption chillers) and installations of smallmultiple hermetic systems, where CN6above above applies. These types of system and refrigerants will achieve the leakdetection credit by default.

CN9 ODP data notavailable

WhereODP data for the specified refrigerant is not available, the credit cannot beawarded ona default basis.

Methodology

The number of Pol 01 BREEAMcredits achieved is determined by the assessor using the BREEAMPol 01 calculator.



TheDirect Effect Life Cycle CO₂e emissions (DELC) per kWof cooling and heating capacity are calculated using the followingequation:

GWP[Refrigerant loss operational + refrigerant loss system retirement] x

Cooling Capacity (kW)

Where:

Refrigerant loss operational: (Refcharge

x Sysop-life

x (L1 + L2 + S1 + S2))/100

Refrigerant loss system retirement = Refcharge

x (1 - RefRecEff

/100)

Where:

1. Refcharge

Refrigerant charge (kg)2. Sys

op-lifeSystem operational lifetime (years)

3. RefRecEff

Refrigerant Recovery Efficiency factor (%)4. L1:Annual Leakage Rate (units:% Refrigerant charge)5. L2:Annual Purge Release factor (% Refrigerant charge)6. S1:Annual Service Release (%Refrigerant charge)7. S2: Probability factor for catastrophic failure (% Refrigerant charge loss/year)8. GWP:GlobalWarming Potential of refrigerant9. Cooling or heating capacity (kW).

The following default values must be used, where system specific data are not available:

Sysop-life

System operational design life (years): see Table 58 below

RefRecEff

Refrigerant recovery efficiency factor (%):95%

L1:Annual leakage rates (% refrigerant charge): see Table 59 on the facing page.

L2:Annual purge release factor (% refrigerant charge): 0.5 (if the system does not require an annual purge, zero should beused).

S1:Annual service release (% refrigerant charge): 0.25 (this applies where the system requires opening up to carry out theannual service. For systemswhichdo not require opening up, therewill be no associated annual release of refrigerant,therefore a default of zero should be used).

S2: Probability factor for catastrophic failure (% refrigerant charge loss/year): 1% (based ona failure rate of 1 in 100 systems).

The following informationmust be sourced from the design team's mechanical and electrical engineer or systemmanufacturer:

— System type— Ref

chargeRefrigerant charge (kg)

— GWP:GlobalWarming Potential of refrigerants— Cooling or heating capacity (kW).

Table 58 Default system operational design life values

System type Default system operational design life values (years)

Small and medium capacity chillers 15

Large capacity chillers 20

Unitary split 15

Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) system 15



System type Default system operational design life values (years)

All other systems 10

These figures are based on those reported in LOT 6 for air-conditioning units and the British RefrigerationAssociation's(BRA)GuidelineMethods of Calculating TEWI (2006)67.Note: The following should be considered whendetermining whether the system specified is defined as small or mediumor large:

— Large capacity chiller: centrifugal compressor— Medium capacity chiller: scroll or screwcompressor— Small capacity chiller: scroll compressor.

Table 59 Average annual leakage rates

System type Annual leakage rate(%of charge per annum)

Cold storage and display systems

Integral cabinets 3%

Split or condensing units 18%

Centralised 19%

Air-conditioning systems

Unitary split 15%

Small-scale chillers 10%

Medium or large chillers 5%

Heat pumps 6%

These figures are based on those reported in LOT 6 for air-conditioning units and also Table 2 of theMarketTransformation Programmes Briefing Note for Commercial Refrigerationno. 36, 'Direct Emissionof Refrigerant Gases'(version1.2). The figures are based on the average of the leakage rates from the four separate studies reported in Table2 (where a range is reported, the higher valuewas used).



Evidence

Criteria Interim design stage Final post construction stage

All The following as appropriate1. Confirmationof the absence of refrigerant in the

development2. A copyof the specification clause or letter from the

M&Eengineer or systemmanufacturer confirmingrelevant refrigeration type and system information.

3. A completed copyof the BREEAMPol 01Calculator.

As design stage.Assessor’s building or siteinspectionor as-built drawings.Manufacturer’s information.



Direct effect life cycle (DELC) carbondioxide equivalentAmeasure of the effect onglobalwarming arising from emissions of refrigerant (in the case of this BREEAMassessment issue) from the equipment to the atmosphere over its lifetime (units: kgCO₂eq.). The calculation involvesestimating the total refrigerant release over the period of operation and subsequent conversion to anequivalentmass of carbondioxide. Should the system use several different refrigerants, e.g. a primary refrigerant and asecondary coolant, or a cascade system, individual calculations aremade for all refrigerants which contribute to thedirect effect (see Pol 01 Impact of refrigerants onpage 373 section for a descriptionof howDELC is calculated).

GlobalWarming PotentialGWP is defined as the potential for globalwarming that a chemical has relative to 1 unit of carbondioxide, theprimary greenhouse gas. In determining theGWP of the refrigerant, the Intergovernmental Panel onClimate Change(IPCC)methodologyusing a 100-year Integrated TimeHorizon (or ITH) should be applied.

OzoneDepleting PotentialODP is the ratio of the relative amount of degradation to the ozone layer caused by a particular substance relative tothe calculated depletion for the reference gas CFC 11 (ODP =1.0).

OzoneDepleting Substances (ODS)"Substances known to deplete the stratospheric ozone layer. TheODSs controlled under theMontreal Protocol andits Amendments are chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), halons,methyl bromide(CH

3Br), carbon tetrachloride (CCl

4), methyl chloroform (CH

3CCl

3), hydrobromofluorocarbons (HBFCs) and

bromochloromethane (CH2BrCl).", extracted from IPCC/TEAP report, Special Report on Safeguarding theOzone Layer

and theGlobal Climate System, CambridgeUniversity, 2006.

Refrigerant leak detectionAnautomated permanently installed multi-point sensing system, designed to continuouslymonitor the atmospherein the vicinity of refrigeration equipment and, in the event of detection, raise an alarm. The systemmaybe aspirated orhavemultiple sensor heads linked to a central alarm unit or BMS. Various sensor types are available including infrared,semiconductor or electro-chemical.

Refrigerant recoveryThe process of removing refrigerant from a system and storing it in an airtight container.



Refrigerant pump downThe specificationof automatic refrigerant pump downcan further limit potential losses and damage to theenvironment and have subsequent economic benefits to the building owner. Under the United KingdomEnvironmental ProtectionAct 1990 unwanted refrigerant and refrigerating system oil are classified as eithercontrolled or hazardous waste. Not only is it anoffence to discharge them to the environment, but there areprocedures regarding transport, storage, transfer of ownership and ultimate disposal. Article 16 of EC Regulation2037/2000 specifies that used CFCs and HCFCsmust be recovered for destructionor recycling or reclamation.

Robust and tested refrigerant leak detection systemThis is normally defined as that included on the Enhanced Capital Allowance (ECA) Energy Technology Product List68

(or an equivalent list). Where the system does not fallwithin the scope of the ECA energy technologyproduct list or anequivalent list, the design teammust demonstrate to the assessor that the system specified meets the principles ofthe scheme as far as is applicable.

Small-scalewhite goodsThese should be defined as domestic-scalewhite goods and would also include small individual display cabinets, forexample drinks cabinets in small retail shops.

Systems using refrigerantsThe criteria of this issue apply to air-conditioning and refrigeration systems used to heat or cool the building for thefollowing uses, regardless of the systems refrigerant charge (kg), including:

— Comfort cooling or space heating (including assessment of refrigerants in heat pumps)— Cold storage, including commercial food and drinkdisplay cabinets but excluding small scalewhite

goods (see definition above)— Process-based cooling loads, e.g. servers, IT equipment.

RefrigerantThere are threemainmake-ups of refrigerants:1. Hydrogenated FluorocarbonRefrigerants (HFCs) aremade up of hydrogen, fluorine, and carbon. Because they

do not use a chlorine atom (which is used inmost refrigerants) they are known to be one of the least damaging tothe earth's ozone layer.

2. Hydrogenated ChlorofluorocarbonRefrigerants (HCFCs) aremade up of hydrogen, chlorine, fluorine, andcarbon. These refrigerants containminimal amounts of chlorine; they are not as detrimental to the environmentas someother refrigerants.

3. ChlorofluorocarbonRefrigerants (CFCs) contain chlorine, fluorine and carbon. These refrigerants carry highamounts of chlorine so they are known to be themost hazardous to the ozone layer.

The use of CFCs and HCFCs as refrigerants has beenaddressed under theMontreal protocol. Phaseout programmeshave beenagreed resulting in these substances no longer being used as refrigerants in all new installations and mostexisting situations. The industry's favoured replacements are currentlyHFCs which are oftenpotent globalwarmingcontributors. Hydrocarbons and ammonia-based refrigerants have lowor zero GWP and are therefore preferredlong term options. These are nowwidely available and are valid alternatives to HFCs in all buildings, provided healthand safety issues are fully addressed. The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) hosts a HCFCHelp Centrewhich contains information about themanagement and phase out of HCFCs and alternatives to HCFCs in therefrigeration and air-conditioning sector http://www.uneptie.org/ozonaction/topics/hcfc.asp.

Other information

Automatic isolation and containment of refrigerant

Any system that isolates and contains refrigerant within the system so as to minimising leakage to atmosphere in the event ofa systems failure. Anexample of a systemwhich could meet criterion8 onpage 374 would be onewhich initiates anautomated shut downand pump downof the refrigerant into a separate storage tank.


http://www.uneptie.org/ozonaction/topics/hcfc.asp


Common refrigerants

Table 60 List of some common refrigerant types with lowGWP

R-Number Chemical name GWP100-year

R-30 Dichloromethane 9

R-170 Ethane 3

R-290 Propane 3

R-600 Butane 3

R-600a Isobutane 3

R-702 Hydrogen 5.8

R-717 Ammonia 0

R-718 Water <1

R-729 Air (nitrogen, oxygen, argon) 0

R-744 Carbondioxide 1

R1150 Ethylene 3

R-1234yf 2,3,3,3-Tetrafluoropropene >1

R-1270 Propylene 3

Sources: The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) '2010 Report of the Refrigeration, Air-conditioning andHeat Pumps TechnicalOptions Committee' (pages 32-34): http://ozone.unep.org/teap/Reports/RTOC/index.shtmlAppendixEN 378-1:2008+A2:2012:Refrigerating systems and heat pumps - Safety and environmental requirements. Part 1:Basicrequirements, definitions, classification and selection criteria - Annex E.The Intergovernmental Panel onClimate Change 5thAssessment Report, Chapter 8, 'Anthropogenic and NaturalRadiative Forcing', 2013'Global environmental impacts of the hydrogeneconomy', Derwent et al, 2006

The formula used to calculate theDirect Effect Life Cycle CO₂e emissions in BREEAMis based on the Total Equivalent WarmingImpact (TEWI) calculationmethod for newstationary refrigeration and air-conditioning systems. TEWI is a measure of theglobalwarming impact of equipment that takes into account bothdirect emissions (as assessed in this BREEAMissue) andindirect emissions produced through the energy consumed inoperating the equipment (which is assessed in the BREEAMenergy section).

Refer to EN 378-169 and the British RefrigerationAssociation's (BRA)GuidelineMethods of Calculating TEWI for furtherdetails. The BRA publication also includes sectorial release factors for newsystems designed to best practice standards.


http://ozone.unep.org/teap/Reports/RTOC/index.shtml


REAL Zero

REALZero was a UK led project to investigate the causes of and solutions to refrigerant leakage, against the background ofthe EUFGas Regulation. It brought together expertise across sectors and provided practical guides and training booklets. Itwas subsequently updated and developed into a Europeane-learning programme knownas REALSkills.

For further information including guidance notes, calculators, tools and case study information visit:http://www.realskillseurope.eu/

Ozone Depleting Potential refrigerants

BothCFCs and HCFCs are now tightly controlled or due to be phased out in the foreseeable future in all signatory countries totheMontreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete theOzone Layer, BREEAMonly recognises refrigerants that have anODP ofzero. Table 61 belowgives current ODP figures for a range of available substances that are capable of acting as refrigerants,assessors should use this to verify theODP of the specified refrigerant. Substances not on this list should be referred to theBREEAMoffice so that an appropriate figure canbe established.

Note: This table omits substances that are not typically used as refrigerants in buildings.

Table 61 Ozone depleting potential of refrigerants

Refrigerant type OzoneDepleting Potential

R11 (CFC-11) 1.00

R12 (CFC-12) 1.00

R113 (CFC-113) 0.80

R114 (CFC-114) 1.00

R115 (CFC-115) 0.60

R125 (CFC-125) 0.00

Halon-1211 7.90

Halon-1301 15.90

Halon-2402 6.00

Ammonia 0.00

R22 (HCFC-22) 0.05

R123 (HCFC-123) 0.02

R134a(HFC-134a) 0.00

R124 (HCFC-124) 0.02

R141b (HCFC-141b) 0.11


http://www.realskillseurope.eu/


Refrigerant type OzoneDepleting Potential

R142b (HCFC-142b) 0.07

R143a (HFC-143a) 0.00

R32 (HCFC-32) 0.00

R407C (HFC-407) 0.00

R152a (HFC-152a) 0.00

R404A (HFC blend) 0.00




R500 (CFC/HFC) 0.74

R502 (HCFC/CFC) 0.33

R507A (HFC azeotrope) 0.00

R290 (HC290 propane) 0.00

R600 (HC600 butane) 0.00

R600a (HC600a isobutane) 0.00

R290/R170 (HC290/HC170) 0.00

R1270 (HC1270 propene) 0.00

Sources: The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) '2010 Report of the Refrigeration, Air-conditioning andHeat Pumps TechnicalOptions Committee' (pages 33-36): http://ozone.unep.org/teap/Reports/RTOC/index.shtmlEN 378-1:2008+A2:2012:Refrigerating systems and heat pumps - Safety and environmental requirements. Part 1:Basicrequirements, definitions, classification and selection criteria - Annex E.


http://ozone.unep.org/teap/Reports/RTOC/index.shtml

Pol 02 NOxemissions Pollution

Pol 02 NOx emissions

(all buildings)


2 No

Aim

To contribute to a reduction in nationalNOxemission levels through the use of lowemissionheat sources in the building.

Assessment criteria


Up to three credits

1 Where the plant installed to meet the building's delivered heating and hot water demand has, under normal operatingconditions, a NO

xemission level (measured ona dry basis at 0%excess O₂) as follows:

NOxEmission levels for heating and hot water (mg/kWh) Credits

≤ 56 mg/kWh 1 credit

≤ 40 mg/kWh 2 credits

Note for residential developments - Each self-contained dwelling must meet the requirements.

Two credits (Industrial building types only)

NOxEmission levels for heating and hot water (mg/kWh) Credits

Office and associated areas ≤ 56 mg/kWh 1 credit

Operational areas ≤ 56 mg/kWh 1 credit

2 Report via the BREEAMscoring and reporting tool the direct and indirect NOxemissions inmg/kWhand energy

consumption in kWh/m²/yr arising from systems installed to meet the building's space heating, cooling and hot waterdemands.


None.



Compliance notes




Shell only: This issue is not applicable.Shell and core:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.




General

CN3 Newbuildextensions toexisting buildings

If the heating/hot water demand for the newextension is being met by anexistingsystem, then theNO

xemission level for the existing systemmust be assessed against

the criteria of this issue.

CN4 NOxdata

provided indifferent units

WhereNOxdata are provided indifferent units or at a level of excess oxygengreater

than zero, themanufacturer or supplier must be asked to convert this to complywiththe BREEAMcriteria. Alternatively, the assessor may adjust the figure using the relevantcorrection factors provided in the Pol 02 NOxemissions onpage 383 section.Wherecombined heat and power (CHP) systems are used, these conversion factors cannotbe used and the informationmust be obtained from the systemmanufacturer.

CN5 Grid electricity Heating systems powered bygrid electricity canbe considered to have zero NOx

emissions. If all heating in the building is provided bygrid electricity the credits canbeawarded bydefault.The reason for this is based on the aim of this issue, which is to improve local air quality.

CN6 Electricity from arenewable source

Where electricity used by the heating system is sourced from a zero emissionrenewable source such as PVs, wind etc., there are no resulting emissions. This sourceof heating can therefore be counted as having zero NO

xemissions.

CN7 Combined heatand power

Refer to theAdditional information section for guidance on calculating NOxemission

levels from CHP.

CN8 Heat recovery Heat recovery canbe considered as having zero NOxemissions for the purpose of this

issue.

CN9 Open flues No credits maybe awarded for open flue heating or hot water systems.




CN10 Water heatingbenchmarkandpoint of useheaters

Where thewater heating canbe demonstrated to be less than10%of the building'stotal energy consumption, these credits canbe awarded based solely on theNO

xemissions from space heating.

CN11 More thanoneheating system

Wheremore thanone heating system is specified refer to theAdditional informationsection for guidance on calculating emission levels.

CN12 Assessment andreporting of abuilding's NO

xemissions fromcooling

At present the Pol 02 issue does not benchmarkand award credits for NOxemission

levels associated with a building's cooling demands. To facilitate possible futurebenchmarking of this kind and alignment with European Standards on theSustainability of ConstructionWorks, BREEAMdoes require, as a conditionof achievingany credits for this issue, the reporting of bothdirect and indirect NO

xemissions

resulting frommeeting the building's heating, cooling and hot water demands.In the case of indirect emissions, this refers primarily to emissions associated withgridelectricity, where grid electricity is a source of energy for the building's heating, coolingor hot water demands. Direct NO

xemissions are those resulting from the burning of

fuel on site or in the assessed building to meet heating, cooling or hot water demands,for example via a gas, oil-fired or biomass boiler.


CN13 IndustrialOffice oroperational areasnot present

First credit Where the assessed building is designed without anoffice area, the firstcredit does not apply. One credit is therefore availablewhere compliancewith theoperational area benchmark is met.Second credit Where the operational area of the assessed building is designed to beuntreated, the second credit does not apply. One credit is therefore availablewherecompliancewith the office area benchmark is met.Where there is no office area and no heating in the operational area, this issue is notassessed.

CN14 Residentialbuildings:Secondarywateror space heatingsystems

If a secondary space or water heating system supplies less than8%of the dwelling’scombined space heating and hot water demand, it canbe omitted from theassessment. However, including a lowNO

xheating system that supplies less than8%

of the combined demand can lower the averageNOxfigure.Where this is the case

inclusionof the secondary system is at the discretionof the developer and assessor.

CN15 Residentialbuildings: Post-constructionstage exceptions

Where communal heating systems intended to supply a dwelling under assessmentare due to be commissioned within a reasonable period following completionof anindividual dwelling, then they should be the heat energy source assessed under thisissue for NO

x, rather than the interim heat energy supplymeasure (which should also

be noted). The communal system (e.g. CHP, district heating, etc.)must be the intendedprimary heating energy source for the dwelling. Evidence to confirm that futurecommissioning of suchplant will occur within a reasonable period must be provided inthe form of developer commitments and other pertinent technical documentationsuch as local service strategies; this reasonable period might be up to 18 months fromcompletionof the dwelling.



Methodology

Calculating NOx emission levels from combined heat and power (CHP) systems

Where CHP systems are specified, it is only necessary to consider the heat-related NOxemissions for the assessment of this

issue.

TheNOxemissions associated with heat generation should be calculated using the following formula:

( )X A=B

B C+×

Where:

Term Description

X NOxemissions per unit of heat generated (mg/kWhheat).

A NOxemissions per unit of fuel input (mg/kWh fuel input).

B Heat output, kW.

C Electrical output, kW.

The abovemethodologydetermines the net NOxemissions from CHP-generated electricity compared with central

generationof electricity and allocates this amount to the heat production.Where x is calculated to be negative, it should beassumed to be zero.

Calculating the average NOx emission levels frommultiple systems

Where the CHP or other heating system type operates in conjunctionwith another system, an averageNOxemission rate

should be used based on the ratio of power output from each source, i.e. multiply the emissions of each system by thepercentage of heat demand it supplies and total these values.

This is likely to be the casewhere a CHP system has been sized on the base power demand rather than the heat demand andtherefore a secondary heating system is required.

The following formula canbe used for such cases:

NO N N NAverage = + … +XH

H

H

H nH

H1 2T T

n

T

1 2

×

×

×

Where:

Term Description

N1

NOxemissions rate for source 1

N2

NOxemissions rate for source 2

Nn

NOxemissions rate for source n



Term Description

HT

Total heat output from all sources

H1

Heat output from source 1

H2

Heat output from source 2

Hn

Heat output from source n

Evidence


All Relevant sectionor clauses of the buildingspecificationor contract.Manufacturer'sproduct details Calculations.

As design stage BREEAMAssessor’s siteinspection report and photographic evidence.



Approved building energy calculation softwareRefer to BREEAMissue Ene 01 Reductionof energy use and carbonemissions

NOxemissionsNOxemissions are pollutant gases produced by the combustionof fossil fuels. NO

xreacts with heat and sunlight to

produce ozone that can cause serious respiratory problems. It also reacts withwater to produce acid rainwhichhas adetrimental effect onecosystems. For the purposes of BREEAM, NO

xemission levels are required in units of mg/kWh,

measured ona dry basis at 0%excess oxygen levels.

Conversion factors

Manufacturers should be asked to supplyNOxemissions data inmg/kWh,measured ona dry basis.Where this is not possible

the assessor mayuse the following conversion factors to convert figures in parts per million (ppm),mg/MJ,mg/m³or wetNOx. It should be noted that these conversion factors assumeworst case efficiencies and are likely to give conservative

answers. This could have the effect of lowering the number of credits achieved. Note that these conversion factors are notapplicablewhere combined heat and power (CHP) systems are being used. Please see the calculationprocedures below forfurther details on assessing CHP systems for this issue.

1. Figures inmg/m³should bemultiplied by0.859 inorder to convert emissions into mg/kWh70. A conversionmayalso benecessary for data not calculated at 0%excess oxygen (see below).

2. Figures in ppm should bemultiplied by1.76 inorder to convert emissions into mg/kWh. A conversionmayalso benecessary for data not calculated at 0%excess oxygen.

3. Figures inmg/MJ should bemultiplied by3.6 in order to convert emissions into mg/kWh (1 kWh=3.6 MJ). A conversionmayalso be necessary for data not calculated at 0%excess oxygen (see below).

Wet NOx conversion factor

This issue's criteria are based ondryNOxvalues – almost allmanufacturers will quote emissions measured ona dry basis.



However, if wet NOxfigures are supplied, thesewill need to be converted to dry. The following formula should be used to

determine thewet NOxconversion factor71:

Conversion factor c = 100/(100-y)Where y is the%water vapour content measured in the gas. This figure should be obtained from themanufacturer.

Excess oxygen correction

If a NOxemission rate is quoted by themanufacturer inmg/m³or ppm, then it should be established at what percentage

excess oxygen this emissionwasmeasured. The greater the amount of excess oxygen in the flue gases at the time ofmeasurement, themore 'diluted' theNO

xemissions. It is therefore important to convert any emission rate back to 0%excess

oxygen. For the purpose of BREEAM, the following conversion factors canbe used for themost frequently used rates suppliedbymanufacturers:

Table 62 Excess oxygen conversion factors

% Excess O₂ Conversion (c)

3% x1.17

6% x1.40

15% x3.54

Conversion factor c = 20.9/(20.9 – x)

Where x=%excess O₂(NOT excess air) and 20.9 is the percentage of O₂in the air.

Other information

Some systemsmay find it difficult to achieve credits in this issue, including:

District heating

District heating systems that incineratewaste usually haveNOxemission rates higher than the levels set to achieve anyBREEAM

credits.

Biomass

Biomass systems are recognised as reducing the impact of fossil fuel depletionby employing a renewable fuel source(provided it is sustainably sourced). However, biomass canproduce a significant amount of NO

xand so maynot achieve this

credit. Theymay, however, gain recognition in the energy sectionof BREEAM.


Pol 03 Surfacewater run-off Pollution

Pol 03 Surface water run-off

(all buildings)


5 No

Aim

To avoid, reduce and delay the discharge of rainfall to public sewers and watercourses, therebyminimising the riskand impactof localised flooding onand off-site, watercourse pollution and other environmental damage.

Assessment criteria

This issue is split into three parts;

— Flood risk (1 to 2 credits)— Surfacewater run-off (2 credits)— Minimising water course pollution (1 credit).

Up to two credits - Flood resilience

Two credits - Low flood risk

1 Where a site-specific flood riskassessment (FRA) confirms the development is situated in a flood zone that is defined ashaving a lowannual probability of flooding (in accordancewith current best practice national planning guidance). TheFRAmust take all current and future sources of flooding into consideration (see CN4 onpage 393).

One credit - Medium or high flood risk

2 Where a site-specific FRA confirms the development is situated in a flood zone that is defined as having amedium orhigh annual probability of flooding and is not in a functional floodplain (in accordancewith current best practice nationalplanning guidance). The FRAmust take all current and future sources of flooding into consideration (see CN4 onpage393).

3 To increase the resilience and resistance of the development to flooding, one of the following must be achieved:3.a The ground level of the building and access to both the building and the site, are designed (or zoned) so they are

at least 600mm above the design flood level of the flood zone inwhich the assessed development is located(see CN4.3 onpage 394)OR

3.b The final designof the building and thewider site reflects the recommendations made by anappropriateconsultant.

Two credits - Surfacewater run-off

Prerequisite

4 Anappropriate consultant is appointed to carry out, demonstrate or confirm the development's compliancewith thefollowing criteria:



One credit

5 Where drainagemeasures are specified to ensure that the peak rate of run-off from the site to thewatercourses (naturalor municipal) is no greater for the developed site than it was for the pre-development site. This should comply at the 1-year and 100-year returnperiod events.

6 Relevant maintenance agreements for the ownership, long term operation and maintenance of all specified sustainabledrainage system (SuDS) are in place.

7 Calculations include anallowance for climate change; this should bemade in accordancewith current best practiceplanning guidance (see Relevant definitions onpage 398).

One credit

8 Where flooding of propertywill not occur in the event of local drainage system failure (caused either by extreme rainfallor a lackof maintenance);AND

EITHER

9 Drainage designmeasures are specified to ensure that the post development run-off volume, over the developmentlifetime, is no greater than it would have beenprior to the assessed site's development for the 100-year 6-hour event,including anallowance for climate change (see criterion14 below).

10 Any additional predicted volume of run-off for this event is prevented from leaving the site by using infiltrationor otherSuDS techniques.

OR (onlywhere criteria 9 and 10 for this credit cannot be achieved):

11 Justification from the appropriate consultant indicating why the above criteria cannot be achieved, i.e. where infiltrationor other SuDS techniques are not technically viable options.

12 Drainage designmeasures are specified to ensure that the post development peak rate of run-off is reduced to thelimiting discharge. The limiting discharge is defined as the highest flow rate from the following options:12.a The pre-development 1-year peak flow rate;OR12.b Themeanannual flow rateQbar;OR12.c 2L/s/ha.

Note that for the 1-year peak flow rate the 1-year returnperiod event criterion applies (as described in the peak run-offcriteria above).

13 Relevant maintenance agreements for the ownership, long term operation and maintenance of all specified SuDSare inplace.

14 For either option, above calculations must include anallowance for climate change; this should bemade in accordancewith current best practice planning guidance.

Two credits - Surfacewater run-off - Single dwellings only

For single dwellings, the belowcriteria should be applied in place of the surfacewater run-off criteria above (please see CN2onpage 392 for more information).

15 Either of the following criteria is met:15.a There is a decrease in the impermeable area by50%or more, from the pre-existing impermeable hard surfaces;

OR15.b Where all run-off from the roof for rainfall depths up to 5mm from all newand existing parts of the building

have beenmanaged on-site using source controlmethods

OR

One credit - Surfacewater run-off - Single dwellings only

16 Either of the following criteria is met:16.a There is no increase in the impermeable surfaces as a result of the newconstruction;OR



16.b If there is an increase in the impermeable surface as a result of the newconstruction then the following must bemet:16.b.i Hard standing areas - where there is an extensionor increase in the hardstanding areas and hence an

increase in the total impermeable area as a result of the newconstruction, the hardstanding areamustbe permeable or be provided withon-site SuDS to allow full infiltrationof the additional volume, toachieve the same end result. The permeable hardstanding must include all pavements and publicrights of way, car parks, driveways and non-adoptable roads, but canexclude small gardenpathswhichwill drain onto a naturally permeable surface.

16.b.ii Building (newbuild or extension) - where there is an increase in building footprint, extending onto anypreviously permeable surfaces, the additional run-off caused by the area of the newbuild or extensionmust bemanaged on-site using anappropriate SuDS technique for rainfall depths up to 5 mm.

One credit -Minimising watercourse pollution

17 There is no discharge from the developed site for rainfall up to 5mm (confirmed by the appropriate consultant).

18 In areas with a low-risk source of watercourse pollution, an appropriate level of pollutionprevention treatment isprovided, using appropriate SuDS techniques.

19 Where there is a high riskof contaminationor spillage of substances such as petrol and oil (see CN6.3 onpage 396),separators (or an equivalent system) are installed in surfacewater drainage systems.

20 Where the building has chemical or liquid gas storage areas, a means of containment is fitted to the site drainage system(i.e. shut-off valves) to prevent the escape of chemicals to naturalwatercourses (in the event of a spillage or bundingfailure).

21 A comprehensive and up-to-date drainage planof the sitewill bemade available for the building or site occupiers.

22 Relevant maintenance agreements for the ownership, long term operation and maintenance of all specified SuDSmustbe in place.


None.

Compliance notes


Shell and core







CN1.1 Applicableassessmentcriteria - Singledwellings

Criteria 1 onpage 389 to 3 onpage 389 - Flood resilienceBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

Criteria 4 onpage 389 to 16 onpage 390 for Surfacewater run-offBothoptions:Only single dwelling criteria 15 onpage 390 or 16 onpage 390 apply.

Criteria 17 on the previous page to 16 onpage 390 - for Minimising watercoursepollutionBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

CN2 Applicableassessmentcriteria - Multipledwellings

Criteria 1 onpage 389 to 3 onpage 389 - Flood resilienceBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Criteria 4 onpage 389 to 16 onpage 390 for Surfacewater run-offBothoptions:Criteria 4 onpage 389 to 14 onpage 390apply only.

Criteria 17 on the previous page to 16 onpage 390 - for Minimising watercoursepollutionBothoptions:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.

General

CN3 Alternativestandards andrecommendationsfrom anappropriatestatutory bodySee criteria 1 onpage 389 and 2onpage 389.

None of the credits canbe awarded where the assessed development hasproceeded against the recommendationof the statutory bodyon the basis that theflooding implications are too great (this includes a recommendationgivenby thestatutory bodyevenwhere such a recommendation cannot or is not statutorilyenforced).Where the local authority (or other statutory body) has set more rigorous criteria thanthose above thesemust bemet in order to achieve the relevant credits.

CN3.1 ContaminatedsitesSee criteria 5 onpage 390–16 onpage 390

Drainage designs for sites must take into account legislation relating to contaminatedsites, however inmany circumstances evenon contaminated sites theremaybeopportunities for the installationof some SuDS techniques. Please see the Pol 03Surfacewater run-off onpage 389 section for more details.

Flood resilience




CN4 Sources offloodingSee criteria 1 onpage 389 and 2onpage 389.

The Flood RiskAssessment (FRA)must detail the riskof flooding from the followingsources:1. Fluvial (rivers)2. Tidal3. Surfacewater: sheet run-off from adjacent land (urbanor rural)4. Groundwater:most common in low-lying areas underlain bypermeable rock

(aquifers)5. Sewers: combined, foul or surfacewater sewers6. Reservoirs, canals and other artificial sources.Please see Pol 03 Surfacewater run-off onpage 389 sectionwhichprovides moredetail on the above sources of flooding.The content of the FRA should be based onhistoric trends, but should also accountfor predicted changes to the climatewhichmay impact on the flood risk to the site infuture.

CN4.1 Functional floodplainSee criterion3 onpage 389.

The BREEAMcredit for locating in a flood zone of 'medium or high annual probability'cannot be awarded where the building is located in the functional flood plain. This isdefined in the current best practice national planning guidance for each country.

CN4.2 Flood defencesSee criteria 1 onpage 389 , 2 onpage 389. and 3onpage 389.

Third party defencesThere aremany landscape feature defences, owned by third parties, whichdue totheir location act as a flood defence bydefault, e.g. motorway, railway embankments,walls etc. It canbe assumed that suchembankments will remain in place for thelifetime of the development, unless the assessor or project team have reason tobelieve otherwise. For walls, assurancemust be sought that thewall is likely to remainfor the design life of the building.

Pre-existing flood defencesIn an area protected by existing flood defences (designed to withstand a certainmagnitude of flooding) the appropriate number of flood risk credits canbe awardedwhere the defences reduce the risk to 'low'or 'medium'and the following conditionsaremet:1. The development is not located in an area where new flood defences have to

be, or have been, constructed to minimise the riskof flooding to the site and itslocality purely for the purpose of the development or its wider master plan.

2. The relevant agency confirms that, as a result of suchdefences, the riskof aflood event occurring is reduced to lowor medium risk. If firm confirmation isnot provided then the credit cannot be awarded.

A statutory body's local or regional officemaybe able to providemore informationonexisting defences in the area inwhich the assessed development is located.




CN4.3 600mm thresholdSee criterion3.a onpage 389.

It is accepted that, for buildings located inmedium and high risk flood zones, areas ofthe car parkand site access maybe allowed to flood and therefore fall below the600mm threshold. In such cases the credit is still achievable provided safe access tothe site, and the ground floor of the building canbemaintained (i.e. they are 600mmabove the design flood level) to ensure the building and site do not become an 'island'in the event of a flood.Where the development has beenpermitted and the ground levels of thetopographyor infrastructure immediately adjacent to the site fall below the 600mmthreshold, the credit can still be awarded, provided there are no other practicalsolutions for access to the site above this level and the assessed building, and accessto it, meet the assessment criteria. As muchof the external site area as possible (or asrequired by anappropriate statutory body) should be designed at or above thethreshold.For buildings located inmedium or high flood riskzones, any areas used to storesensitive, historical, hazardous, valuable and perishablematerials, e.g. radioactivematerials, microbiological facilities, server rooms, libraries, etc., must be located abovethe 600mm threshold.

CN4.4 Level of detailrequired in the FRAfor smaller sitesSee criteria 1 onpage 389 and 2onpage 389.

For smaller sites, e.g. less than1 ha (10,000 m²), the level of detail required in anacceptable FRAwill depend on the size of the site and the arrangement of buildingson that site. For a small sitewith a relatively simple arrangement of buildings this mightconsist of a brief report. For larger sites with a higher density of buildings amoredetailed assessment would be appropriate.For small simple sites (2000 m²and less), an acceptable FRA could be a brief reportcarried out by the contractor's engineer confirming the riskof flooding from allsources of flooding, including informationobtained from the, water companyorsewerage undertaker, other relevant statutory authorities, site investigation and localknowledge.

Surfacewater run-off

CN5 Sites withmanybuildings

Where the assessed building is part of a larger development of buildings, there are anumber of options for assessment of the surfacewater run-off credits:1. The individual building and its associated hardstanding areas canbe assessed

independentlywhere the run-off is being dealt with ona building-by-buildingbasis (i.e. eachbuilding has its owndedicated sub-catchment that serves onlythat building).

2. Whenassessing the run-off from a number of buildings (including domestic andnon-domestic buildings) the assessment must take into account the drainagefrom the local sub-catchment serving all those dwellings or buildings. Note thatproportioning cannot be used to calculate the percentage of run-offdischarging into the local sub-catchment resulting from just the assessedbuilding.

3. Thewhole development canbe assessed for compliance.Whichever approach is taken to demonstrate compliance, it must be consistent whencompleting both the rate of run-off and volume of run-off calculations.




CN5.1 Discharge to thesea or tidalestuaries

The peak rate of run-off and volume run-off criteria canbe deemed to bemet bydefault if the site discharges rainwater directly to a tidal estuary or the sea.The sitemust discharge run-off directly into the tidal estuary or the sea, if these criteriaare to be awarded bydefault. Typically, this would mean that drainage pipes wouldonly carry run-off from the site and that theywould not need to cross privately ownedland outside the boundary of the development before reaching the sea. Please seePol 03 Surfacewater run-off onpage 389 section for a definitionof tidal estuary.

CN5.2 No change inimpermeable area

Where theman-made impermeable area draining to thewatercourse (natural ormunicipal) has decreased or remains unchanged post development, the peakandvolume rate of run-off requirements for the surfacewater run-off credits will bemetbydefault.Flow rate calculations will not need to be provided. Instead, drawings clearly showingthe impermeable areas of the site draining to thewatercourse should be providedfor the pre- and post development scenarios. Figures must also be given (ideally onthe drawings) to showa comparisonbetween the areas of drained impermeablesurfaces pre-development and post-development.In this instance a flood riskassessment must be carried out and anyopportunitiesidentified to reduce surfacewater run-off are implemented.

CN5.3 Limiting dischargeflow rate Seecriterion12 onpage 390.

For the surfacewater run-off credits, where the limiting discharge flow ratewouldrequire a flow rate of less than5L/s at a discharge point, a flow rate of up to 5L/s maybe used where required to reduce the riskof blockage.

CN5.4 Highways andimpermeableareas

Where newnon-adoptable highways are built, including those for developments withamixture of buildings, all of the new impermeable surfaces must be included incalculations to demonstrate compliancewith the peak rate of run-off and volume ofrun-off criteria.Where buildings are built beside existing highways or whereadoptable highways are built, the impermeable area of the highwaydoes not need tobe included in the calculations.

CN5.5 Derelict sites.See criteria 5 onpage 390, 7 onpage 390, 11 onpage 390, 12 onpage 390 and 14onpage 390.

If the site has beenderelict for over five years, the appropriate consultant must assessthe previous drainage networkand make reasonable assumptions to establishprobable flow rates and volumes. To do this they should use best practice simulationmodelling, to determine the 1 year and 100 year peak flow rates at the relevantdischarge points. To complete the calculations, a site visit prior to development will berequired unless accurate data already exists from a previous survey. The resultantprofessional report can thenbe used to determine the pre-development volumesand rates of run-off. Without this professional input, the sitemust be deemedgreenfield pre-development, assuming Soil type 5 for the calculationof the pre-development site run-off.




CN5.6 National bestpractice guidanceon the designofSuDSandrainwaterharvestingsystems

Please refer to the country-specific reference sheet to locate the appropriate nationalbest practice standards in the country of assessment. Alternatively, pleasedemonstrate applicability as follows:

— Theminimum requirements as set out in approved standards andweightings list are covered by the proposed documents OR

— Where appropriate standards do not exist for a country, the design teamshould demonstrate compliancewith the UK or European standards aslisted in each relevant country reference sheet.

Minimising watercourse pollution

CN6 5mmdischargefor minimisingwatercoursepollutionSee criterion17 onpage 391.

of sites it maynot be possible for the first 5mmof rainfall to be prevented fromleaving site completely.Where this is the case, an appropriately qualified professionalmust design the system to ensure that the intent of this criterionhas beenmet as faras possible and provide justifications to explainwhy the criterion could not be fullyachieved on the site.Where this canbe justified, the awarding of thewater qualitycredit would not be affected, provided all other relevant criteria have beenachieved.

CN6.1 5mm requirement- end-of-pipesolutionsSee criterion17 onpage 391.

End-of-pipe solutions, such as ponds and basins, will only be deemed to complywiththe 5mm criteria where the principal run-off control to prevent discharge from thefirst 5mmof a rainfall event, is achieved using source control and site controlmethods.

CN6.2 5mm requirement- green roofsSee criterion17 onpage 391.

Green roofs canbe deemed to complywith this requirement for the rain that fallsonto their surface. However evidence is still required to demonstrate that the 5mmrainfall from all other hard surfaces on-site is being dealt with, to allow this credit to beawarded.

CN6.3 Areas that are asource of pollutionSee criteria 19 onpage 391 and 20onpage 391.

For the purpose of assessing thewatercourse pollution credit, an area that presents ariskof watercourse pollution includes vehiclemanoeuvring areas, car parks, wastedisposal facilities, delivery and storage facilities or plant areas.

CN6.4 Extensionor infillbuilding onexisting site

Where the assessment is of an individual building onanexisting site, i.e. infilldevelopment, thewatercourse pollution criteria apply to areas within the constructionzone that present a riskof pollution, as well as any areas external to the constructionzone that are affected by the newworks, i.e. drainage onto or from the proposeddevelopment.

CN6.5 Suitable level oftreatment Seecriteria 18 onpage 391–15 onpage 390.

In all cases the appropriate consultant should use their professional judgment todetermine themost appropriate strategy for minimising watercourse pollution.




CN6.6 Roof plant Seecriteria 20 onpage 391, 21 onpage 391 and 15onpage 390.

Roof-top plant spacemust be considered where there is a risk from pollutingsubstances such as petrol or oil. Refrigerants are not assessed under the pollutionaspect of this issue, as themain riskof pollution is to air and not thewatercourse.

CN6.7 Permeable pavingsystem

Where it canbe demonstrated that a permeable paving system designed to retainsilts and degrade oils has beenused, then this willmeet the assessment criteria forminimising watercourse pollution for car parks and access roads.

CN6.8 Workshop areas inretail buildings

Whereworkshop areas are specified, they should be assessed against the aboverequirements (minimising water course pollution). This is due to circumstances wheretheremaybe some form of vehicle servicing as part of a car showroom or other typeof retail space.

Methodology

Calculating peak rate of run-off

The assessor is not required to perform any calculation. Calculations should be provided by the appropriate consultant todemonstrate that they have sized the drainage facilities appropriately. Further guidance on calculating peak rate run-off fordifferent sites and situations include:

1. The SuDSManual72.2. Preliminary rainfall run-off management for developments .3. National planning policy guidance or statement for the specific country.4. IH Report 124, Flood estimation for small catchments (Marshall and Bayliss, 1994) .5. Flood EstimationHandbook (Centre for Ecology and Hydrology, 1999)73.

Greenfield sites of less than 50 ha

The calculationof greenfield run-off rates must be in accordancewith IH Report 124, Flood estimation for small catchments(Marshall and Bayliss, 1994). The pro-rata method on the size of catchment detailed in Table 4.2 in The SuDSManual, CIRIAC697 (2007)must be followed.

Greenfield sites of 50 ha to 200 ha

The calculationof greenfield run-off rates must be in accordancewith IH Report 124, Flood estimation for small catchments(Marshall and Bayliss, 1994). Flood EstimationHandbook (Centre for Ecology and Hydrology, 1999) canbe used for thesesites as an alternative, where there is a preference to do so, but only if the catchment is considered to be suitable for itsapplication.

Greenfield sites of more than 200 ha

The calculationof greenfield run-off rates must be in accordancewith the Flood EstimationHandbook (Centre for Ecologyand Hydrology, 1999) and any subsequent updates.Where the Flood EstimationHandbook is not considered appropriatefor the development, IH Report 124 canbe used.

Brownfield sites

The calculationof brownfield run-off rates should be as follows:



— If the existing drainage is known then it should bemodelled using best practice simulationmodelling, to determinethe 1-year and 100-year peak flow rates at discharge points (without allowing surcharge of the system abovecover levels to drive greater flow rates through the discharge points).

— If the system is not known, then the brownfield run-off should be calculated using the greenfield run-off modelsdescribed above but with a Soil Type 5.

Limiting discharge rate

The limiting discharge for eachdischarge point should be calculated as the flow rates from the pre-developed site. Thecalculation should include the total flow rate from the total area of the site feeding into the discharge point (this should includebothBREEAM-assessed and non-BREEAM-assessed parts of the development, if applicable). The discharge point is defined asthe point of discharge into thewatercourse or sewers (including rivers, streams, ditches, drains, cuts, culverts, dykes, sluices,public sewers and passages throughwhichwater flows, see Relevant definitions in the Pol 03 Surfacewater run-off onpage389 section).Where this calculation results in a peak flow rate of less than5L/s, the limiting discharge ratemaybe increased upto a level of no more than5L/s at the point of discharge from the site to reduce the riskof blockage.

For example, if the flow rate for the 1 year and 100 year events were 4L/s and 7L/s respectively, then the limiting dischargeswould be 5L/s and 7L/s. Similarly, if it was calculated to be 2L/s and 4L/s, then amaximum of 5L/s limiting discharge rate couldbe applied to bothdischarge points.

Sites should not be subdivided to enable higher overall limiting discharge rates to be claimed. It is, however, recognised thatsome sites may requiremore thanone discharge point as a result of the local topographyor existing surrounding drainageinfrastructure, and in such cases, the limiting discharge flow ratemaybe increased to a level no more than5L/s at eachdischarge point. The assessor should seekevidence that the number of discharge points is necessary, either due totopography, infrastructure limitations or both. Evidencemaybe in the form of a topographicalmap and anexplanation fromthe appropriate consultant as to whymultiple discharge points are required, stating that it is not feasible to have fewerdischarge points.

100-year peak rate event: excess volume of run-off

The storage of excess flows from the 100-year event does not necessarily have to be contained within the drainage systemor SuDS features (the features designed solely for the purpose of drainage).Where appropriate, storage of someor all of thisvolume canbe achieved using temporary surface flooding of areas such as a playing field. Specific consideration should begiven to overland flow routing. Overland flood flows and temporary storage of flood water on the surfacemust not be sofrequent as to unreasonably inconvenience residents and other users.

Evidence


Please note this sectionwill be revised when theNational Standards for Sustainable Drainage and associated regulationscome into force.


Adoptable highwaysFor the purposes of BREEAM, an 'adoptable' highway is a highway that is the responsibility of the highways authority interms of installation and maintenance of surfacewater drainagewhichonly carries run-off from the highway itself.This means that to fall under the definitionof an 'adoptable highway' the drainage networkmust not be directlyconnected to anyother upstream drainage network (e.g. from a private development) and only handle run-off fromthe adoptable highway.Where drainagewithin the highwaywill carry run-off from both the highway and housing, it isnot regarded as an 'adoptable' highway. In this instance the drainage designmust take account of the highway run-off.



appropriate consultantA consultant with qualifications and experience relevant to designing SuDSand flood preventionmeasures andcompleting peak rate of run-off calculations.Where complex flooding calculations and preventionmeasures arerequired, this must be a specialist hydrological engineer.

Appropriate statutory bodyThis refers to the statutory/legal organisationor entitywhose duty it is to carry out the planning approval function forthe project.

CatchmentThe area contributing surfacewater flow to a point on a drainage or water course. It canbe divided into sub-catchments.

Design flood levelThemaximum estimated water level during the design storm event. The design flood level for a site canbedetermined througheither knownhistorical data or modelled for the specific site.

Design storm eventHistoric or notionalweather conditions of a given annual probability, against which the suitability of a proposeddevelopment is assessed and mitigationmeasures, if any, are designed.

Discharge pointThe discharge points is the point at which the run-off from the site leaves the site boundary and enters a watercourse.

Flood defencesFlood defences do not completely remove the riskof flooding, but theydo reduce it. Building in areas where flooddefences are present (and appropriately designed to withstand a certainmagnitude of flooding) is thereforepreferable to those built inmedium or high riskareas without defences. However, for the purpose of this issue, it isstill preferable to build in areas of low risk thanencourage development of new flood defences in areas with a higherriskof flooding purely for the sake of newdevelopment.

Flood eventA flooding incident characterised by its peak level or flow, or by its level or flowhydrograph.

Flood probabilityThe estimated probability of a flood of givenmagnitude occurring or being exceeded in any specified time period.For example, the 100-year flood has a 1% chance of occurring in anygiven year.

Flood riskThe combinationof the flood probability and themagnitude of the potential consequences of the flood event.

Flood risk assessmentA study to assess the riskof a site flooding, and to assess the impact that any changes or development on the sitewillhave on flood risk to the site and elsewhere. A Flood RiskAssessment (FRA) should be prepared according to relevantplanning policy and technical guidance documents. Confirmationmust be based onhistorical, geological andgeomorphic data (e.g. altitude) and take all sources of flooding into consideration. The FRAmust account for futureclimate change and detail any necessary adaptationmeasures if required.Wheremore than five years have passedsince the FRAwas carried out, evidencewould be required to demonstrate that the basis of the FRA has not changedin that time.

Flood storageThe temporary storage of excess run-off or river flow inponds, basins, reservoirs or on the flood plain during a floodevent.

GreenfieldA sitewhichhas either never beenbuilt on, or onewhichhas remained undisturbed for five years or more.



Greenfield run-off rateThe rate of run-off that would occur from the site in its undeveloped and therefore undisturbed state.

Hard surfacesThese include roofs, car parks, access roads, pavements, delivery and service yards and external hard landscaping.Footpaths less than1.5 mwidewhichhave free drainage to soft landscaped areas onboth sides maybe excluded.

InfiltrationThe passage of water into a permeable surface, such as soil, permeable paving, soakaways and so on.

Limiting dischargeThe limiting discharge is based upon the calculated pre-development flow rate at a discharge point.

Level of pollutionprevention treatmentWhenused in the context of one, two or three levels of treatment for surfacewater, the treatment level should beregarded as the number of SuDScomponents in series throughwhich run-off passes from the originating surface onwhich rainfall fell to the site discharge point.Where a SuDScomponent has more thanone treatment process, it mightbe considered to providemore thanone level of treatment. In these circumstances advice should be sought from theBREEAMoffice.

Low risk areas (with respect to watercourse pollution)Low riskareas canbe defined as areas where the riskof contaminationor spillage of substances such as petrol and oilis reduced. For the purpose of this credit, roofs and small car parks maybe considered as low riskareas.

Peak run-off rate (referred to as Qp [m 3/sec])This is the highest rate of flow from a defined catchment area assuming that rainfall is uniformly distributed over thedrainage area, considering the entire drainage area as a single unit and estimationof flowat themost downstreampoint only.

Pre-developmentThe state of the site under assessment immediately prior to purchase of the site by the client or developer (or, wherethe client has owned or occupied the site for a number of years, its current state).

QbarAnestimationof themeanannual flood flow rate from a catchment (see Report IH124 Flood estimations for smallcatchments).

Rainwater dischargeRainwater discharge is the rainwater which flows from the development site to watercourses and sewers. It is alsoreferred to as run-off.

Run-offThis is usually rainwater, but can also be groundwater or overspill from sewers and other sources.

Sewerage undertakerThis is a Body, typically a water company, with statutory responsibility for sewerage and sewerage disposal and alsosurfacewater from roofs and yards of premises.

SoakawaysA subsurface structure designed to promote the infiltrationof surfacewater into the ground. As a general point,soakawaysmaybe shallowand broad – as in a blanket under permeable paving, or deeper structures. Deeper, pointsource soakaways should be avoided for road and car parkdrainage, but shallowstructures providing infiltration inanextensiveway (infiltration trenches and permeable paving) do not need oil separators.

SuDS management trainAnapproach to drainage design that combines a sequence of appropriate surfacewater drainage structures usingSuDSsystems for management of the run-off to treat the flow, reduce run-off volume and restrain the run-off rate inorder to minimiseman's impact on the environment. Additional benefits associated withoperation and maintenance,



ecology and amenity are aspects which are considered whendesigning amanagement system. Themanagementtrain incorporates a hierarchyof techniques:1. Source control. Examples of SuDS techniques include:

— Soakaways— Porous or pervious paving— Roof water directed to garden (rather thanpiped drains)— Rainwater reuse or harvesting— Green roofs— Other surface infiltration, attenuation and conveyance techniques that dealwith run-off at source.

2. Site or local control. Examples of SuDS techniques include:— Swales— Pond— Infiltrationbasins— Detentionbasin— Larger soakaways— Pervious (porous or permeable) paving.

3. Regional control. Examples of techniques include:— Balancing ponds— Wetlands— Large detentionbasin.

SuDS techniquesOne or more components built to manage surfacewater run-off to prevent flooding and pollution, including forexample:wet ponds, infiltrationbasins, detentionbasins, swales, reed beds, pervious (porous or permeable) paving,soakaways, rainwater harvesting, filter strips, filter drains and trenches withor without perforates pipes, green roofsand underground attenuation storage. For more information refer to The SuDSmanual.

Surfacewater run-offWater flowover the ground surface to a drainage system. This occurs if the ground is impermeable, is saturated or ifthe rainfall is particularly intense.

Tidal estuaryA tidal estuary is defined as a semi-enclosed coastal bodyof water whichhas a free connectionwith the open seaand withinwhich seawater is measurably diluted with freshwater derived from land drainage. Anestuary should beunconstrained tidalwaters, i.e. there should be no barriers or constricted shorelines that would restrict the free flowof water into the open sea in any conditions. The impact on the total volume of run-off from the site (and other siteswhichmay in future discharge into the estuary) should be insignificant in terms of the overallwater levels in theestuary. Tidal rivers (i.e. where no or limited measurable seawater content is present during normal tidalmovements)cannot be included as part of the estuary for the purposes of BREEAM.

TreatmentImproving the quality of water byphysical, chemical or biologicalmeans.

Types of oil separatorClass 1 Separators: These are designed to achieve a concentrationof less than5 mg/l oil under standard testconditions. They should be used when the separator is required to remove very small oil droplets, such as thosearising from car park run-off.Class 2 Separators: These are designed to achieve a concentrationof less than100 mg/l oil under standard testconditions. They are suitable for dealing withdischarges where a lower quality requirement applies or for trappinglarge spillages. Both classes canbe produced as 'full retention'or 'bypass' separators:Full retention separators: These treat the flow that canbe delivered by the drainage system,which is normallyequivalent to the flowgenerated by a rainfall intensity of 50mm/hr.Bypass separators: These fully treat all flows generated by rainfall rates of up to 5mm/hr. Flows above this rate areallowed to bypass the separator. These separators are used when it is an acceptable risknot to provide fulltreatment for high flows. Pollution PreventionGuideline 3 contains more detailed guidance on the selection and sizingof an appropriate type of separator.



Volume of run-offThe volume of run-off that is generated by rainfall occurring on the site. This is typicallymeasured in cubicmetres.Additional predicted volume of run-off is the difference between the volumes of run-off pre- and post development.

Watercourses and sewersA term that includes rivers, streams, ditches, drains, culverts, dykes, sluices, sewers and passages throughwhichwaterflows.

Other information

Table 63 Definitionof flood zones by country

Definition England Wales Scotland

Lowannual probability offlooding

Zone 1Less than1 in1000 chanceof river and sea flooding (<0.1%).

ZoneAConsidered to be at littleor no risk.Zone BIf site levels are greaterthan the flood levels usedto define adjacentextreme flood outline.

Little or no riskareaAs defined for England.

Medium annualprobability of flooding

Zone 2Between1 in100 and 1 in1000 chance of riverflooding (1%– 0.1%) andbetweena 1 in200 and 1 in1000 chance of seaflooding (0.5%– 0.1%).

Zone BIf site levels are not greaterthan the flood levels usedto define adjacentextreme flood outline.Zone CEqual to or greater* than0.1% (river, tidal or coastalflooding).* For the purposes ofBREEAMassume upperprobability of flooding nogreater than that specifiedfor England.

Low to medium riskareaWatercourse, tidal orcoastal flooding in therange 0.1%– 0.5%(1:1000 – 1:200).

High annual probability offlooding

Zone 3a High Probability1 in 100 or greater chanceof river flooding (>1%) anda 1 in200 or greaterchance of flooding fromthe sea (>0.5%).Zone 3b The FunctionalFloodplainLand wherewater has toflowor be stored in timesof flood.

Zone C1 and C2* For the purposes ofBREEAMassume the samelower and upperprobability of flooding asthat specified for England.

Medium to high riskareasAnnual probability ofwatercourse, tidal orcoastal flooding:greaterthan0.5% (1:200).

Please note:Northern Ireland PPS15 does not categorise flood riskzones and there are no similar publicly available floodmaps covering Northern Ireland. Assessments inNIwill therefore need to rely on-site-specific flood riskassessments, orother relevant data or surveys, to determine the extent of flood risk for a specific development, and use the samedefinitions as those outlined for England. TheNorthern Ireland Department of Environment or Rivers Agencymayofferfurther advice or recommendations in this respect www.doeni.gov.ukand www.riversagencyni.gov.uk


http://www.doeni.gov.uk/

http://www.riversagencyni.gov.uk/


Sources of flooding and flood risk1. Streams and Rivers: Flooding that can take place from flows that are not contained within the channel due to high levels

of rainfall in the catchment.2. Coastal or Estuarine: Flooding that canoccur from the sea due to a particularly high tide or surge, or a combinationof

both.3. Groundwater:Where thewater table rises to such a height where flooding occurs.Most common in low-lying areas

underlain bypermeable rock (aquifers), usually due to extended periods of wet weather.4. Sewers and highwaydrains:Combined, foul or surfacewater sewers and highwaydrains that are temporarily over-

loaded due to excessive rainfall or due to blockage.5. Surfacewater: The net rainfall falling ona surface (onor off the site)which acts as run-off whichhas not infiltrated into

the ground or entered into a drainage system.6. Infrastructure failure:Canals, reservoirs, industrial processes, burst water mains, blocked sewers or failed pumping

stations.

Contaminated sites

Where the site riskassessment confirms that infiltration SuDS techniques are not appropriate, SuDS techniques that do notallow infiltration, such as swales lined with an impermeablemembrane, canbe used. It maybe the case that only some areasof the site are contaminated and therefore infiltration SuDS techniques canbe used elsewhere on the site. Theremay also be arequirement to remediate the contaminated soils, creating opportunities for the use of infiltration SuDSpost-remediation.



Pol 04 Reduction of night time light pollution



1 No

Aim

To ensure that external lighting is concentrated in the appropriate areas and that upward lighting is minimised, reducingunnecessary obtrusive light pollution, energy consumption and nuisance to neighbouring properties.

Assessment criteria


One credit

1 Where external obtrusive lighting has beeneliminated througheffective design that removes the need for externallighting without adversely affecting the safety and security of the site and its users.

ORalternatively, where the building does have external lighting, one credit canbe awarded as follows:

2 All external lighting (except for safety and security lighting) canbe automatically switched off between23:00 and 07:00.

3 Illuminated advertisements, where specified complywith3.a Themaximum luminance (CD/m²) outlined in Table 64 below (please refer to Additional informationonpage

407 for a definitionof the different zones).3.b In Zone E1 (see Table 64 below) themaximum luminance value shall be zero post-curfew.

4 If safety or security lighting is provided and will be used between23:00 and 07:004.a Safety and security lighting complies with the lower levels of lighting recommended during these hours in

accordancewithCIE150-2003 and CIE126-1997, for example byusing anautomatic switch to reduce thelighting levels at 23:00hrs or earlier.


Table 64Recommendations for maximum luminance (CD/m²)

Illuminated Area (m²) Zone E1 Zone E2 Zone E3 Zone E4

<10.00 100 600 800 1000

≥ 10.00 N/A 300 600 600


Pol 04 Reductionof night time light pollution Pollution

Table 65 Environmental lighting zone

Zone Surrounding Lighting Environment Examples

E1 Natural Intrinsically dark National parks orprotected sites

E2 Rural Lowdistrict brightness Industrial or residentialrural areas

E3 Suburban Medium district brightness Industrial or residentialsuburbs

E4 Urban Highdistrict brightness Towncentres andcommercial

Compliance notes







Bothoptions: This issue is not applicable to residential dwellings.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

General

CN3 Setting a curfew The Commission Internationale d'Eclairage (CIE) guidance recommends the setting ofa curfew. This will normally include floodlighting, signage and all lighting that is notrequired for safety or security. Illuminated advertisements maybe excluded from thisrequirement, but will need to complywithdifferent levels of maximum luminancedepending on the surrounding and background environment (See criterion3 on theprevious page.)Where a different curfew time applies for other reasons (e.g. noise control),consideration should be given to the co-ordinationof the curfews, e.g. allowingsufficient time of operation for the lighting after the conclusionof the activity tofacilitate crowd dispersal, particularlywhere large numbers of spectators are involved.




CN4 Non-securitylightingconsidered to beessential between23:00 and 07:00

Where non-security lighting is considered to be essential between23:00hrs and06:00hrs, i.e. for buildings whichopenor operate between these times, the lightingsystem is able to automatically switch to the lower levels of lighting recommended inthe CIE150-2003 and CIE126-1997 for lighting during these hours (or provide theselower levels at all times).

CN5 Maximumluminance

When considering the zone inwhich anadvertising sign is, or is intended to be, sited,the contrast with the surrounding or background should be taken into account (e.g.the surrounding could be unlit when viewed from the road or a residentialwindow)and the zone adjusted accordingly.Where an illuminated sign lies on the boundary oftwo zones or canbe observed from another zone, the illumination level used shouldbe that applicable to themost rigorous zone.

Methodology

The following provides guidance onwhenand how to apply the criteria to the external lighting associated with a buildingbeing assessed:

1. Where the assessment is of an individual building onanexisting site thenonly those areas affected by theworks, i.e.within the construction zone, need to be assessed.Where the assessment is of a building that forms part of anentirenewdevelopment, the criteria apply site-wide.

2. If the scope of the assessment covers a newextensiononly, thenonly new lighting specified as part of the extendedworks need to be assessed.

3. Flush stud lights used for safety purposes in vehiclemanoeuvring areas maybe excluded from the assessment.4. Where light fittings are specified to complywith specific security standards and these conflict with the BREEAMcriteria,

they canbe excluded from the assessment of this issue. In these circumstances the assessor must obtain evidenceconfirming the specific security standards and that they are applicable to the assessed development.

Evidence


All DesigndrawingsRelevant sectionor clauses of the building specificationorcontract or external lighting designdata or calculations.In the case of the external lighting design, theM&Eengineer orlighting designer must provide indicative examples of whereand how the strategy complies with the assessment criteria.

BREEAMAssessor’s site inspectionreport and photographic evidenceANDEITHERWritten confirmation from the projectteam that the solutions assessed at thedesign stage have been implementedORWhere the designhas changed evidenceis provided for post construction and as-built details.


Pol 04 Reductionof night time light pollution Pollution



AdvertisementsAnyword, letter, model, sign, placard, board, notice, awning, blind, device or representation, in the nature of, andemployed wholly or partly for the purposes of advertisement or announcement. This also includes anyhoarding orsimilar structure used, or designed or adapted for use for the display of advertisements.

Construction zoneFor the purpose of this issue the construction zone is defined as the sitewhich is being developed for the BREEAM-assessed building and its external site areas, i.e. the scope of the newworks.

Illuminated advertisementsAnadvertisement which is designed or adapted to be illuminated by artificial lighting, directly or by reflection.

Lighting zonesThe contrast with the surrounding or background and therefore the lighting environment of the building change theperceptionof luminance. Themaximum luminance of the advertisement needs therefore to be adapted dependingon the lighting environment.

Other information

The design should be checked for compliance against the Commission Internationale d'Eclairage (CIE) guidance

This gives four sets of recommendations;

1. Limits to the average upward light ratio of the luminaires, to restrict sky glow.2. Limiting illuminance at thewindows of nearbyproperties for which light trespass might be an issue.3. Limiting the intensity of each light source in potentially obtrusive directions beyond the site boundaries.4. Limiting the average luminance of the building, if it is floodlit.

In each case the limiting values depend on the locationof the site of the building (for example rural, urbanor city centre). Acalculationof illuminance (b) or intensity (c) is not required if all luminaires are cut-off types and angled so that light inpotentially obtrusive directions is blocked.

Compliancewith the InternationalDarkSkies AssociationModelOrdinanceGuidancehttp://www.darksky.org/assets/documents/MLO/MLO_FINAL_June2011.pdf may also ensure the requirements for thiscredit aremet.



Pol 05 Reduction of noise pollution


(non-residential, residential institutions and multiple dwellings) Pollution

(non-residential, residential institutions and multiple

dwellings)


1 No

Aim

To reduce the likelihood of noise arising from fixed installations on the newdevelopment affecting nearby noise-sensitivebuildings.

Assessment criteria

Applicability:


One credit

1 Where there are, or will be, no noise-sensitive areas or buildings within 800m radius of the assessed site.

OR

2 Alternatively, where the building does have noise-sensitive areas or buildings within 800m radius of the site, one creditcanbe awarded as follows:2.a Where a noise impact assessment been carried out and the following noise levels measured or determined in

accordancewith the ISO1996 series:2.a.i Existing background noise levels at the nearest or most exposed noise-sensitive development to the

proposed development or at a locationwhere background conditions canbe argued to be similar.2.a.ii The noise level resulting from the newnoise source (see CN4 on the next page).

3 The noise impact assessment must be carried out by a suitably qualified acoustic consultant holding a recognisedacoustic qualification and membership of an appropriate professional body (see Relevant definitions onpage 412).

4 The noise level from the proposed site or building, as measured in the locality of the nearest or most exposed noise-sensitive development, is a difference no greater than+5dBduring the day (07:00 to 23:00) and +3dBat night (23:00to 07:00) compared to the background noise level.

5 Where the noise sources from the proposed site or building is greater than the levels described in criterion4 above,measures have been installed to attenuate the noise at its source to a levelwhere it will complywith criterion4 above.


None.



Compliance notes


Shell and core(non-residential and residential institutions only)


Shell only: This issue is not applicable.Shell and Core:All criteria relevant to the building type and function apply.Refer to AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell andcore project assessments onpage 422 for a more detailed descriptionof the shelland core assessment options.



Bothoption:Criteria does not apply.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.


Bothoptions:Criteria 2 to 5 applies.Refer to Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings, partially and fully fitted onpage 425 for a more detaileddescriptionof residential assessment options.

General

CN3 Standard notappropriate ornot applicable

Where a suitably qualified acoustician confirms that ISO1996:2007 is not anappropriate standard of assessment for the proposed building or site, theirassessment of the likelihood of complaint from noise impact canbe accepted for thepurpose of assessing this issue.

CN4 Compliance at thedesign stageSee criterion2 onthe previous page.

At the design stage of assessment, where noise-sensitive areas or buildings arepresent, actualmeasurement is unlikely to be possible due to the planned but non-existent installation. In such situations compliance canbe demonstrated through theuse of acousticians' calculations or by scalemodel investigations. For such cases ISO1996-2:2007 states that 'as universally agreed predictionmodels do not exist, themethod adopted should be carefully described in the acoustician's report' and that'whenavailable, predictionmodels accepted by relevant authorities should be used'.Where prediction through thesemethods is not possible, measurement will benecessary using either a noise source similar to that proposed or, alternatively,measurement of the actual noise from the installation (once installed); compliancewiththe latter approach requires a written commitment to appoint a suitably qualifiedacoustician to carry out the required measurements post installation, and a furthercommitment to attenuate the noise source in compliancewith criteria 4 on theprevious page and 1 on the previous page of BREEAM(if proved necessary by themeasurements).


(non-residential, residential institutions and multiple dwellings) Pollution


CN5 Untreatedbuildings

This assessment issue does not apply to buildings designed to be untreated, i.e. whereinternal spaces will not be serviced byheating, ventilationor air-conditioning systemsand therefore have no noise generating plant. Examples of suchbuilding types couldinclude industrialwarehouse storage.

CN6 National or localalternative to ISOstandard

It is possible to use a national or local equivalent to the ISO1996 series, however thismust be approved by BREGlobal. The approved standards and weightings list canbeused to check for previously approved standards or to propose a newnational orlocal standard.

Methodology

None.

Evidence


1 Designdrawings highlighting:1. All existing and proposed noise-sensitive buildings

local to, and within, the site boundary2. Proposed sources of noise from the new

development3. Distance (m) from these buildings to the assessed

development.

As design stage BREEAMAssessor’s site inspection reportand photographic evidence.

2-3 The acoustician’s report, acoustician’s qualifications andprofessional status ORRelevant sectionor clauses of thebuilding specificationor contract requiring a noiseassessment by a suitably qualified acoustician in compliancewith ISO1996:2007ORA letter from the client or design team confirming that theywill appoint an acoustician to carry out a noise assessmentin compliancewith ISO1996.

The acoustician’s report withmeasurements based oninstalled and operating plant.




4-5 Acoustician’s report with recommendations for noiseattenuationmeasures AND EITHER:1. Amarked-up designplanhighlighting the

specificationof the acoustician’s attenuationmeasures.

OR1. A formal letter from the client or design team

confirming where relevant, that attenuationmeasuresrecommended by anappointed suitably qualifiedacousticianwill be installed.

BREEAMAssessor’s siteinspection report andphotographic evidenceconfirming the existence of thespecified noise attenuationmeasuresORA letter from the acousticianconfirming that all specifiedattenuationmeasures havebeen installed to the requiredstandard.



Noise-sensitive areaLandscapes or buildings where the occupiers are likely to be sensitive to noise created by the newplant installed in theassessed building, including:1. Residential areas2. Hospitals, health centres, care homes, doctor's surgeries etc.3. Schools, colleges and other teaching establishments4. Libraries5. Places of worship6. Wildlife areas, historic landscapes, parks and gardens7. Located in an area recognised as having outstanding natural beauty, scientific or ecological interest8. Anyother development that canbe considered noise-sensitive.

Suitably qualified acousticianAn individualwho holds a recognised acoustic qualification and membership of an appropriate professional body.Acousticians that meet the definitionof a suitably qualified acoustician inHea 05 Acoustic performance onpage 111,will also meet the definition for the purposes of compliancewith this issue.

Other information

None.


Innovation

14.0 Innovation

Category overview

Summary

The innovation category provides opportunities for exemplary performance and innovation to be recognised that are notincluded within, or go beyond the requirements of the credit criteria. This includes exemplary performance credits, for wherethe building meets the exemplary performance levels of a particular issue. It also includes innovative products and processesfor which an innovation credit canbe claimed,where theyhave beenapproved byBREGlobal Ltd.

The cost-saving benefits of innovation are fostered and facilitated byhelping encourage, drive and publicise accelerateduptake of innovativemeasures.


Innovation BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Inn 01 Innovation


(all buildings) Innovation

(all buildings)


10 No

Aim

To support innovationwithin the construction industry through the recognitionof sustainability related benefits which are notrewarded by standard BREEAMissues.

Assessment criteria

The following is required to demonstrate compliance;

Up to amaximum of 10 credits are available, with the total BREEAMscore capped at 100%, in aggregate from a combinationof the following:

Exemplary level of performance in existing BREEAM issues

1 Where the building demonstrates exemplary performance bymeeting defined exemplary level performance criteria inone or more of following BREEAMassessment issues: Please refer to the relevant BREEAMissuewithin this schemedocument for details of the exemplary level performance assessment criteria.1.a Man03 Responsible constructionpractices onpage 461.b Man05 Aftercare onpage 631.c Hea 02 Indoor air quality onpage 851.d onpage 1431.e Wat 01 Water consumptiononpage 2391.f Mat 01 Life cycle impacts onpage 2641.g Mat 03 Responsible sourcing of constructionproducts onpage 2701.h Wst 01 Constructionwastemanagement onpage 3141.i Wst 02 Recycled aggregates onpage 3211.j Wst 05 Adaptation to climate change onpage 3371.k

Approved innovations

One innovation credit canbe awarded for each innovation application approved byBREGlobal, where the building complieswith the criteria defined within an approved innovation application form.


None


Innovation BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Compliance notes


General

CN1 Exemplary level ofperformance

Refer to the compliance notes within the individual assessment issues that containexemplary performance levels.

Methodology

Exemplary level of performance in existing BREEAM issues

For informationon themethodology for exemplary level credits refer to theMethodology sectionof the relevant BREEAMissues.

Approved innovations

Innovation applications canbe submitted to BREGlobal by a licensed BREEAMAssessor using the formal approved innovationapplication form (available from the BREEAMAssessor Extranet).

Evidence


1 As defined within existing BREEAMissues.

As defined within existing BREEAMissues.

2 A copyof the approved innovationapplication formANDA copyof the innovation applicationreport stating the applicationoutcome as 'approved'ANDRelevant documentary evidencedemonstrating specificationof theapproved innovation.

As per interim design stageANDRelevant documentary evidence confirming that theproject has achieved or installed the approvedinnovation as described and quantified within theapproved innovation application form.



Approved innovationAnynew technology, design, construction, operation,maintenance or demolitionmethod or process that canbeshown to improve the sustainability performance of a building and is of demonstrable benefit to thewider industry in



(all buildings) Innovation

amanner that is not covered elsewhere in BREEAM. In addition the innovationhas beenapproved byBREGlobal inaccordancewith its published BREEAMInnovation credit procedures.

Other information

Applying for innovation credits

Refer to the BREEAMInnovation sectiondocuments available from the BREEAMAssessor extranet for more informationonBREEAMInnovation credit eligibility criteria, applicationprocess, application fees and previously approved innovations.



Appendix BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

15.0 Appendices


AppendixA – National SchemeOperators (NSOs) Appendix

Appendix A – National Scheme Operators (NSOs)

NSOs operate tailored, country-specific BREEAMschemes under licence from BREGlobal Ltd. These organisations are selectedto provide local knowledge,market presence and local stakeholder engagement through their governance structures.

BREGlobal Ltd. is theNSOfor BREEAMUK and also for the pan country BREEAMInternational schemes. The BREEAMInternational schemes apply in any country in theworld except the UK and countries where anNSO is operating a local scheme.

The schemes developed byNational SchemeOperators must complywith the requirements of the BREEAMCore TechnicalStandard and the BREEAMCore Process Standard bothof which expand on the frameworkset out within the Code for aSustainable Built Environment.

TheNSOs and their local BREEAMschemes are listed on the BREEAMwebpage,www.breeam.com, and there is a TechnicalStandards Finder tool available to help customers select the correct scheme. The local schemesmust be used for assessmentswhere appropriate, in these instances contact the localNSOfor further information.Where a building falls outside of thescope of these local schemes, or there is no localNSOoperating in a country, the pan country BREEAMInternational schemesare used.


http://www.breeam.com/index.jsp

http://www.breeam.com/technical-standards

http://www.breeam.com/technical-standards


Appendix B – BREEAM International New

Construction 2016 scope and Education buildings

BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 has been tailored specifically for the assessment of the following educationalestablishments:

1. Preschool, including;a. Nursery schools74

b. Children's centres75

2. Schools, including;a. Primary schoolsb. Secondary schools sixth formc. All age range schools (including educationor teaching buildings at boarding schools)d. Non-acute special educational needs (SEN) schools

3. Universities and colleges4. FHigher educationor vocational colleges and institutions, including;

a. Teaching facilityb. Learning Resource Centrec. Laboratory, workshop or studiod. Student unione. Or amixture of the above types.

Acute special educational needs (SEN) schools

Acute SEN refers to childrenwith severe disabilities or learning difficulties that prevent them from interpreting theirsurroundings without feeling anxious or distressed. These children canbecome easily distracted or overstimulated or both.This group of pupils mainly include childrenwith a behavioural, emotional or social difficulties (BEDS) and childrenwithcommunication and interactiondisability (autistic spectrum disorder (ASD)).

This BREEAMscheme has not been specifically tailored to assess acute SEN schools. However assessment using themethodology is still possible, except where highly specialised accommodation is provided. Acute SEN schools are thereforerequire a Bespoke assessment.

For more informationonSENplease refer to Building Bulletin 102 Designing for disabled childrenwith special educationalneeds, published by theDepartment for Children Schools and Families (available fromwww.education.gov.uk)

Student residential accommodation

BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 canbe used to assess boarding school, college or Universityresidentialbuildings. These types of building are classified as a Residential institutions for the purpose of a BREEAMassessment.


http://www.education.gov.uk/a0058201/children-with-special-educational-needs-sen-and-disabilities

AppendixC – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scope and Residentialinstitutions

Appendix

Appendix C – BREEAM International New

Construction 2016 scope and Residential institutions

BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 canbe used to assess multi-occupancy residential buildings that are notsuitable for assessment as residential dwellings. The BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 schemeprovides a wholebuilding assessment methodologywhich can also be applied to buildings which contain private living space, but alsocommunal facilities within the same building, to allowassessment of thewhole building.

BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 canbe used to assess the following types of Residential institutions:

1. Hotel, hostel, boarding and guest house2. Student accommodation3. Care homes that do not contain extensive or specialist medical facilities (limited consulting rooms and medical rooms

are acceptable)4. Sheltered housing5. Other residential buildings that contain amix of residential accommodationwith communal areas such as somemilitary

accommodation.



Appendix D – BREEAM International New

Construction 2016 and shell and core project

assessments

Non-fitted, speculative newbuildings (often referred to as shell only or shell and core buildings) canbe assessed using theBREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 scheme.

The BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 version canbe applied to fully fitted, shell only and shell and core buildingprojects. This sectionprovides guidance to assessors and project teams on the applicationof BREEAMto shell only and shelland core projects.

A shell only or shell and core building project is defined as onewhere the developer's scope of works is the design andconstructionof the base building only, leaving a range of construction and fit-out works to be completed before the buildingis able to be occupied. This may include someor all of the following elements: the structure, building envelope, core buildingsystems including building servicing strategy and installations (such as HVAC)or plant support for installationof such systemsand where present, fit-out of commonareas.

In these projects, where areas of the development are not fully fitted, performance of the building and compliancewithBREEAMis verified based on the developer's scope of works. This is measured using two standard project type options that inturndefine appropriate assessment criteria applicable to that project type.While someprojects will differ to some extentfrom the scope of these standard options, for the purpose of BREEAM, issues not included within the chosenoptionwill beexcluded from the assessment, evenwhere they arewithin the developer's scope of works. This approach is necessary toensure clarity, consistency and comparabilitywithin the propertymarket. A fully filterable list of criteria or issues based oneachindividual projects scopewould not enable comparability betweenBREEAMratings, either in terms of performancebenchmarking or promotional or publicity purposes.

Defining the shell and core project type

For the purpose of defining the scope of assessment and BREEAMcertification labelling, a non-residential newconstructionproject that is not fully fitted out canbe categorised in to one of the following types:

— Option1: Shell OnlyAssessment and certification— Option2: Shell and Core Assessment and certification

Option 1: Shell only Assessment

This assessment and certificationoption is availablewhere the developer's scope of works covers newbuild works to thefabric, substructure and superstructure of the building only, including:

— Externalwalls, windows, doors (external), roof, core internalwalls, structural floors— Hard and soft landscaping areas (where present and within scope of works)

Option 2: Shell and core assessment

This option is availablewhere the developer's scope of works covers shellworks, as described inOption1, plus core buildingservices. Core building services relates to the installationof central or communal transportation systems, water systems, fit-out of commonareas, centralmechanical and electrical systems including HVAC, but without local fitting of systemswithintenant areas. The systemswill typically be centralised with capped off distribution to each tenanted area (for futureconnection as part of a tenant's fit-out works).

The Shell only (option1) and shell and core (option2) assessment options are only available for the following non-domesticbuilding types:


AppendixD – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 and shell and core projectassessments

Appendix

— Office— Retail— Industrial

Assessing new build shell and core projects

In themain, the assessment process and applicationof a majority of the BREEAMassessment issues will be unaffected by thescope of newbuild shell only or shell and coreworks. This is becausemost of the BREEAMcriteria are concerned with impacts,processes and management procedures that occur with anynewbuild development, regardless of whether it is a shell andcore or fully fitted project. However, several BREEAMissues and criterion are tailored for the assessment of fitted outbuildings such as acoustic performance. Therefore, additional guidance is givenwithin the assessment issues in the form of acompliance note. These shell and core compliance notes confirmwhether the assessment issue applies to a shell only or shelland core project and, where it does apply, how to assess it for the options or project types defined above.

Shell and core building assessments and minimum BREEAM standards

Allminimum BREEAMstandards remain applicable to shell and core building assessments for the developers scope of works.The only exception is minimum standards for BREEAMissues, credits or criteria which are not assessed in a shell only or shelland core project (confirmed by the shell and core ComplianceNote in each relevant issue).

BREEAM International New Construction 2016 and the BREEAMinternational refurbishment 2015 scheme

BREGlobal Ltd have developed a standalone BREEAMscheme to cover the refurbishment and fit-out stages of the life cyclefor non-domestic buildings. Under this scheme, only criteria that fallwithin the scope of the tenant's fit-out works would beassessed.

By having a two part assessment for the shell and core projects, where the shell and core parts and the fit–out parts areassessed separately, BREEAMprovides a flexible yet robust wayof assessing shell and core projects.

The diagram in Figure 6 on the next page outlines the relationship between the InternationalNewConstruction and theInternational Refurbishment and Fit-out schemes. .



Figure 6 InternationalNewConstruction and the International Refurbishment and Fit-out schemes and the assessmentoptions

The scope of the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction - options 1 and 2 - and BREEAMInternational Refurbishment and Fit-out schemes have beendefined using recognised industry definitions, such as the BritishCouncil for Offices definitionofCategoryA and B fit-out as far as possible. However, in practice, there is no fixed industry standard definitionofrefurbishment and fit-out works, with a large degree of variability from project to project. Due to this variety and also theneed to ensure a consistent definition is used for assessment comparability purposes, the BREEAMInternationalRefurbishment and Fit-out scheme has defined a number of optional assessment 'parts'. The scope for eachof theseassessment parts have largely beenbased upon setting boundaries around the keyphysical parameters of the building.Under that scheme, clients are able to seekassessment certification against any combinationof parts according to the scopeof their refurbishment and fit-out works, therefore providing a highly flexible scheme.

The scope of Part 1 of the BREEAMInternational Refurbishment and Fit-out scheme aligns withoption1, the shell only optionof the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction scheme. Parts 1 and 2 combined alignwithoption2, the shell and core optionof the BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction scheme. Parts 3 and 4 then cover the scope of work that is covered under thetenants fit-out works and would, therefore, be used to 'top up'a Shell and Core Assessment post fit-out.

Assessment types BREEAMInternationalNon-Domestic Refurbishment 2015 scheme:

— Part 1 - Fabric and structure: external envelope including walls, roof, windows and floor— Part 2 - Core services: centralised mechanical and electrical plant including heating, cooling and ventilation— Part 3 - Local services: localised services including lighting, local heating, cooling and ventilation— Part 4 - Interior design: interior finishes, furniture, fittings and equipment

Further informationon the BREEAMInternationalNon-Domestic Refurbishment 2015 scheme canbe found atwww.breeam.com.


http://www.breeam.com/

Appendix E– Applicability of BREEAMNewConstruction to Single andMultiple dwellings,partially and fully fitted

Appendix

Appendix E – Applicability of BREEAM New

Construction to Single and Multiple dwellings,

partially and fully fitted

Due to the diversewayhomes are built and sold around theworld, BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016 offers 4different classification routes for residential assessments.

This sectionprovides guidance to assessors and project teams on the applicationof BREEAMfor residential developments.

To carry out an assessment the assessor and project teammust first define the project as either a Single or Multiple dwellingthen statewhether it will be ‘Partially’ or ‘Fully’ fitted out. This must be decided uponat the beginning the assessment process,within the Scoring and Reporting tool.

Single or multiple dwellings

Definitionof Single dwelling

A single dwelling is a permanent residential building, detached from anyother building.

Otherwise referred to as a ‘home’ or ‘family unit’, the ‘single dwelling’ is intended to be occupied byone single household orfamily. Single dwellings must have no commonareas or shared services with its surrounding dwellings.

Single dwellings are typically built uponplots of land, greater in scale than the ground floor area, offering a privately owned,outdoor space. However, this maynot always be the case for dwellings constructed upondensely packed plots of land suchas those built within towns or cities. For single dwellings that join onto other dwellings, as long as the other dwellings are notbeing assessed, then the ‘single dwelling’ criteria applies.

Allowances canbemade for dwellings with additional extensions or suites intended for extended familymembers, withoutchanging the description from ‘single dwelling’.

Definitionof Multiple dwellings

Multiple dwellings are anynumber of permanent residential buildings greater thanone. Theymust be located upon the sameplot of land and caneither be joined together within the same building envelope or separated.

For example, a single, building envelope could consist of an apartment blockor a rowof terraces. Alternatively it could be agroup of ‘single dwellings’ built upon the same plot of land.

Partially and Fully Fitted dwellings

The intentionof the partial and fully fitted criteria is to recognise the need for greater flexibility during the ‘Fit Out’ stage inresponse to the Turn-keypropertymarket. Turn-keyproperties, are newhomes sold on the openmarket as complete andintended for immediate occupationby the newhome-owner.

Definitionof Partially Fitted dwellings

These are newTurn-key homes intended to be occupied by the newhome-owner where due to local building practices andcultural aspects, even though the property is considered ‘complete’ at the point

of sale, the newhomeowner is still required to fit-out their newpropertywith specific fixtures and fittings.



Whilst BREEAMResidential aspires to remain flexiblewith regards to the specificationof different fixtures and fittings by thenewhomeowner; for the newdwelling to be certified as a BREEAMpartially fitted home, particular elements must always bepresent during the scope of works regardless of building practice or cultural difference.

This assessment and certificationoption is availablewhere the developer’s scope of works covers newbuild works to thefabric, sub and superstructure of the building, plus the necessary core, central and localised systems for occupiers to livecomfortablywithin each and every dwelling. Depending upon climate and design features of the newhome, those elementsare:

Mandatory features of a partially fitted dwelling

— Roof; externalwalls; internal & separating walls and structural floors;windows & external doors (for eachdwelling)— Potablewater supply, unless water fittings are provided. Inwhich case the development must be assessed against

the fully fitted criteria and theminimum standard must also bemet.— Plumbing and drainage— Mechanical and electrical systems including:

— Light fixtures and fittings,— Heating, cooling & ventilation systems.

Mandatory features of a partially fitted dwelling (if present)

— Fit out of communal areas— Installationof central or communal transportation systems— Hard and soft landscaping areas

For these assessments, the scope of works being undertakenmust be specified clearly and provided for the accuratecertificationof the project.

Definitionof Fully Fitted dwellings

A fully fitted dwelling is where, in addition to the core, central and localised systems, additional fixtures and fittings have alsobeenprovided to mitigate environmental impacts whilst the dwelling is in-use throughout its lifespan.

— Interior finishes such as floor, wall and door finishes, and furniture (e.g. kitchens and bathrooms)— Hot and cold, potable and non-potablewater fittings— Internal fittings such as recycling bins, washing - dry line &white goods— Monitoring equipment such as energymeters and display devices

Partially Fitted and Fully Fitted Dwelling Assessments and minimumBREEAM standards

Allminimum BREEAMstandards remain applicable to partially fitted assessments for the developer’s scope of works. The onlyexceptions are;

— Minimum standards for BREEAMissues/credits/criteria which are not assessed in a partially fitted project(confirmed by the Residential – Partially and Fully Fitted ComplianceNotes in each issue)

— Wat 01,where theminimum standard canbe excluded if water fittings are not going to be installed onbehalf ofthe newhomeowner/occupant.


Appendix F – Examples of BREEAMNewConstruction certificates Appendix

Appendix F – Examples of BREEAM New Construction

certificates

Examples of BREEAMNewConstruction certificates for the interim Design Stage and final Post-construction stage areprovided in Figure 7 belowand Figure 8 below respectively.

Figure 7 Example of Interim Certificate at Design Stage

Figure 8 Example of Final Certificate at Post-construction stage



Appendix G - Considerate constructor scheme

requirements

Organisational, local or national considerate constructor schemerequirements (guidance for scheme administrators)

The purpose of this appendix is to provide guidance for considerate construction scheme administrators or operators,against which they candeterminewhether their scheme is potentially eligible for recognition in BREEAMas a ‘compliantscheme’ and thereforewhether performance, as assessed or rated by that scheme, is appropriate for the purpose ofawarding BREEAMcredits.

Where the administrator has reviewed their scheme against the requirements belowand wishes to have the scheme listed inBREEAMas a ‘compliant scheme’, they should contact the BREEAMoffice at BREGlobal, providing the following information:

1. A descriptionof the scheme’s operation, including how it monitors and verifies compliance and to what standards it (orits assessors) are accredited.

2. The scheme’s requirements3. How the scheme scores or rates contractor and site performance against that code of practice.4. If relevant, the number of projects that have used the scheme and the average score or level of performance achieved

BREGlobalwill then inform the schemeoperator of the next steps in the reviewand listing process.

Please note:BREGlobal do not provide translation services and therefore considerate construction scheme administrators oroperators must submit translated documents (in English) alongside the relevant sections of the original documents.

Operational scheme requirements1. The scheme has a code of practice (see below for scope).2. The assessment and scoring for the scheme is structured such that it is possible to determine and rate the performance

of the contractor or site against the scheme as a whole, and for individual code of practice items, on the basis of:a. Non-complianceb. Compliance (level required to achieve two BREEAMcredits)c. ‘Beyond’ compliance (if applicable), e.g. top quartile performanced. Exemplary practice, e.g. top 10%performance

3. The scheme has defined a baseline of performance against whichperformance of individual items and overall projectperformance is determined. This baseline should broadly alignwithwidely recognised good practice on constructionsites within the country of assessment or wider international region.

4. The performance of contractors and sites are independentlymonitored and verified by individuals or service providersappointed by the scheme administrator.

5. The scheme administrator demonstrates what measures they have in place to ensure that thosewho undertakeassessment and verificationhave the necessary skills, knowledge and experience to do so competently.

6. Construction sites are visited at least once by themonitor during the constructionphase to verify compliancewith andrate performance against the schemes code of practice (or more frequently for sites where the constructionphase islonger than12 months).

7. Construction site performance is reported by themonitor and anoverall score or compliance determined for each sitevisit.

8. A certificate of performance or compliance is awarded to the contractor by the scheme administrator.9. The scheme administrator operates a public complaints procedure and investigates complaints accordingly

Scope of scheme’s code of practice

The scheme’s code of practicemust include or account for the following categories and items:


AppendixG - Considerate constructor scheme requirements Appendix

Environmental awareness and impact mitigation

Demonstrate constructor awareness, consideration and mitigationof the impact of the site on the environment.

1. EnvironmentalManagement Systems or environmental policy2. Management and preventionof light, noise, air, land and water pollution3. Energy and water saving measures or processes4. Waste reduction and diversion from landfillmeasures or processes5. Responsibly sourced and low impact constructionmaterials6. Locally source labour and suppliers7. Monitoring and targeting of environmental impacts8. Protectionof ecological features9. Lowor zero carbon sources of energy10. Construction site operative awareness and training

Safe and adequate access

Demonstrate that the constructor operates the site in amanner that ensures safe access to and around the site.

1. Site trafficmanagement plan2. Unobstructed, clearly signed and safe roads, footpaths and diversions3. Accessible, safe and signed site and site accommodation for all genders or abilities4. Secure site and boundary5. Provisionof safety information and emergencyprocedures6. Provisionof signs, notices and other information in the common local languages7. Protectionof the public from site activities, e.g. plant movement, debris etc.8. Management of site visitors

Safe and considerate working environment

Demonstrate that the constructor is operating the site in a clean, safe and accountablemanner in order to ensure thewellbeing of site operatives and to minimise the risk to their health and safety.

1. Provisionof clean, wellmaintained and appropriately sized or located or screened site facilities (showers, changing ordrying facilities or smoking areas or canteens)

2. Occupational health guidance and provisionof emergency informationor procedures, first aiders and first aidequipment

3. Clean and wellmaintained workareas and plant4. Monitoring or preventing anti-social or criminal behaviour on site and around perimeter, e.g. littering, abusive or

offensive language, vandalism or graffiti.5. Provisionof clean and appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)6. Implementation,monitoring and compliancewith a health and safety planproduced for the site (a planwhich sets out

procedures to ensure constructionwork is carried out safely for the protection and welfare of siteworkers and otherswho maybe affected by thework)

7. Professional appearance and behaviour of site operatives8. Training needs of site operatives

Good neighbour

Demonstrate that the constructor operates the site in amanner that is considerate to the surrounding neighbours and thosewho visit the localitywithin the sites vicinity.

1. Communication, notification and accessible information concerning site activities or programmeor information,including emergencyprocedures or contacts

2. Accessible sitemanagement and comments procedure3. Maintenance and cleanliness of site, perimeter and adjacent roads and site access4. Dust and noise preventionmeasures5. Site image, including visually appropriate and wellmaintained site hoardings and boundary and advertised scheme

involvement6. Wider community engagement


Checklist BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

16.0 Checklists


Checklist A1 Checklist

Checklist A1

SeeMan03 Responsible constructionpractices

This section is intended to demonstrate that the constructor operates the site in amanner that guarantees a safe andappropriate access to, around and on the site. The following items demonstrate compliancewith this section:

Table 66Checklist A1 - Safe and adequate access requirements

REF Criteria Y Evidence or referencerequired

Validation and justification

a Appropriate and safe access to the site isprovided. This must include as aminimum:

— Provisionof parking onor near siteORa public transport nodewith anaverage frequency under 30minutes within 500mORadedicated transport service to amajor public transport nodeprovided by the contractor.

— Good lighting ANDAdequatebarriers AND uniform surfaces, i.e.no trip hazards outside the siteboundary

— All accesses to be clean and mudfree

— Hoarding or scaffolding, whichforms part of or is external to thesite boundary, to bewell lit at nightAND scaffold netting is in place andwellmaintained

See copyof parking planand check transport anddedicated servicetimetables and viewotherfacilities are on site.

b Appropriate and safe access on site isprovided. This must include as aminimum:

— Footpaths marked with ramps andsigns

— Pathways wide enough forwheelchairs

— Accessibility of all areas by visually orhearing impaired visitors

— All site hazards advertised at the siteentrance

Viewon site and checkthat list of hazards iscomplete

c Site entrances and exits are clearlymarkedfor visitors and delivery drivers to see.

Viewon site

d Site reception is clearly signposted ORallvisitors are escorted to the reception

Checkonarrival for thesigns OR see a copyof theinductionprocedure.





e The post boxhas beenplaced on thepavement to avoid the postman fromentering the site.

Viewon site

f Where there areminority communitiesspeaking a different language in the area orworking on site, notices are printed in thecommon local language

Check the area and thestaffs register for aminority culturecommunity.Where this ispresent on- or off-site,check for signs in thecommunity's language.

g All road signs or names canbe seenORwhena road signor name is obstructed areplacement has beenerected

Viewon site

h Where a site is in an area with severecongestion it has a delivery point remotefrom a site, deliveries are thenmade insmaller vehicles and timed to cause the leastinconvenience.

Viewprocedures on site.

2Good Neighbour

This section is intended to demonstrate that the constructor operates the site in amanner that is considerate to thesurrounding neighbours. The following items demonstrate compliancewith this section:

Table 67Checklist A1 - Good neighbour requirements



a Introductory letters have beenor will be sentto all neighbours AND there is acommitment to write and thankneighboursat the end of the contract for their patienceAND provide a feedback form

See copies of letters withlist of addresses.A copyof thiscommitment should beprovided or a copyof astandard letter that isalways sent at the end ofa project.A copyof the feedbackformmust be providedalongside a procedure tomonitor the results andimplement changes forfuturework.





b Site hours and noisywork restrictions areappropriate to the area, in particular whenthe site is located near:

— Houses— Schools— Hospitals— Industrial Units— Major public Transport Nodes— City centres— Shopping facilities

Copyof statement ofintent, policy, agreementetc to be provided

c The site boundary (which includes all areasaffected by theworks) is clearly and safelymarked and appropriate to theenvironment:

— The colour of the hoarding has beenconsidered in terms of thesurrounding environment.

— Pedestrians have a suitable, safeand protected passage around thesite boundary

— There arewell lit warning signs forthe benefit of the pedestrian androad user

— The site’s surroundings are seenbythe public as tidy and clean

Asksitemanager if anythought was given to thehoarding and the locationof the site. Is the hoardingclearly and safelymarked,clean, neat and wellmaintained?Ensure that there are nocomplaints about the sitebeing untidy or that iftherewere this wasquickly rectified and notrepeated.

d There is a complaints bookavailable ANDevidence that complaints are being dealtwith immediately

Inspect the complaintsbookand checkresponses for timeliness

e Local people are appropriately informed bythe use of a notice board:

— Of the site progress— Of the company contact details

(telephone number or website oremail address)

Viewon site

f Light is shielded from the neighbours Copyof the temporaryworks indicating lightshielding or the sitemanager mustdemonstrate how thelight shielding works or isnot applicable.





g Site personnel are discouraged from usinglocal facilities in their site clothes. Examples ofhow this might be achieved include :

— A canteen— Staggered breaks for different

gangs.— Provisionof showers or wash

rooms.— Provisionof lockers.— A request to leave PPE (Personal

Protective Equipment) on site.

Viewon site.Checkprocedures withthe SiteManager.

h There is a volume restrictionon radio use orthere is a radio ban

Check if restrictionor banis in place and how this isenforced

3 Environmentally Aware

This section is intended to demonstrate that the constructor has considered the impact of the site on the environment andhas implemented measures to mitigate this impact. The following items demonstrate compliancewith this section:

Table 68Checklist A1 - Environmentally aware requirements



a There are restrictions on the effects of lightpollution and all lights are directional andnon-polluting. If there is a site-specificenvironmental policywhich sets restrictionson lighting, this point canbe awarded.

Viewon site.

b Energy saving measures are implementedon site. Examples of this include:

— Lowenergy lighting— Switching off equipment whennot

in use— Installing thermostats— Installing timers— Choosing energy efficient

equipmentIf there is a site-specific environmental policywhichdefines energy saving measures, thispoint canbe awarded.

Viewon site.





c An impact minimisation strategy review is inplace for the site. The reviewshould considerthe impact of the site in environmental termsand howany adverse effects are beingminimised, e.g. protectionof ecologicalfeatures, pollution control.

View impact minimisationstrategy.

d Water saving measures are implemented onsite and monitored. If there is a site-specificenvironmental policywhich indicates howwater saving measures aremanaged andmonitored on site, this point canbeawarded.

Viewprocedures on site.

e Alternative energy sources have beenconsidered.

Viewon site.

f Fuel oil spillage equipment is available. Viewon site. Ensure thespillage equipment islocated where spillagesmayoccur to ensure arapid response time.

g Sumps are provided in cases of heavywaterrun-off. If there is a site-specificenvironmental policywhich indicates howheavywater run-off will beminimised anddealt with on site, this point canbe awarded.

Viewon site.

h Materials and equipment are tidily stackedand protected and covered wherenecessaryAND there is adequate space fornewmaterials to be stored in securedcovered areas to avoid damage, theft andto protect fromweather.

Viewon site. Ensure thatwhere the space has beenprovided, it is being usedcorrectly

4 Safe and considerate working environment

This section is intended to demonstrate that the constructor is operating the site in a clean and safemanner in order to ensurethewellbeing of its workers and to minimise the risk to their health and safety. The following items demonstrate compliancewith this section:



Table 69Checklist A1 - Safe and considerateworking environment requirements



a Adequate facilities are provided on-site forworkers and visitors. Thesemust include as aminimum:

— Separatemale, female and disabledtoilets

— Working usable showers ANDsuitable changing areas

— Lockers in the drying room— Dedicated smoking area— Suitable and safe accommodation

(where provided)

Viewon site

b Site facilities arewellmaintained and clean.This must cover as aminimum:

— Areas around the canteen, officesand skips

— Sitewelfare facilities (including toiletsand changing areas)

— Dedicated smoking area

Viewon site.

c Private or visually-impacting areas arescreened. Thesemust include as aminimum:

— Areas around the canteen, officesand skips where necessary.

— Toilets— Dedicated smoking area

Viewon site.

d Clean Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) isavailable for use by visitors

Checkcompanypolicyand procedure and if it isbeing implemented onsite

e Health and Safety procedures are in place forthe following issues:

— Appropriate training of all staffincluding non-native operatives tounderstand health and safety (H&S)best practices and informationdisplayed on site

— Operatives’ exposure to the sun— Operatives’ identification; all

operatives to be provided with aphoto identification clip card

— Reporting of all incidents (minor andserious) and near misses

— Ensuring that an appropriatenumber of first aiders and first aidequipment are available for the site.

Checkcompanypolicyand procedures and howthese are enforcedCheck first aid book inparticular for minoraccidents.Check the first aiders listand their qualifications(must be less than3 yearsold). Check that each firstaiders have a boxwithbasic equipment and thatthey have access to moreequipment if necessaryand that they knowwhereto find it.





f There is posted material indicating nearestpolice station and Hospital (withAccident &Emergency facilities) in the following areas asaminimum:

— Site reception— Site canteen— Main site office

Spot checkmanagers,operatives, receptionstaff to check they knowthis informationor atleast where theywouldfind it. Check inductiontalk.

g An inspectionhas been carried out by aHealth and Safety inspector or equivalent.

Viewon site.

h Emergency escape routes well identified andclear emergency evacuationprocedure ANDdrills carried out.

Viewon site.Writtenproof of fire drillprocedure.

Signed by:


Checklist A2 BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

Checklist A2

SeeMan04 Commissioning and handover onpage 55.

Table 70Checklist A2 - Home user guide requirements

Checklist A2 - Home user guide requirements YES/NO

Part 1 – Operational issues

a. Environmentalstrategyor designand features

1. Details of any specific environmental or energydesign strategyor featuresincluding anoverviewof the reasons for their use (e.g. environmental andeconomic savings and restrictions onmaking alterations) and how they shouldbest be operated.

Strategies or features could include passive solar design, super insulation, energyefficient timber windows, heat recovery systems, solar hot water systems,photovoltaics, passive vents or the use of certified timber or SuDSwithin theboundary of individual properties.

b. Energy 1. Sufficient information about the building, the fixed building services and theirmaintenance requirements, for example;a. Provide a suitable set of operating and maintenance instructions aimed at

achieving economy in the use of fuel and power in a way that occupierscanunderstand. The instructions should be directly related to theparticular systems installed in the dwelling and account for the differentdemands likely to be placed on the system during the year

b. Details of any renewable systems and how theyoperatec. Details of lowenergy light fittings, their use and their benefits, e.g. energy

and cost savings compared to traditional light fittingsd. Details of any energy labelling scheme for domestic equipment or

appliancese. General informationonenergy efficiencyf. Details onhow to use and maintain anenergymeter where one is installedor provided.

c.Water Use 1. Details of water saving measures and tips2. Externalwater use and efficiency, e.g. the use of water butts or other type of

rainwater recycling systems

d. Recycling andwaste

1. Information about a local authority or government collection scheme (ifapplicable)

2. If the home is not covered by a local collection scheme, details and locationofcommunal recycling bins, skips or facilities

3. Informationon the location and use of any recycling and compost bins4. Informationonwhere residents canobtain informationor guidance on

recycling and sustainablewaste disposal, e.g. local authority or privateorganisation.


Checklist A2 Checklist A2

Checklist A2 - Home user guide requirements YES/NO

e. Links, referencesand furtherinformation

1. References or links to other information including websites, publications andorganisations providing informationonhow to run the home efficiently and inthe best environmentally sound way. As aminimum, this should include links to:a. Further good practice guidance onhow to save energyb. The company responsible for the constructionof the propertyc. The company responsible for themanagement of the home (where

applicable)2. In all instances both anaddress or telephone contact number and a

URL should be provided.

f. Provisionofinformation inalternative formats

1. Include details of the procedure for obtaining a copyof the guide inalternative formats, including alternative languages, Braille, large print or audiocassette or CD. This should include the contact details of the personororganisation responsible for producing the guide

Checklist A2 - HomeUser Guide YES/NO

Part 2 – Site and surroundings

a. Recycling andwaste

1. Informationonwhat to do withwaste not covered by a standard weekly localauthority collection scheme for example fridges or freezers, computerequipment, batteries and other potentially hazardous equipment. In someareas the local authoritywill collect these items. If this is the case, details andinformationof such a collection should be provided

2. Information and locationof local recycling facilities and waste tips

b. Sustainable(urban) drainagesystems (SuDS)

1. Details of SuDSwithin the site boundary including anoverviewof the reasonsand benefits behind their use (e.g. preventionof localised flooding) and adviceonmaintenance and operation

c. Public transport 1. Details of local public transport facilities including maps and timetables andthe locationof nearbybus stops, trains, or subways or metro stations

2. Details of cycle storage and cycle paths in the area including, if available, cyclepathnetworkmaps for thewhole townor local area

3. Details of car parking and informationonavailable parkand ride, car sharingschemes or car pools or car hire in the area

4. Details onhow to get to local amenities in the area bypublic transport orcycling

d. Local amenities 1. Details of the locationof food shops, post boxes, postal facilities, bankorcashpoints, pharmacies, schools, medical centres, leisure centres, communitycentres, places of worship, public houses, children’s play areas, outdoor openaccess public areas

2. Other local amenities such as places of interest or cultural value, areas ofbeauty, wildlife, conservation, allotments etc.



Checklist A2 - HomeUser Guide YES/NO

e. Responsiblepurchasing

1. Include information about the purchasing of:a. Energy and water efficient domestic equipment or appliancesb. Electrical equipment, including light fittings and bulbsc. Timber products from sustainable sourcesd. Organic food procurement or food growing or local produce or local

food provision, e.g. farmers markets, organic box schemes etc.

f. Emergencyinformation

1. Contact details for emergency services including:a. Locationof localminor injuries clinics or hospitals or similar facilities.b. Locationof nearest police and fire station

g. Links, referencesand furtherinformation

1. References or links to other information including websites, publications andorganisations providing informationonhow to reduce the environmentalimpact in terms of transport, the use of local amenities, responsiblepurchasing etc. Such references or links may include links to:a. The local authority (including information about recycling and waste tips)b. Local transport providers (e.g. bus or train companies)c. Local amenities

In all instances both anaddress or telephone contact number and aweb link shouldbe provided

Developer Confirmation

By entering a ‘YES’ against the criteria above, I confirm that all dwellings of this specification type on the ENTER SITENAMEsitemeet the stated criteria.

Signature:Date:Print Name:



Checklist A3

SeeHea 06 Accessibility onpage 124.

Table 71 Access strategy checklist 76

Ref Requirements YES/NO

1 Approach

The strategy sets out the approach that the applicant has adopted towards access, withparticular reference to the inclusionof disabled people, people of different age groups,genders, ethnicity and stamina and fitness levels, and parents with children. This should includehow relevant local, regional and national development or planning policies have been takenaccount of.The strategy indicates how the approachoutlined within it will inform decisions takenthroughout the development process.

2 Consultation

The strategyprovides informationon the results of any consultation carried out (or to be carriedout) on access issues with (depending on the scale of development):1. Relevant parties and bodies (see Compliance notes under Man01)2. Technical specialists, e.g. access, highway, crime prevention and urbandesign advice.

3 Howaccess will be achieved

The strategy explains how:1. The layout provides practical access2. Surrounding roads, footpaths and sight lines will be linked3. Lighting, views, signs and desire lines are used to improve access.

Diagrams are produced to show:1. Howpeople canmove to and through the place.2. Priority access arrangements for different users, e.g. pedestrians, cyclists and motorised

vehicles

The strategy explains how:1. Internal access will be designed, provided and used.For speculative buildings the strategy should demonstrate options for proposed layouts anddetail the flexibility of the design to take into account the speculative nature of the development

The strategy explains how:1. Visibility of entrances and entrance areas and facilities (e.g. toilets, conference rooms etc.)

will be addressed in the design2. Levels and gradients changewithin public spaces, including pavements and dropped

kerbs, bus stops, parking spaces (including disabled parking spaces)3. Symbols and pictures will be used (where appropriate) to help people navigate

The strategy shows public and private spaces and explains how the designhas helped makethese areas safe.



Ref Requirements YES/NO

The strategy shows that disabled peoplewill not be segregated but will be able to move up anddown in a building and use the same entrances, corridors and rooms as everyone elsewithoutdetours.

The strategy explains howaccess for the emergency services will be provided. This may includeareas for congregation in the event of anemergencywhich should include provision fordisabled refuge points



Checklist A4

SeeHea 06 Accessibility

Lifetime homes design criteria

Note:This checklist should not be used on its own. Please refer to the LifetimeHomeswebsite to view the details of eachofthe 16 individual criteria. This checklist briefly summarises all 16 criteria.

Development Name:

Checklist A4 Hea 06 Accessibility YES/NO

LifetimeHomesDesignCriteria

LifetimeHomes Standard

(1) Parking (Widthorwidening Capability

(1)a ‘Onplot’ (non-communal) parking Where a dwelling has carparking within its individual plot boundary, at least one parkingspace length should be capable of enlargement to achieve aminimumwidthof 3300mm.

(1)b Communal or shared parking Where parking is provided bycommunal or shared bays, spaces with a widthof 3300mm, inaccordancewith the specificationdetailed on the LifetimeHomes- parking website, should be provided.

(2)Approach todwelling from parking(distance, gradientsand widths)

The distance from the car parking space of Criterion1 to thedwelling entrance (or relevant blockentrance or lift core), shouldbe kept to aminimum and be level or gently sloping. The distancefrom visitors parking to relevant entrances should be as short aspracticable and be level or gently sloping.

(3)Approach to allentrances

The approach to all entrances should preferably be level or gentlysloping, and in accordancewith the specificationdetailed on theLifetimeHomes - approach to dwelling website.

(4) Entrances All entrances should:a) Be illuminatedb)Have level access over the threshold; andc)Have effective clear opening widths and nibs as specified below.In addition,main entrances should also:d)Have adequateweather protectione)Have a level external landing.


http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/revised-design-criteria.html

http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/1b-communal-or-shared-parking.html

http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/1b-communal-or-shared-parking.html

http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/3-approach-to-all-entrances.html





(5) Communal stairsand lifts

(5)a Communal Stairs Principal access stairs should provide easyaccess in accordancewith the specificationdetailed on theLifetimeHomes - communal stairs website, regardless of whetheror not a lift is provided

(5)b Communal Lifts Where a dwelling is reached by a lift, it shouldbe fully accessible in accordancewith the specificationdetailed onthe LifetimeHomeswebsite.

(6) Internal doorwaysand hallways

Movement in hallways and throughdoorways should be asconvenient to thewidest range of people, including those usingmobility aids or wheelchairs, and thosemoving furniture or otherobjects. As a general principle, narrower hallways and landings willneed wider doorways in their sidewalls. Thewidthof doorwaysand hallways should conform to the specificationdetailed on theLifetimeHomes - internal doorways and hallways website.

7) Circulation Space There should be space for turning a wheelchair in dining areas andliving rooms and basic circulation space for wheelchair userselsewhere.

(8) Entrance level livingspace

A living room or living space should be provided on the entrancelevel of every dwelling.

(9) Potential forentrance level bed-space

Indwellings with two or more storeys, with no permanentbedroom on the entrance level, there should be space on theentrance level that could be used as a convenient temporary bed-space.

(10) Entrance levelWCand shower drainage

Where anaccessible bathroom, in accordancewithCriterion14 ofthis list, is not provided on the entrance level of a dwelling, theentrance level should have anaccessibleWC compartment, withpotential for a shower to be installed – as detailed in thespecificationon the LifetimeHomes - entrance level shower anddrainagewebsite.

(11)WC andbathroomwalls

Walls in all bathrooms and WC compartments should be capableof firm fixing and support for adaptations such as grab rails.

(12) Stairs andpotential through-floor lift in dwelling

The designwithin a dwelling of two or more storeys shouldincorporate both: a) Potential for stair lift installation; and, b)Asuitable identified space for a through-the–floor lift from theentrance level to a storey containing amainbedroom and abathroom satisfying criterion (14) Bathrooms on the facing page.


http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/5a-communal-stairs.html

http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/6-internal-doorways-and-hallways.html

http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/10-entrance-level-wc-and-shower-drainage.html

http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/10-entrance-level-wc-and-shower-drainage.html





(13) Potential forfitting of hoists andbedroom orbathroom

Structure above amainbedroom and bathroom ceilings shouldbe capable of supporting ceiling hoists and the design shouldprovide a reasonable route between this bedroom and thebathroom.

(14) Bathrooms Anaccessible bathroom, providing ease of access in accordancewith the specificationdetailed on the LifetimeHomes -bathroomswebsite should be provided in every dwelling on thesame storey as amainbedroom.

15)Glazing andwindowhandleheights

Windows in the principal living space (typically the living room),should allowpeople to see out when seated. In addition, at leastone opening light in eachhabitable room should be approachableand usable by a wide range of people, including thosewithrestricted movement and reach.

(16) Locationofservice controls

Service controls should bewithin a height band of 450mmto1200mm from the floor and at least 300mm away from anyinternal room corner.

Developer Confirmation

By entering a ‘YES’ against the above LifetimeHomes criteria, I confirm that all dwellings of this specification type on the[ENTER SITENAME_____________________ ] sitemeet the current LifetimeHomes criteria.

Signature:Date:Print Name:


http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/14-bathrooms.html

http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/14-bathrooms.html


Checklist A5

Ene 01 - Energy efficient features

See – onpage 143.

Table 72Ene 01 Energy efficient features checklist

Ref Option2 – Energy efficient featurescriteria requirements and guidance

Residentialcredits

Non-residentalcredits

ITEMS APPROPRIATE FORALL ASSESSMENTS

Lighting up to 3 up to 2

1 Internal daylit and non-daylit areas have switching controls that takeaccount of absence or occupancy, or daylighting as recommended byASHRAEStandard 90.1 and the California EnergyCode.

Notapplicable tobuilding type

1

Note Adequate lighting controls must also be provided to all ancillary areas(as applicable) such as:1. Store rooms and cold stores2. Plant and control rooms3. Toilet, washroom and shower areas4. Circulation areas, corridors and stairwells

2 Where at least 80%of general internal luminaires in fixed fittings achieveanefficacy of at least 65 luminaire lumens/Watt or greater.

1

Note General internal lighting refers to all internal light fittings but excludesthose used for emergencypurposes. The assessor should note that thebenchmark is for individual fittings, not the average lumens per circuitwatt.

-




Residentialcredits


3 In order to award the residential lighting credits:1. An information leaflet explaining efficacy in terms of lighting and

the benefits of purchasing highefficacy LowEnergy Lamps (LELs)must be provided in eachdwelling.

Prerequisite Notapplicable tobuilding type

4 75%of the fixed internal fittings as a percentage of the total number offixed light fittings within habitable rooms have been fitted with LELs.

1

5 100%of the fixed internal fittings as a percentage of the total numberof fixed light fittings within habitable rooms have been fitted with LELs.

2

Note Habitable rooms are defined as follows:1. Living rooms/ dining rooms2. Kitchen/ Utility rooms3. Bedrooms4. Hallways5. Studies6. Offices7. Play rooms, games rooms or leisure rooms8. Bathrooms9. WCs

-

6 All internal space lighting in the communal areas, excluding statutorysafety lighting, have fixed fittings fitted with:1. LELs)2. Movement detecting control devices (PIR)3. Daylight cut-off sensors OR timers.

1

Note For residential lighting criteriaLELsare deemed as bulbs that have aluminous efficacy greater than50 lumens per circuit watt and 40 lumensper circuit watt for LEDs.

-

Water heat generator efficiency 1 1

7 Hot water is supplied via a self-contained system that has anefficiencyof ≥ 85% (either central or de-centralised)ORwhere decentralised gasfired storage heaters are specified that have anefficiencyof ≥ 85%

1 1

Note Thewater heating system is design in accordancewith therecommendations of ASHRAEStandard 90.1 and the controls specifiedare in compliancewith the guidance for hot water systems.Where thebuilding is not heated this credit is not available.

- -




Residentialcredits


Lowand zero carbon technologies up to 2 up to 2

8 At least 10%of total electricity or heating and cooling demand isgenerated on site from lowor zero carbon technologies

1 1

9 At least 20%of total electricity or heat and cooling demand isgenerated on site from lowor zero carbon technologies

2 2

Note The lowand zero carbon technologies as listed in BREEAMissue Ene 04Lowcarbondesignonpage 165 canbe used to demonstratecompliance. Other systemsmaybe acceptable as part of a LZC strategyunder this issue but are not inherently considered as LZC technologies.Acceptabilitywill be dependent on the nature of the system proposed.The BREEAMAssessor must confirm acceptabilitywith BRE if in doubt.

- -

BUILDINGSERVICES ENGINEERMUSTCONFIRM ITEMS ARE APPROPRIATE FORTHE ASSESSMENT

Building fabric 5 5

10 5% improvement on the U-value requirements inASHRAEEnergyStandard 90.1-2010 (for all buildings except low rise residentialbuildings) or ASHRAEEnergy Standard 90.2-2007 (for low riseresidential buildings).

1 1

11 10% improvement on the U-value requirements inASHRAE10Standard90.1-2010 or 90.2-2007 (as applicable).

2 2

12 15% improvement on the U-value requirements inASHRAEStandard90.1-2010 or 90.2-2007 (as applicable).

3 3

13 Pressure test shows air permeability≤ 50%of leakage value of currentnational standards. If national standards are not available, 5m3/h/m2@50Pa should be takenas themaximum value for air permeability toachieve the credit.

1 1

14 Pressure test shows air permeability≤ 75%of leakage value of currentnational standards. If national standards are not available,2.5m3/h/m2@50Pa should be takenas themaximum value for airpermeability to achieve the credits.

2 2




Residentialcredits


Space heat generator efficiency 1 1

15 The seasonal efficiencyof the source of space heating is ≥ 90%. Thesystemmust also complywithALLof the following:1. The heating system is to be designed in accordancewith the

recommendations of ASHRAEStandard 90.1.2. At least 75%of the heat demand must be sourced by the heating

systemwith the highest efficiency; the remaining top-up heat mustbe supplied by a highefficiency heating source ≥ 80%;

3. Where the heating system comprises of an arrangement ofmultiple boilers or heat sources, the seasonal efficiencyof themultiple boiler systemmust be ≥ 85%

4. Where low-temperature systems are specified, 100%of the heatmust be sourced from a condensing boiler;

5. The overall system efficiency, i.e. the distribution and seasonalboiler efficiency, is ≥ 70%.

6. The heating system controls must be in compliancewithASHRAEStandard 90.1.

7. A form of variable flowcontrol is fitted, i.e. variable speed pumps.Where CHP is specified the credit canbe awarded provided that:1. The CHP operates as the lead boiler;2. Remaining output is provided by condensing boilers with an

efficiencyof ≥ 85%3. Boost output provided byhighefficiencyboilers ≥ 80%;4. The CHP plant must have anefficiencyof ≥ 85%;5. The system controls complywith the requirements outlined

above.

1 1

Note 1. In order to determine the seasonal efficiencyof the boiler used forspace heating the linkbelowprovides a list of boilers and theirassociated efficiencies. If the boiler used in the assessment is noton this list, the closest match canbe used to demonstratecompliance. http://www.sedbuk.com/

2. Where electric heating is specified it must demonstrate the sameefficiency to achieve the credit, i.e. that it accounts for distributionlosses from the energy networkwhendetermining efficiency.Where the electricity is sourced inpart or full from alternativerenewable or lowcarbon sources then the efficiencyof the systemwill need to be calculated according to the ratio of electricitydemand sourced from each supply.

3. Where demand is partlymet byon-site renewable or lowcarbonforms of heating (e.g. heat pumps or solar hot water), then thatsystem’s output should be counted towards the overall systemoutput for calculating system efficiency.

4. Where the building is not heated this credit is not available.

- -


http://www.sedbuk.com/



Residentialcredits


Cooling and ventilation up to 2 up to 4

16 Inorder to award the cooling system credits:1. Criteria Hea 04 Thermal comfort: onpage 104–Hea 04 Thermal

comfort: onpage 104 must be achieved.2. Air-conditioning systems specified must have:

a. A form of variable flowcontrol fitted, i.e. variable speed drives;b. Controls to prevent simultaneous heating and cooling.c. Temperature and humidity (where applicable) set points

selected for minimum energy consumption consistent withcomfort conditions.

Prerequisite

17 Where the design incorporates a system of providing lowcarboncooling to completely displace the need for a mechanical coolingsystemORThe cooling system has a Coefficient of Performance (COP) of > 4.5.

1 1

Note Compliancewith this credit will be shown if the designhas used a lowcarbon cooling technology, such as, but not exclusively limited to:1. Night-time cooling, i.e. requires fabric to have a high thermalmass;2. Ground coupled air cooling3. Displacement ventilation (not linked to any active cooling system)4. Ground water cooling5. Surfacewater cooling6. Evaporative cooling, direct or indirect7. Passive house (Passivhaus) cooling strategies8. Desiccant dehumidification and evaporative cooling, using waste

heat9. Absorption cooling, using waste heat10. The building does not require any form of cooling, i.e. it is naturally

ventilated.The assessment of this credit excludes specialist cooling systems (suchas server rooms, cold food storage etc). The assessor should confirmwith BREwhich specialist cooling systemsmaybe excluded from theassessment of this credit.

- -




Residentialcredits


18 All ductworkand air handling units (AHUs) are certified to meet the bestleakage standardsORNo mechanical ventilation (apart fromwhere required as part ofnational building regulations; such systems should also complywith theleakage standards below).


1

Note Examples of best practice standards are ductwork tested to EN 137792007 [5] class B and AHUs tested to EN 1886 2007 [6] class L1 orASHRAEStandard 62.1 – 2010 Ventilation for acceptable indoor airquality and ASHRAE-90.1-2007 Energy standard for buildings.

19 Where the specific fanpower for themechanical ventilation systemspecified is:1. ≤ 0.6W/litre/second for continuous extract ventilation systems2. ≤ 1.0W/litre/second for whole houseMVHRwhen running at each

of its settings AND achieves a heat recovery efficiencyof at least85%

ORNomechanical ventilation (apart fromwhere required as part ofnational building regulations; such systems should also complywith thespecific fanpower level above).

1 Notapplicable tobuilding type

Note Where themechanical ventilation systems specified for the residentialbuilding are complex and more akin to the systems specified in Ref 20on the next page, the Ref 20 on the next page criteria should be appliedto the assessment.




Residentialcredits


20 Where the specific fanpower for themechanical ventilation systemspecified is:1. ≤ 1.6W/litre/second for centralmechanical ventilation systems

including heating only2. ≤ 1.8W/litre/second for centralmechanical ventilation systems

including heating and coolingANDThe system:1. Has a form of variable flowcontrol fitted, i.e. variable speed drives2. Canbe controlled in accordancewith the recommendationof

ASHRAEStandard 90.1.ORNo mechanical ventilation (apart fromwhere required as part ofnational building regulations; such systems should also complywith thespecific fanpower level above).


1

Note Where themechanical ventilation systems specified for the non-residential building are simple and more akin to the systems specified inRef 19 on the previous page, the Ref 19 on the previous page criteriashould be applied to the assessment.

-

21 Where amethod of heat recovery is integrated into the designof themechanical ventilation system,AND:1. Achieves a heat recovery efficiencyof at least 75%2. Has a form of variable flowcontrol fitted, i.e. variable speed drives3. Canbe controlled in accordancewith the recommendationof

ASHRAEStandard 90.1.Where the building is naturally ventilated this credit is not available.

1

Total number of credits achieved: (Please note, a maximum of 10 credits maybeawarded.)

/10 /10



Checklist A6

Wst 02 Recycled aggregate

To demonstrate that the local best practice guidance for defining "granular fill and capping as a highgrade use" isappropriate, the local guidance or standard must cover the requirements set out in Table 73 belowand Table 74 below.NOTE:The extent and scope of this local guidance or standards will be checked byBREwaste experts to ensure that the overalleffect is equivalent to the BREEAMrequirements.

Table 73 Sampling and testing of processed or recovered product

Property description Basic principals

General description

Aggregate composition (including organics) Visual sorting of the plus 8 mm fraction

Particle size and grading Size distributionof particles in an aggregate sampledetermined using test sieves (sieves meeting a national orequivalent standard for test sieves)

Fines content Percentage of aggregate bymass passing a 0.063 mmsieve

Particle shape Determinationof the proportion (bymass) of flat orelongated particles

Table 74 Requirement for additional testing of processed or recovered aggregate products by end use (note that tests andproperties given in brackets are only required where the test is relevant to the end applicationor the local climate or isconsidered otherwise essential)

Test or property Basic principle

(Surface abrasion resistance) Determination through testing of the ability of aggregate particles to retain theirshape characteristics under construction conditions and traffic. (when relevant tothe end use)

(Alkali silica reaction) Aggregate reactivity in concrete (RILEMAAR3 or equivalent method)where there isconcern about the possibility that the aggregate is alkali reactive.

(Resistance to freezing andthawing)

Resistance to fragmentationdue to freezing and thawing action. Acceleratedfreeze-thaw test, magnesium sulfate soundness value or equivalent method.

(Polishing resistance) Susceptibility of an aggregate to polishing (resistance to smoothing or loss ofsurface friction)when relevant to end use.

Bulkdensity Determinationof the loosely compacted bulkdensity of ovendry aggregate.



Test or property Basic principle

(Bearing capacity) Determinationof strengthor bearing capacity of compacted aggregate or soil.Relevant to use of unbound aggregates in building or road foundations.

(Chlorides) Determinationof water soluble chloride content (relevant to use in concrete ormortar)

Evidence that there is no releaseof dangerous substances

In particular emissionof radioactivity, release of heavymetals, release ofpolyaromatic hydrocarbons. Evidence to be provided when required and in case ofdoubt.

Water solubility Water solubility of aggregate (percentage bymass)

(Organic contamination) Relevant to use inmortar or concrete. Determinationof constituents affecting thesetting and hardening of concrete;presence of lightweight organic contaminators.

Particle density Specific gravity or relative density of aggregate

(Plasticity of fines) A highproportionof plastic fines maybe detrimental in asphalt or roadconstruction. Testing maynot be necessarywhere the total fines content of theaggregate does not exceed anagreed valuewhichhas beendetermined from localsatisfactory use.Where amount of fines maybe considered plastic or harmful,apply one of the following or other equivalent method: (a) sand equivalent value, (b)plasticity index, (c)methylene blue value

(Resistance to fragmentationorimpact)

Test to assess resistance of aggregate particles to degradationunder impact.

(Resistance to heat or thermalshock)

Relevant to applicationof aggregate in asphalt or bitumen. Change inphysicalproperties of aggregates subjected to 700 °C environment

Sulfates and sulphides When required, determinationof acid soluble sulfate or total sulfur.

Water absorption Increase inmass of a sample of ovendried aggregate due to the penetrationofwater into thewater accessible voids.



Checklist A7

LE01 - Contaminated land

Table 75 Checklist A7-1- Likelihood of significant contaminationon site

ItemNo

Questions Response

Instruction: Items 1 below–5 belowcanbe used to determine the likelihood of significant contamination to be present inor on the ground across the total site for the purposes of a rapid evaluation against the LE01 Site selectiononpage 347requirements:

— If the construction zone records a YESagainst anyof the questions thennationally recognised strategies forinvestigationof contamination should be followed, or where such strategies do not exist, a robust siteinvestigation, riskassessment and appraisal should be carried out by a competent contaminated-land specialistcovering the requirements of Table 76 on the next page as aminimum.

— If NO is recorded against all questions for the construction zone, then the sitemaybe defined as having nosignificant contamination and further investigation is not required, in such a case the credit cannot be awarded.This checklist is a simple reviewand in such instances the option remains for a site investigation, riskassessmentand appraisal to be carried out as defined in Table 76 on the next pagewhere the client wishes to do so.

1 Is the site registered by the local authority or anyother appropriate organisation ascontaminated?

Yes No

2 Does the site have anyhistorical or previous uses that mayhave caused the site tobecome contaminated (see LE01 Site selection– Additional informationonpage350 and also Checklist A7-3 below)?Where this cannot be answered because of alackof informationplease tick 'yes', i.e. assume theworst case scenario.

Yes No

3 Is the sitewithin 250m of landfill (e.g. active, not active, capped)? Yes No

4 Is the site knownor suspected to be contaminated (e.g. have studies alreadybeenundertakenon the site)?

Yes No

5 Does the local authority or other appropriate organisationpossess anyinformationon the site that maygive suspicions of contamination?Where thiscannot be answered because of a lackof informationplease tick 'yes', i.e. assumetheworst case scenario.

Yes No



Table 76 Checklist A7-2- Scope of site investigation, riskassessment and appraisal report.

ItemNo

Content Response

Section1: Preliminary investigation (desk study and site reconnaissance)

Instruction:Historical research and reviewof available information from sources such as archives, plans and records fromregulatory authorities to discover the past and current activities at a site and in the surrounding area to determine thepotential for the presence of contamination. If the preliminary investigationgives cause to believe theremaybecontamination (or no records canbe found) then further more detailed investigations will be required (section2 and 3). Ifnot, then the sitewill not be considered contaminated for the purposes of this BREEAMissue and the credit cannot beawarded. The studymust be carried out by a contaminated-land specialist as defined in the relevant definitions, ISO10381:577 gives guidance onwhat the a preliminary investigation should cover and for the purposes of BREEAMitshould cover the following as aminimum:

1.1 Purpose and aim of study Yes No

1.2 Site location and layout plans Yes No

1.3 Appraisal of site history Yes No

1.4 Assessment of environmental setting, covering:— Geology, hydrogeology, hydrology— Industrial activity— Locationof controlled waters (canals, estuaries, lakes, ponds, rivers,

springs, aquifers)— Pollution incidents, landfill sites within 250m etc.

Yes No

1.5 Assessment of current or proposed site use and surrounding land uses Yes No

1.6 Reviewof anyprevious site contamination studies (desk-based or intrusive) orremediationworks

Yes No

1.7 Preliminary (qualitative) assessment of risks:— Appraisal of potential contaminant sources, pathways and receptors— Conceptual sitemodel— Identificationof significant contamination

Yes No

1.8 Recommendations for intrusive contamination investigation if necessary Yes No

Section2: Site investigation report

Instruction:The report must investigate each aspect highlighted by the deskstudy, this comprises exploratory holesconstructed using themost appropriatemethod for the site to investigate the local subsurface strata (see ISO10381-5:2005 for further information). The report must cover the following as aminimum:



ItemNo

Content Response

2.1 Site investigationmethodology— Methods of investigation— Plan showing exploration locations— Justificationof exploration locations— Sampling and analytical strategies

Yes No

2.2 Results and findings of investigation— Ground conditions (soil and groundwater)— Discussionof soil, groundwater and surfacewater contamination

Yes No

2.3 Riskassessment— As aminimum, based on contaminant pathway receptor model— Takes account of severity of consequences and likelihood of occurrence.

Yes No

2.4 Where applicable, recommendations for remediationbased on:— Proposed site use— Riskassessment findings— Technical and financial appraisal.

Yes No

Section3: Options for remediation

Instruction: If remediation is deemed necessary following the site investigation, then a site-specific remediationmethodologymust be produced and followed. Consultationwith the regulatory authorities maybe required to ensuresatisfactory design and implementationof the remediationprogramme. The report must cover the following as aminimum:

3.1 Detailed outline of theworks to be carried out— Type, form and scale of contamination to be remediated— Remediationmethodology— Site plans or drawings— Phasing of works and approximate timescales

Yes No

3.2 Consents, agreements and licences (discharge consents, wastemanagementlicence etc.)

Yes No

3.3 Sitemanagement procedures to protect site neighbours, environment and amenityduring works:

— Health and safety procedures— Dust, noise and odour controls— Control of surface run-off

Yes No

3.4 Details of how theworks will be validated to ensure the remediationobjectives havebeenmet;

— Sampling strategy— Use of on-site observations, visual or olfactory evidence— Chemical analysis— Proposed clean-up standards (i.e. contaminant concentrations)

Yes No



Table 77 Checklist A7-3 Previous site uses which can cause significant contamination

Polluting activity Y/N Polluting activity Y/N Polluting activity Y/N

A list of themost commonpolluting activities and types of land contamination canbe found in the list belowor in Table 1of the UNEP document: 'Identification andManagement of Contaminated sites, Amethodological guide'78, UNEP andADEME, ADEMEeditions, Paris, 2005 (www.unep.fr/scp/waste/land.htm)

Agricultural uses Manufacturing ofasbestos

Timber and timberproducts industry

Chemicalworks Metal processing Use as a scrap metalstore

Energy industry - Powerstations

Paper, pulp and printingindustries

Waste disposal

Engineering andmanufacturing processes

Petrol stations Wastemanagementfacility

Extractive industry andmineral processing

Premises for dry cleaning Wood preserving yards

Food processing industry Productionof metal Works non-specified

Gas works Productionof non-metalsand their products

Demolitionof buildingsfor anyof the above uses

Glass making andceramics

Railway land Mining

Hospitals and cemeteries Road vehiclemaintenance Wastemanagement

Infrastructure Rubber industry Mills

Laboratories Sewerage treatment Oil refineries

Landfill Textile industry


http://www.unep.fr/scp/waste/land.htm

Glossaries

Glossary

A

ADMSAtmospheric DispersionModelling System

ADPEabiotic depletion eotential – elements;

AONBArea of Outstanding Natural Beauty

APAccredited Professional

AQAair quality assessment

ASWLApproved Standards and Weightings List

B

BAPBiodiversity actionplan

BIMBuilding InformationModel

BPMbest practicablemeans

BSBritish Standard

C

CCSConsiderate Constructors Scheme

CDMConstruction (Design andManagement) Regulations

CHPCombined heat and power

CICConstruction Industry Council


Glossaries BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

CIEEMChartered Institute of Ecology and EnvironmentalManagement

CIRIAConstruction Industry Research and InformationAssociation

CITESConventionon International Trade in Endangered Species

CMLIchartered member of the Landscape Institute

CoCPCode of Construction Practice

CPETCentral Point of Expertise onTimber

CSHCode for Sustainable Homes

D

DBEDesignBasis Events

DBTDesignBasis Threats

DEFRADepartment for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

DfDDesign for Deconstruction

DPoWDigital Planof Work

DSDesign Stage

E

EclAecological impact assessment

EeBEuropean Environmental Bureau

EIAecological impact assessment


Glossaries

EMSEnvironmentalManagement System

EPeutrophicationpotential

EPDEnvironmental Product Declaration

ESTEnergy Saving Trust

EUEurope

F

FBAFurnace bottom ash

FORSFleet Operators Recognition scheme

FRAFlood RiskAssessment

FSCForest Stewardship Council

G

GHGGreenhouse gas

GIGreen Infrastructure

H

HWDhazardous waste disposed

I

IAQMInstitute of Air QualityManagement

IBAIncinerator bottom ash

ICEInstitute of Civil Engineers



ICTInformationCommunication Technology

IDIntegrated design

IEEMEcology and EnvironmentalManagement

IESInstitutionof Environmental Sciences

IHInstitute of Hydrology

ILCDinternational life cycle data

ILEInstitutionof Lighting Engineers

ILOInternational Labour Organization

ILPInstitutionof Lighting Professionals

IMechEInstitutionof Mechanical Engineers

IPCCIntergovernmental Panel onClimate Change

K

KPIkeyperformance indicator

L

LALocal authority

LAQMLocalAir QualityManagement

LCALife Cycle Assessment

LCCLife Cycle Cost


Glossaries

LEDLight-emitting diode

LEPLocal Enterprise Partnerships

LLFALead Local Flood Authorities

LOAELlowest observed adverse effect level

LRFLocal Resilience Forums

LULUCFLand Use Change and Forestry

LVIAlandscape and visual impact assessment

LZCLowor zero carbon

M

MEa class of traffic route

MEICAmechanical, electrical, instrumentation, control, automation

MMPMaterials Management Plan

MWmegawatt

N

NERCNatural Environment ResearchCouncil

NGOnon-governmental organisations

NHWDnon-hazardous waste disposed

NPPFNational Planning Policy Framework



NRMMnon-road mobilemachinery

NSONational SchemeOperator

O

ODPOzoneDepleting Potential

OPIOperational Performance Indicators

P

PAHpolycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons

PCSPost-Construction Stage

PFAPulverised FuelAsh

POCPphotochemical ozone creation

POEPost Occupancy Evaluation

PRPproject resilience plan

Q

QAQualityAssurance

QMLCQualityMarkScheme for Land affected byContamination

R

RMPResourceManagement Plan

RSMResponsible sourcing of materials


Glossaries

S

SASstrategic assessment stage

SCSecurity Check

SHWSpecification for HighwayWorks

SIASecurity IndustryAuthority or social impact assessment

SMLCCStandardised method for life cycle costing

SOAELsignificant observed adverse effect level

SPZsource protection zones

SQASuitably qualified acoustician

SQESuitably qualified ecologist

SQLAsuitably qualified landscape architect

SSSISite of Special Scientific Interest

STEMscience, technology engineering and maths

SuDSSustainable Drainage system

SuRFSustainable Remediaton Forum

T

TSOThe StationeryOffice



U

UKCIPUKCIP

W

WebTAGWeb-based Transport Analysis Guidance

WHOWorld HealthOrganisation

WLCWhole life cost

WRAPWaste Resources Action Programme


Endnotes

Endnotes

1 For some assessment issues the number of credits availablewill vary bybuilding type. Furthermore, some issuesmaynotbe applicable to certain building types or buildings whichdo not contain a particular functionor area, e.g. a laboratory.2 For schoolsand higher educational building types, see also Appendix B– BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction scopeand Educationbuildings.3 For Residential institutions types, see also AppendixC – BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction scope and Residentialinstitutions for further detail of scope4 ISO15686-5:2008. Buildings and constructed assets. Service life planning - Part 5: Life cycle costing.5 ISO9972:2015 Thermal performance of buildings - Determinationof air permeability of buildings - Fanpressurisationmethod6 ISO18434-7:2008 Conditionmonitoring and diagnostics of machines - Requirements for qualification and assessment ofpersonnel Part 7: Thermography7 ISO6781:1983 Thermal performance of buildings - Qualitative detectionof thermal irregularities in building envelopes -Infrared method8 The Soft Landings Framework, for better briefing, design, handover and building performance in-use, Usable BuildingsTrust (UBT), BSRIA BG4/2009.9 BREEAM2011 and Soft Landings, an interpretationnote for clients and designers, BSRIA BG28/201110 CIBSELighting Guide LG10 Daylighting and windowdesign, 1999.11 World HealthOrganization, RegionalOffice for Europe. Selected pollutants:WHOguideline for indoor air quality [Internet].2010 [cited 2015 Oct 26]. Available from:http://www.who.int/indoorair/publications/9789289002134/en/12 ISO16000-2:2006 Indoor air. Part 2: Sampling strategy for formaldehyde (2006). InternationalOrganization forStandardisation (ISO).13 ISO16000-3:2011 Indoor air. Part 3:Determinationof formaldehyde and other carbonyl compounds in indoor air andtest chamber air - Active sampling method (2011). InternationalOrganization for Standardisation (ISO).14 EuropeanConcerted Actionon Indoor Air Quality and its Impact onMan– Report No. 11:Guidelines for VentilationRequirements in Buildings (1992). Commissionof the EuropeanCommunities.15 ISO16000-5:2007 Indoor air. Part 5: Sampling strategy for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) (2007). InternationalOrganization for Standardisation (ISO).16 ISO16000-6:2011 Indoor air. Part 6:Determinationof volatile organic compounds in indoor and test chamber air byactive sampling onTenax TA® sorbent, thermal desorption and gas chromatographyusing MSor MS-FID (2011).InternationalOrganization for Standardisation (ISO).17 ISO16017-1:2001 Indoor, ambient and workplace air - Sampling and analysis of volatile organic compounds by sorbenttube or thermal desorbtionor capillary gas chromatography - Part 1: Pumped sampling (2001). InternationalOrganizationfor Standardisation (ISO).18

[]EN 16402:2013 Paints and varnishes - Assessment of emissions of substances from coatings into indoor air - Samplingconditioning and testing (2013). EuropeanCommittee for Standardisation (CEN).

19

[]ISO16000-9:2006 Indoor air. Part 9 - Determinationof the emissionof volatile organic compounds from building productsand furnishing - Emission test chamber method (2006). InternationalOrganization for Standardisation (ISO).

20

[]CEN/TS16516:2013 Constructionproducts - Assessment of release of dangerous substances - determinationofemissions into indoor air (2013). EuropeanCommittee for Standardisation (CEN).

21

[]Standard method for the testing and evaluationof volatile organic chemical emissions from indoor sources usingenvironmental chambers Version1.1 (Emission testing method for California Specification01350) (2010). CaliforniaDepartment of Public Health (CDPH).


Endnotes BREEAMInternationalNewConstruction2016

22

[]EN 717-1:2004 Wood-based panels - Determinationof formaldehyde release - Part 1: Formaldehyde emissionby thechamber method (2004). EuropeanCommittee for Standardisation (CEN).

23

[]EN 13999-1:2013 Adhesives - Short termmethod for measuring the emissionproperties of low-solvent or solvent-freeadhesives after application - Part 1:General procedure (2013). EuropeanCommittee for Standardisation (CEN).

24

[]EN 13999-2:2013 Adhesives - Short termmethod for measuring the emissionproperties of low-solvent or solvent-freeadhesives after application - Part 2:Determinationof volatile organic compounds (2013). EuropeanCommittee forStandardisation (CEN).

25

[]EN 13999-3:2007+A1:2009 Adhesives - Short termmethod for measuring the emissionproperties of low-solvent orsolvent-free adhesives after application - Part 3:Determinationof volatile aldehydes (2009). EuropeanCommittee forStandardisation (CEN).

26

[]EN 13999-4:2007+A1:2009 Adhesives - Short termmethod for measuring the emissionproperties of low-solvent orsolvent-free adhesives after application - Part 4:Determinationof volatile diisocyanates (2009). EuropeanCommittee forStandardisation (CEN).

27 ISO/IEC 17025:2005 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories (2005).InternationalOrganization for Standardisation (ISO).28 EN15457:2014 Paints and varnishes - Laboratorymethod for testing the efficacy of film preservatives in a coatingagainst fungi (2014). EuropeanCommittee for Standardisation (CEN).29 EN15458:2014 Paints and varnishes - Laboratorymethod for testing the efficacy of film preservatives in a coatingagainst algae (2014). EuropeanCommittee for Standardisation (CEN).30 Regulation (EC)No 1272/2008 of the EuropeanParliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on classification,labelling and packaging of substances and mixtures, amending and repealing Directives 67/548/EEC and 1999/45/EC, andamending Regulation (EC)No 1907/2006 (2008). EuropeanUnion.31 prEN 16516:2015 Constructionproducts - Assessment of release of dangerous substances - Determinationofemissions into indoor air (2015). EuropeanCommittee for Standardisation (CEN).32 Approved Document F,Means of Ventilation, HMGovernment, 201033 EN14175-1:2003 FumeCupboards, Vocabulary EN 14175-2:2003 FumeCupboards, Safety and performancerequirements EN 14175-3:2003 FumeCupboards, Type test methods EN 14175-4:2004 FumeCupboards, on-site testmethods DD CEN/TS14175-5:2006 FumeCupboards, Recommendations for installation and maintenance EN14175-6:2006 FumeCupboards, Variable air volume fume cupboards EN 14175-7:2012 FumeCupboards, Fume cupboards forhighheat and acidic load34 EN12469:2000 Biotechnology. Performance criteria for microbiological safety cabinets, BSi.35 EN ISO14644-7:2004 Clean rooms and associated controlled environments. Separative devices (clean air hoods,gloveboxes, isolators and mini-environments)36 PD CEN/TR16589 Laboratory installations - Capture devices with articulated extract arm37 The Biological Agents and GeneticallyModified Organisms (Contained Use) Regulations 2010, HSE.38 Guidelines onDischarge StackHeights for Polluting emissions, HMIP TechnicalGuidanceNote (Dispersion)D1, 1993.39 ISO7730, Ergonomics of the thermal environment - analytical determination and interpretationof thermal comfort usingcalculationof the PMVand PPD indices and local thermal comfort criteria40 CTG065 TechnologyGuide, Heating control:maximising comfort, minimising energy consumption, The CarbonTrust,201141 BS8233 Sound insulation and noise reduction for buildings - Code of practice, 201442 Building Bulletin 93:Acoustic Design in Schools, A DesignGuide, 2004, UK Department for Education& Employment43 ISO/IEC 17024:2003 Conformity assessment - General requirements for bodies operating certificationof persons44 General Information Leaflet 65,Metering energy use in newnon-domestic buildings, BRECSU, 2002


Endnotes

45 Sustainable Bioenergy: a framework for decisionmakers, United Nations, Energy, 2007.46 TM46 Energybenchmarks. CIBSE, 200847 EUCode of Conduct onData Centres: http://iet.jrc.ec.europa.eu/energyefficiency/sites/energyefficiency/files/best_practices_v4_0_5-r1.pdf48 CIBSETM50:Energy Efficiency inCommercial Kitchens, CIBSE49 TM54:Evaluating operational energyperformance of buildings at the design stage. CIBSE. 201350 BNWAT22:Domesticwater consumption in domestic and non-domestic properties (version1.).Market TransformationProgramme, 2007.51

AECBWater Standards:Delivering buildings with excellent water and energyperformance, vol 2

52 EN15804:2012+A1:2013 Sustainability of constructionworks. Environmental product declarations. Core rules for theproduct category of constructionproducts, BSi 201253 BSEN ISO14025:2010, Environmental labels and declarations- Type III environmental declarations, Principles andprocedures. BSi,201054 BSEN ISO21930;2007 Sustainability in building construction. Environmental declarationof buildings products. BSi,200755 BS8900-1:2013Managing sustainable development of organisation. Guide, BSi,201356 BS8903:2010. Principles and framework for procuring sustainbly. Guide. BSi,201057 BS8895-1:2013 Designing for material efficiency in building projects- Part 1 :Code of practice for Strategic Definitionand Preparation and Brief. BSI, 201358 BS8895-2:2015 Designing for material efficiency in building projects- Part 2:Code of practice for concept design anddeveloped design. BSI, 201559 WRAP. Designing out Waste: a design team guide for Buildings [Internet]. [cited 2015 Nov3]. Available from:http://www.wrap.org.uk/content/designing-out-waste-design-team-guide-buildings-060 NationalAdaptation Programme:Making the country resilient to a changing climate. Defra;201361 Gething B, Puckett K, Design for climate change. RIBA;201362 Graves HM, PhillipsonMC, Potential implications of climate change in the built environment. BRECentre for EnvironmentalEngineering:BREEast Kilbride;200063 National Planning Policy Framework. www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-planning-policy-framework--264 EN378 Refrigerating systems and heat pumps – Safety and environmental requirements, 2008+A2:201265 I SO5149 Refrigerating systems and heat pumps – Safety and environmental requirements, 201466 Ammonia Refrigeration Systems Code of Practice, Institute of Refrigeration, 200968 www.etl.decc.gov.uk.69 EN378-1 Refrigerating systems and heat pumps - Safety and environmental requirements Part 1:Basic requirements,definitions, classification and selection criteria. 2008 +A2:201270 EN15502-1:2012 Gas-fired heating boilers Part 1:General requirements and tests.71 EN 14792:2005 Stationary Source emissions - Determinationof mass concentrationof nitrogenoxides (NO

x) -

Referencemethod:Chemiluminescence.72 C697 The SuDSManual, CIRIA 2007.73 Flood EstimationHandbook (Centre for Ecology and Hydrology, 1999)74 Nursery school or educationmeans full-time or part-time education suitable for childrenwho have not attainedcompulsory school age (whether provided at schools or elsewhere), i.e. facilities or buildings for the teaching of childrenwhoare between the ages of two or three to five years old.75 Children's centres aremulti-agency service hubs where young children and their families can receive early education, fullday childcare, parental support and child and family health services, such as access to health visitors and health screening.Children's centres will oftenbe allied to a local primary school, onor adjacent to the school site.76 Checklist adapted fromDesign& Access Statements, How to write read and use them, CABE, 200677 ISO10381-5:2005, Soil quality - Sampling - Part 5:Guidance on the procedure for the investigationof urbanandindustrial sites with regard to soil contamination78 UNEP and ADEME, Identification andManagement of Contaminated sites, Amethodological guide, ADEMEeditions,Paris, 2005 (http://www.unep.fr/scp/waste/land.htm)


http://iet.jrc.ec.europa.eu/energyefficiency/sites/energyefficiency/files/best_practices_v4_0_5-r1.pdf

http://iet.jrc.ec.europa.eu/energyefficiency/sites/energyefficiency/files/best_practices_v4_0_5-r1.pdf

http://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-planning-policy-framework--2

http://www.etl.decc.gov.uk/

blankpage€¦ ·...

Documents